Pdf Version

H. R. 803

One Hundred Thirteenth Congress of the

United States of America

AT THE SECOND SESSION

Begun and held at the City of Washington on Friday, the third day of January, two thousand and fourteen

An Act

To amend the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 to strengthen the United States workforce development system through innovation in, and alignment and improve- ment of, employment, training, and education programs in the United States, and to promote individual and national economic growth, and for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; TABLE OF CONTENTS.

(a) SHORT TITLE.—This Act may be cited as the ‘‘Workforce
Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(b) TABLE OF CONTENTS.—The table of contents for this Act is as follows:

Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents. Sec. 2. Purposes.

Sec. 3. Definitions.

TITLE I—WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES Subtitle A—System Alignment

CHAPTER 1—STATE PROVISIONS

Sec. 101. State workforce development boards. Sec. 102. Unified State plan.

Sec. 103. Combined State plan.

CHAPTER 2—LOCAL PROVISIONS

Sec. 106. Workforce development areas.

Sec. 107. Local workforce development boards. Sec. 108. Local plan.

CHAPTER 3—BOARD PROVISIONS

Sec. 111. Funding of State and local boards.

CHAPTER 4—PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY

Sec. 116. Performance accountability system.

Subtitle B—Workforce Investment Activities and Providers

CHAPTER 1—WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND PROVIDERS

Sec. 121. Establishment of one-stop delivery systems.

Sec. 122. Identification of eligible providers of training services.

Sec. 123. Eligible providers of youth workforce investment activities.

CHAPTER 2—YOUTH WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

Sec. 126. General authorization. Sec. 127. State allotments.

Sec. 128. Within State allocations.

Sec. 129. Use of funds for youth workforce investment activities.

CHAPTER 3—ADULT AND DISLOCATED WORKER EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING

ACTIVITIES

Sec. 131. General authorization.

H. R. 803—2

Sec. 132. State allotments.

Sec. 133. Within State allocations.

Sec. 134. Use of funds for employment and training activities.

CHAPTER 4—GENERAL WORKFORCE INVESTMENT PROVISIONS

Sec. 136. Authorization of appropriations.

Subtitle C—Job Corps

Sec. 141. Purposes. Sec. 142. Definitions. Sec. 143. Establishment.

Sec. 144. Individuals eligible for the Job Corps.

Sec. 145. Recruitment, screening, selection, and assignment of enrollees. Sec. 146. Enrollment.

Sec. 147. Job Corps centers. Sec. 148. Program activities.

Sec. 149. Counseling and job placement. Sec. 150. Support.

Sec. 151. Operations.

Sec. 152. Standards of conduct.

Sec. 153. Community participation. Sec. 154. Workforce councils.

Sec. 155. Advisory committees.

Sec. 156. Experimental projects and technical assistance. Sec. 157. Application of provisions of Federal law.

Sec. 158. Special provisions.

Sec. 159. Management information. Sec. 160. General provisions.

Sec. 161. Job Corps oversight and reporting. Sec. 162. Authorization of appropriations.

Subtitle D—National Programs

Sec. 166. Native American programs.

Sec. 167. Migrant and seasonal farmworker programs. Sec. 168. Technical assistance.

Sec. 169. Evaluations and research.

Sec. 170. National dislocated worker grants. Sec. 171. YouthBuild program.

Sec. 172. Authorization of appropriations.

Subtitle E—Administration

Sec. 181. Requirements and restrictions. Sec. 182. Prompt allocation of funds.

Sec. 183. Monitoring.

Sec. 184. Fiscal controls; sanctions.

Sec. 185. Reports; recordkeeping; investigations. Sec. 186. Administrative adjudication.

Sec. 187. Judicial review. Sec. 188. Nondiscrimination.

Sec. 189. Secretarial administrative authorities and responsibilities. Sec. 190. Workforce flexibility plans.

Sec. 191. State legislative authority.

Sec. 192. Transfer of Federal equity in State employment security agency real prop- erty to the States.

Sec. 193. Continuation of State activities and policies. Sec. 194. General program requirements.

Sec. 195. Restrictions on lobbying activities.

TITLE II—ADULT EDUCATION AND LITERACY Sec. 201. Short title.

Sec. 202. Purpose.

Sec. 203. Definitions. Sec. 204. Home schools.

Sec. 205. Rule of construction regarding postsecondary transition and concurrent enrollment activities.

Sec. 206. Authorization of appropriations.

Subtitle A—Federal Provisions

Sec. 211. Reservation of funds; grants to eligible agencies; allotments. Sec. 212. Performance accountability system.

H. R. 803—3

Subtitle B—State Provisions

Sec. 221. State administration.

Sec. 222. State distribution of funds; matching requirement. Sec. 223. State leadership activities.

Sec. 224. State plan.

Sec. 225. Programs for corrections education and other institutionalized individ-

uals.

Subtitle C—Local Provisions

Sec. 231. Grants and contracts for eligible providers. Sec. 232. Local application.

Sec. 233. Local administrative cost limits.

Subtitle D—General Provisions

Sec. 241. Administrative provisions.

Sec. 242. National leadership activities.

Sec. 243. Integrated English literacy and civics education.

TITLE III—AMENDMENTS TO THE WAGNER-PEYSER ACT Sec. 301. Employment service offices.

Sec. 302. Definitions.

Sec. 303. Federal and State employment service offices. Sec. 304. Allotment of sums.

Sec. 305. Use of sums. Sec. 306. State plan.

Sec. 307. Performance measures.

Sec. 308. Workforce and labor market information system.

TITLE IV—AMENDMENTS TO THE REHABILITATION ACT OF 1973

Subtitle A—Introductory Provisions

Sec. 401. References.

Sec. 402. Findings, purpose, policy.

Sec. 403. Rehabilitation Services Administration. Sec. 404. Definitions.

Sec. 405. Administration of the Act. Sec. 406. Reports.

Sec. 407. Evaluation and information. Sec. 408. Carryover.

Sec. 409. Traditionally underserved populations.

Subtitle B—Vocational Rehabilitation Services

Sec. 411. Declaration of policy; authorization of appropriations. Sec. 412. State plans.

Sec. 413. Eligibility and individualized plan for employment. Sec. 414. Vocational rehabilitation services.

Sec. 415. State Rehabilitation Council.

Sec. 416. Evaluation standards and performance indicators. Sec. 417. Monitoring and review.

Sec. 418. Training and services for employers. Sec. 419. State allotments.

Sec. 420. Payments to States.

Sec. 421. Client assistance program.

Sec. 422. Pre-employment transition services.

Sec. 423. American Indian vocational rehabilitation services. Sec. 424. Vocational rehabilitation services client information.

Subtitle C—Research and Training

Sec. 431. Purpose.

Sec. 432. Authorization of appropriations.

Sec. 433. National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation

Research.

Sec. 434. Interagency committee.

Sec. 435. Research and other covered activities.

Sec. 436. Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research Advisory

Council.

Sec. 437. Definition of covered school.

Subtitle D—Professional Development and Special Projects and Demonstration

Sec. 441. Purpose; training.

H. R. 803—4

Sec. 442. Demonstration, training, and technical assistance programs. Sec. 443. Migrant and seasonal farmworkers; recreational programs.

Subtitle E—National Council on Disability

Sec. 451. Establishment. Sec. 452. Report.

Sec. 453. Authorization of appropriations.

Subtitle F—Rights and Advocacy

Sec. 456. Interagency Committee, Board, and Council. Sec. 457. Protection and advocacy of individual rights. Sec. 458. Limitations on use of subminimum wage.

Subtitle G—Employment Opportunities for Individuals With Disabilities

Sec. 461. Employment opportunities for individuals with disabilities.

Subtitle H—Independent Living Services and Centers for Independent Living

CHAPTER 1—INDIVIDUALS WITH SIGNIFICANT DISABILITIES SUBCHAPTER A—GENERAL PROVISIONS

Sec. 471. Purpose.

Sec. 472. Administration of the independent living program. Sec. 473. Definitions.

Sec. 474. State plan.

Sec. 475. Statewide Independent Living Council. Sec. 475A. Responsibilities of the Administrator.

SUBCHAPTER B—INDEPENDENT LIVING SERVICES

Sec. 476. Administration.

SUBCHAPTER C—CENTERS FOR INDEPENDENT LIVING

Sec. 481. Program authorization. Sec. 482. Centers.

Sec. 483. Standards and assurances.

Sec. 484. Authorization of appropriations.

CHAPTER 2—INDEPENDENT LIVING SERVICES FOR OLDER INDIVIDUALS WHO ARE

BLIND

Sec. 486. Independent living services for older individuals who are blind. Sec. 487. Program of grants.

Sec. 488. Independent living services for older individuals who are blind authoriza-

tion of appropriations.

Subtitle I—General Provisions

Sec. 491. Transfer of functions regarding independent living to Department of

Health and Human Services, and savings provisions. Sec. 492. Table of contents.

TITLE V—GENERAL PROVISIONS Subtitle A—Workforce Investment

Sec. 501. Privacy.

Sec. 502. Buy-American requirements. Sec. 503. Transition provisions.

Sec. 504. Reduction of reporting burdens and requirements.

Sec. 505. Report on data capability of Federal and State databases and data ex-

change agreements. Sec. 506. Effective dates.

Subtitle B—Amendments to Other Laws

Sec. 511. Repeal of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998. Sec. 512. Conforming amendments.

Sec. 513. References.

SEC. 2. PURPOSES.

The purposes of this Act are the following:
(1) To increase, for individuals in the United States, particularly those individuals with barriers to employment,
H. R. 803—5
access to and opportunities for the employment, education, training, and support services they need to succeed in the labor market.
(2) To support the alignment of workforce investment, edu- cation, and economic development systems in support of a com- prehensive, accessible, and high-quality workforce development system in the United States.
(3) To improve the quality and labor market relevance of workforce investment, education, and economic development efforts to provide America’s workers with the skills and creden- tials necessary to secure and advance in employment with family-sustaining wages and to provide America’s employers with the skilled workers the employers need to succeed in a global economy.
(4) To promote improvement in the structure of and delivery of services through the United States workforce development system to better address the employment and skill needs of workers, jobseekers, and employers.
(5) To increase the prosperity of workers and employers in the United States, the economic growth of communities, regions, and States, and the global competitiveness of the United States.
(6) For purposes of subtitle A and B of title I, to provide workforce investment activities, through statewide and local workforce development systems, that increase the employment, retention, and earnings of participants, and increase attainment of recognized postsecondary credentials by participants, and as a result, improve the quality of the workforce, reduce welfare dependency, increase economic self-sufficiency, meet the skill requirements of employers, and enhance the productivity and competitiveness of the Nation.

SEC. 3. DEFINITIONS.

In this Act, and the core program provisions that are not in this Act, except as otherwise expressly provided:
(1) ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS.—The term ‘‘administrative costs’’ means expenditures incurred by State boards and local boards, direct recipients (including State grant recipients under
subtitle B of title I and recipients of awards under subtitles
C and D of title I), local grant recipients, local fiscal agents
or local grant subrecipients, and one-stop operators in the
performance of administrative functions and in carrying out
activities under title I that are not related to the direct provi-
sion of workforce investment services (including services to
participants and employers). Such costs include both personnel
and nonpersonnel costs and both direct and indirect costs.
(2) ADULT.—Except as otherwise specified in section 132,
the term ‘‘adult’’ means an individual who is age 18 or older.
(3) ADULT EDUCATION; ADULT EDUCATION AND LITERACY

ACTIVITIES.—The terms ‘‘adult education’’ and ‘‘adult education

and literacy activities’’ have the meanings given the terms
in section 203.
(4) AREA CAREER AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION SCHOOL.—
The term ‘‘area career and technical education school’’ has
the meaning given the term in section 3 of the Carl D. Perkins
Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2302).
H. R. 803—6
(5) BASIC SKILLS DEFICIENT.—The term ‘‘basic skills defi- cient’’ means, with respect to an individual—
(A) who is a youth, that the individual has English reading, writing, or computing skills at or below the 8th grade level on a generally accepted standardized test; or (B) who is a youth or adult, that the individual is unable to compute or solve problems, or read, write, or speak English, at a level necessary to function on the
job, in the individual’s family, or in society.
(6) CAREER AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION.—The term ‘‘career and technical education’’ has the meaning given the term in section 3 of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2302).
(7) CAREER PATHWAY.—The term ‘‘career pathway’’ means a combination of rigorous and high-quality education, training, and other services that—
(A) aligns with the skill needs of industries in the economy of the State or regional economy involved;
(B) prepares an individual to be successful in any of a full range of secondary or postsecondary education options, including apprenticeships registered under the Act of August 16, 1937 (commonly known as the ‘‘National Apprenticeship Act’’; 50 Stat. 664, chapter 663; 29 U.S.C.
50 et seq.) (referred to individually in this Act as an
‘‘apprenticeship’’, except in section 171);
(C) includes counseling to support an individual in achieving the individual’s education and career goals;
(D) includes, as appropriate, education offered concur- rently with and in the same context as workforce prepara- tion activities and training for a specific occupation or occupational cluster;
(E) organizes education, training, and other services to meet the particular needs of an individual in a manner that accelerates the educational and career advancement of the individual to the extent practicable;
(F) enables an individual to attain a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent, and at least 1 recog- nized postsecondary credential; and
(G) helps an individual enter or advance within a specific occupation or occupational cluster.
(8) CAREER PLANNING.—The term ‘‘career planning’’ means the provision of a client-centered approach in the delivery of services, designed—
(A) to prepare and coordinate comprehensive employ- ment plans, such as service strategies, for participants to ensure access to necessary workforce investment activi- ties and supportive services, using, where feasible, com- puter-based technologies; and
(B) to provide job, education, and career counseling, as appropriate during program participation and after job placement.
(9) CHIEF ELECTED OFFICIAL.—The term ‘‘chief elected offi- cial’’ means—
(A) the chief elected executive officer of a unit of gen- eral local government in a local area; and
(B) in a case in which a local area includes more than 1 unit of general local government, the individuals
H. R. 803—7
designated under the agreement described in section
107(c)(1)(B).
(10) COMMUNITY-BASED ORGANIZATION.—The term ‘‘commu- nity-based organization’’ means a private nonprofit organization (which may include a faith-based organization), that is rep- resentative of a community or a significant segment of a community and that has demonstrated expertise and effective- ness in the field of workforce development.
(11) COMPETITIVE INTEGRATED EMPLOYMENT.—The term
‘‘competitive integrated employment’’ has the meaning given the term in section 7 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29
U.S.C. 705), for individuals with disabilities.
(12) CORE PROGRAM.—The term ‘‘core programs’’ means a program authorized under a core program provision.
(13) CORE PROGRAM PROVISION.—The term ‘‘core program provision’’ means—
(A) chapters 2 and 3 of subtitle B of title I (relating to youth workforce investment activities and adult and dislocated worker employment and training activities);
(B) title II (relating to adult education and literacy activities);
(C) sections 1 through 13 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.) (relating to employment services); and
(D) title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C.
720 et seq.), other than section 112 or part C of that title (29 U.S.C. 732, 741) (relating to vocational rehabilita- tion services).
(14) CUSTOMIZED TRAINING.—The term ‘‘customized training’’ means training—
(A) that is designed to meet the specific requirements of an employer (including a group of employers);
(B) that is conducted with a commitment by the employer to employ an individual upon successful comple- tion of the training; and
(C) for which the employer pays—
(i) a significant portion of the cost of training, as determined by the local board involved, taking into account the size of the employer and such other factors as the local board determines to be appropriate, which may include the number of employees participating in training, wage and benefit levels of those employees (at present and anticipated upon completion of the training), relation of the training to the competitive- ness of a participant, and other employer-provided training and advancement opportunities; and
(ii) in the case of customized training (as defined in subparagraphs (A) and (B)) involving an employer located in multiple local areas in the State, a signifi- cant portion of the cost of the training, as determined by the Governor of the State, taking into account the size of the employer and such other factors as the Governor determines to be appropriate.
(15) DISLOCATED WORKER.—The term ‘‘dislocated worker’’
means an individual who—
(A)(i) has been terminated or laid off, or who has received a notice of termination or layoff, from employment;
H. R. 803—8
(ii)(I) is eligible for or has exhausted entitlement to unemployment compensation; or
(II) has been employed for a duration sufficient to demonstrate, to the appropriate entity at a one-stop center referred to in section 121(e), attachment to the workforce, but is not eligible for unemployment compensation due to insufficient earnings or having performed services for an employer that were not covered under a State unemploy- ment compensation law; and
(iii) is unlikely to return to a previous industry or occupation;
(B)(i) has been terminated or laid off, or has received a notice of termination or layoff, from employment as a result of any permanent closure of, or any substantial layoff at, a plant, facility, or enterprise;
(ii) is employed at a facility at which the employer has made a general announcement that such facility will close within 180 days; or
(iii) for purposes of eligibility to receive services other than training services described in section 134(c)(3), career services described in section 134(c)(2)(A)(xii), or supportive services, is employed at a facility at which the employer has made a general announcement that such facility will close;
(C) was self-employed (including employment as a farmer, a rancher, or a fisherman) but is unemployed as a result of general economic conditions in the community in which the individual resides or because of natural disas- ters;
(D) is a displaced homemaker; or
(E)(i) is the spouse of a member of the Armed Forces on active duty (as defined in section 101(d)(1) of title 10, United States Code), and who has experienced a loss of employment as a direct result of relocation to accommodate a permanent change in duty station of such member; or (ii) is the spouse of a member of the Armed Forces
on active duty and who meets the criteria described in paragraph (16)(B).
(16) DISPLACED HOMEMAKER.—The term ‘‘displaced home- maker’’ means an individual who has been providing unpaid services to family members in the home and who—
(A)(i) has been dependent on the income of another family member but is no longer supported by that income; or
(ii) is the dependent spouse of a member of the Armed Forces on active duty (as defined in section 101(d)(1) of title 10, United States Code) and whose family income is significantly reduced because of a deployment (as defined in section 991(b) of title 10, United States Code, or pursu- ant to paragraph (4) of such section), a call or order to active duty pursuant to a provision of law referred to in section 101(a)(13)(B) of title 10, United States Code, a permanent change of station, or the service-connected (as defined in section 101(16) of title 38, United States Code) death or disability of the member; and
(B) is unemployed or underemployed and is experi- encing difficulty in obtaining or upgrading employment.
H. R. 803—9
(17) ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.—The term ‘‘eco- nomic development agency’’ includes a local planning or zoning commission or board, a community development agency, or another local agency or institution responsible for regulating, promoting, or assisting in local economic development.
(18) ELIGIBLE YOUTH.—Except as provided in subtitles C and D of title I, the term ‘‘eligible youth’’ means an in-school youth or out-of-school youth.
(19) EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITY.—The term
‘‘employment and training activity’’ means an activity described
in section 134 that is carried out for an adult or dislocated
worker.
(20) ENGLISH LANGUAGE ACQUISITION PROGRAM.—The term
‘‘English language acquisition program’’ has the meaning given
the term in section 203.
(21) ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER.—The term ‘‘English lan-
guage learner’’ has the meaning given the term in section
203.
(22) GOVERNOR.—The term ‘‘Governor’’ means the chief executive of a State or an outlying area.
(23) IN-DEMAND INDUSTRY SECTOR OR OCCUPATION.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘‘in-demand industry sector
or occupation’’ means—
(i) an industry sector that has a substantial cur-
rent or potential impact (including through jobs that
lead to economic self-sufficiency and opportunities for
advancement) on the State, regional, or local economy,
as appropriate, and that contributes to the growth
or stability of other supporting businesses, or the
growth of other industry sectors; or
(ii) an occupation that currently has or is projected
to have a number of positions (including positions that
lead to economic self-sufficiency and opportunities for
advancement) in an industry sector so as to have a
significant impact on the State, regional, or local
economy, as appropriate.
(B) DETERMINATION.—The determination of whether
an industry sector or occupation is in-demand under this
paragraph shall be made by the State board or local board,
as appropriate, using State and regional business and labor
market projections, including the use of labor market
information.
(24) INDIVIDUAL WITH A BARRIER TO EMPLOYMENT.—The
term ‘‘individual with a barrier to employment’’ means a
member of 1 or more of the following populations:
(A) Displaced homemakers. (B) Low-income individuals.
(C) Indians, Alaska Natives, and Native Hawaiians, as such terms are defined in section 166.
(D) Individuals with disabilities, including youth who are individuals with disabilities.
(E) Older individuals. (F) Ex-offenders.
(G) Homeless individuals (as defined in section
41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994 (42
U.S.C. 14043e–2(6))), or homeless children and youths (as
H. R. 803—10
defined in section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless
Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2))).
(H) Youth who are in or have aged out of the foster
care system.
(I) Individuals who are English language learners,
individuals who have low levels of literacy, and individuals
facing substantial cultural barriers.
(J) Eligible migrant and seasonal farmworkers, as
defined in section 167(i).
(K) Individuals within 2 years of exhausting lifetime
eligibility under part A of title IV of the Social Security
Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.).
(L) Single parents (including single pregnant women).
(M) Long-term unemployed individuals.
(N) Such other groups as the Governor involved deter-
mines to have barriers to employment.
(25) INDIVIDUAL WITH A DISABILITY.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘‘individual with a dis-
ability’’ means an individual with a disability as defined
in section 3 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
(42 U.S.C. 12102).
(B) INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES.—The term
‘‘individuals with disabilities’’ means more than 1 indi-
vidual with a disability.
(26) INDUSTRY OR SECTOR PARTNERSHIP.—The term
‘‘industry or sector partnership’’ means a workforce collabo-
rative, convened by or acting in partnership with a State board
or local board, that—
(A) organizes key stakeholders in an industry cluster
into a working group that focuses on the shared goals
and human resources needs of the industry cluster and
that includes, at the appropriate stage of development of
the partnership—
(i) representatives of multiple businesses or other
employers in the industry cluster, including small and
medium-sized employers when practicable;
(ii) 1 or more representatives of a recognized State
labor organization or central labor council, or another
labor representative, as appropriate; and
(iii) 1 or more representatives of an institution
of higher education with, or another provider of, edu-
cation or training programs that support the industry
cluster; and
(B) may include representatives of—
(i) State or local government;
(ii) State or local economic development agencies; (iii) State boards or local boards, as appropriate; (iv) a State workforce agency or other entity pro-
viding employment services;
(v) other State or local agencies;
(vi) business or trade associations;
(vii) economic development organizations;
(viii) nonprofit organizations, community-based
organizations, or intermediaries;
(ix) philanthropic organizations;
(x) industry associations; and
H. R. 803—11
(xi) other organizations, as determined to be nec- essary by the members comprising the industry or sector partnership.
(27) IN-SCHOOL YOUTH.—The term ‘‘in-school youth’’ means a youth described in section 129(a)(1)(C).
(28) INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION.—The term
‘‘institution of higher education’’ has the meaning given the term in section 101, and subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section
102(a)(1), of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001,
1002(a)(1)).
(29) INTEGRATED EDUCATION AND TRAINING.—The term
‘‘integrated education and training’’ has the meaning given the term in section 203.
(30) LABOR MARKET AREA.—The term ‘‘labor market area’’ means an economically integrated geographic area within which individuals can reside and find employment within a reasonable distance or can readily change employment without changing their place of residence. Such an area shall be identified in accordance with criteria used by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor in defining such areas or similar criteria established by a Governor.
(31) LITERACY.—The term ‘‘literacy’’ has the meaning given the term in section 203.
(32) LOCAL AREA.—The term ‘‘local area’’ means a local workforce investment area designated under section 106, sub- ject to sections 106(c)(3)(A), 107(c)(4)(B)(i), and 189(i).
(33) LOCAL BOARD.—The term ‘‘local board’’ means a local workforce development board established under section 107, subject to section 107(c)(4)(B)(i).
(34) LOCAL EDUCATIONAL AGENCY.—The term ‘‘local edu- cational agency’’ has the meaning given the term in section
9101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
(35) LOCAL PLAN.—The term ‘‘local plan’’ means a plan submitted under section 108, subject to section 106(c)(3)(B).
(36) LOW-INCOME INDIVIDUAL.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘‘low-income individual’’
means an individual who—
(i) receives, or in the past 6 months has received, or is a member of a family that is receiving or in the past 6 months has received, assistance through the supplemental nutrition assistance program estab- lished under the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7
U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), the program of block grants to States for temporary assistance for needy families pro- gram under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), or the supplemental secu- rity income program established under title XVI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1381 et seq.), or State or local income-based public assistance;
(ii) is in a family with total family income that does not exceed the higher of—
(I) the poverty line; or
(II) 70 percent of the lower living standard income level;
(iii) is a homeless individual (as defined in section
41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994
H. R. 803—12
(42 U.S.C. 14043e–2(6))), or a homeless child or youth (as defined under section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2)));
(iv) receives or is eligible to receive a free or reduced price lunch under the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 1751 et seq.); (v) is a foster child on behalf of whom State or
local government payments are made; or
(vi) is an individual with a disability whose own income meets the income requirement of clause (ii), but who is a member of a family whose income does not meet this requirement.
(B) LOWER LIVING STANDARD INCOME LEVEL.—The term
‘‘lower living standard income level’’ means that income level (adjusted for regional, metropolitan, urban, and rural differences and family size) determined annually by the Secretary of Labor based on the most recent lower living family budget issued by the Secretary.
(37) NONTRADITIONAL EMPLOYMENT.—The term ‘‘nontradi- tional employment’’ refers to occupations or fields of work, for which individuals from the gender involved comprise less than 25 percent of the individuals employed in each such occupation or field of work.
(38) OFFENDER.—The term ‘‘offender’’ means an adult or juvenile—
(A) who is or has been subject to any stage of the criminal justice process, and for whom services under this Act may be beneficial; or
(B) who requires assistance in overcoming artificial barriers to employment resulting from a record of arrest or conviction.
(39) OLDER INDIVIDUAL.—The term ‘‘older individual’’
means an individual age 55 or older.
(40) ONE-STOP CENTER.—The term ‘‘one-stop center’’ means a site described in section 121(e)(2).
(41) ONE-STOP OPERATOR.—The term ‘‘one-stop operator’’
means 1 or more entities designated or certified under section
121(d).
(42) ONE-STOP PARTNER.—The term ‘‘one-stop partner’’
means—
(A) an entity described in section 121(b)(1); and
(B) an entity described in section 121(b)(2) that is participating, with the approval of the local board and chief elected official, in the operation of a one-stop delivery system.
(43) ONE-STOP PARTNER PROGRAM.—The term ‘‘one-stop partner program’’ means a program or activities described in section 121(b) of a one-stop partner.
(44) ON-THE-JOB TRAINING.—The term ‘‘on-the-job training’’ means training by an employer that is provided to a paid participant while engaged in productive work in a job that— (A) provides knowledge or skills essential to the full
and adequate performance of the job;
(B) is made available through a program that provides reimbursement to the employer of up to 50 percent of the wage rate of the participant, except as provided in section 134(c)(3)(H), for the extraordinary costs of providing
H. R. 803—13
the training and additional supervision related to the training; and
(C) is limited in duration as appropriate to the occupa- tion for which the participant is being trained, taking into account the content of the training, the prior work experi- ence of the participant, and the service strategy of the participant, as appropriate.
(45) OUTLYING AREA.—The term ‘‘outlying area’’ means— (A) American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of
the Northern Mariana Islands, and the United States
Virgin Islands; and
(B) the Republic of Palau, except during any period for which the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education determine that a Compact of Free Association is in effect and contains provisions for training and edu- cation assistance prohibiting the assistance provided under this Act.
(46) OUT-OF-SCHOOL YOUTH.—The term ‘‘out-of-school youth’’ means a youth described in section 129(a)(1)(B).
(47) PAY-FOR-PERFORMANCE CONTRACT STRATEGY.—The term ‘‘pay-for-performance contract strategy’’ means a procure- ment strategy that uses pay-for-performance contracts in the provision of training services described in section 134(c)(3) or activities described in section 129(c)(2), and includes—
(A) contracts, each of which shall specify a fixed amount that will be paid to an eligible service provider (which may include a local or national community-based organization or intermediary, community college, or other training provider, that is eligible under section 122 or
123, as appropriate) based on the achievement of specified levels of performance on the primary indicators of perform- ance described in section 116(b)(2)(A) for target populations as identified by the local board (including individuals with barriers to employment), within a defined timetable, and which may provide for bonus payments to such service provider to expand capacity to provide effective training; (B) a strategy for independently validating the achieve- ment of the performance described in subparagraph (A);
and
(C) a description of how the State or local area will reallocate funds not paid to a provider because the achieve- ment of the performance described in subparagraph (A) did not occur, for further activities related to such a procurement strategy, subject to section 189(g)(4).
(48) PLANNING REGION.—The term ‘‘planning region’’ means a region described in subparagraph (B) or (C) of section
106(a)(2), subject to section 107(c)(4)(B)(i).
(49) POVERTY LINE.—The term ‘‘poverty line’’ means the poverty line (as defined by the Office of Management and Budget, and revised annually in accordance with section 673(2) of the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9902(2))) applicable to a family of the size involved.
(50) PUBLIC ASSISTANCE.—The term ‘‘public assistance’’ means Federal, State, or local government cash payments for which eligibility is determined by a needs or income test.
(51) RAPID RESPONSE ACTIVITY.—The term ‘‘rapid response activity’’ means an activity provided by a State, or by an entity
H. R. 803—14
designated by a State, with funds provided by the State under section 134(a)(1)(A), in the case of a permanent closure or mass layoff at a plant, facility, or enterprise, or a natural or other disaster, that results in mass job dislocation, in order to assist dislocated workers in obtaining reemployment as soon as possible, with services including—
(A) the establishment of onsite contact with employers and employee representatives—
(i) immediately after the State is notified of a current or projected permanent closure or mass layoff; or
(ii) in the case of a disaster, immediately after the State is made aware of mass job dislocation as a result of such disaster;
(B) the provision of information on and access to avail- able employment and training activities;
(C) assistance in establishing a labor-management committee, voluntarily agreed to by labor and management, with the ability to devise and implement a strategy for assessing the employment and training needs of dislocated workers and obtaining services to meet such needs;
(D) the provision of emergency assistance adapted to the particular closure, layoff, or disaster; and
(E) the provision of assistance to the local community in developing a coordinated response and in obtaining access to State economic development assistance.
(52) RECOGNIZED POSTSECONDARY CREDENTIAL.—The term
‘‘recognized postsecondary credential’’ means a credential con-
sisting of an industry-recognized certificate or certification, a
certificate of completion of an apprenticeship, a license recog-
nized by the State involved or Federal Government, or an
associate or baccalaureate degree.
(53) REGION.—The term ‘‘region’’, used without further
description, means a region identified under section 106(a),
subject to section 107(c)(4)(B)(i) and except as provided in sec-
tion 106(b)(1)(B)(ii).
(54) SCHOOL DROPOUT.—The term ‘‘school dropout’’ means
an individual who is no longer attending any school and who
has not received a secondary school diploma or its recognized
equivalent.
(55) SECONDARY SCHOOL.—The term ‘‘secondary school’’ has
the meaning given the term in section 9101 of the Elementary
and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
(56) STATE.—The term ‘‘State’’ means each of the several
States of the United States, the District of Columbia, and
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
(57) STATE BOARD.—The term ‘‘State board’’ means a State
workforce development board established under section 101.
(58) STATE PLAN.—The term ‘‘State plan’’, used without
further description, means a unified State plan under section
102 or a combined State plan under section 103.
(59) SUPPORTIVE SERVICES.—The term ‘‘supportive services’’
means services such as transportation, child care, dependent
care, housing, and needs-related payments, that are necessary
to enable an individual to participate in activities authorized
under this Act.
H. R. 803—15
(60) TRAINING SERVICES.—The term ‘‘training services’’
means services described in section 134(c)(3).
(61) UNEMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL.—The term ‘‘unemployed individual’’ means an individual who is without a job and who wants and is available for work. The determination of whether an individual is without a job, for purposes of this paragraph, shall be made in accordance with the criteria used by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor in defining individuals as unemployed.
(62) UNIT OF GENERAL LOCAL GOVERNMENT.—The term
‘‘unit of general local government’’ means any general purpose political subdivision of a State that has the power to levy taxes and spend funds, as well as general corporate and police powers.
(63) VETERAN; RELATED DEFINITION.—
(A) VETERAN.—The term ‘‘veteran’’ has the meaning given the term in section 101 of title 38, United States Code.
(B) RECENTLY SEPARATED VETERAN.—The term
‘‘recently separated veteran’’ means any veteran who applies for participation under this Act within 48 months after the discharge or release from active military, naval, or air service.
(64) VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION PROGRAM.—The term
‘‘vocational rehabilitation program’’ means a program author- ized under a provision covered under paragraph (13)(D).
(65) WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITY.—The term
‘‘workforce development activity’’ means an activity carried out through a workforce development program.
(66) WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM.—The term
‘‘workforce development program’’ means a program made avail- able through a workforce development system.
(67) WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM.—The term
‘‘workforce development system’’ means a system that makes available the core programs, the other one-stop partner pro- grams, and any other programs providing employment and training services as identified by a State board or local board. (68) WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITY.—The term
‘‘workforce investment activity’’ means an employment and training activity, and a youth workforce investment activity. (69) WORKFORCE PREPARATION ACTIVITIES.—The term
‘‘workforce preparation activities’’ has the meaning given the term in section 203.
(70) WORKPLACE LEARNING ADVISOR.—The term ‘‘workplace learning advisor’’ means an individual employed by an organiza- tion who has the knowledge and skills necessary to advise other employees of that organization about the education, skill development, job training, career counseling services, and credentials, including services provided through the workforce development system, required to progress toward career goals of such employees in order to meet employer requirements related to job openings and career advancements that support economic self-sufficiency.
(71) YOUTH WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITY.—The term
‘‘youth workforce investment activity’’ means an activity described in section 129 that is carried out for eligible youth (or as described in section 129(a)(3)(A)).
H. R. 803—16

TITLE I—WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES

Subtitle A—System Alignment

CHAPTER 1—STATE PROVISIONS

SEC. 101. STATE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARDS.

(a) IN GENERAL.—The Governor of a State shall establish a State workforce development board to carry out the functions described in subsection (d).
(b) MEMBERSHIP.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The State board shall include— (A) the Governor;
(B) a member of each chamber of the State legislature (to the extent consistent with State law), appointed by the appropriate presiding officers of such chamber; and (C) members appointed by the Governor, of which—
(i) a majority shall be representatives of businesses in the State, who—
(I) are owners of businesses, chief executives or operating officers of businesses, or other busi- ness executives or employers with optimum policy- making or hiring authority, and who, in addition, may be members of a local board described in section 107(b)(2)(A)(i);
(II) represent businesses (including small businesses), or organizations representing businesses described in this subclause, that pro- vide employment opportunities that, at a min- imum, include high-quality, work-relevant training and development in in-demand industry sectors or occupations in the State; and
(III) are appointed from among individuals nominated by State business organizations and business trade associations;
(ii) not less than 20 percent shall be representa- tives of the workforce within the State, who—
(I) shall include representatives of labor organizations, who have been nominated by State labor federations;
(II) shall include a representative, who shall be a member of a labor organization or a training director, from a joint labor-management apprenticeship program, or if no such joint pro- gram exists in the State, such a representative of an apprenticeship program in the State;
(III) may include representatives of commu- nity-based organizations that have demonstrated experience and expertise in addressing the employ- ment, training, or education needs of individuals with barriers to employment, including organiza- tions that serve veterans or that provide or support competitive, integrated employment for individuals with disabilities; and
H. R. 803—17
(IV) may include representatives of organiza- tions that have demonstrated experience and expertise in addressing the employment, training, or education needs of eligible youth, including rep- resentatives of organizations that serve out-of- school youth; and
(iii) the balance—
(I) shall include representatives of govern-
ment, who—
(aa) shall include the lead State officials
with primary responsibility for the core pro-
grams; and
(bb) shall include chief elected officials
(collectively representing both cities and coun-
ties, where appropriate); and
(II) may include such other representatives
and officials as the Governor may designate, such
as—
(aa) the State agency officials from agen- cies that are one-stop partners not specified in subclause (I) (including additional one-stop partners whose programs are covered by the State plan, if any);
(bb) State agency officials responsible for economic development or juvenile justice pro- grams in the State;
(cc) individuals who represent an Indian tribe or tribal organization, as such terms are defined in section 166(b); and
(dd) State agency officials responsible for education programs in the State, including chief executive officers of community colleges and other institutions of higher education.
(2) DIVERSE AND DISTINCT REPRESENTATION.—The members of the State board shall represent diverse geographic areas of the State, including urban, rural, and suburban areas.
(3) NO REPRESENTATION OF MULTIPLE CATEGORIES.—No per- son shall serve as a member for more than 1 of—
(A) the category described in paragraph (1)(C)(i); or
(B) 1 category described in a subclause of clause (ii)
or (iii) of paragraph (1)(C).
(c) CHAIRPERSON.—The Governor shall select a chairperson for
the State board from among the representatives described in sub-
section (b)(1)(C)(i).
(d) FUNCTIONS.—The State board shall assist the Governor
in—
(1) the development, implementation, and modification of the State plan;
(2) consistent with paragraph (1), the review of statewide policies, of statewide programs, and of recommendations on actions that should be taken by the State to align workforce development programs in the State in a manner that supports a comprehensive and streamlined workforce development system in the State, including the review and provision of comments on the State plans, if any, for programs and activities of one-stop partners that are not core programs;
H. R. 803—18
(3) the development and continuous improvement of the workforce development system in the State, including—
(A) the identification of barriers and means for removing barriers to better coordinate, align, and avoid duplication among the programs and activities carried out through the system;
(B) the development of strategies to support the use of career pathways for the purpose of providing individuals, including low-skilled adults, youth, and individuals with barriers to employment (including individuals with disabil- ities), with workforce investment activities, education, and supportive services to enter or retain employment;
(C) the development of strategies for providing effective outreach to and improved access for individuals and employers who could benefit from services provided through the workforce development system;
(D) the development and expansion of strategies for meeting the needs of employers, workers, and jobseekers, particularly through industry or sector partnerships related to in-demand industry sectors and occupations;
(E) the identification of regions, including planning regions, for the purposes of section 106(a), and the designa- tion of local areas under section 106, after consultation with local boards and chief elected officials;
(F) the development and continuous improvement of the one-stop delivery system in local areas, including pro- viding assistance to local boards, one-stop operators, one- stop partners, and providers with planning and delivering services, including training services and supportive serv- ices, to support effective delivery of services to workers, jobseekers, and employers; and
(G) the development of strategies to support staff training and awareness across programs supported under the workforce development system;
(4) the development and updating of comprehensive State performance accountability measures, including State adjusted levels of performance, to assess the effectiveness of the core programs in the State as required under section 116(b);
(5) the identification and dissemination of information on best practices, including best practices for—
(A) the effective operation of one-stop centers, relating to the use of business outreach, partnerships, and service delivery strategies, including strategies for serving individ- uals with barriers to employment;
(B) the development of effective local boards, which may include information on factors that contribute to
enabling local boards to exceed negotiated local levels of
performance, sustain fiscal integrity, and achieve other
measures of effectiveness; and
(C) effective training programs that respond to real-
time labor market analysis, that effectively use direct
assessment and prior learning assessment to measure an
individual’s prior knowledge, skills, competencies, and
experiences, and that evaluate such skills, and com-
petencies for adaptability, to support efficient placement
into employment or career pathways;
H. R. 803—19
(6) the development and review of statewide policies affecting the coordinated provision of services through the State’s one-stop delivery system described in section 121(e), including the development of—
(A) objective criteria and procedures for use by local boards in assessing the effectiveness and continuous improvement of one-stop centers described in such section; (B) guidance for the allocation of one-stop center infra-
structure funds under section 121(h); and
(C) policies relating to the appropriate roles and con-
tributions of entities carrying out one-stop partner pro-
grams within the one-stop delivery system, including
approaches to facilitating equitable and efficient cost alloca-
tion in such system;
(7) the development of strategies for technological improve-
ments to facilitate access to, and improve the quality of, services
and activities provided through the one-stop delivery system,
including such improvements to—
(A) enhance digital literacy skills (as defined in section
202 of the Museum and Library Services Act (20 U.S.C.
9101); referred to in this Act as ‘‘digital literacy skills’’);
(B) accelerate the acquisition of skills and recognized
postsecondary credentials by participants;
(C) strengthen the professional development of pro-
viders and workforce professionals; and
(D) ensure such technology is accessible to individuals
with disabilities and individuals residing in remote areas;
(8) the development of strategies for aligning technology
and data systems across one-stop partner programs to enhance
service delivery and improve efficiencies in reporting on
performance accountability measures (including the design and
implementation of common intake, data collection, case
management information, and performance accountability
measurement and reporting processes and the incorporation
of local input into such design and implementation, to improve
coordination of services across one-stop partner programs);
(9) the development of allocation formulas for the distribu-
tion of funds for employment and training activities for adults,
and youth workforce investment activities, to local areas as
permitted under sections 128(b)(3) and 133(b)(3);
(10) the preparation of the annual reports described in
paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 116(d);
(11) the development of the statewide workforce and labor
market information system described in section 15(e) of the
Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49l–2(e)); and
(12) the development of such other policies as may promote statewide objectives for, and enhance the performance of, the workforce development system in the State.
(e) ALTERNATIVE ENTITY.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—For the purposes of complying with sub-
sections (a), (b), and (c), a State may use any State entity
(including a State council, State workforce development board
(within the meaning of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998,
as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this
Act), combination of regional workforce development boards,
or similar entity) that—
H. R. 803—20
(A) was in existence on the day before the date of enactment of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998;
(B) is substantially similar to the State board described in subsections (a) through (c); and
(C) includes representatives of business in the State and representatives of labor organizations in the State. (2) REFERENCES.—A reference in this Act, or a core program
provision that is not in this Act, to a State board shall be considered to include such an entity.
(f) CONFLICT OF INTEREST.—A member of a State board may not—
(1) vote on a matter under consideration by the State board—
(A) regarding the provision of services by such member
(or by an entity that such member represents); or
(B) that would provide direct financial benefit to such
member or the immediate family of such member; or
(2) engage in any other activity determined by the Governor
to constitute a conflict of interest as specified in the State
plan.
(g) SUNSHINE PROVISION.—The State board shall make avail-
able to the public, on a regular basis through electronic means
and open meetings, information regarding the activities of the State
board, including information regarding the State plan, or a modifica-
tion to the State plan, prior to submission of the plan or modification
of the plan, respectively, information regarding membership, and,
on request, minutes of formal meetings of the State board.
(h) AUTHORITY TO HIRE STAFF.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The State board may hire a director
and other staff to assist in carrying out the functions described
in subsection (d) using funds available as described in section
129(b)(3) or 134(a)(3)(B)(i).
(2) QUALIFICATIONS.—The State board shall establish and
apply a set of objective qualifications for the position of director,
that ensures that the individual selected has the requisite
knowledge, skills, and abilities, to meet identified benchmarks and to assist in effectively carrying out the functions of the State board.
(3) LIMITATION ON RATE.—The director and staff described in paragraph (1) shall be subject to the limitations on the payment of salary and bonuses described in section 194(15).

SEC. 102. UNIFIED STATE PLAN.

(a) PLAN.—For a State to be eligible to receive allotments for the core programs, the Governor shall submit to the Secretary of Labor for the approval process described under subsection (c)(2), a unified State plan. The unified State plan shall outline a 4- year strategy for the core programs of the State and meet the requirements of this section.
(b) CONTENTS.—
(1) STRATEGIC PLANNING ELEMENTS.—The unified State
plan shall include strategic planning elements consisting of
a strategic vision and goals for preparing an educated and
skilled workforce, that include—
(A) an analysis of the economic conditions in the State,
including—
H. R. 803—21
(i) existing and emerging in-demand industry sec- tors and occupations; and
(ii) the employment needs of employers, including a description of the knowledge, skills, and abilities, needed in those industries and occupations;
(B) an analysis of the current workforce, employment and unemployment data, labor market trends, and the educational and skill levels of the workforce, including individuals with barriers to employment (including individ- uals with disabilities), in the State;
(C) an analysis of the workforce development activities (including education and training) in the State, including an analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of such activi- ties, and the capacity of State entities to provide such activities, in order to address the identified education and skill needs of the workforce and the employment needs of employers in the State;
(D) a description of the State’s strategic vision and goals for preparing an educated and skilled workforce (including preparing youth and individuals with barriers to employment) and for meeting the skilled workforce needs of employers, including goals relating to performance accountability measures based on primary indicators of performance described in section 116(b)(2)(A), in order to support economic growth and economic self-sufficiency, and of how the State will assess the overall effectiveness of the workforce investment system in the State; and
(E) taking into account analyses described in subpara- graphs (A) through (C), a strategy for aligning the core programs, as well as other resources available to the State, to achieve the strategic vision and goals described in subparagraph (D).
(2) OPERATIONAL PLANNING ELEMENTS.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—The unified State plan shall include
the operational planning elements contained in this para-
graph, which shall support the strategy described in para-
graph (1)(E), including a description of how the State board
will implement the functions under section 101(d).
(B) IMPLEMENTATION OF STATE STRATEGY.—The unified
State plan shall describe how the lead State agency with
responsibility for the administration of a core program
will implement the strategy described in paragraph (1)(E),
including a description of—
(i) the activities that will be funded by the entities
carrying out the respective core programs to implement
the strategy and how such activities will be aligned across the programs and among the entities admin- istering the programs, including using co-enrollment and other strategies;
(ii) how the activities described in clause (i) will be aligned with activities provided under employment, training, education, including career and technical edu- cation, and human services programs not covered by the plan, as appropriate, assuring coordination of, and avoiding duplication among, the activities referred to in this clause;
H. R. 803—22
(iii) how the entities carrying out the respective core programs will coordinate activities and provide comprehensive, high-quality services including sup- portive services, to individuals;
(iv) how the State’s strategy will engage the State’s community colleges and area career and technical edu- cation schools as partners in the workforce develop- ment system and enable the State to leverage other Federal, State, and local investments that have enhanced access to workforce development programs at those institutions;
(v) how the activities described in clause (i) will be coordinated with economic development strategies and activities in the State; and
(vi) how the State’s strategy will improve access to activities leading to a recognized postsecondary credential (including a credential that is an industry- recognized certificate or certification, portable, and stackable).
(C) STATE OPERATING SYSTEMS AND POLICIES.—The uni- fied State plan shall describe the State operating systems and policies that will support the implementation of the strategy described in paragraph (1)(E), including a descrip- tion of—
(i) the State board, including the activities to assist members of the State board and the staff of such board in carrying out the functions of the State board effectively (but funds for such activities may not be used for long-distance travel expenses for training or development activities available locally or regionally); (ii)(I) how the respective core programs will be assessed each year, including an assessment of the quality, effectiveness, and improvement of programs (analyzed by local area, or by provider), based on State performance accountability measures described in sec-
tion 116(b); and
(II) how other one-stop partner programs will be
assessed each year;
(iii) the results of an assessment of the effective-
ness of the core programs and other one-stop partner
programs during the preceding 2-year period;
(iv) the methods and factors the State will use
in distributing funds under the core programs, in
accordance with the provisions authorizing such dis-
tributions;
(v)(I) how the lead State agencies with responsi- bility for the administration of the core programs will align and integrate available workforce and education data on core programs, unemployment insurance pro- grams, and education through postsecondary edu- cation;
(II) how such agencies will use the workforce development system to assess the progress of partici- pants that are exiting from core programs in entering, persisting in, and completing postsecondary education, or entering or remaining in employment; and
H. R. 803—23
(III) the privacy safeguards incorporated in such system, including safeguards required by section 444 of the General Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C.
1232g) and other applicable Federal laws;
(vi) how the State will implement the priority of service provisions for veterans in accordance with the requirements of section 4215 of title 38, United States Code;
(vii) how the one-stop delivery system, including one-stop operators and the one-stop partners, will comply with section 188, if applicable, and applicable provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.), regarding the physical and programmatic accessibility of facilities, programs, services, technology, and materials, for individuals with disabilities, including complying through pro- viding staff training and support for addressing the needs of individuals with disabilities; and
(viii) such other operational planning elements as the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, as appropriate, determines to be necessary for effective State operating systems and policies.
(D) PROGRAM-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.—The unified
State plan shall include—
(i) with respect to activities carried out under sub- title B, a description of—
(I) State policies or guidance, for the statewide workforce development system and for use of State funds for workforce investment activities;
(II) the local areas designated in the State, including the process used for designating local areas, and the process used for identifying any planning regions under section 106(a), including a description of how the State consulted with the local boards and chief elected officials in deter- mining the planning regions;
(III) the appeals process referred to in section
106(b)(5), relating to designation of local areas; (IV) the appeals process referred to in section
121(h)(2)(E), relating to determinations for infra- structure funding; and
(V) with respect to youth workforce investment activities authorized in section 129, information identifying the criteria to be used by local boards in awarding grants for youth workforce investment activities and describing how the local boards will take into consideration the ability of the providers to meet performance accountability measures based on primary indicators of performance for the youth program as described in section
116(b)(2)(A)(ii) in awarding such grants;
(ii) with respect to activities carried out under title II, a description of—
(I) how the eligible agency will, if applicable, align content standards for adult education with State-adopted challenging academic content stand- ards, as adopted under section 1111(b)(1) of the
H. R. 803—24
Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(1));
(II) how the State will fund local activities using considerations specified in section 231(e) for—
(aa) activities under section 231(b);
(bb) programs for corrections education under section 225;
(cc) programs for integrated English lit- eracy and civics education under section 243; and
(dd) integrated education and training;
(III) how the State will use the funds to carry out activities under section 223;
(IV) how the State will use the funds to carry out activities under section 243;
(V) how the eligible agency will assess the quality of providers of adult education and literacy activities under title II and take actions to improve such quality, including providing the activities described in section 223(a)(1)(B);
(iii) with respect to programs carried out under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C.
720 et seq.), other than section 112 or part C of that title (29 U.S.C. 732, 741), the information described in section 101(a) of that Act (29 U.S.C. 721(a)); and (iv) information on such additional specific require- ments for a program referenced in any of clauses (i) through (iii) or the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.) as the Secretary of Labor determines to be necessary to administer that program but cannot
reasonably be applied across all such programs.
(E) ASSURANCES.—The unified State plan shall include assurances—
(i) that the State has established a policy identi- fying circumstances that may present a conflict of interest for a State board or local board member, or the entity or class of officials that the member rep- resents, and procedures to resolve such conflicts;
(ii) that the State has established a policy to pro- vide to the public (including individuals with disabil- ities) access to meetings of State boards and local boards, and information regarding activities of State boards and local boards, such as data on board mem- bership and minutes;
(iii)(I) that the lead State agencies with responsi- bility for the administration of core programs reviewed and commented on the appropriate operational plan- ning elements of the unified State plan, and approved the elements as serving the needs of the populations served by such programs; and
(II) that the State obtained input into the develop- ment of the unified State plan and provided an oppor- tunity for comment on the plan by representatives of local boards and chief elected officials, businesses, labor organizations, institutions of higher education, other primary stakeholders, and the general public
H. R. 803—25
and that the unified State plan is available and acces- sible to the general public;
(iv) that the State has established, in accordance with section 116(i), fiscal control and fund accounting procedures that may be necessary to ensure the proper disbursement of, and accounting for, funds paid to the State through allotments made for adult, dislocated worker, and youth programs to carry out workforce investment activities under chapters 2 and 3 of subtitle B;
(v) that the State has taken appropriate action to secure compliance with uniform administrative requirements in this Act, including that the State will annually monitor local areas to ensure compliance and otherwise take appropriate action to secure compliance with the uniform administrative requirements under section 184(a)(3);
(vi) that the State has taken the appropriate action to be in compliance with section 188, if applicable; (vii) that the Federal funds received to carry out
a core program will not be expended for any purpose other than for activities authorized with respect to such funds under that core program;
(viii) that the eligible agency under title II will— (I) expend the funds appropriated to carry out
that title only in a manner consistent with fiscal requirements under section 241(a) (regarding supplement and not supplant provisions); and
(II) ensure that there is at least 1 eligible provider serving each local area;
(ix) that the State will pay an appropriate share (as defined by the State board) of the costs of carrying out section 116, from funds made available through each of the core programs; and
(x) regarding such other matters as the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, as appropriate, determines to be necessary for the administration of the core programs.
(3) EXISTING ANALYSIS.—As appropriate, a State may use an existing analysis in order to carry out the requirements of paragraph (1) concerning an analysis.
(c) PLAN SUBMISSION AND APPROVAL.— (1) SUBMISSION.—
(A) INITIAL PLAN.—The initial unified State plan under this section (after the date of enactment of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act) shall be submitted to the Secretary of Labor not later than 120 days prior to the commencement of the second full program year after the date of enactment of this Act.
(B) SUBSEQUENT PLANS.—Except as provided in subparagraph (A), a unified State plan shall be submitted to the Secretary of Labor not later than 120 days prior to the end of the 4-year period covered by the preceding unified State plan.
(2) SUBMISSION AND APPROVAL.—
(A) SUBMISSION.—In approving a unified State plan under this section, the Secretary shall submit the portion
H. R. 803—26
of the unified State plan covering a program or activity to the head of the Federal agency that administers the program or activity for the approval of such portion by such head.
(B) APPROVAL.—A unified State plan shall be subject to the approval of both the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education, after approval of the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services Administration for the por- tion of the plan described in subsection (b)(2)(D)(iii). The plan shall be considered to be approved at the end of the 90-day period beginning on the day the plan is sub- mitted, unless the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education makes a written determination, during the
90-day period, that the plan is inconsistent with the provi- sions of this section or the provisions authorizing the core programs, as appropriate.
(3) MODIFICATIONS.—
(A) MODIFICATIONS.—At the end of the first 2-year period of any 4-year unified State plan, the State board shall review the unified State plan, and the Governor shall submit modifications to the plan to reflect changes in labor market and economic conditions or in other factors affecting the implementation of the unified State plan.
(B) APPROVAL.—A modified unified State plan sub- mitted for the review required under subparagraph (A) shall be subject to the approval requirements described in paragraph (2). A Governor may submit a modified unified State plan at such other times as the Governor determines to be appropriate, and such modified unified State plan shall also be subject to the approval requirements described in paragraph (2).
(4) EARLY IMPLEMENTERS.—The Secretary of Labor, in conjunction with the Secretary of Education, shall establish a process for approving and may approve unified State plans that meet the requirements of this section and are submitted to cover periods commencing prior to the second full program year described in paragraph (1)(A).

SEC. 103. COMBINED STATE PLAN.

(a) IN GENERAL.—
(1) AUTHORITY TO SUBMIT PLAN.—A State may develop and submit to the appropriate Secretaries a combined State plan for the core programs and 1 or more of the programs and activities described in paragraph (2) in lieu of submitting 2 or more plans, for the programs and activities and the core programs.
(2) PROGRAMS.—The programs and activities referred to in paragraph (1) are as follows:
(A) Career and technical education programs author- ized under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Edu- cation Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 et seq.).
(B) Programs authorized under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.).
(C) Programs authorized under section 6(d)(4) of the
Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2015(d)(4)).
(D) Work programs authorized under section 6(o) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2015(o)).
H. R. 803—27
(E) Activities authorized under chapter 2 of title II
of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2271 et seq.).
(F) Activities authorized under chapter 41 of title 38, United States Code.
(G) Programs authorized under State unemployment compensation laws (in accordance with applicable Federal law).
(H) Programs authorized under title V of the Older
Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3056 et seq.).
(I) Employment and training activities carried out by the Department of Housing and Urban Development.
(J) Employment and training activities carried out under the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C.
9901 et seq.).
(K) Programs authorized under section 212 of the
Second Chance Act of 2007 (42 U.S.C. 17532). (b) REQUIREMENTS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The portion of a combined plan covering the core programs shall be subject to the requirements of section
102 (including section 102(c)(3)). The portion of such plan cov- ering a program or activity described in subsection (a)(2) shall be subject to the requirements, if any, applicable to a plan or application for assistance for that program or activity, under the Federal law authorizing the program or activity. At the election of the State, section 102(c)(3) may apply to that portion. (2) ADDITIONAL SUBMISSION NOT REQUIRED.—A State that submits a combined plan that is approved under subsection (c) shall not be required to submit any other plan or application in order to receive Federal funds to carry out the core programs or the program or activities described in subsection (a)(2) that
are covered by the combined plan.
(3) COORDINATION.—A combined plan shall include—
(A) a description of the methods used for joint planning and coordination of the core programs and the other pro- grams and activities covered by the combined plan; and (B) an assurance that the methods included an oppor- tunity for the entities responsible for planning or admin- istering the core programs and the other programs and activities to review and comment on all portions of the
combined plan.
(c) APPROVAL BY THE APPROPRIATE SECRETARIES.—
(1) JURISDICTION.—The appropriate Secretary shall have the authority to approve the corresponding portion of a com- bined plan as described in subsection (d). On the approval of the appropriate Secretary, that portion of the combined plan, covering a program or activity, shall be implemented by the State pursuant to that portion of the combined plan, and the Federal law authorizing the program or activity.
(2) APPROVAL OF CORE PROGRAMS.—No portion of the plan relating to a core program shall be implemented until the appropriate Secretary approves the corresponding portions of the plan for all core programs.
(3) TIMING OF APPROVAL.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subparagraphs (B) and (C), a portion of the combined State plan covering the core programs or a program or activity described in subsection (a)(2) shall be considered to be approved by
H. R. 803—28
the appropriate Secretary at the end of the 90-day period beginning on the day the plan is submitted.
(B) PLAN APPROVED BY 3 OR MORE APPROPRIATE SECRE- TARIES.—If an appropriate Secretary other than the Sec- retary of Labor or the Secretary of Education has authority
to approve a portion of a combined plan, that portion of the combined plan shall be considered to be approved by the appropriate Secretary at the end of the 120-day period beginning on the day the plan is submitted.
(C) DISAPPROVAL.—The portion shall not be considered to be approved if the appropriate Secretary makes a written determination, during the 90-day period (or the 120-day period, for an appropriate Secretary covered by subpara- graph (B)), that the portion is not consistent with the requirements of the Federal law authorizing or applicable to the program or activity involved, including the criteria for approval of a plan or application, if any, under such law, or the plan is not consistent with the requirements of this section.
(4) SPECIAL RULE.—In paragraph (3), the term ‘‘criteria for approval of a plan or application’’, with respect to a State and a core program or a program under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 et seq.), includes a requirement for agreement between the State and the appropriate Secretaries regarding State perform- ance measures or State performance accountability measures, as the case may be, including levels of performance.
(d) APPROPRIATE SECRETARY.—In this section, the term ‘‘appro- priate Secretary’’ means—
(1) with respect to the portion of a combined plan relating to any of the core programs (including a description, and an assurance concerning that program, specified in subsection (b)(3)), the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education; and
(2) with respect to the portion of a combined plan relating to a program or activity described in subsection (a)(2) (including a description, and an assurance concerning that program or activity, specified in subsection (b)(3)), the head of the Federal agency who exercises plan or application approval authority for the program or activity under the Federal law authorizing the program or activity, or, if there are no planning or applica- tion requirements for such program or activity, exercises administrative authority over the program or activity under that Federal law.

CHAPTER 2—LOCAL PROVISIONS

SEC. 106. WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT AREAS.

(a) REGIONS.—
(1) IDENTIFICATION.—Before the second full program year after the date of enactment of this Act, in order for a State to receive an allotment under section 127(b) or 132(b) and as part of the process for developing the State plan, a State shall identify regions in the State after consultation with the local boards and chief elected officials in the local areas and consistent with the considerations described in subsection (b)(1)(B).
H. R. 803—29
(2) TYPES OF REGIONS.—For purposes of this Act, the State shall identify—
(A) which regions are comprised of 1 local area that is aligned with the region;
(B) which regions are comprised of 2 or more local areas that are (collectively) aligned with the region (referred to as planning regions, consistent with section
3); and
(C) which, of the regions described in subparagraph (B), are interstate areas contained within 2 or more States, and consist of labor market areas, economic development areas, or other appropriate contiguous subareas of those States.
(b) LOCAL AREAS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—
(A) PROCESS.—Except as provided in subsection (d), and consistent with paragraphs (2) and (3), in order for a State to receive an allotment under section 127(b) or
132(b), the Governor of the State shall designate local workforce development areas within the State—
(i) through consultation with the State board; and
(ii) after consultation with chief elected officials and local boards, and after consideration of comments received through the public comment process as described in section 102(b)(2)(E)(iii)(II).
(B) CONSIDERATIONS.—The Governor shall designate local areas (except for those local areas described in para- graphs (2) and (3)) based on considerations consisting of the extent to which the areas—
(i) are consistent with labor market areas in the
State;
(ii) are consistent with regional economic develop- ment areas in the State; and
(iii) have available the Federal and non-Federal resources necessary to effectively administer activities under subtitle B and other applicable provisions of this Act, including whether the areas have the appro- priate education and training providers, such as institutions of higher education and area career and technical education schools.
(2) INITIAL DESIGNATION.—During the first 2 full program years following the date of enactment of this Act, the Governor shall approve a request for initial designation as a local area from any area that was designated as a local area for purposes of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 for the 2-year period preceding the date of enactment of this Act, performed success- fully, and sustained fiscal integrity.
(3) SUBSEQUENT DESIGNATION.—After the period for which a local area is initially designated under paragraph (2), the Governor shall approve a request for subsequent designation as a local area from such local area, if such area—
(A) performed successfully;
(B) sustained fiscal integrity; and
(C) in the case of a local area in a planning region, met the requirements described in subsection (c)(1).
(4) DESIGNATION ON RECOMMENDATION OF STATE BOARD.— The Governor may approve a request from any unit of general
H. R. 803—30
local government (including a combination of such units) for designation of an area as a local area if the State board deter- mines, based on the considerations described in paragraph (1)(B), and recommends to the Governor, that such area should be so designated.
(5) APPEALS.—A unit of general local government (including a combination of such units) or grant recipient that requests but is not granted designation of an area as a local area under paragraph (2) or (3) may submit an appeal to the State board under an appeal process established in the State plan. If the appeal does not result in such a designation, the Secretary of Labor, after receiving a request for review from the unit or grant recipient and on determining that the unit or grant recipient was not accorded procedural rights under the appeals process described in the State plan, as specified in section
102(b)(2)(D)(i)(III), or that the area meets the requirements of paragraph (2) or (3), may require that the area be designated as a local area under such paragraph.
(6) REDESIGNATION ASSISTANCE.—On the request of all of the local areas in a planning region, the State shall provide funding from funds made available under sections 128(a) and
133(a)(1) to assist the local areas in carrying out activities to facilitate the redesignation of the local areas to a single local area.
(c) REGIONAL COORDINATION.—
(1) REGIONAL PLANNING.—The local boards and chief elected officials in each planning region described in subparagraph (B) or (C) of subsection (a)(2) shall engage in a regional planning process that results in—
(A) the preparation of a regional plan, as described in paragraph (2);
(B) the establishment of regional service strategies, including use of cooperative service delivery agreements; (C) the development and implementation of sector ini- tiatives for in-demand industry sectors or occupations for
the region;
(D) the collection and analysis of regional labor market data (in conjunction with the State);
(E) the establishment of administrative cost arrange- ments, including the pooling of funds for administrative costs, as appropriate, for the region;
(F) the coordination of transportation and other sup- portive services, as appropriate, for the region;
(G) the coordination of services with regional economic development services and providers; and
(H) the establishment of an agreement concerning how the planning region will collectively negotiate and reach agreement with Governor on local levels of performance for, and report on, the performance accountability measures described in section 116(c), for local areas or the planning region.
(2) REGIONAL PLANS.—The State, after consultation with local boards and chief elected officials for the planning regions, shall require the local boards and chief elected officials within a planning region to prepare, submit, and obtain approval of a single regional plan that includes a description of the activities described in paragraph (1) and that incorporates local
H. R. 803—31
plans for each of the local areas in the planning region. The State shall provide technical assistance and labor market data, as requested by local areas, to assist with such regional plan- ning and subsequent service delivery efforts.
(3) REFERENCES.—In this Act, and the core program provi- sions that are not in this Act:
(A) LOCAL AREA.—Except as provided in section
101(d)(9), this section, paragraph (1)(B) or (4) of section
107(c), or section 107(d)(12)(B), or in any text that provides an accompanying provision specifically for a planning region, the term ‘‘local area’’ in a provision includes a reference to a planning region for purposes of implementa- tion of that provision by the corresponding local areas in the region.
(B) LOCAL PLAN.—Except as provided in this sub- section, the term ‘‘local plan’’ includes a reference to the portion of a regional plan developed with respect to the corresponding local area within the region, and any region- wide provision of that plan that impacts or relates to the local area.
(d) SINGLE STATE LOCAL AREAS.—
(1) CONTINUATION OF PREVIOUS DESIGNATION.—The Gov- ernor of any State that was a single State local area for pur- poses of title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, as in effect on July 1, 2013, may designate the State as a single State local area for purposes of this title. In the case of such designation, the Governor shall identify the State as a local area in the State plan.
(2) EFFECT ON LOCAL PLAN AND LOCAL FUNCTIONS.—In any case in which a State is designated as a local area pursuant to this subsection, the local plan prepared under section 108 for the area shall be submitted for approval as part of the State plan. In such a State, the State board shall carry out the functions of a local board, as specified in this Act or the provisions authorizing a core program, but the State shall not be required to meet and report on a set of local performance accountability measures.
(e) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section:
(1) PERFORMED SUCCESSFULLY.—The term ‘‘performed successfully’’, used with respect to a local area, means the local area met or exceeded the adjusted levels of performance for primary indicators of performance described in section
116(b)(2)(A) (or, if applicable, core indicators of performance described in section 136(b)(2)(A) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, as in effect the day before the date of enactment of this Act) for each of the last 2 consecutive years for which data are available preceding the determination of performance under this paragraph.
(2) SUSTAINED FISCAL INTEGRITY.—The term ‘‘sustained fiscal integrity’’, used with respect to a local area, means that the Secretary has not made a formal determination, during either of the last 2 consecutive years preceding the determina- tion regarding such integrity, that either the grant recipient or the administrative entity of the area misexpended funds provided under subtitle B (or, if applicable, title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 as in effect prior to the effective date of such subtitle B) due to willful disregard of
H. R. 803—32
the requirements of the provision involved, gross negligence, or failure to comply with accepted standards of administration.

SEC. 107. LOCAL WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARDS.

(a) ESTABLISHMENT.—Except as provided in subsection (c)(2)(A), there shall be established, and certified by the Governor of the State, a local workforce development board in each local area of a State to carry out the functions described in subsection (d) (and any functions specified for the local board under this Act or the provisions establishing a core program) for such area.
(b) MEMBERSHIP.—
(1) STATE CRITERIA.—The Governor, in partnership with the State board, shall establish criteria for use by chief elected officials in the local areas for appointment of members of the local boards in such local areas in accordance with the require- ments of paragraph (2).
(2) COMPOSITION.—Such criteria shall require that, at a minimum—
(A) a majority of the members of each local board shall be representatives of business in the local area, who— (i) are owners of businesses, chief executives or operating officers of businesses, or other business executives or employers with optimum policymaking
or hiring authority;
(ii) represent businesses, including small businesses, or organizations representing businesses described in this clause, that provide employment opportunities that, at a minimum, include high-quality, work-relevant training and development in in-demand industry sectors or occupations in the local area; and (iii) are appointed from among individuals nomi- nated by local business organizations and business
trade associations;
(B) not less than 20 percent of the members of each local board shall be representatives of the workforce within the local area, who—
(i) shall include representatives of labor organiza- tions (for a local area in which employees are rep- resented by labor organizations), who have been nomi- nated by local labor federations, or (for a local area in which no employees are represented by such organizations) other representatives of employees;
(ii) shall include a representative, who shall be a member of a labor organization or a training director, from a joint labor-management apprenticeship pro- gram, or if no such joint program exists in the area, such a representative of an apprenticeship program in the area, if such a program exists;
(iii) may include representatives of community- based organizations that have demonstrated experience and expertise in addressing the employment needs of individuals with barriers to employment, including organizations that serve veterans or that provide or support competitive integrated employment for individ- uals with disabilities; and
(iv) may include representatives of organizations that have demonstrated experience and expertise in
H. R. 803—33
addressing the employment, training, or education needs of eligible youth, including representatives of organizations that serve out-of-school youth;
(C) each local board shall include representatives of entities administering education and training activities in the local area, who—
(i) shall include a representative of eligible pro- viders administering adult education and literacy activities under title II;
(ii) shall include a representative of institutions of higher education providing workforce investment activities (including community colleges);
(iii) may include representatives of local edu- cational agencies, and of community-based organiza- tions with demonstrated experience and expertise in addressing the education or training needs of individ- uals with barriers to employment;
(D) each local board shall include representatives of governmental and economic and community development entities serving the local area, who—
(i) shall include a representative of economic and community development entities;
(ii) shall include an appropriate representative from the State employment service office under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.) serving the local area;
(iii) shall include an appropriate representative of the programs carried out under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 720 et seq.), other than section 112 or part C of that title (29
U.S.C. 732, 741), serving the local area;
(iv) may include representatives of agencies or entities administering programs serving the local area relating to transportation, housing, and public assist- ance; and
(v) may include representatives of philanthropic organizations serving the local area; and
(E) each local board may include such other individuals or representatives of entities as the chief elected official in the local area may determine to be appropriate.
(3) CHAIRPERSON.—The members of the local board shall elect a chairperson for the local board from among the rep- resentatives described in paragraph (2)(A).
(4) STANDING COMMITTEES.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—The local board may designate and direct the activities of standing committees to provide information and to assist the local board in carrying out activities under this section. Such standing committees shall be chaired by a member of the local board, may include other members of the local board, and shall include other individuals appointed by the local board who are not members of the local board and who the local board determines have appropriate experience and expertise. At a minimum, the local board may designate each of the following:
(i) A standing committee to provide information and assist with operational and other issues relating
H. R. 803—34
to the one-stop delivery system, which may include as members representatives of the one-stop partners. (ii) A standing committee to provide information
and to assist with planning, operational, and other issues relating to the provision of services to youth, which shall include community-based organizations with a demonstrated record of success in serving eligible youth.
(iii) A standing committee to provide information and to assist with operational and other issues relating to the provision of services to individuals with disabil- ities, including issues relating to compliance with sec- tion 188, if applicable, and applicable provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C.
12101 et seq.) regarding providing programmatic and physical access to the services, programs, and activities of the one-stop delivery system, as well as appropriate training for staff on providing supports for or accom- modations to, and finding employment opportunities for, individuals with disabilities.
(B) ADDITIONAL COMMITTEES.—The local board may designate standing committees in addition to the standing committees specified in subparagraph (A).
(C) DESIGNATION OF ENTITY.—Nothing in this para- graph shall be construed to prohibit the designation of an existing (as of the date of enactment of this Act) entity, such as an effective youth council, to fulfill the require- ments of this paragraph as long as the entity meets the requirements of this paragraph.
(5) AUTHORITY OF BOARD MEMBERS.—Members of the board that represent organizations, agencies, or other entities shall be individuals with optimum policymaking authority within the organizations, agencies, or entities. The members of the board shall represent diverse geographic areas within the local area.
(6) SPECIAL RULE.—If there are multiple eligible providers serving the local area by administering adult education and literacy activities under title II, or multiple institutions of higher education serving the local area by providing workforce investment activities, each representative on the local board described in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (2)(C), respectively, shall be appointed from among individuals nominated by local providers representing such providers or institutions, respec- tively.
(c) APPOINTMENT AND CERTIFICATION OF BOARD.—
(1) APPOINTMENT OF BOARD MEMBERS AND ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—The chief elected official in a local area is authorized to appoint the members of the local board for such area, in accordance with the State criteria established under subsection (b).
(B) MULTIPLE UNITS OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT IN AREA.— (i) IN GENERAL.—In a case in which a local area includes more than 1 unit of general local government, the chief elected officials of such units may execute an agreement that specifies the respective roles of the
individual chief elected officials—
H. R. 803—35
(I) in the appointment of the members of the local board from the individuals nominated or rec- ommended to be such members in accordance with the criteria established under subsection (b); and (II) in carrying out any other responsibilities
assigned to such officials under this title.
(ii) LACK OF AGREEMENT.—If, after a reasonable effort, the chief elected officials are unable to reach agreement as provided under clause (i), the Governor may appoint the members of the local board from individuals so nominated or recommended.
(C) CONCENTRATED EMPLOYMENT PROGRAMS.—In the case of an area that was designated as a local area in accordance with section 116(a)(2)(B) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act), and that remains a local area on that date, the governing body of the con- centrated employment program involved shall act in con- sultation with the chief elected official in the local area to appoint members of the local board, in accordance with the State criteria established under subsection (b), and to carry out any other responsibility relating to workforce investment activities assigned to such official under this Act.
(2) CERTIFICATION.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—The Governor shall, once every 2 years, certify 1 local board for each local area in the State. (B) CRITERIA.—Such certification shall be based on cri- teria established under subsection (b), and for a second or subsequent certification, the extent to which the local board has ensured that workforce investment activities carried out in the local area have enabled the local area to meet the corresponding performance accountability measures and achieve sustained fiscal integrity, as defined
in section 106(e)(2).
(C) FAILURE TO ACHIEVE CERTIFICATION.—Failure of a local board to achieve certification shall result in appoint- ment and certification of a new local board for the local area pursuant to the process described in paragraph (1) and this paragraph.
(3) DECERTIFICATION.—
(A) FRAUD, ABUSE, FAILURE TO CARRY OUT FUNCTIONS.— Notwithstanding paragraph (2), the Governor shall have the authority to decertify a local board at any time after providing notice and an opportunity for comment, for—
(i) fraud or abuse; or
(ii) failure to carry out the functions specified for the local board in subsection (d).
(B) NONPERFORMANCE.—Notwithstanding paragraph (2), the Governor may decertify a local board if a local area fails to meet the local performance accountability measures for such local area in accordance with section
116(c) for 2 consecutive program years.
(C) REORGANIZATION PLAN.—If the Governor decertifies a local board for a local area under subparagraph (A) or (B), the Governor may require that a new local board be appointed and certified for the local area pursuant to
H. R. 803—36
a reorganization plan developed by the Governor, in con- sultation with the chief elected official in the local area and in accordance with the criteria established under sub- section (b).
(4) SINGLE STATE LOCAL AREA.—
(A) STATE BOARD.—Notwithstanding subsection (b) and
paragraphs (1) and (2), if a State described in section
106(d) indicates in the State plan that the State will be
treated as a single State local area, for purposes of the
application of this Act or the provisions authorizing a core
program, the State board shall carry out any of the func-
tions of a local board under this Act or the provisions
authorizing a core program, including the functions
described in subsection (d).
(B) REFERENCES.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in clauses
(ii) and (iii), with respect to such a State, a reference
in this Act or a core program provision to a local
board shall be considered to be a reference to the
State board, and a reference in the Act or provision
to a local area or region shall be considered to be
a reference to the State.
(ii) PLANS.—The State board shall prepare a local
plan under section 108 for the State, and submit the
plan for approval as part of the State plan.
(iii) PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY MEASURES.—
The State shall not be required to meet and report
on a set of local performance accountability measures.
(d) FUNCTIONS OF LOCAL BOARD.—Consistent with section 108,
the functions of the local board shall include the following:
(1) LOCAL PLAN.—The local board, in partnership with the
chief elected official for the local area involved, shall develop
and submit a local plan to the Governor that meets the require-
ments in section 108. If the local area is part of a planning
region that includes other local areas, the local board shall
collaborate with the other local boards and chief elected officials
from such other local areas in the preparation and submission
of a regional plan as described in section 106(c)(2).
(2) WORKFORCE RESEARCH AND REGIONAL LABOR MARKET

ANALYSIS.—In order to assist in the development and

implementation of the local plan, the local board shall—
(A) carry out analyses of the economic conditions in
the region, the needed knowledge and skills for the region,
the workforce in the region, and workforce development
activities (including education and training) in the region
described in section 108(b)(1)(D), and regularly update such information;
(B) assist the Governor in developing the statewide workforce and labor market information system described in section 15(e) of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49l–
2(e)), specifically in the collection, analysis, and utilization of workforce and labor market information for the region; and
(C) conduct such other research, data collection, and analysis related to the workforce needs of the regional economy as the board, after receiving input from a wide
H. R. 803—37
array of stakeholders, determines to be necessary to carry out its functions.
(3) CONVENING, BROKERING, LEVERAGING.—The local board shall convene local workforce development system stakeholders to assist in the development of the local plan under section
108 and in identifying non-Federal expertise and resources to leverage support for workforce development activities. The local board, including standing committees, may engage such stakeholders in carrying out the functions described in this subsection.
(4) EMPLOYER ENGAGEMENT.—The local board shall lead efforts to engage with a diverse range of employers and with entities in the region involved—
(A) to promote business representation (particularly representatives with optimal policymaking or hiring authority from employers whose employment opportunities reflect existing and emerging employment opportunities in the region) on the local board;
(B) to develop effective linkages (including the use of intermediaries) with employers in the region to support employer utilization of the local workforce development system and to support local workforce investment activities; (C) to ensure that workforce investment activities meet
the needs of employers and support economic growth in the region, by enhancing communication, coordination, and collaboration among employers, economic development enti- ties, and service providers; and
(D) to develop and implement proven or promising strategies for meeting the employment and skill needs of workers and employers (such as the establishment of industry and sector partnerships), that provide the skilled workforce needed by employers in the region, and that expand employment and career advancement opportunities for workforce development system participants in in- demand industry sectors or occupations.
(5) CAREER PATHWAYS DEVELOPMENT.—The local board, with representatives of secondary and postsecondary education programs, shall lead efforts in the local area to develop and implement career pathways within the local area by aligning the employment, training, education, and supportive services that are needed by adults and youth, particularly individuals with barriers to employment.
(6) PROVEN AND PROMISING PRACTICES.—The local board shall lead efforts in the local area to—
(A) identify and promote proven and promising strate- gies and initiatives for meeting the needs of employers,
and workers and jobseekers (including individuals with
barriers to employment) in the local workforce development
system, including providing physical and programmatic
accessibility, in accordance with section 188, if applicable,
and applicable provisions of the Americans with Disabilities
Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.), to the one-stop
delivery system; and
(B) identify and disseminate information on proven
and promising practices carried out in other local areas
for meeting such needs.
H. R. 803—38
(7) TECHNOLOGY.—The local board shall develop strategies for using technology to maximize the accessibility and effective- ness of the local workforce development system for employers, and workers and jobseekers, by—
(A) facilitating connections among the intake and case management information systems of the one-stop partner programs to support a comprehensive workforce develop- ment system in the local area;
(B) facilitating access to services provided through the one-stop delivery system involved, including facilitating the access in remote areas;
(C) identifying strategies for better meeting the needs of individuals with barriers to employment, including strategies that augment traditional service delivery, and increase access to services and programs of the one-stop delivery system, such as improving digital literacy skills; and
(D) leveraging resources and capacity within the local workforce development system, including resources and capacity for services for individuals with barriers to employ- ment.
(8) PROGRAM OVERSIGHT.—The local board, in partnership with the chief elected official for the local area, shall—
(A)(i) conduct oversight for local youth workforce investment activities authorized under section 129(c), local employment and training activities authorized under sub- sections (c) and (d) of section 134, and the one-stop delivery system in the local area; and
(ii) ensure the appropriate use and management of the funds provided under subtitle B for the activities and system described in clause (i); and
(B) for workforce development activities, ensure the appropriate use, management, and investment of funds to maximize performance outcomes under section 116.
(9) NEGOTIATION OF LOCAL PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY MEASURES.—The local board, the chief elected official, and the Governor shall negotiate and reach agreement on local perform- ance accountability measures as described in section 116(c).
(10) SELECTION OF OPERATORS AND PROVIDERS.—
(A) SELECTION OF ONE-STOP OPERATORS.—Consistent with section 121(d), the local board, with the agreement of the chief elected official for the local area—
(i) shall designate or certify one-stop operators as described in section 121(d)(2)(A); and
(ii) may terminate for cause the eligibility of such operators.
(B) SELECTION OF YOUTH PROVIDERS.—Consistent with section 123, the local board—
(i) shall identify eligible providers of youth workforce investment activities in the local area by awarding grants or contracts on a competitive basis (except as provided in section 123(b)), based on the recommendations of the youth standing committee, if such a committee is established for the local area under subsection (b)(4); and
(ii) may terminate for cause the eligibility of such providers.
H. R. 803—39
(C) IDENTIFICATION OF ELIGIBLE PROVIDERS OF TRAINING SERVICES.—Consistent with section 122, the local board shall identify eligible providers of training services in the local area.
(D) IDENTIFICATION OF ELIGIBLE PROVIDERS OF CAREER SERVICES.—If the one-stop operator does not provide career services described in section 134(c)(2) in a local area, the local board shall identify eligible providers of those career services in the local area by awarding contracts.
(E) CONSUMER CHOICE REQUIREMENTS.—Consistent with section 122 and paragraphs (2) and (3) of section
134(c), the local board shall work with the State to ensure there are sufficient numbers and types of providers of career services and training services (including eligible pro- viders with expertise in assisting individuals with disabil- ities and eligible providers with expertise in assisting adults in need of adult education and literacy activities) serving the local area and providing the services involved in a manner that maximizes consumer choice, as well as providing opportunities that lead to competitive integrated employment for individuals with disabilities.
(11) COORDINATION WITH EDUCATION PROVIDERS.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—The local board shall coordinate
activities with education and training providers in the local
area, including providers of workforce investment activities,
providers of adult education and literacy activities under
title II, providers of career and technical education (as
defined in section 3 of the Carl D. Perkins Career and
Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2302)) and
local agencies administering plans under title I of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 720 et seq.), other
than section 112 or part C of that title (29 U.S.C. 732,
741).
(B) APPLICATIONS AND AGREEMENTS.—The coordination
described in subparagraph (A) shall include—
(i) consistent with section 232—
(I) reviewing the applications to provide adult
education and literacy activities under title II for
the local area, submitted under such section to
the eligible agency by eligible providers, to deter-
mine whether such applications are consistent
with the local plan; and
(II) making recommendations to the eligible
agency to promote alignment with such plan; and
(ii) replicating cooperative agreements in accord-
ance with subparagraph (B) of section 101(a)(11) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 721(a)(11)), and implementing cooperative agreements in accord- ance with that section with the local agencies admin- istering plans under title I of that Act (29 U.S.C.
720 et seq.) (other than section 112 or part C of that title (29 U.S.C. 732, 741) and subject to section 121(f)), with respect to efforts that will enhance the provision of services to individuals with disabilities and other individuals, such as cross training of staff, technical assistance, use and sharing of information, cooperative
H. R. 803—40
efforts with employers, and other efforts at cooperation, collaboration, and coordination.
(C) COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT.—In this paragraph, the term ‘‘cooperative agreement’’ means an agreement entered into by a State designated agency or State designated unit under subparagraph (A) of section 101(a)(11) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
(12) BUDGET AND ADMINISTRATION.—
(A) BUDGET.—The local board shall develop a budget for the activities of the local board in the local area, con- sistent with the local plan and the duties of the local board under this section, subject to the approval of the chief elected official.
(B) ADMINISTRATION.—
(i) GRANT RECIPIENT.—
(I) IN GENERAL.—The chief elected official in a local area shall serve as the local grant recipient for, and shall be liable for any misuse of, the grant funds allocated to the local area under sec- tions 128 and 133, unless the chief elected official reaches an agreement with the Governor for the Governor to act as the local grant recipient and bear such liability.
(II) DESIGNATION.—In order to assist in administration of the grant funds, the chief elected official or the Governor, where the Governor serves as the local grant recipient for a local area, may designate an entity to serve as a local grant sub- recipient for such funds or as a local fiscal agent. Such designation shall not relieve the chief elected official or the Governor of the liability for any misuse of grant funds as described in subclause (I).
(III) DISBURSAL.—The local grant recipient or an entity designated under subclause (II) shall disburse the grant funds for workforce investment activities at the direction of the local board, pursu- ant to the requirements of this title. The local grant recipient or entity designated under sub- clause (II) shall disburse the funds immediately on receiving such direction from the local board. (ii) GRANTS AND DONATIONS.—The local board may
solicit and accept grants and donations from sources other than Federal funds made available under this Act.
(iii) TAX-EXEMPT STATUS.—For purposes of carrying out duties under this Act, local boards may incorporate, and may operate as entities described in section
501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 that are exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code.
(13) ACCESSIBILITY FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES.— The local board shall annually assess the physical and pro- grammatic accessibility, in accordance with section 188, if applicable, and applicable provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.), of all one- stop centers in the local area.
H. R. 803—41
(e) SUNSHINE PROVISION.—The local board shall make available to the public, on a regular basis through electronic means and open meetings, information regarding the activities of the local board, including information regarding the local plan prior to submission of the plan, and regarding membership, the designation and certification of one-stop operators, and the award of grants or contracts to eligible providers of youth workforce investment activities, and on request, minutes of formal meetings of the local board.
(f) STAFF.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The local board may hire a director and other staff to assist in carrying out the functions described in subsection (d) using funds available under sections 128(b) and 133(b) as described in section 128(b)(4).
(2) QUALIFICATIONS.—The local board shall establish and apply a set of objective qualifications for the position of director, that ensures that the individual selected has the requisite knowledge, skills, and abilities, to meet identified benchmarks and to assist in effectively carrying out the functions of the local board.
(3) LIMITATION ON RATE.—The director and staff described in paragraph (1) shall be subject to the limitations on the payment of salaries and bonuses described in section 194(15). (g) LIMITATIONS.—
(1) TRAINING SERVICES.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subparagraph
(B), no local board may provide training services.
(B) WAIVERS OF TRAINING PROHIBITION.—The Governor of the State in which a local board is located may, pursuant to a request from the local board, grant a written waiver of the prohibition set forth in subparagraph (A) (relating to the provision of training services) for a program of training services, if the local board—
(i) submits to the Governor a proposed request for the waiver that includes—
(I) satisfactory evidence that there is an insufficient number of eligible providers of such a program of training services to meet local demand in the local area;
(II) information demonstrating that the board meets the requirements for an eligible provider of training services under section 122; and
(III) information demonstrating that the pro- gram of training services prepares participants for an in-demand industry sector or occupation in the local area;
(ii) makes the proposed request available to eligible providers of training services and other interested members of the public for a public comment period of not less than 30 days; and
(iii) includes, in the final request for the waiver, the evidence and information described in clause (i) and the comments received pursuant to clause (ii). (C) DURATION.—A waiver granted to a local board
under subparagraph (B) shall apply for a period that shall not exceed the duration of the local plan. The waiver may be renewed for additional periods under subsequent local
H. R. 803—42
plans, not to exceed the durations of such subsequent plans, pursuant to requests from the local board, if the board meets the requirements of subparagraph (B) in making the requests.
(D) REVOCATION.—The Governor shall have the authority to revoke the waiver during the appropriate period described in subparagraph (C) if the Governor deter- mines the waiver is no longer needed or that the local board involved has engaged in a pattern of inappropriate referrals to training services operated by the local board. (2) CAREER SERVICES; DESIGNATION OR CERTIFICATION AS

ONE-STOP OPERATORS.—A local board may provide career serv- ices described in section 134(c)(2) through a one-stop delivery system or be designated or certified as a one-stop operator only with the agreement of the chief elected official in the local area and the Governor.

(3) LIMITATION ON AUTHORITY.—Nothing in this Act shall be construed to provide a local board with the authority to mandate curricula for schools.
(h) CONFLICT OF INTEREST.—A member of a local board, or a member of a standing committee, may not—
(1) vote on a matter under consideration by the local board—
(A) regarding the provision of services by such member
(or by an entity that such member represents); or
(B) that would provide direct financial benefit to such member or the immediate family of such member; or
(2) engage in any other activity determined by the Governor to constitute a conflict of interest as specified in the State plan.
(i) ALTERNATIVE ENTITY.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of complying with sub- sections (a), (b), and (c), a State may use any local entity (including a local council, regional workforce development board, or similar entity) that—
(A) is established to serve the local area (or the service delivery area that most closely corresponds to the local area);
(B) was in existence on the day before the date of enactment of this Act, pursuant to State law; and
(C) includes—
(i) representatives of business in the local area;
and
(ii)(I) representatives of labor organizations (for
a local area in which employees are represented by labor organizations), nominated by local labor federa- tions; or
(II) other representatives of employees in the local area (for a local area in which no employees are rep- resented by such organizations).
(2) REFERENCES.—A reference in this Act or a core program provision to a local board, shall include a reference to such an entity.

SEC. 108. LOCAL PLAN.

(a) IN GENERAL.—Each local board shall develop and submit to the Governor a comprehensive 4-year local plan, in partnership
H. R. 803—43
with the chief elected official. The local plan shall support the strategy described in the State plan in accordance with section
102(b)(1)(E), and otherwise be consistent with the State plan. If the local area is part of a planning region, the local board shall comply with section 106(c) in the preparation and submission of a regional plan. At the end of the first 2-year period of the 4- year local plan, each local board shall review the local plan and the local board, in partnership with the chief elected official, shall prepare and submit modifications to the local plan to reflect changes in labor market and economic conditions or in other factors affecting the implementation of the local plan.
(b) CONTENTS.—The local plan shall include—
(1) a description of the strategic planning elements con-
sisting of—
(A) an analysis of the regional economic conditions
including—
(i) existing and emerging in-demand industry sec-
tors and occupations; and
(ii) the employment needs of employers in those
industry sectors and occupations;
(B) an analysis of the knowledge and skills needed
to meet the employment needs of the employers in the
region, including employment needs in in-demand industry
sectors and occupations;
(C) an analysis of the workforce in the region, including
current labor force employment (and unemployment) data,
and information on labor market trends, and the edu-
cational and skill levels of the workforce in the region,
including individuals with barriers to employment;
(D) an analysis of the workforce development activities
(including education and training) in the region, including
an analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of such serv-
ices, and the capacity to provide such services, to address
the identified education and skill needs of the workforce
and the employment needs of employers in the region;
(E) a description of the local board’s strategic vision
and goals for preparing an educated and skilled workforce
(including youth and individuals with barriers to employ-
ment), including goals relating to the performance account-
ability measures based on primary indicators of perform-
ance described in section 116(b)(2)(A) in order to support
regional economic growth and economic self-sufficiency; and
(F) taking into account analyses described in subpara-
graphs (A) through (D), a strategy to work with the entities
that carry out the core programs to align resources avail-
able to the local area, to achieve the strategic vision and goals described in subparagraph (E);
(2) a description of the workforce development system in the local area that identifies the programs that are included in that system and how the local board will work with the entities carrying out core programs and other workforce development programs to support alignment to provide services, including programs of study authorized under the Carl D. Per- kins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C.
2301 et seq.), that support the strategy identified in the State plan under section 102(b)(1)(E);
H. R. 803—44
(3) a description of how the local board, working with the entities carrying out core programs, will expand access to employment, training, education, and supportive services for eligible individuals, particularly eligible individuals with barriers to employment, including how the local board will facilitate the development of career pathways and co-enroll- ment, as appropriate, in core programs, and improve access to activities leading to a recognized postsecondary credential (including a credential that is an industry-recognized certificate or certification, portable, and stackable);
(4) a description of the strategies and services that will be used in the local area—
(A) in order to—
(i) facilitate engagement of employers, including small employers and employers in in-demand industry sectors and occupations, in workforce development pro- grams;
(ii) support a local workforce development system that meets the needs of businesses in the local area; (iii) better coordinate workforce development pro-
grams and economic development; and
(iv) strengthen linkages between the one-stop delivery system and unemployment insurance pro- grams; and
(B) that may include the implementation of initiatives such as incumbent worker training programs, on-the-job training programs, customized training programs, industry and sector strategies, career pathways initiatives, utiliza- tion of effective business intermediaries, and other business services and strategies, designed to meet the needs of employers in the corresponding region in support of the strategy described in paragraph (1)(F);
(5) a description of how the local board will coordinate workforce investment activities carried out in the local area with economic development activities carried out in the region in which the local area is located (or planning region), and promote entrepreneurial skills training and microenterprise services;
(6) a description of the one-stop delivery system in the local area, including—
(A) a description of how the local board will ensure the continuous improvement of eligible providers of services through the system and ensure that such providers meet the employment needs of local employers, and workers and jobseekers;
(B) a description of how the local board will facilitate access to services provided through the one-stop delivery system, including in remote areas, through the use of tech- nology and through other means;
(C) a description of how entities within the one-stop delivery system, including one-stop operators and the one- stop partners, will comply with section 188, if applicable, and applicable provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) regarding the physical and programmatic accessibility of facilities, programs and services, technology, and materials for individuals with disabilities, including providing staff training and support
H. R. 803—45
for addressing the needs of individuals with disabilities;
and
(D) a description of the roles and resource contributions of the one-stop partners;
(7) a description and assessment of the type and availability of adult and dislocated worker employment and training activi- ties in the local area;
(8) a description of how the local board will coordinate workforce investment activities carried out in the local area with statewide rapid response activities, as described in section
134(a)(2)(A);
(9) a description and assessment of the type and availability of youth workforce investment activities in the local area, including activities for youth who are individuals with disabil- ities, which description and assessment shall include an identi- fication of successful models of such youth workforce investment activities;
(10) a description of how the local board will coordinate education and workforce investment activities carried out in the local area with relevant secondary and postsecondary edu- cation programs and activities to coordinate strategies, enhance services, and avoid duplication of services;
(11) a description of how the local board will coordinate workforce investment activities carried out under this title in the local area with the provision of transportation, including public transportation, and other appropriate supportive services in the local area;
(12) a description of plans and strategies for, and assur- ances concerning, maximizing coordination of services provided by the State employment service under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.) and services provided in the local area through the one-stop delivery system, to improve service delivery and avoid duplication of services;
(13) a description of how the local board will coordinate workforce investment activities carried out under this title in the local area with the provision of adult education and literacy activities under title II in the local area, including a description of how the local board will carry out, consistent with subpara- graphs (A) and (B)(i) of section 107(d)(11) and section 232, the review of local applications submitted under title II;
(14) a description of the replicated cooperative agreements (as defined in section 107(d)(11)) between the local board or other local entities described in section 101(a)(11)(B) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 721(a)(11)(B)) and the local office of a designated State agency or designated State unit administering programs carried out under title I of such Act (29 U.S.C. 720 et seq.) (other than section 112 or part C of that title (29 U.S.C. 732, 741) and subject to section
121(f)) in accordance with section 101(a)(11) of such Act (29
U.S.C. 721(a)(11)) with respect to efforts that will enhance the provision of services to individuals with disabilities and to other individuals, such as cross training of staff, technical assistance, use and sharing of information, cooperative efforts with employers, and other efforts at cooperation, collaboration, and coordination;
(15) an identification of the entity responsible for the dis- bursal of grant funds described in section 107(d)(12)(B)(i)(III),
H. R. 803—46
as determined by the chief elected official or the Governor under section 107(d)(12)(B)(i);
(16) a description of the competitive process to be used to award the subgrants and contracts in the local area for activities carried out under this title;
(17) a description of the local levels of performance nego- tiated with the Governor and chief elected official pursuant to section 116(c), to be used to measure the performance of the local area and to be used by the local board for measuring the performance of the local fiscal agent (where appropriate), eligible providers under subtitle B, and the one-stop delivery system, in the local area;
(18) a description of the actions the local board will take toward becoming or remaining a high-performing board, con- sistent with the factors developed by the State board pursuant to section 101(d)(6);
(19) a description of how training services under chapter
3 of subtitle B will be provided in accordance with section
134(c)(3)(G), including, if contracts for the training services will be used, how the use of such contracts will be coordinated with the use of individual training accounts under that chapter and how the local board will ensure informed customer choice in the selection of training programs regardless of how the training services are to be provided;
(20) a description of the process used by the local board, consistent with subsection (d), to provide an opportunity for public comment, including comment by representatives of businesses and comment by representatives of labor organiza- tions, and input into the development of the local plan, prior to submission of the plan;
(21) a description of how one-stop centers are implementing and transitioning to an integrated, technology-enabled intake and case management information system for programs carried out under this Act and programs carried out by one-stop part- ners; and
(22) such other information as the Governor may require. (c) EXISTING ANALYSIS.—As appropriate, a local area may use
an existing analysis in order to carry out the requirements of subsection (b)(1) concerning an analysis.
(d) PROCESS.—Prior to the date on which the local board sub- mits a local plan under this section, the local board shall—
(1) make available copies of a proposed local plan to the public through electronic and other means, such as public hearings and local news media;
(2) allow members of the public, including representatives of business, representatives of labor organizations, and rep- resentatives of education to submit to the local board comments on the proposed local plan, not later than the end of the
30-day period beginning on the date on which the proposed local plan is made available; and
(3) include with the local plan submitted to the Governor under this section any such comments that represent disagree- ment with the plan.
(e) PLAN SUBMISSION AND APPROVAL.—A local plan submitted to the Governor under this section (including a modification to such a local plan) shall be considered to be approved by the Gov- ernor at the end of the 90-day period beginning on the day the
H. R. 803—47
Governor receives the plan (including such a modification), unless the Governor makes a written determination during the 90-day period that—
(1) deficiencies in activities carried out under this subtitle or subtitle B have been identified, through audits conducted under section 184 or otherwise, and the local area has not made acceptable progress in implementing corrective measures to address the deficiencies;
(2) the plan does not comply with the applicable provisions
of this Act; or
(3) the plan does not align with the State plan, including failing to provide for alignment of the core programs to support the strategy identified in the State plan in accordance with section 102(b)(1)(E).

CHAPTER 3—BOARD PROVISIONS

SEC. 111. FUNDING OF STATE AND LOCAL BOARDS.

(a) STATE BOARDS.—In funding a State board under this sub- title, a State—
(1) shall use funds available as described in section
129(b)(3) or 134(a)(3)(B); and
(2) may use non-Federal funds available to the State that the State determines are appropriate and available for that use.
(b) LOCAL BOARDS.—In funding a local board under this sub- title, the chief elected official and local board for the local area— (1) shall use funds available as described in section
128(b)(4); and
(2) may use non-Federal funds available to the local area that the chief elected official and local board determine are appropriate and available for that use.

CHAPTER 4—PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY

SEC. 116. PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM.

(a) PURPOSE.—The purpose of this section is to establish performance accountability measures that apply across the core programs to assess the effectiveness of States and local areas (for core programs described in subtitle B) in achieving positive out- comes for individuals served by those programs.
(b) STATE PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY MEASURES.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—For each State, the performance account- ability measures for the core programs shall consist of—
(A)(i) the primary indicators of performance described in paragraph (2)(A); and
(ii) the additional indicators of performance (if any)
identified by the State under paragraph (2)(B); and
(B) a State adjusted level of performance for each indicator described in subparagraph (A).
(2) INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE.—
(A) PRIMARY INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—The State primary indicators of performance for activities provided under the adult and dislocated worker programs authorized under chapter 3 of subtitle B, the program of adult education and literacy activities authorized under title II, the
H. R. 803—48
employment services program authorized under sec- tions 1 through 13 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C.
49 et seq.) (except that subclauses (IV) and (V) shall not apply to such program), and the program author- ized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 720 et seq.), other than section 112 or part C of that title (29 U.S.C. 732, 741), shall consist of— (I) the percentage of program participants who
are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(II) the percentage of program participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from the program;
(III) the median earnings of program partici- pants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the program; (IV) the percentage of program participants
who obtain a recognized postsecondary credential, or a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent (subject to clause (iii)), during participa- tion in or within 1 year after exit from the pro- gram;
(V) the percentage of program participants who, during a program year, are in an education or training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential or employment and who are achieving measurable skill gains toward such a credential or employment; and
(VI) the indicators of effectiveness in serving employers established pursuant to clause (iv).
(ii) PRIMARY INDICATORS FOR ELIGIBLE YOUTH.— The primary indicators of performance for the youth program authorized under chapter 2 of subtitle B shall consist of—
(I) the percentage of program participants who are in education or training activities, or in unsub- sidized employment, during the second quarter after exit from the program;
(II) the percentage of program participants who are in education or training activities, or in unsubsidized employment, during the fourth quarter after exit from the program; and
(III) the primary indicators of performance described in subclauses (III) through (VI) of subparagraph (A)(i).
(iii) INDICATOR RELATING TO CREDENTIAL.—For purposes of clause (i)(IV), or clause (ii)(III) with respect to clause (i)(IV), program participants who obtain a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent shall be included in the percentage counted as meeting the criterion under such clause only if such partici- pants, in addition to obtaining such diploma or its recognized equivalent, have obtained or retained employment or are in an education or training program leading to a recognized postsecondary credential within
1 year after exit from the program.
H. R. 803—49
(iv) INDICATOR FOR SERVICES TO EMPLOYERS.—Prior to the commencement of the second full program year after the date of enactment of this Act, for purposes of clauses (i)(VI), or clause (ii)(III) with respect to clause (i)(IV), the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education, after consultation with the representa- tives described in paragraph (4)(B), shall jointly develop and establish, for purposes of this subpara- graph, 1 or more primary indicators of performance that indicate the effectiveness of the core programs in serving employers.
(B) ADDITIONAL INDICATORS.—A State may identify in the State plan additional performance accountability indicators.
(3) LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE.—
(A) STATE ADJUSTED LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE FOR PRI-

MARY INDICATORS.—

(i) IN GENERAL.—For each State submitting a State plan, there shall be established, in accordance with this subparagraph, levels of performance for each of the corresponding primary indicators of performance described in paragraph (2) for each of the programs described in clause (ii).
(ii) INCLUDED PROGRAMS.—The programs included under clause (i) are—
(I) the youth program authorized under chapter 2 of subtitle B;
(II) the adult program authorized under chapter 3 of subtitle B;
(III) the dislocated worker program authorized under chapter 3 of subtitle B;
(IV) the program of adult education and lit- eracy activities authorized under title II;
(V) the employment services program author- ized under sections 1 through 13 of the Wagner- Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.); and
(VI) the program authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 720 et seq.), other than section 112 or part C of that title (29 U.S.C. 732, 741).
(iii) IDENTIFICATION IN STATE PLAN.—Each State shall identify, in the State plan, expected levels of performance for each of the corresponding primary indicators of performance for each of the programs described in clause (ii) for the first 2 program years covered by the State plan.
(iv) AGREEMENT ON STATE ADJUSTED LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE.—
(I) FIRST 2 YEARS.—The State shall reach agreement with the Secretary of Labor, in conjunc- tion with the Secretary of Education on levels of performance for each indicator described in clause (iii) for each of the programs described in clause (ii) for each of the first 2 program years covered by the State plan. In reaching the agreement, the State and the Secretary of Labor in conjunction with the Secretary of Education shall take into
H. R. 803—50
account the levels identified in the State plan under clause (iii) and the factors described in clause (v). The levels agreed to shall be considered to be the State adjusted levels of performance for the State for such program years and shall be incorporated into the State plan prior to the approval of such plan.
(II) THIRD AND FOURTH YEAR.—The State and the Secretary of Labor, in conjunction with the Secretary of Education, shall reach agreement, prior to the third program year covered by the State plan, on levels of performance for each indi- cator described in clause (iii) for each of the pro- grams described in clause (ii) for each of the third and fourth program years covered by the State plan. In reaching the agreement, the State and Secretary of Labor, in conjunction with the Sec- retary of Education, shall take into account the factors described in clause (v). The levels agreed to shall be considered to be the State adjusted levels of performance for the State for such pro- gram years and shall be incorporated into the State plan as a modification to the plan.
(v) FACTORS.—In reaching the agreements described in clause (iv), the State and Secretaries shall—
(I) take into account how the levels involved compare with the State adjusted levels of perform- ance established for other States;
(II) ensure that the levels involved are adjusted, using the objective statistical model established by the Secretaries pursuant to clause (viii), based on—
(aa) the differences among States in actual economic conditions (including differences in unemployment rates and job losses or gains in particular industries); and
(bb) the characteristics of participants when the participants entered the program involved, including indicators of poor work his- tory, lack of work experience, lack of edu- cational or occupational skills attainment, dis- location from high-wage and high-benefit employment, low levels of literacy or English proficiency, disability status, homelessness, ex- offender status, and welfare dependency;
(III) take into account the extent to which the levels involved promote continuous improve- ment in performance accountability on the performance accountability measures by such State and ensure optimal return on the investment of Federal funds; and
(IV) take into account the extent to which the levels involved will assist the State in meeting the goals described in clause (vi).
(vi) GOALS.—In order to promote enhanced performance outcomes and to facilitate the process of
H. R. 803—51
reaching agreements with the States under clause (iv), the Secretary of Labor, in conjunction with the Sec- retary of Education, shall establish performance goals for the core programs, in accordance with the Govern- ment Performance and Results Act of 1993 (Public Law 103–62; 107 Stat. 285) and the amendments made by that Act, and in consultation with States and other appropriate parties. Such goals shall be long-term goals for the adjusted levels of performance to be achieved by each of the programs described in clause (ii) regarding the corresponding primary indicators of performance described in paragraph (2)(A).
(vii) REVISIONS BASED ON ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND INDIVIDUALS SERVED DURING THE PROGRAM YEAR.— The Secretary of Labor, in conjunction with the Sec- retary of Education, shall, in accordance with the objec- tive statistical model developed pursuant to clause (viii), revise the State adjusted levels of performance applicable for each of the programs described in clause (ii), for a program year and a State, to reflect the actual economic conditions and characteristics of participants (as described in clause (v)(II)) in that pro- gram during such program year in such State.
(viii) STATISTICAL ADJUSTMENT MODEL.—The Sec- retary of Labor and the Secretary of Education, after consultation with the representatives described in paragraph (4)(B), shall develop and disseminate an objective statistical model that will be used to make the adjustments in the State adjusted levels of perform- ance for actual economic conditions and characteristics of participants under clauses (v) and (vii).
(B) LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE FOR ADDITIONAL INDICA- TORS.—The State may identify, in the State plan, State levels of performance for each of the additional indicators identified under paragraph (2)(B). Such levels shall be considered to be State adjusted levels of performance for purposes of this section.
(4) DEFINITIONS OF INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—In order to ensure nationwide com-
parability of performance data, the Secretary of Labor and
the Secretary of Education, after consultation with rep-
resentatives described in subparagraph (B), shall issue
definitions for the indicators described in paragraph (2).
(B) REPRESENTATIVES.—The representatives referred to
in subparagraph (A) are representatives of States and polit-
ical subdivisions, business and industry, employees, eligible
providers of activities carried out through the core pro-
grams, educators, researchers, participants, the lead State
agency officials with responsibility for the programs carried
out through the core programs, individuals with expertise
in serving individuals with barriers to employment, and
other interested parties.
(c) LOCAL PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY MEASURES FOR SUB-

TITLE B.—

H. R. 803—52
(1) IN GENERAL.—For each local area in a State designated under section 106, the local performance accountability meas- ures for each of the programs described in subclauses (I) through (III) of subsection (b)(3)(A)(ii) shall consist of—
(A)(i) the primary indicators of performance described in subsection (b)(2)(A) that are applicable to such programs; and
(ii) additional indicators of performance, if any, identi- fied by the State for such programs under subsection (b)(2)(B); and
(B) the local level of performance for each indicator described in subparagraph (A).
(2) LOCAL LEVEL OF PERFORMANCE.—The local board, the chief elected official, and the Governor shall negotiate and reach agreement on local levels of performance based on the State adjusted levels of performance established under sub- section (b)(3)(A).
(3) ADJUSTMENT FACTORS.—In negotiating the local levels of performance, the local board, the chief elected official, and the Governor shall make adjustments for the expected economic conditions and the expected characteristics of participants to be served in the local area, using the statistical adjustment model developed pursuant to subsection (b)(3)(A)(viii). In addi- tion, the negotiated local levels of performance applicable to a program year shall be revised to reflect the actual economic conditions experienced and the characteristics of the popu- lations served in the local area during such program year using the statistical adjustment model.
(d) PERFORMANCE REPORTS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 12 months after the date
of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Labor, in conjunction
with the Secretary of Education, shall develop a template for
performance reports that shall be used by States, local boards,
and eligible providers of training services under section 122
to report on outcomes achieved by the core programs. In devel-
oping such templates, the Secretary of Labor, in conjunction
with the Secretary of Education, will take into account the
need to maximize the value of the templates for workers, job-
seekers, employers, local elected officials, State officials, Federal
policymakers, and other key stakeholders.
(2) CONTENTS OF STATE PERFORMANCE REPORTS.—The
performance report for a State shall include, subject to para-
graph (5)(C)—
(A) information specifying the levels of performance
achieved with respect to the primary indicators of perform-
ance described in subsection (b)(2)(A) for each of the pro- grams described in subsection (b)(3)(A)(ii) and the State adjusted levels of performance with respect to such indica- tors for each program;
(B) information specifying the levels of performance achieved with respect to the primary indicators of perform- ance described in subsection (b)(2)(A) for each of the pro- grams described in subsection (b)(3)(A)(ii) with respect to individuals with barriers to employment, disaggregated by each subpopulation of such individuals, and by race, eth- nicity, sex, and age;
H. R. 803—53
(C) the total number of participants served by each of the programs described in subsection (b)(3)(A)(ii);
(D) the number of participants who received career and training services, respectively, during the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years, and the amount of funds spent on each type of service;
(E) the number of participants who exited from career and training services, respectively, during the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years;
(F) the average cost per participant of those partici- pants who received career and training services, respec- tively, during the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years;
(G) the percentage of participants in a program author- ized under this subtitle who received training services and obtained unsubsidized employment in a field related to the training received;
(H) the number of individuals with barriers to employ- ment served by each of the programs described in sub- section (b)(3)(A)(ii), disaggregated by each subpopulation of such individuals;
(I) the number of participants who are enrolled in more than 1 of the programs described in subsection (b)(3)(A)(ii);
(J) the percentage of the State’s annual allotment under section 132(b) that the State spent on administrative costs;
(K) in the case of a State in which local areas are implementing pay-for-performance contract strategies for programs—
(i) the performance of service providers entering into contracts for such strategies, measured against the levels of performance specified in the contracts for such strategies; and
(ii) an evaluation of the design of the programs and performance of the strategies, and, where possible, the level of satisfaction with the strategies among employers and participants benefitting from the strate- gies; and
(L) other information that facilitates comparisons of programs with programs in other States.
(3) CONTENTS OF LOCAL AREA PERFORMANCE REPORTS.— The performance reports for a local area shall include, subject to paragraph (6)(C)—
(A) the information specified in subparagraphs (A) through (L) of paragraph (2), for each of the programs described in subclauses (I) through (III) of subsection (b)(3)(A)(ii);
(B) the percentage of the local area’s allocation under sections 128(b) and 133(b) that the local area spent on administrative costs; and
(C) other information that facilitates comparisons of programs with programs in other local areas (or planning regions, as appropriate).
(4) CONTENTS OF ELIGIBLE TRAINING PROVIDERS PERFORM- ANCE REPORTS.—The performance report for an eligible provider of training services under section 122 shall include, subject
H. R. 803—54
to paragraph (6)(C), with respect to each program of study
(or the equivalent) of such provider—
(A) information specifying the levels of performance achieved with respect to the primary indicators of perform- ance described in subclauses (I) through (IV) of subsection (b)(2)(A)(i) with respect to all individuals engaging in the program of study (or the equivalent);
(B) the total number of individuals exiting from the program of study (or the equivalent);
(C) the total number of participants who received training services through each of the adult program and the dislocated worker program authorized under chapter
3 of subtitle B, disaggregated by the type of entity that provided the training, during the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years;
(D) the total number of participants who exited from training services, disaggregated by the type of entity that provided the training, during the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years;
(E) the average cost per participant for the participants who received training services, disaggregated by the type of entity that provided the training, during the most recent program year and the 3 preceding program years; and (F) the number of individuals with barriers to employ- ment served by each of the adult program and the dis- located worker program authorized under chapter 3 of sub- title B, disaggregated by each subpopulation of such
individuals, and by race, ethnicity, sex, and age.
(5) DATA VALIDATION.—In preparing the State reports described in this subsection, each State shall establish proce- dures, consistent with guidelines issued by the Secretary, in conjunction with the Secretary of Education, to ensure the information contained in the reports is valid and reliable.
(6) PUBLICATION.—
(A) STATE PERFORMANCE REPORTS.—The Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education shall annually make available (including by electronic means), in an easily understandable format, the performance reports for States containing the information described in paragraph (2).
(B) LOCAL AREA AND ELIGIBLE TRAINING PROVIDER PERFORMANCE REPORTS.—The State shall make available (including by electronic means), in an easily understand- able format, the performance reports for the local areas containing the information described in paragraph (3) and the performance reports for eligible providers of training services containing the information described in paragraph (4).
(C) RULES FOR REPORTING OF DATA.—The disaggregation of data under this subsection shall not be required when the number of participants in a category is insufficient to yield statistically reliable information or when the results would reveal personally identifiable information about an individual participant.
(D) DISSEMINATION TO CONGRESS.—The Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education shall make available (including by electronic means) a summary of the reports, and the reports, required under this subsection to the
H. R. 803—55
Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Edu- cation, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate. The Secretaries shall prepare and make available with the reports a set of recommendations for improvements in and adjustments to pay-for-performance contract strategies used under sub- title B.
(e) EVALUATION OF STATE PROGRAMS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Using funds authorized under a core pro-
gram and made available to carry out this section, the State,
in coordination with local boards in the State and the State
agencies responsible for the administration of the core pro-
grams, shall conduct ongoing evaluations of activities carried
out in the State under such programs. The State, local boards,
and State agencies shall conduct the evaluations in order to
promote, establish, implement, and utilize methods for continu-
ously improving core program activities in order to achieve
high-level performance within, and high-level outcomes from,
the workforce development system. The State shall coordinate
the evaluations with the evaluations provided for by the Sec-
retary of Labor and the Secretary of Education under section
169, section 242(c)(2)(D), and sections 12(a)(5), 14, and 107
of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 709(a)(5), 711,
727) (applied with respect to programs carried out under title
I of that Act (29 U.S.C. 720 et seq.)) and the investigations
provided for by the Secretary of Labor under section 10(b)
of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49i(b)).
(2) DESIGN.—The evaluations conducted under this sub-
section shall be designed in conjunction with the State board,
State agencies responsible for the administration of the core
programs, and local boards and shall include analysis of cus-
tomer feedback and outcome and process measures in the state-
wide workforce development system. The evaluations shall use
designs that employ the most rigorous analytical and statistical
methods that are reasonably feasible, such as the use of control
groups.
(3) RESULTS.—The State shall annually prepare, submit
to the State board and local boards in the State, and make
available to the public (including by electronic means), reports containing the results of evaluations conducted under this sub- section, to promote the efficiency and effectiveness of the workforce development system.
(4) COOPERATION WITH FEDERAL EVALUATIONS.—The State shall, to the extent practicable, cooperate in the conduct of evaluations (including related research projects) provided for by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education under the provisions of Federal law identified in paragraph (1). Such cooperation shall include the provision of data (in accordance with appropriate privacy protections established by the Sec- retary of Labor), the provision of responses to surveys, and allowing site visits in a timely manner, for the Secretaries or their agents.
(f) SANCTIONS FOR STATE FAILURE TO MEET STATE PERFORM-

ANCE ACCOUNTABILITY MEASURES.—

(1) STATES.—
H. R. 803—56
(A) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—If a State fails to meet the State adjusted levels of performance relating to indica- tors described in subsection (b)(2)(A) for a program for any program year, the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education shall provide technical assistance, including assistance in the development of a performance improve- ment plan.
(B) REDUCTION IN AMOUNT OF GRANT.—If such failure continues for a second consecutive year, or (except in the case of exceptional circumstances as determined by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, as appro- priate) a State fails to submit a report under subsection (d) for any program year, the percentage of each amount that would (in the absence of this paragraph) be reserved by the Governor under section 128(a) for the immediately succeeding program year shall be reduced by 5 percentage points until such date as the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of Education, as appropriate, determines that the State meets such State adjusted levels of performance and has submitted such reports for the appropriate pro- gram years.
(g) SANCTIONS FOR LOCAL AREA FAILURE TO MEET LOCAL
PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY MEASURES.—
(1) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—If a local area fails to meet local performance accountability measures established under subsection (c) for the youth, adult, or dislocated worker program authorized under chapter 2 or 3 of subtitle B for a program described in subsection (d)(2)(A) for any program year, the Governor, or upon request by the Governor, the Secretary of Labor, shall provide technical assistance, which may include assistance in the development of a performance improvement plan or the development of a modified local plan (or regional plan).
(2) CORRECTIVE ACTIONS.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—If such failure continues for a third consecutive year, the Governor shall take corrective actions, which shall include development of a reorganization plan through which the Governor shall—
(i) require the appointment and certification of a new local board, consistent with the criteria estab- lished under section 107(b);
(ii) prohibit the use of eligible providers and one- stop partners identified as achieving a poor level of performance; or
(iii) take such other significant actions as the Gov- ernor determines are appropriate.
(B) APPEAL BY LOCAL AREA.—
(i) APPEAL TO GOVERNOR.—The local board and chief elected official for a local area that is subject to a reorganization plan under subparagraph (A) may, not later than 30 days after receiving notice of the reorganization plan, appeal to the Governor to rescind or revise such plan. In such case, the Governor shall make a final decision not later than 30 days after the receipt of the appeal.
(ii) SUBSEQUENT ACTION.—The local board and chief elected official for a local area may, not later
H. R. 803—57
than 30 days after receiving a decision from the Gov- ernor pursuant to clause (i), appeal such decision to the Secretary of Labor. In such case, the Secretary shall make a final decision not later than 30 days after the receipt of the appeal.
(C) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The decision made by the Gov- ernor under subparagraph (B)(i) shall become effective at the time the Governor issues the decision pursuant to such clause. Such decision shall remain effective unless the Secretary of Labor rescinds or revises such plan pursu- ant to subparagraph (B)(ii).
(h) ESTABLISHING PAY-FOR-PERFORMANCE CONTRACT STRATEGY INCENTIVES.—Using non-Federal funds, the Governor may establish incentives for local boards to implement pay-for-performance con- tract strategies for the delivery of training services described in section 134(c)(3) or activities described in section 129(c)(2) in the local areas served by the local boards.
(i) FISCAL AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTABILITY INFORMATION
SYSTEMS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Using funds authorized under a core pro- gram and made available to carry out this chapter, the Gov- ernor, in coordination with the State board, the State agencies administering the core programs, local boards, and chief elected officials in the State, shall establish and operate a fiscal and management accountability information system based on guide- lines established by the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education after consultation with the Governors of States, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners. Such guidelines shall promote efficient collection and use of fiscal and manage- ment information for reporting and monitoring the use of funds authorized under the core programs and for preparing the annual report described in subsection (d).
(2) WAGE RECORDS.—In measuring the progress of the State on State and local performance accountability measures, a State shall utilize quarterly wage records, consistent with State law. The Secretary of Labor shall make arrangements, consistent with State law, to ensure that the wage records of any State are available to any other State to the extent that such wage records are required by the State in carrying out the State plan of the State or completing the annual report described in subsection (d).
(3) CONFIDENTIALITY.—In carrying out the requirements of this Act, the State shall comply with section 444 of the General Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 1232g).

Subtitle B—Workforce Investment

Activities and Providers

CHAPTER 1—WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND PROVIDERS

SEC. 121. ESTABLISHMENT OF ONE-STOP DELIVERY SYSTEMS.

(a) IN GENERAL.—Consistent with an approved State plan, the local board for a local area, with the agreement of the chief elected official for the local area, shall—
H. R. 803—58
(1) develop and enter into the memorandum of under- standing described in subsection (c) with one-stop partners; (2) designate or certify one-stop operators under subsection
(d); and
(3) conduct oversight with respect to the one-stop delivery system in the local area.
(b) ONE-STOP PARTNERS.—
(1) REQUIRED PARTNERS.—
(A) ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF ONE-STOP PART- NERS.—Each entity that carries out a program or activities described in subparagraph (B) in a local area shall—
(i) provide access through the one-stop delivery system to such program or activities carried out by the entity, including making the career services described in section 134(c)(2) that are applicable to the program or activities available at the one-stop cen- ters (in addition to any other appropriate locations); (ii) use a portion of the funds available for the program and activities to maintain the one-stop delivery system, including payment of the infrastruc- ture costs of one-stop centers in accordance with sub-
section (h);
(iii) enter into a local memorandum of under- standing with the local board, relating to the operation of the one-stop system, that meets the requirements of subsection (c);
(iv) participate in the operation of the one-stop system consistent with the terms of the memorandum of understanding, the requirements of this title, and the requirements of the Federal laws authorizing the program or activities; and
(v) provide representation on the State board to the extent provided under section 101.
(B) PROGRAMS AND ACTIVITIES.—The programs and activities referred to in subparagraph (A) consist of—
(i) programs authorized under this title;
(ii) programs authorized under the Wagner-Peyser
Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.);
(iii) adult education and literacy activities author- ized under title II;
(iv) programs authorized under title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 720 et seq.) (other than section 112 or part C of title I of such Act (29
U.S.C. 732, 741);
(v) activities authorized under title V of the Older
Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3056 et seq.);
(vi) career and technical education programs at the postsecondary level authorized under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 et seq.);
(vii) activities authorized under chapter 2 of title II of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2271 et seq.); (viii) activities authorized under chapter 41 of title
38, United States Code;
(ix) employment and training activities carried out under the Community Services Block Grant Act (42
U.S.C. 9901 et seq.);
H. R. 803—59
(x) employment and training activities carried out by the Department of Housing and Urban Develop- ment;
(xi) programs authorized under State unemploy- ment compensation laws (in accordance with applicable Federal law);
(xii) programs authorized under section 212 of the Second Chance Act of 2007 (42 U.S.C. 17532); and (xiii) programs authorized under part A of title
IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), subject to subparagraph (C).
(C) DETERMINATION BY THE GOVERNOR.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—An entity that carries out a pro-
gram referred to in subparagraph (B)(xiii) shall be
included in the one-stop partners for the local area,
as a required partner, for purposes of this Act and
the other core program provisions that are not part
of this Act, unless the Governor provides the notifica-
tion described in clause (ii).
(ii) NOTIFICATION.—The notification referred to in
clause (i) is a notification that—
(I) is made in writing of a determination by
the Governor not to include such entity in the
one-stop partners described in clause (i); and
(II) is provided to the Secretary of Labor
(referred to in this subtitle, and subtitles C
through E, as the ‘‘Secretary’’) and the Secretary
of Health and Human Services.
(2) ADDITIONAL PARTNERS.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—With the approval of the local board
and chief elected official, in addition to the entities
described in paragraph (1), other entities that carry out
workforce development programs described in subpara-
graph (B) may be one-stop partners for the local area
and carry out the responsibilities described in paragraph
(1)(A).
(B) PROGRAMS.—The programs referred to in subpara-
graph (A) may include—
(i) employment and training programs adminis-
tered by the Social Security Administration, including
the Ticket to Work and Self-Sufficiency Program estab-
lished under section 1148 of the Social Security Act
(42 U.S.C. 1320b–19);
(ii) employment and training programs carried out
by the Small Business Administration;
(iii) programs authorized under section 6(d)(4) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C.
2015(d)(4));
(iv) work programs authorized under section 6(o)
of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C.
2015(o));
(v) programs carried out under section 112 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 732);
(vi) programs authorized under the National and
Community Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12501 et
seq.); and
H. R. 803—60
(vii) other appropriate Federal, State, or local pro- grams, including employment, education, and training programs provided by public libraries or in the private sector.
(c) MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING.—
(1) DEVELOPMENT.—The local board, with the agreement of the chief elected official, shall develop and enter into a memorandum of understanding (between the local board and the one-stop partners), consistent with paragraph (2), con- cerning the operation of the one-stop delivery system in the local area.
(2) CONTENTS.—Each memorandum of understanding shall contain—
(A) provisions describing—
(i) the services to be provided through the one- stop delivery system consistent with the requirements of this section, including the manner in which the services will be coordinated and delivered through such system;
(ii) how the costs of such services and the operating costs of such system will be funded, including—
(I) funding through cash and in-kind contribu- tions (fairly evaluated), which contributions may include funding from philanthropic organizations or other private entities, or through other alter- native financing options, to provide a stable and equitable funding stream for ongoing one-stop delivery system operations; and
(II) funding of the infrastructure costs of one- stop centers in accordance with subsection (h);
(iii) methods of referral of individuals between the one-stop operator and the one-stop partners for appro- priate services and activities;
(iv) methods to ensure the needs of workers and youth, and individuals with barriers to employment, including individuals with disabilities, are addressed in the provision of necessary and appropriate access to services, including access to technology and mate- rials, made available through the one-stop delivery system; and
(v) the duration of the memorandum of under- standing and the procedures for amending the memo- randum during the duration of the memorandum, and assurances that such memorandum shall be reviewed not less than once every 3-year period to ensure appro- priate funding and delivery of services; and
(B) such other provisions, consistent with the require- ments of this title, as the parties to the agreement deter- mine to be appropriate.
(d) ONE-STOP OPERATORS.—
(1) LOCAL DESIGNATION AND CERTIFICATION.—Consistent with paragraphs (2) and (3), the local board, with the agreement of the chief elected official, is authorized to designate or certify one-stop operators and to terminate for cause the eligibility of such operators.
(2) ELIGIBILITY.—To be eligible to receive funds made avail- able under this subtitle to operate a one-stop center referred
H. R. 803—61
to in subsection (e), an entity (which may be a consortium of entities)—
(A) shall be designated or certified as a one-stop oper- ator through a competitive process; and
(B) shall be an entity (public, private, or nonprofit), or consortium of entities (including a consortium of entities that, at a minimum, includes 3 or more of the one-stop partners described in subsection (b)(1)), of demonstrated effectiveness, located in the local area, which may include—
(i) an institution of higher education;
(ii) an employment service State agency estab- lished under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.), on behalf of the local office of the agency; (iii) a community-based organization, nonprofit
organization, or intermediary;
(iv) a private for-profit entity; (v) a government agency; and
(vi) another interested organization or entity, which may include a local chamber of commerce or other business organization, or a labor organization.
(3) EXCEPTION.—Elementary schools and secondary schools shall not be eligible for designation or certification as one- stop operators, except that nontraditional public secondary schools and area career and technical education schools may be eligible for such designation or certification.
(4) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.—The State and local boards shall ensure that in carrying out activities under this title, one-stop operators—
(A) disclose any potential conflicts of interest arising from the relationships of the operators with particular training service providers or other service providers;
(B) do not establish practices that create disincentives to providing services to individuals with barriers to employ- ment who may require longer-term services, such as inten- sive employment, training, and education services; and
(C) comply with Federal regulations, and procurement policies, relating to the calculation and use of profits.
(e) ESTABLISHMENT OF ONE-STOP DELIVERY SYSTEM.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—There shall be established in each local area in a State that receives an allotment under section 132(b) a one-stop delivery system, which shall—
(A) provide the career services described in section
134(c)(2);
(B) provide access to training services as described in section 134(c)(3), including serving as the point of access to training services for participants in accordance with section 134(c)(3)(G);
(C) provide access to the employment and training activities carried out under section 134(d), if any;
(D) provide access to programs and activities carried out by one-stop partners described in subsection (b); and (E) provide access to the data, information, and anal-
ysis described in section 15(a) of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49l–2(a)) and all job search, placement, recruit- ment, and other labor exchange services authorized under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.).
(2) ONE-STOP DELIVERY.—The one-stop delivery system—
H. R. 803—62
(A) at a minimum, shall make each of the programs, services, and activities described in paragraph (1) accessible at not less than 1 physical center in each local area of the State; and
(B) may also make programs, services, and activities described in paragraph (1) available—
(i) through a network of affiliated sites that can provide 1 or more of the programs, services, and activi- ties to individuals; and
(ii) through a network of eligible one-stop part- ners—
(I) in which each partner provides 1 or more of the programs, services, and activities to such individuals and is accessible at an affiliated site that consists of a physical location or an electroni- cally or technologically linked access point; and (II) that assures individuals that information
on the availability of the career services will be available regardless of where the individuals ini- tially enter the statewide workforce development system, including information made available through an access point described in subclause (I);
(C) may have specialized centers to address special needs, such as the needs of dislocated workers, youth, or key industry sectors or clusters; and
(D) as applicable and practicable, shall make programs, services, and activities accessible to individuals through electronic means in a manner that improves efficiency, coordination, and quality in the delivery of one-stop partner services.
(3) COLOCATION OF WAGNER-PEYSER SERVICES.—Consistent with section 3(d) of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49b(d)), and in order to improve service delivery, avoid duplication of services, and enhance coordination of services, including location of staff to ensure access to services in underserved areas, the employment service offices in each State shall be colocated with one-stop centers established under this title. (4) USE OF COMMON ONE-STOP DELIVERY SYSTEM IDENTI- FIER.—In addition to using any State or locally developed identi- fier, each one-stop delivery system shall include in the identi- fication of products, programs, activities, services, facilities, and related property and materials, a common one-stop delivery system identifier. The identifier shall be developed by the Sec- retary, in consultation with heads of other appropriate depart- ments and agencies, and representatives of State boards and local boards and of other stakeholders in the one-stop delivery system, not later than the beginning of the second full program year after the date of enactment of this Act. Such common identifier may consist of a logo, phrase, or other identifier that informs users of the one-stop delivery system that such products, programs, activities, services, facilities, property, or materials are being provided through such system. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prohibit one-stop part- ners, States, or local areas from having additional identifiers. (f) APPLICATION TO CERTAIN VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION PRO-

GRAMS.—

H. R. 803—63
(1) LIMITATION.—Nothing in this section shall be construed to apply to part C of title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 741).
(2) CLIENT ASSISTANCE.—Nothing in this Act shall be con- strued to require that any entity carrying out a client assistance program authorized under section 112 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 732)—
(A) be included as a mandatory one-stop partner under subsection (b)(1); or
(B) if the entity is included as an additional one-stop partner under subsection (b)(2)—
(i) violate the requirement of section 112(c)(1)(A) of that Act (29 U.S.C. 732(c)(1)(A)) that the entity be independent of any agency that provides treatment, services, or rehabilitation to individuals under that Act; or
(ii) carry out any activity not authorized under section 112 of that Act (including appropriate Federal regulations).
(g) CERTIFICATION AND CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT OF ONE-

STOP CENTERS.—

(1) IN GENERAL.—In order to be eligible to receive infra-
structure funding described in subsection (h), the State board,
in consultation with chief elected officials and local boards,
shall establish objective criteria and procedures for use by
local boards in assessing at least once every 3 years the
effectiveness, physical and programmatic accessibility in accord-
ance with section 188, if applicable, and the Americans with
Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.), and contin-
uous improvement of one-stop centers and the one-stop delivery
system, consistent with the requirements of section 101(d)(6).
(2) CRITERIA.—The criteria and procedures developed under
this subsection shall include standards relating to service
coordination achieved by the one-stop delivery system with
respect to the programs administered by the one-stop partners
at the one-stop centers. Such criteria and procedures shall—
(A) be developed in a manner that is consistent with
the guidelines, guidance, and policies provided by the Gov-
ernor and by the State board, in consultation with the
chief elected officials and local boards, for such partners’
participation under subsections (h)(1) and (i); and
(B) include such factors relating to the effectiveness,
accessibility, and improvement of the one-stop delivery
system as the State board determines to be appropriate,
including at a minimum how well the one-stop center—
(i) supports the achievement of the negotiated local levels of performance for the indicators of performance described in section 116(b)(2) for the local area;
(ii) integrates available services; and
(iii) meets the workforce development and employ-
ment needs of local employers and participants.
(3) LOCAL CRITERIA.—Consistent with the criteria developed
under paragraph (1) by the State, a local board in the State
may develop additional criteria (or higher levels of service
coordination than required for the State-developed criteria)
relating to service coordination achieved by the one-stop
H. R. 803—64
delivery system, for purposes of assessments described in para- graph (1), in order to respond to labor market, economic, and demographic, conditions and trends in the local area.
(4) EFFECT OF CERTIFICATION.—One-stop centers certified under this subsection shall be eligible to receive the infrastruc- ture funding described in subsection (h).
(5) REVIEW AND UPDATE.—The criteria and procedures established under this subsection shall be reviewed and updated by the State board or the local board, as the case may be, as part of the biennial process for review and modification of State and local plans described in sections 102(c)(2) and
108(a).
(h) FUNDING OF ONE-STOP INFRASTRUCTURE.— (1) IN GENERAL.—
(A) OPTIONS FOR INFRASTRUCTURE FUNDING.—
(i) LOCAL OPTIONS.—The local board, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners described in subsection (b)(1) in a local area may fund the costs of infrastruc- ture of one-stop centers in the local area through— (I) methods agreed on by the local board, chief
elected officials, and one-stop partners (and described in the memorandum of understanding described in subsection (c)); or
(II) if no consensus agreement on methods is reached under subclause (I), the State infra- structure funding mechanism described in para- graph (2).
(ii) FAILURE TO REACH CONSENSUS AGREEMENT ON FUNDING METHODS.—Beginning July 1, 2016, if the local board, chief elected officials, and one-stop part- ners described in subsection (b)(1) in a local area fail to reach consensus agreement on methods of suffi- ciently funding the costs of infrastructure of one-stop centers for a program year, the State infrastructure funding mechanism described in paragraph (2) shall be applicable to such local area for that program year and for each subsequent program year for which those entities and individuals fail to reach such agreement. (B) GUIDANCE FOR INFRASTRUCTURE FUNDING.—In
addition to carrying out the requirements relating to the State infrastructure funding mechanism described in para- graph (2), the Governor, after consultation with chief elected officials, local boards, and the State board, and consistent with the guidance and policies provided by the State board under subparagraphs (B) and (C)(i) of section
101(d)(7), shall provide, for the use of local areas under subparagraph (A)(i)(I)—
(i) guidelines for State-administered one-stop partner programs, for determining such programs’ con- tributions to a one-stop delivery system, based on such programs’ proportionate use of such system consistent with chapter II of title 2, Code of Federal Regulations (or any corresponding similar regulation or ruling), including determining funding for the costs of infra- structure, which contributions shall be negotiated pursuant to the memorandum of understanding under subsection (c); and
H. R. 803—65
(ii) guidance to assist local boards, chief elected officials, and one-stop partners in local areas in deter- mining equitable and stable methods of funding the costs of infrastructure of one-stop centers in such areas.
(2) STATE ONE-STOP INFRASTRUCTURE FUNDING.—
(A) DEFINITION.—In this paragraph, the term ‘‘covered portion’’, used with respect to funding for a fiscal year for a program described in subsection (b)(1), means a por- tion determined under subparagraph (C) of the Federal funds provided to a State (including local areas within the State) under the Federal law authorizing that program described in subsection (b)(1) for the fiscal year (taking into account the availability of funding for purposes related to infrastructure from philanthropic organizations, private entities, or other alternative financing options).
(B) PARTNER CONTRIBUTIONS.—Subject to subpara- graph (D), for local areas in a State that are not covered by paragraph (1)(A)(i)(I), the covered portions of funding for a fiscal year shall be provided to the Governor from the programs described in subsection (b)(1), to assist in paying the costs of infrastructure of one-stop centers in those local areas of the State not adequately funded under the option described in paragraph (1)(A)(i)(I).
(C) DETERMINATION OF GOVERNOR.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—Subject to clause (ii) and subpara- graph (D), the Governor, after consultation with chief elected officials, local boards, and the State board, shall determine the portion of funds to be provided under subparagraph (B) by each one-stop partner from each program described in subparagraph (B). In making such determination for the purpose of deter- mining funding contributions, for funding pursuant to clause (i)(II) or (ii) of paragraph (1)(A) by each partner, the Governor shall calculate amounts for the propor- tionate use of the one-stop centers in the State, con- sistent with chapter II of title 2, Code of Federal Regu- lations (or any corresponding similar regulation or ruling), taking into account the costs of administration of the one-stop delivery system for purposes not related to one-stop centers, for each partner. The Governor shall exclude from such determination of funds the amounts for proportionate use of one-stop centers attributable to the programs of one-stop partners for those local areas of the State where the costs of infra- structure of one-stop centers are funded under the option described in paragraph (1)(A)(i)(I). The Governor shall also take into account the statutory requirements for each partner program and the partner program’s ability to fulfill such requirements.
(ii) SPECIAL RULE.—In a State in which the State constitution or a State statute places policymaking authority that is independent of the authority of the Governor in an entity or official with respect to the funds provided for adult education and literacy activi- ties authorized under title II, postsecondary career and technical education activities authorized under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act
H. R. 803—66
of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 et seq.), or vocational rehabilitation services offered under a provision cov- ered by section 3(13)(D), the determination described in clause (i) with respect to the programs authorized under that title, Act, or provision shall be made by the chief officer of the entity, or the official, with such authority in consultation with the Governor.
(D) LIMITATIONS.—
(i) PROVISION FROM ADMINISTRATIVE FUNDS.—
(I) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subclause (II), the
funds provided under this paragraph by each one-
stop partner shall be provided only from funds
available for the costs of administration under the
program administered by such partner, and shall
be subject to the program’s limitations with respect
to the portion of funds under such program that
may be used for administration.
(II) EXCEPTIONS.—Nothing in this clause shall
be construed to apply to the programs carried out
under this title, or under title V of the Older
Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3056 et seq.).
(ii) CAP ON REQUIRED CONTRIBUTIONS.—For local
areas in a State that are not covered by paragraph
(1)(A)(i)(I), the following rules shall apply:
(I) WIA FORMULA PROGRAMS AND EMPLOYMENT

SERVICE.—The portion of funds required to be

contributed under this paragraph from a program
authorized under chapter 2 or 3, or the Wagner-
Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.) shall not exceed
3 percent of the amount of Federal funds provided
to carry out that program in the State for a fiscal
year.
(II) OTHER ONE-STOP PARTNERS.—The portion
of funds required to be contributed under this
paragraph from a program described in subsection
(b)(1) other than the programs described in sub-
clause (I) shall not exceed 1.5 percent of the
amount of Federal funds provided to carry out
that program in the State for a fiscal year.
(III) VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION.—Notwith-
standing subclauses (I) and (II), an entity admin-
istering a program described in subsection
(b)(1)(B)(iv) shall not be required to provide from
that program, under this paragraph, a portion that
exceeds—
(aa) 0.75 percent of the amount of Federal funds provided to carry out such program in the State for the second full program year that begins after the date of enactment of this Act;
(bb) 1.0 percent of the amount provided to carry out such program in the State for the third full program year that begins after such date;
(cc) 1.25 percent of the amount provided to carry out such program in the State for
H. R. 803—67
the fourth full program year that begins after such date; and
(dd) 1.5 percent of the amount provided to carry out such program in the State for the fifth and each succeeding full program year that begins after such date.
(iii) FEDERAL DIRECT SPENDING PROGRAMS.—For local areas in a State that are not covered by paragraph (1)(A)(i)(I), an entity administering a program funded with direct spending as defined in section 250(c)(8) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985, as in effect on February 15, 2014 (2
U.S.C. 900(c)(8)) shall not be required to provide, for purposes of this paragraph, an amount in excess of the amount determined under subparagraph (C)(i) to be equivalent to the cost of the proportionate use of the one-stop centers for the one-stop partner for such program in the State.
(iv) NATIVE AMERICAN PROGRAMS.—One-stop part- ners for Native American programs established under section 166 shall not be subject to the provisions of this subsection (other than this clause) or subsection (i). For purposes of subsection (c)(2)(A)(ii)(II), the method for determining the appropriate portion of funds to be provided by such partners to pay for the costs of infrastructure of a one-stop center shall be determined as part of the development of the memo- randum of understanding under subsection (c) for the one-stop center and shall be stated in the memo- randum.
(E) APPEAL BY ONE-STOP PARTNERS.—The Governor shall establish a process, described under section
102(b)(2)(D)(i)(IV), for a one-stop partner administering a program described in subsection (b)(1) to appeal a deter- mination regarding the portion of funds to be provided under this paragraph. Such a determination may be appealed under the process on the basis that such deter- mination is inconsistent with the requirements of this para- graph. Such process shall ensure prompt resolution of the appeal in order to ensure the funds are distributed in a timely manner, consistent with the requirements of sec- tion 182(e).
(3) ALLOCATION BY GOVERNOR.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—From the funds provided under para- graph (1), the Governor shall allocate the funds to local areas described in subparagraph (B) in accordance with the formula established under subparagraph (B) for the purposes of assisting in paying the costs of infrastructure of one-stop centers.
(B) ALLOCATION FORMULA.—The State board shall develop a formula to be used by the Governor to allocate the funds provided under paragraph (1) to local areas not funding costs of infrastructure under the option described in paragraph (1)(A)(i)(I). The formula shall be based on factors including the number of one-stop centers in a local area, the population served by such centers, the services provided by such centers, and other factors relating to
H. R. 803—68
the performance of such centers that the State board deter- mines are appropriate.
(4) COSTS OF INFRASTRUCTURE.—In this subsection, the term ‘‘costs of infrastructure’’, used with respect to a one- stop center, means the nonpersonnel costs that are necessary for the general operation of the one-stop center, including the rental costs of the facilities, the costs of utilities and mainte- nance, equipment (including assessment-related products and assistive technology for individuals with disabilities), and tech- nology to facilitate access to the one-stop center, including the center’s planning and outreach activities.
(i) OTHER FUNDS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to the memorandum of under-
standing described in subsection (c) for the one-stop delivery
system involved, in addition to the funds provided to carry
out subsection (h), a portion of funds made available under
Federal law authorizing the programs described in subsection
(b) and administered by one-stop partners, or the noncash
resources available under such programs, shall be used to pay
the additional costs relating to the operation of the one-stop
delivery system that are not paid from the funds provided
under subsection (h), as determined in accordance with para-
graph (3), to the extent not inconsistent with the Federal law
involved. Such costs shall include the costs of the provision
of career services described in section 134(c)(2) applicable to
each program and may include common costs that are not
paid from the funds provided under subsection (h).
(2) SHARED SERVICES.—The costs described under para-
graph (1) may include costs of services that are authorized
for and may be commonly provided through the one-stop
partner programs to any individual, such as initial intake,
assessment of needs, appraisal of basic skills, identification
of appropriate services to meet such needs, referrals to other one-stop partners, and other similar services.
(3) DETERMINATION AND GUIDANCE.—The method for deter- mining the appropriate portion of funds and noncash resources to be provided by the one-stop partner for each program under paragraph (1) for a one-stop center shall be determined as part of the development of the memorandum of understanding under subsection (c) for the one-stop center and shall be stated in the memorandum. The State board shall provide guidance to facilitate the determination, for purposes of the memorandum of understanding, of an appropriate allocation of the funds and noncash resources in local areas, consistent with the requirements of section 101(d)(6)(C).

SEC. 122. IDENTIFICATION OF ELIGIBLE PROVIDERS OF TRAINING SERVICES.

(a) ELIGIBILITY.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subsection (h),
the Governor, after consultation with the State board, shall
establish criteria, information requirements, and procedures
regarding the eligibility of providers of training services to
receive funds provided under section 133(b) for the provision
of training services in local areas in the State.
H. R. 803—69
(2) PROVIDERS.—Subject to the provisions of this section, to be eligible to receive those funds for the provision of training services, the provider shall be—
(A) an institution of higher education that provides a program that leads to a recognized postsecondary creden- tial;
(B) an entity that carries out programs registered under the Act of August 16, 1937 (commonly known as the ‘‘National Apprenticeship Act’’; 50 Stat. 664, chapter
663; 29 U.S.C. 50 et seq.); or
(C) another public or private provider of a program of training services, which may include joint labor-manage- ment organizations, and eligible providers of adult edu- cation and literacy activities under title II if such activities are provided in combination with occupational skills training.
(3) INCLUSION IN LIST OF ELIGIBLE PROVIDERS.—A provider described in subparagraph (A) or (C) of paragraph (2) shall comply with the criteria, information requirements, and proce- dures established under this section to be included on the list of eligible providers of training services described in sub- section (d). A provider described in paragraph (2)(B) shall be included and maintained on the list of eligible providers of training services described in subsection (d) for so long as the corresponding program of the provider remains registered as described in paragraph (2)(B).
(b) CRITERIA AND INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS.—
(1) STATE CRITERIA.—In establishing criteria pursuant to subsection (a), the Governor shall take into account each of the following:
(A) The performance of providers of training services with respect to—
(i) the performance accountability measures and other matters for which information is required under paragraph (2); and
(ii) other appropriate measures of performance out- comes determined by the Governor for those partici- pants receiving training services under this subtitle (taking into consideration the characteristics of the population served and relevant economic conditions), and the outcomes of the program through which those training services were provided for students in general with respect to employment and earnings as defined under section 116(b)(2).
(B) The need to ensure access to training services throughout the State, including in rural areas, and through the use of technology.
(C) Information reported to State agencies with respect to Federal and State programs involving training services (other than the program carried out under this subtitle), including one-stop partner programs.
(D) The degree to which the training programs of such providers relate to in-demand industry sectors and occupa- tions in the State.
(E) The requirements for State licensing of providers of training services, and the licensing status of providers of training services if applicable.
H. R. 803—70
(F) Ways in which the criteria can encourage, to the extent practicable, the providers to use industry-recognized certificates or certifications.
(G) The ability of the providers to offer programs that lead to recognized postsecondary credentials.
(H) The quality of a program of training services, including a program of training services that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential.
(I) The ability of the providers to provide training services to individuals who are employed and individuals with barriers to employment.
(J) Such other factors as the Governor determines are appropriate to ensure—
(i) the accountability of the providers;
(ii) that the one-stop centers in the State will
ensure that such providers meet the needs of local
employers and participants;
(iii) the informed choice of participants among
training services providers; and
(iv) that the collection of information required to
demonstrate compliance with the criteria is not unduly
burdensome or costly to providers.
(2) STATE INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS.—The information
requirements established by the Governor shall require that
a provider of training services submit appropriate, accurate,
and timely information to the State, to enable the State to
carry out subsection (d), with respect to participants receiving
training services under this subtitle in the applicable program,
including—
(A) information on the performance of the provider
with respect to the performance accountability measures
described in section 116 for such participants (taking into
consideration the characteristics of the population served
and relevant economic conditions), and information speci-
fying the percentage of such participants who entered
unsubsidized employment in an occupation related to the
program, to the extent practicable;
(B) information on recognized postsecondary creden-
tials received by such participants;
(C) information on cost of attendance, including costs
of tuition and fees, for participants in the program;
(D) information on the program completion rate for
such participants; and
(E) information on the criteria described in paragraph
(1).
(3) LOCAL CRITERIA AND INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS.— A local board in the State may establish criteria and informa- tion requirements in addition to the criteria and information requirements established by the Governor, or may require higher levels of performance than required for the criteria established by the Governor, for purposes of determining the eligibility of providers of training services to receive funds described in subsection (a) for the provision of training services in the local area involved.
(4) CRITERIA AND INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS TO ESTAB-

LISH INITIAL ELIGIBILITY.—

H. R. 803—71
(A) PURPOSE.—The purpose of this paragraph is to enable the providers of programs carried out under chapter
3 to offer the highest quality training services and be responsive to in-demand and emerging industries by pro- viding training services for those industries.
(B) INITIAL ELIGIBILITY.—Providers may seek initial eligibility under this paragraph as providers of training services and may receive that initial eligibility for only
1 fiscal year for a particular program. The criteria and information requirements established by the Governor under this paragraph shall require that a provider who has not previously been an eligible provider of training services under this section (or section 122 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act) provide the information described in subparagraph (C).
(C) INFORMATION.—The provider shall provide verifiable program-specific performance information based on criteria established by the State as described in subpara- graph (D) that supports the provider’s ability to serve participants under this subtitle.
(D) CRITERIA.—The criteria described in subparagraph
(C) shall include at least—
(i) a factor related to indicators described in section
116;
(ii) a factor concerning whether the provider is
in a partnership with business;
(iii) other factors that indicate high-quality training services, including the factor described in paragraph (1)(H); and
(iv) a factor concerning alignment of the training services with in-demand industry sectors and occupa- tions, to the extent practicable.
(E) PROVISION.—The provider shall provide the information described in subparagraph (C) to the Governor and the local board in a manner that will permit the Governor and the local board to make a decision on inclu- sion of the provider on the list of eligible providers described in subsection (d).
(F) LIMITATION.—A provider that receives initial eligi- bility under this paragraph for a program shall be subject to the requirements under subsection (c) for that program after such initial eligibility expires.
(c) PROCEDURES.—
(1) APPLICATION PROCEDURES.—The procedures established under subsection (a) shall identify the application process for a provider of training services to become eligible to receive funds provided under section 133(b) for the provision of training services. The procedures shall identify the respective roles of the State and local areas in receiving and reviewing the applica- tions and in making determinations of such eligibility based on the criteria, information, and procedures established under this section. The procedures shall also establish a process for a provider of training services to appeal a denial or termination of eligibility under this section that includes an opportunity for a hearing and prescribes appropriate time limits to ensure prompt resolution of the appeal.
H. R. 803—72
(2) RENEWAL PROCEDURES.—The procedures established by the Governor shall also provide for biennial review and renewal of eligibility under this section for providers of training services. (d) LIST AND INFORMATION TO ASSIST PARTICIPANTS IN
CHOOSING PROVIDERS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—In order to facilitate and assist partici-
pants in choosing employment and training activities and in
choosing providers of training services, the Governor shall
ensure that an appropriate list of providers determined to be
eligible under this section to offer a program in the State
(and, as appropriate, in a local area), accompanied by informa-
tion identifying the recognized postsecondary credential offered
by the provider and other appropriate information, is prepared.
The list shall be provided to the local boards in the State,
and made available to such participants and to members of
the public through the one-stop delivery system in the State.
(2) ACCOMPANYING INFORMATION.—The accompanying
information shall—
(A) with respect to providers described in subpara-
graphs (A) and (C) of subsection (a)(2), consist of informa-
tion provided by such providers, disaggregated by local
areas served, as applicable, in accordance with subsection
(b);
(B) with respect to providers described in subsection (b)(4), consist of information provided by such providers in accordance with subsection (b)(4); and
(C) such other information as the Governor determines to be appropriate.
(3) AVAILABILITY.—The list and the accompanying informa- tion shall be made available to such participants and to mem- bers of the public through the one-stop delivery system in the State, in a manner that does not reveal personally identifi- able information about an individual participant.
(4) LIMITATION.—In carrying out the requirements of this subsection, no personally identifiable information regarding a student, including a Social Security number, student identifica- tion number, or other identifier, may be disclosed without the prior written consent of the parent or student in compliance with section 444 of the General Education Provisions Act (20
U.S.C. 1232g).
(e) OPPORTUNITY TO SUBMIT COMMENTS.—In establishing,
under this section, criteria, information requirements, procedures,
and the list of eligible providers described in subsection (d), the
Governor shall provide an opportunity for interested members of
the public to make recommendations and submit comments
regarding such criteria, information requirements, procedures, and list.
(f) ENFORCEMENT.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The procedures established under this
section shall provide the following:
(A) INTENTIONALLY SUPPLYING INACCURATE INFORMA-

TION.—Upon a determination, by an individual or entity

specified in the procedures, that a provider of training
services, or individual providing information on behalf of
the provider, violated this section (or section 122 of the
Workforce Investment Act of 1998, as in effect on the
H. R. 803—73
day before the date of enactment of this Act) by inten- tionally supplying inaccurate information under this sec- tion, the eligibility of such provider to receive funds under chapter 3 shall be terminated for a period of time that is not less than 2 years.
(B) SUBSTANTIAL VIOLATIONS.—Upon a determination, by an individual or entity specified in the procedures, that a provider of training services substantially violated any requirement under this title (or title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, as in effect on the day before such date of enactment), the eligibility of such provider to receive funds under chapter 3 for the program involved shall be terminated for a period of not less than 2 years. (C) REPAYMENT.—A provider of training services whose eligibility is terminated under subparagraph (A) or (B) shall be liable for the repayment of funds received under chapter 5 of subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, as in effect on the day before such date of enactment, or chapter 3 of this subtitle during a period
of violation described in such subparagraph.
(2) CONSTRUCTION.—Paragraph (1) shall be construed to provide remedies and penalties that supplement, but shall not supplant, civil and criminal remedies and penalties specified in other provisions of law.
(g) AGREEMENTS WITH OTHER STATES.—States may enter into agreements, on a reciprocal basis, to permit eligible providers of training services to accept individual training accounts provided in another State.
(h) ON-THE-JOB TRAINING, CUSTOMIZED TRAINING, INCUMBENT
WORKER TRAINING, AND OTHER TRAINING EXCEPTIONS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Providers of on-the-job training, cus- tomized training, incumbent worker training, internships, and paid or unpaid work experience opportunities, or transitional employment shall not be subject to the requirements of sub- sections (a) through (f).
(2) COLLECTION AND DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION.—A one-stop operator in a local area shall collect such performance information from providers of on-the-job training, customized training, incumbent worker training, internships, paid or unpaid work experience opportunities, and transitional employ- ment as the Governor may require, and use the information to determine whether the providers meet such performance criteria as the Governor may require. The one-stop operator shall disseminate information identifying such providers that meet the criteria as eligible providers, and the performance information, through the one-stop delivery system. Providers determined to meet the criteria shall be considered to be identi- fied as eligible providers of training services.
(i) TRANSITION PERIOD FOR IMPLEMENTATION.—The Governor and local boards shall implement the requirements of this section not later than 12 months after the date of enactment of this Act. In order to facilitate early implementation of this section, the Gov- ernor may establish transition procedures under which providers eligible to provide training services under chapter 5 of subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, as such chapter was in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act, may continue to be eligible to provide such services
H. R. 803—74
until December 31, 2015, or until such earlier date as the Governor determines to be appropriate.

SEC. 123. ELIGIBLE PROVIDERS OF YOUTH WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES.

(a) IN GENERAL.—From the funds allocated under section 128(b) to a local area, the local board for such area shall award grants or contracts on a competitive basis to providers of youth workforce investment activities identified based on the criteria in the State plan (including such quality criteria as the Governor shall establish for a training program that leads to a recognized postsecondary credential), and taking into consideration the ability of the providers to meet performance accountability measures based on primary indicators of performance for the youth program as described in section 116(b)(2)(A)(ii), as described in section 102(b)(2)(D)(i)(V), and shall conduct oversight with respect to such providers.
(b) EXCEPTIONS.—A local board may award grants or contracts on a sole-source basis if such board determines there is an insuffi- cient number of eligible providers of youth workforce investment activities in the local area involved (such as a rural area) for grants and contracts to be awarded on a competitive basis under subsection (a).

CHAPTER 2—YOUTH WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

SEC. 126. GENERAL AUTHORIZATION.

The Secretary shall make an allotment under section
127(b)(1)(C) to each State that meets the requirements of section
102 or 103 and a grant under section 127(b)(1)(B) to each outlying area that complies with the requirements of this title, to assist the State or outlying area, and to enable the State or outlying area to assist local areas, for the purpose of providing workforce investment activities for eligible youth in the State or outlying area and in the local areas.

SEC. 127. STATE ALLOTMENTS.

(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall—
(1) for each fiscal year for which the amount appropriated under section 136(a) exceeds $925,000,000, reserve 4 percent of the excess amount to provide youth workforce investment activities under section 167 (relating to migrant and seasonal farmworkers); and
(2) use the remainder of the amount appropriated under section 136(a) for a fiscal year to make allotments and grants in accordance with subsection (b).
(b) ALLOTMENT AMONG STATES.—
(1) YOUTH WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES.—
(A) NATIVE AMERICANS.—From the amount appro- priated under section 136(a) for a fiscal year that is not reserved under subsection (a)(1), the Secretary shall reserve not more than 11⁄2 percent of such amount to provide youth workforce investment activities under section 166 (relating to Native Americans).
(B) OUTLYING AREAS.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—From the amount appropriated under section 136(a) for each fiscal year that is not
reserved under subsection (a)(1) and subparagraph (A),
H. R. 803—75
the Secretary shall reserve not more than 1⁄4 of 1 percent of such amount to provide assistance to the outlying areas to carry out youth workforce investment activities and statewide workforce investment activi- ties.
(ii) LIMITATION FOR OUTLYING AREAS.—
(I) COMPETITIVE GRANTS.—The Secretary shall use funds reserved under clause (i) to award grants to outlying areas to carry out youth workforce investment activities and statewide workforce investment activities.
(II) AWARD BASIS.—The Secretary shall award grants pursuant to subclause (I) on a competitive basis and pursuant to the recommendations of experts in the field of employment and training, working through the Pacific Region Educational Laboratory in Honolulu, Hawaii.
(III) ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS.—The Secretary may provide not more than 5 percent of the funds made available for grants under subclause (I) to pay the administrative costs of the Pacific Region Educational Laboratory in Honolulu, Hawaii, regarding activities assisted under this clause.
(iii) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT.—The provisions of section 501 of Public Law 95–134 (48 U.S.C. 1469a), permitting the consolidation of grants by the outlying areas, shall not apply to assistance provided to those areas, including Palau, under this subparagraph.
(C) STATES.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—From the remainder of the amount appropriated under section 136(a) for a fiscal year that exists after the Secretary determines the amounts to be reserved under subsection (a)(1) and subparagraphs (A) and (B), the Secretary shall make allotments to the States in accordance with clause (ii) for youth workforce investment activities and state- wide workforce investment activities.
(ii) FORMULA.—Subject to clauses (iii) and (iv), of the remainder—
(I) 331⁄3 percent shall be allotted on the basis of the relative number of unemployed individuals in areas of substantial unemployment in each State, compared to the total number of unemployed individuals in areas of substantial unemployment in all States;
(II) 331⁄3 percent shall be allotted on the basis of the relative excess number of unemployed individuals in each State, compared to the total excess number of unemployed individuals in all States; and
(III) 331⁄3 percent shall be allotted on the basis of the relative number of disadvantaged youth in each State, compared to the total number of dis- advantaged youth in all States, except as described in clause (iii).
(iii) CALCULATION.—In determining an allotment under clause (ii)(III) for any State in which there is
H. R. 803—76
an area that was designated as a local area as described in section 107(c)(1)(C), the allotment shall be based on the higher of—
(I) the number of individuals who are age
16 through 21 in families with an income below the low-income level in such area; or
(II) the number of disadvantaged youth in such area.
(iv) MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM PERCENTAGES AND MINIMUM ALLOTMENTS.—In making allotments under this subparagraph, the Secretary shall ensure the fol- lowing:
(I) MINIMUM PERCENTAGE AND ALLOTMENT.— Subject to subclause (IV), the Secretary shall ensure that no State shall receive an allotment for a fiscal year that is less than the greater of— (aa) an amount based on 90 percent of
the allotment percentage of the State for the preceding fiscal year; or
(bb) 100 percent of the allotments of the State under section 127(b)(1)(C) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act) for fiscal year 2014.
(II) SMALL STATE MINIMUM ALLOTMENT.—Sub- ject to subclauses (I), (III), and (IV), the Secretary shall ensure that no State shall receive an allot- ment under this subparagraph that is less than the total of—
(aa) 3⁄10 of 1 percent of $1,000,000,000 of the remainder described in clause (i) for the fiscal year; and
(bb) if the remainder described in clause
(i) for the fiscal year exceeds $1,000,000,000,

2⁄5 of 1 percent of the excess.

(III) MAXIMUM PERCENTAGE.—Subject to sub- clause (I), the Secretary shall ensure that no State shall receive an allotment percentage for a fiscal year that is more than 130 percent of the allotment percentage of the State for the preceding fiscal year.
(IV) MINIMUM FUNDING.—In any fiscal year in which the remainder described in clause (i) does not exceed $1,000,000,000, the minimum allotments under subclauses (I) and (II) shall be calculated by the methodology specified in section
127(b)(1)(C)(iv)(IV) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act).
(2) DEFINITIONS.—For the purpose of the formula specified in paragraph (1)(C):
(A) ALLOTMENT PERCENTAGE.—The term ‘‘allotment percentage’’, used with respect to fiscal year 2015 or a subsequent fiscal year, means a percentage of the remainder described in paragraph (1)(C)(i) that is received through an allotment made under paragraph (1)(C) for the fiscal year. The term, used with respect to fiscal year
H. R. 803—77
2014, means the percentage of the amount allotted to States under section 127(b)(1)(C) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act) that is received under such section by the State involved for fiscal year 2014.
(B) AREA OF SUBSTANTIAL UNEMPLOYMENT.—The term
‘‘area of substantial unemployment’’ means any area that is of sufficient size and scope to sustain a program of workforce investment activities carried out under this sub- title and that has an average rate of unemployment of at least 6.5 percent for the most recent 12 months, as determined by the Secretary. For purposes of this subpara- graph, determinations of areas of substantial unemploy- ment shall be made once each fiscal year.
(C) DISADVANTAGED YOUTH.—Subject to paragraph (3), the term ‘‘disadvantaged youth’’ means an individual who is age 16 through 21 who received an income, or is a member of a family that received a total family income, that, in relation to family size, does not exceed the higher of—
(i) the poverty line; or
(ii) 70 percent of the lower living standard income level.
(D) EXCESS NUMBER.—The term ‘‘excess number’’ means, used with respect to the excess number of unemployed individuals within a State, the higher of— (i) the number that represents the number of unemployed individuals in excess of 4.5 percent of the
civilian labor force in the State; or
(ii) the number that represents the number of unemployed individuals in excess of 4.5 percent of the civilian labor force in areas of substantial unemploy- ment in such State.
(E) LOW-INCOME LEVEL.—The term ‘‘low-income level’’ means $7,000 with respect to income in 1969, and for any later year means that amount that bears the same relationship to $7,000 as the Consumer Price Index for that year bears to the Consumer Price Index for 1969, rounded to the nearest $1,000.
(3) SPECIAL RULE.—For the purpose of the formula specified in paragraph (1)(C), the Secretary shall, as appropriate and to the extent practicable, exclude college students and members of the Armed Forces from the determination of the number of disadvantaged youth.
(c) REALLOTMENT.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall, in accordance with this subsection, reallot to eligible States amounts that are made available to States from allotments made under this section or a corresponding provision of the Workforce Invest- ment Act of 1998 for youth workforce investment activities and statewide workforce investment activities (referred to individually in this subsection as a ‘‘State allotment’’) and that are available for reallotment.
(2) AMOUNT.—The amount available for reallotment for a program year is equal to the amount by which the unobligated balance of the State allotment, at the end of the program year prior to the program year for which the determination
H. R. 803—78
under this paragraph is made, exceeds 20 percent of such allotment for the prior program year.
(3) REALLOTMENT.—In making reallotments to eligible States of amounts available pursuant to paragraph (2) for a program year, the Secretary shall allot to each eligible State an amount based on the relative amount of the State allotment for the program year for which the determination is made, as compared to the total amount of the State allotments for all eligible States for such program year.
(4) ELIGIBILITY.—For purposes of this subsection, an eligible State means a State that does not have an amount available for reallotment under paragraph (2) for the program year for which the determination under paragraph (2) is made. (5) PROCEDURES.—The Governor shall prescribe uniform procedures for the obligation of funds by local areas within the State in order to avoid the requirement that funds be made available for reallotment under this subsection. The Gov- ernor shall further prescribe equitable procedures for making funds available from the State and local areas in the event that a State is required to make funds available for reallotment
under this subsection.

SEC. 128. WITHIN STATE ALLOCATIONS.

(a) RESERVATIONS FOR STATEWIDE ACTIVITIES.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Governor shall reserve not more than 15 percent of each of the amounts allotted to the State under section 127(b)(1)(C) and paragraphs (1)(B) and (2)(B) of section 132(b) for a fiscal year for statewide workforce invest- ment activities.
(2) USE OF FUNDS.—Regardless of whether the reserved amounts were allotted under section 127(b)(1)(C), or under paragraph (1)(B) or (2)(B) of section 132(b), the Governor may use the reserved amounts to carry out statewide activities under section 129(b) or statewide employment and training activities, for adults or dislocated workers, under section 134(a). (b) WITHIN STATE ALLOCATIONS.—
(1) METHODS.—The Governor, acting in accordance with the State plan, and after consulting with chief elected officials and local boards in the local areas, shall allocate the funds that are allotted to the State for youth activities and statewide workforce investment activities under section 127(b)(1)(C) and are not reserved under subsection (a), in accordance with para- graph (2) or (3).
(2) FORMULA ALLOCATION.— (A) YOUTH ACTIVITIES.—
(i) ALLOCATION.—In allocating the funds described in paragraph (1) to local areas, a State may allocate— (I) 331⁄3 percent of the funds on the basis
described in section 127(b)(1)(C)(ii)(I);
(II) 331⁄3 percent of the funds on the basis described in section 127(b)(1)(C)(ii)(II); and
(III) 331⁄3 percent of the funds on the basis described in clauses (ii)(III) and (iii) of section
127(b)(1)(C).
(ii) MINIMUM PERCENTAGE.—The local area shall not receive an allocation percentage for a fiscal year that is less than 90 percent of the average allocation
H. R. 803—79
percentage of the local area for the 2 preceding fiscal years. Amounts necessary for increasing such alloca- tions to local areas to comply with the preceding sen- tence shall be obtained by ratably reducing the alloca- tions to be made to other local areas under this subparagraph.
(iii) DEFINITION.—In this subparagraph, the term
‘‘allocation percentage’’, used with respect to fiscal year
2015 or a subsequent fiscal year, means a percentage
of the funds referred to in clause (i), received through
an allocation made under this subparagraph, for the
fiscal year. The term, used with respect to fiscal year
2013 or 2014, means a percentage of the funds referred
to in section 128(b)(1) of the Workforce Investment
Act of 1998 (as in effect on the day before the date
of enactment of this Act), received through an alloca-
tion made under paragraph (2) or (3) of section 128(b)
of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (as so in
effect), for the fiscal year 2013 or 2014, respectively.
(B) APPLICATION.—For purposes of carrying out
subparagraph (A)—
(i) references in section 127(b) to a State shall
be deemed to be references to a local area;
(ii) references in section 127(b) to all States shall
be deemed to be references to all local areas in the
State involved; and
(iii) except as described in clause (i), references
in section 127(b)(1) to the term ‘‘excess number’’ shall
be considered to be references to the term as defined
in section 127(b)(2).
(3) YOUTH DISCRETIONARY ALLOCATION.—In lieu of making
the allocation described in paragraph (2), in allocating the
funds described in paragraph (1) to local areas, a State may
distribute—
(A) a portion equal to not less than 70 percent of
the funds in accordance with paragraph (2)(A); and
(B) the remaining portion of the funds on the basis
of a formula that—
(i) incorporates additional factors (other than the
factors described in paragraph (2)(A)) relating to—
(I) excess youth poverty in urban, rural, and
suburban local areas; and
(II) excess unemployment above the State
average in urban, rural, and suburban local areas;
and
(ii) was developed by the State board and approved by the Secretary as part of the State plan.
(4) LOCAL ADMINISTRATIVE COST LIMIT.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—Of the amount allocated to a local
area under this subsection and section 133(b) for a fiscal
year, not more than 10 percent of the amount may be
used by the local board involved for the administrative
costs of carrying out local workforce investment activities
under this chapter or chapter 3.
(B) USE OF FUNDS.—Funds made available for adminis-
trative costs under subparagraph (A) may be used for the
H. R. 803—80
administrative costs of any of the local workforce invest- ment activities described in this chapter or chapter 3, regardless of whether the funds were allocated under this subsection or section 133(b).
(c) REALLOCATION AMONG LOCAL AREAS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Governor may, in accordance with this subsection and after consultation with the State board, reallocate to eligible local areas within the State amounts that are made available to local areas from allocations made under this section or a corresponding provision of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 for youth workforce investment activi- ties (referred to individually in this subsection as a ‘‘local allocation’’) and that are available for reallocation.
(2) AMOUNT.—The amount available for reallocation for a program year is equal to the amount by which the unobligated balance of the local allocation, at the end of the program year prior to the program year for which the determination under this paragraph is made, exceeds 20 percent of such allocation for the prior program year.
(3) REALLOCATION.—In making reallocations to eligible local areas of amounts available pursuant to paragraph (2) for a program year, the Governor shall allocate to each eligible local area within the State an amount based on the relative amount of the local allocation for the program year for which the determination is made, as compared to the total amount of the local allocations for all eligible local areas in the State for such program year.
(4) ELIGIBILITY.—For purposes of this subsection, an eligible local area means a local area that does not have an amount available for reallocation under paragraph (2) for the program year for which the determination under paragraph (2) is made.

SEC. 129. USE OF FUNDS FOR YOUTH WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES.

(a) YOUTH PARTICIPANT ELIGIBILITY.— (1) ELIGIBILITY.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—To be eligible to participate in activi- ties carried out under this chapter during any program year an individual shall, at the time the eligibility deter- mination is made, be an out-of-school youth or an in-school youth.
(B) OUT-OF-SCHOOL YOUTH.—In this title, the term
‘‘out-of-school youth’’ means an individual who is—
(i) not attending any school (as defined under State law);
(ii) not younger than age 16 or older than age
24; and
(iii) one or more of the following: (I) A school dropout.
(II) A youth who is within the age of compul- sory school attendance, but has not attended school for at least the most recent complete school year calendar quarter.
(III) A recipient of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent who is a low-income individual and is—
H. R. 803—81
(aa) basic skills deficient; or
(bb) an English language learner.
(IV) An individual who is subject to the juve-
nile or adult justice system.
(V) A homeless individual (as defined in sec-
tion 41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act
of 1994 (42 U.S.C. 14043e–2(6))), a homeless child
or youth (as defined in section 725(2) of the
McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42
U.S.C. 11434a(2))), a runaway, in foster care or
has aged out of the foster care system, a child
eligible for assistance under section 477 of the
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 677), or in an out-
of-home placement.
(VI) An individual who is pregnant or par-
enting.
(VII) A youth who is an individual with a
disability.
(VIII) A low-income individual who requires
additional assistance to enter or complete an edu-
cational program or to secure or hold employment.
(C) IN-SCHOOL YOUTH.—In this section, the term ‘‘in-
school youth’’ means an individual who is—
(i) attending school (as defined by State law);
(ii) not younger than age 14 or (unless an indi-
vidual with a disability who is attending school under
State law) older than age 21;
(iii) a low-income individual; and
(iv) one or more of the following:
(I) Basic skills deficient.
(II) An English language learner.
(III) An offender.
(IV) A homeless individual (as defined in sec-
tion 41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act
of 1994 (42 U.S.C. 14043e–2(6))), a homeless child
or youth (as defined in section 725(2) of the
McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42
U.S.C. 11434a(2))), a runaway, in foster care or
has aged out of the foster care system, a child
eligible for assistance under section 477 of the
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 677), or in an out-
of-home placement.
(V) Pregnant or parenting.
(VI) A youth who is an individual with a dis-
ability.
(VII) An individual who requires additional assistance to complete an educational program or to secure or hold employment.
(2) SPECIAL RULE.—For the purpose of this subsection, the term ‘‘low-income’’, used with respect to an individual, also includes a youth living in a high-poverty area.
(3) EXCEPTION AND LIMITATION.—
(A) EXCEPTION FOR PERSONS WHO ARE NOT LOW-INCOME

INDIVIDUALS.—

(i) DEFINITION.—In this subparagraph, the term
‘‘covered individual’’ means an in-school youth, or an
H. R. 803—82
out-of-school youth who is described in subclause (III)
or (VIII) of paragraph (1)(B)(iii).
(ii) EXCEPTION.—In each local area, not more than
5 percent of the individuals assisted under this section may be persons who would be covered individuals, except that the persons are not low-income individuals. (B) LIMITATION.—In each local area, not more than
5 percent of the in-school youth assisted under this section may be eligible under paragraph (1) because the youth are in-school youth described in paragraph (1)(C)(iv)(VII). (4) OUT-OF-SCHOOL PRIORITY.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—For any program year, not less than
75 percent of the funds allotted under section 127(b)(1)(C), reserved under section 128(a), and available for statewide activities under subsection (b), and not less than 75 percent of funds available to local areas under subsection (c), shall be used to provide youth workforce investment activities for out-of-school youth.
(B) EXCEPTION.—A State that receives a minimum allotment under section 127(b)(1) in accordance with section
127(b)(1)(C)(iv) or under section 132(b)(1) in accordance with section 132(b)(1)(B)(iv) may decrease the percentage described in subparagraph (A) to not less than 50 percent for a local area in the State, if—
(i) after an analysis of the in-school youth and out-of-school youth populations in the local area, the State determines that the local area will be unable to use at least 75 percent of the funds available for activities under subsection (c) to serve out-of-school youth due to a low number of out-of-school youth; and
(ii)(I) the State submits to the Secretary, for the local area, a request including a proposed percentage decreased to not less than 50 percent for purposes of subparagraph (A), and a summary of the analysis described in clause (i); and
(II) the request is approved by the Secretary.
(5) CONSISTENCY WITH COMPULSORY SCHOOL ATTENDANCE LAWS.—In providing assistance under this section to an indi- vidual who is required to attend school under applicable State compulsory school attendance laws, the priority in providing such assistance shall be for the individual to attend school regularly.
(b) STATEWIDE ACTIVITIES.—
(1) REQUIRED STATEWIDE YOUTH ACTIVITIES.—Funds reserved by a Governor as described in sections 128(a) and
133(a)(1) shall be used, regardless of whether the funds were allotted to the State under section 127(b)(1)(C) or under para- graph (1)(B) or (2)(B) of section 132(b) for statewide activities, which shall include—
(A) conducting evaluations under section 116(e) of activities authorized under this chapter and chapter 3 in coordination with evaluations carried out by the Secretary under section 169(a);
(B) disseminating a list of eligible providers of youth workforce investment activities, as determined under sec- tion 123;
H. R. 803—83
(C) providing assistance to local areas as described in subsections (b)(6) and (c)(2) of section 106, for local coordination of activities carried out under this title;
(D) operating a fiscal and management accountability information system under section 116(i);
(E) carrying out monitoring and oversight of activities carried out under this chapter and chapter 3, which may include a review comparing the services provided to male and female youth; and
(F) providing additional assistance to local areas that have high concentrations of eligible youth.
(2) ALLOWABLE STATEWIDE YOUTH ACTIVITIES.—Funds reserved by a Governor as described in sections 128(a) and
133(a)(1) may be used, regardless of whether the funds were allotted to the State under section 127(b)(1)(C) or under para- graph (1)(B) or (2)(B) of section 132(b), for statewide activities, which may include—
(A) conducting—
(i) research related to meeting the education and
employment needs of eligible youth; and
(ii) demonstration projects related to meeting the
education and employment needs of eligible youth;
(B) supporting the development of alternative, evi-
dence-based programs and other activities that enhance
the choices available to eligible youth and encourage such
youth to reenter and complete secondary education, enroll
in postsecondary education and advanced training, progress
through a career pathway, and enter into unsubsidized
employment that leads to economic self-sufficiency;
(C) supporting the provision of career services
described in section 134(c)(2) in the one-stop delivery
system in the State;
(D) supporting financial literacy, including—
(i) supporting the ability of participants to create
household budgets, initiate savings plans, and make
informed financial decisions about education, retire-
ment, home ownership, wealth building, or other
savings goals;
(ii) supporting the ability to manage spending,
credit, and debt, including credit card debt, effectively;
(iii) increasing awareness of the availability and
significance of credit reports and credit scores in
obtaining credit, including determining their accuracy
(and how to correct inaccuracies in the reports and
scores), and their effect on credit terms;
(iv) supporting the ability to understand, evaluate, and compare financial products, services, and opportunities; and
(v) supporting activities that address the particular financial literacy needs of non-English speakers, including providing the support through the develop- ment and distribution of multilingual financial literacy and education materials; and
(E) providing technical assistance to, as appropriate, local boards, chief elected officials, one-stop operators, one- stop partners, and eligible providers, in local areas, which
H. R. 803—84
provision of technical assistance shall include the develop- ment and training of staff, the development of exemplary program activities, the provision of technical assistance to local areas that fail to meet local performance account- ability measures described in section 116(c), and the provi- sion of technology to facilitate remote access to services provided through the one-stop delivery system in the State. (3) LIMITATION.—Not more than 5 percent of the funds
allotted to a State under section 127(b)(1)(C) shall be used by the State for administrative activities carried out under this subsection or section 134(a).
(c) LOCAL ELEMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS.—
(1) PROGRAM DESIGN.—Funds allocated to a local area for
eligible youth under section 128(b) shall be used to carry out,
for eligible youth, programs that—
(A) provide an objective assessment of the academic
levels, skill levels, and service needs of each participant,
which assessment shall include a review of basic skills,
occupational skills, prior work experience, employability,
interests, aptitudes (including interests and aptitudes for
nontraditional jobs), supportive service needs, and develop-
mental needs of such participant, for the purpose of identi-
fying appropriate services and career pathways for partici-
pants, except that a new assessment of a participant is
not required if the provider carrying out such a program
determines it is appropriate to use a recent assessment
of the participant conducted pursuant to another education
or training program;
(B) develop service strategies for each participant that
are directly linked to 1 or more of the indicators of perform-
ance described in section 116(b)(2)(A)(ii), and that shall
identify career pathways that include education and
employment goals (including, in appropriate circumstances,
nontraditional employment), appropriate achievement
objectives, and appropriate services for the participant
taking into account the assessment conducted pursuant
to subparagraph (A), except that a new service strategy
for a participant is not required if the provider carrying
out such a program determines it is appropriate to use
a recent service strategy developed for the participant
under another education or training program;
(C) provide—
(i) activities leading to the attainment of a sec-
ondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent,
or a recognized postsecondary credential;
(ii) preparation for postsecondary educational and training opportunities;
(iii) strong linkages between academic instruction (based on State academic content and student academic achievement standards established under section 1111 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of
1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311)) and occupational education that lead to the attainment of recognized postsecondary credentials;
(iv) preparation for unsubsidized employment opportunities, in appropriate cases; and
H. R. 803—85
(v) effective connections to employers, including small employers, in in-demand industry sectors and occupations of the local and regional labor markets; and
(D) at the discretion of the local board, implement a pay-for-performance contract strategy for elements described in paragraph (2), for which the local board may reserve and use not more than 10 percent of the total funds allocated to the local area under section 128(b).
(2) PROGRAM ELEMENTS.—In order to support the attain- ment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent, entry into postsecondary education, and career readiness for participants, the programs described in paragraph (1) shall provide elements consisting of—
(A) tutoring, study skills training, instruction, and evi- dence-based dropout prevention and recovery strategies that lead to completion of the requirements for a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent (including a recognized certificate of attendance or similar document for individuals with disabilities) or for a recognized postsec- ondary credential;
(B) alternative secondary school services, or dropout recovery services, as appropriate;
(C) paid and unpaid work experiences that have as a component academic and occupational education, which may include—
(i) summer employment opportunities and other employment opportunities available throughout the school year;
(ii) pre-apprenticeship programs;
(iii) internships and job shadowing; and
(iv) on-the-job training opportunities;
(D) occupational skill training, which shall include pri-
ority consideration for training programs that lead to recog-
nized postsecondary credentials that are aligned with in-
demand industry sectors or occupations in the local area
involved, if the local board determines that the programs
meet the quality criteria described in section 123;
(E) education offered concurrently with and in the
same context as workforce preparation activities and
training for a specific occupation or occupational cluster;
(F) leadership development opportunities, which may
include community service and peer-centered activities
encouraging responsibility and other positive social and
civic behaviors, as appropriate;
(G) supportive services;
(H) adult mentoring for the period of participation
and a subsequent period, for a total of not less than 12
months;
(I) followup services for not less than 12 months after
the completion of participation, as appropriate;
(J) comprehensive guidance and counseling, which may
include drug and alcohol abuse counseling and referral,
as appropriate;
(K) financial literacy education;
(L) entrepreneurial skills training;
H. R. 803—86
(M) services that provide labor market and employment information about in-demand industry sectors or occupa- tions available in the local area, such as career awareness, career counseling, and career exploration services; and
(N) activities that help youth prepare for and transition to postsecondary education and training.
(3) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.—
(A) INFORMATION AND REFERRALS.—Each local board shall ensure that each participant shall be provided—
(i) information on the full array of applicable or appropriate services that are available through the local board or other eligible providers or one-stop part- ners, including those providers or partners receiving funds under this subtitle; and
(ii) referral to appropriate training and educational programs that have the capacity to serve the partici- pant either on a sequential or concurrent basis.
(B) APPLICANTS NOT MEETING ENROLLMENT REQUIRE- MENTS.—Each eligible provider of a program of youth workforce investment activities shall ensure that an eligible applicant who does not meet the enrollment requirements of the particular program or who cannot be served shall be referred for further assessment, as necessary, and referred to appropriate programs in accordance with subparagraph (A) to meet the basic skills and training needs of the applicant.
(C) INVOLVEMENT IN DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION.— The local board shall ensure that parents, participants, and other members of the community with experience relating to programs for youth are involved in the design and implementation of the programs described in para- graph (1).
(4) PRIORITY.—Not less than 20 percent of the funds allo- cated to the local area as described in paragraph (1) shall be used to provide in-school youth and out-of-school youth with activities under paragraph (2)(C).
(5) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to require that each of the elements described in subparagraphs of paragraph (2) be offered by each provider of youth services.
(6) PROHIBITIONS.—
(A) PROHIBITION AGAINST FEDERAL CONTROL OF EDU- CATION.—No provision of this Act shall be construed to authorize any department, agency, officer, or employee of the United States to exercise any direction, supervision, or control over the curriculum, program of instruction, administration, or personnel of any educational institution, school, or school system, or over the selection of library resources, textbooks, or other printed or published instruc- tional materials by any educational institution, school, or school system.
(B) NONINTERFERENCE AND NONREPLACEMENT OF REG- ULAR ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS.—No funds described in paragraph (1) shall be used to provide an activity for eligible youth who are not school dropouts if participation in the activity would interfere with or replace the regular academic requirements of the youth.
H. R. 803—87
(7) LINKAGES.—In coordinating the programs authorized under this section, local boards shall establish linkages with local educational agencies responsible for services to partici- pants as appropriate.
(8) VOLUNTEERS.—The local board shall make opportunities available for individuals who have successfully participated in programs carried out under this section to volunteer assist- ance to participants in the form of mentoring, tutoring, and other activities.

CHAPTER 3—ADULT AND DISLOCATED WORKER EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES

SEC. 131. GENERAL AUTHORIZATION.

The Secretary shall make allotments under paragraphs (1)(B) and (2)(B) of section 132(b) to each State that meets the require- ments of section 102 or 103 and grants under paragraphs (1)(A) and (2)(A) of section 132(b) to each outlying area that complies with the requirements of this title, to assist the State or outlying area, and to enable the State or outlying area to assist local areas, for the purpose of providing workforce investment activities for adults, and dislocated workers, in the State or outlying area and in the local areas.

SEC. 132. STATE ALLOTMENTS.

(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall—
(1) make allotments and grants from the amount appro- priated under section 136(b) for a fiscal year in accordance with subsection (b)(1); and
(2)(A) reserve 20 percent of the amount appropriated under section 136(c) for the fiscal year for use under subsection (b)(2)(A), and under sections 168(b) (relating to dislocated worker technical assistance), 169(c) (relating to dislocated worker projects), and 170 (relating to national dislocated worker grants); and
(B) make allotments from 80 percent of the amount appro- priated under section 136(c) for the fiscal year in accordance with subsection (b)(2)(B).
(b) ALLOTMENT AMONG STATES.—
(1) ADULT EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.— (A) RESERVATION FOR OUTLYING AREAS.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—From the amount made available under subsection (a)(1) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve not more than 1⁄4 of 1 percent of such amount to provide assistance to the outlying areas. (ii) APPLICABILITY OF ADDITIONAL REQUIRE- MENTS.—From the amount reserved under clause (i), the Secretary shall provide assistance to the outlying areas for adult employment and training activities and statewide workforce investment activities in accordance
with the requirements of section 127(b)(1)(B). (B) STATES.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—After determining the amount to be reserved under subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall allot the remainder of the amount made available under subsection (a)(1) for that fiscal year to the States pursuant to clause (ii) for adult employment and
H. R. 803—88
training activities and statewide workforce investment activities.
(ii) FORMULA.—Subject to clauses (iii) and (iv), of the remainder—
(I) 331⁄3 percent shall be allotted on the basis of the relative number of unemployed individuals in areas of substantial unemployment in each State, compared to the total number of unemployed individuals in areas of substantial unemployment in all States;
(II) 331⁄3 percent shall be allotted on the basis of the relative excess number of unemployed individuals in each State, compared to the total excess number of unemployed individuals in all States; and
(III) 331⁄3 percent shall be allotted on the basis of the relative number of disadvantaged adults in each State, compared to the total number of disadvantaged adults in all States, except as described in clause (iii).
(iii) CALCULATION.—In determining an allotment under clause (ii)(III) for any State in which there is an area that was designated as a local area as described in section 107(c)(1)(C), the allotment shall be based on the higher of—
(I) the number of adults in families with an income below the low-income level in such area; or
(II) the number of disadvantaged adults in such area.
(iv) MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM PERCENTAGES AND MINIMUM ALLOTMENTS.—In making allotments under this subparagraph, the Secretary shall ensure the fol- lowing:
(I) MINIMUM PERCENTAGE AND ALLOTMENT.— Subject to subclause (IV), the Secretary shall ensure that no State shall receive an allotment for a fiscal year that is an amount based on 90 percent of the allotment percentage of the State for the preceding fiscal year.
(II) SMALL STATE MINIMUM ALLOTMENT.—Sub- ject to subclauses (I), (III), and (IV), the Secretary shall ensure that no State shall receive an allot- ment under this subparagraph that is less than the total of—
(aa) 3⁄10 of 1 percent of $960,000,000 of the remainder described in clause (i) for the fiscal year; and
(bb) if the remainder described in clause
(i) for the fiscal year exceeds $960,000,000,

2⁄5 of 1 percent of the excess.

(III) MAXIMUM PERCENTAGE.—Subject to sub- clause (I), the Secretary shall ensure that no State shall receive an allotment percentage for a fiscal year that is more than 130 percent of the allotment percentage of the State for the preceding fiscal year.
H. R. 803—89
(IV) MINIMUM FUNDING.—In any fiscal year in which the remainder described in clause (i) does not exceed $960,000,000, the minimum allot- ments under subclauses (I) and (II) shall be cal- culated by the methodology specified in section
132(b)(1)(B)(iv)(IV) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act).
(v) DEFINITIONS.—For the purpose of the formula specified in this subparagraph:
(I) ADULT.—The term ‘‘adult’’ means an indi- vidual who is not less than age 22 and not more than age 72.
(II) ALLOTMENT PERCENTAGE.—The term
‘‘allotment percentage’’, used with respect to fiscal
year 2015 or a subsequent fiscal year, means a
percentage of the remainder described in clause
(i) that is received through an allotment made
under this subparagraph for the fiscal year. The
term, used with respect to fiscal year 2014, means
the percentage of the amount allotted to States
under section 132(b)(1)(B) of the Workforce Invest-
ment Act of 1998 (as in effect on the day before
the date of enactment of this Act) that is received
under such section by the State involved for fiscal
year 2014.
(III) AREA OF SUBSTANTIAL UNEMPLOYMENT.—
The term ‘‘area of substantial unemployment’’
means any area that is of sufficient size and scope
to sustain a program of workforce investment
activities carried out under this subtitle and that
has an average rate of unemployment of at least
6.5 percent for the most recent 12 months, as
determined by the Secretary. For purposes of this
subclause, determinations of areas of substantial
unemployment shall be made once each fiscal year.
(IV) DISADVANTAGED ADULT.—Subject to sub-
clause (V), the term ‘‘disadvantaged adult’’ means
an adult who received an income, or is a member
of a family that received a total family income,
that, in relation to family size, does not exceed
the higher of—
(aa) the poverty line; or
(bb) 70 percent of the lower living
standard income level.
(V) DISADVANTAGED ADULT SPECIAL RULE.— The Secretary shall, as appropriate and to the extent practicable, exclude college students and members of the Armed Forces from the determina- tion of the number of disadvantaged adults.
(VI) EXCESS NUMBER.—The term ‘‘excess number’’ means, used with respect to the excess number of unemployed individuals within a State, the higher of—
(aa) the number that represents the number of unemployed individuals in excess
H. R. 803—90
of 4.5 percent of the civilian labor force in the State; or
(bb) the number that represents the number of unemployed individuals in excess of 4.5 percent of the civilian labor force in areas of substantial unemployment in such State.
(VII) LOW-INCOME LEVEL.—The term ‘‘low- income level’’ means $7,000 with respect to income in 1969, and for any later year means that amount that bears the same relationship to $7,000 as the Consumer Price Index for that year bears to the Consumer Price Index for 1969, rounded to the nearest $1,000.
(2) DISLOCATED WORKER EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVI-

TIES.—

(A) RESERVATION FOR OUTLYING AREAS.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—From the amount made available
under subsection (a)(2)(A) for a fiscal year, the Sec-
retary shall reserve not more than 1⁄4 of 1 percent
of the amount appropriated under section 136(c) for
the fiscal year to provide assistance to the outlying
areas.
(ii) APPLICABILITY OF ADDITIONAL REQUIRE-

MENTS.—From the amount reserved under clause (i),

the Secretary shall provide assistance to the outlying
areas for dislocated worker employment and training
activities and statewide workforce investment activities
in accordance with the requirements of section
127(b)(1)(B).
(B) STATES.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall allot the
amount referred to in subsection (a)(2)(B) for a fiscal
year to the States pursuant to clause (ii) for dislocated
worker employment and training activities and state-
wide workforce investment activities.
(ii) FORMULA.—Subject to clause (iii), of the
amount—
(I) 331⁄3 percent shall be allotted on the basis of the relative number of unemployed individuals in each State, compared to the total number of unemployed individuals in all States;
(II) 331⁄3 percent shall be allotted on the basis of the relative excess number of unemployed individuals in each State, compared to the total excess number of unemployed individuals in all States; and
(III) 331⁄3 percent shall be allotted on the basis of the relative number of individuals in each State who have been unemployed for 15 weeks or more, compared to the total number of individuals in all States who have been unemployed for 15 weeks or more.
(iii) MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM PERCENTAGES AND MINIMUM ALLOTMENTS.—In making allotments under
H. R. 803—91
this subparagraph, for fiscal year 2016 and each subse- quent fiscal year, the Secretary shall ensure the fol- lowing:
(I) MINIMUM PERCENTAGE AND ALLOTMENT.— The Secretary shall ensure that no State shall receive an allotment for a fiscal year that is an amount based on 90 percent of the allotment percentage of the State for the preceding fiscal year.
(II) MAXIMUM PERCENTAGE.—Subject to sub- clause (I), the Secretary shall ensure that no State shall receive an allotment percentage for a fiscal year that is more than 130 percent of the allotment percentage of the State for the preceding fiscal year.
(iv) DEFINITIONS.—For the purpose of the formula specified in this subparagraph:
(I) ALLOTMENT PERCENTAGE.—The term ‘‘allot- ment percentage’’, used with respect to fiscal year
2015 or a subsequent fiscal year, means a percent- age of the amount described in clause (i) that is received through an allotment made under this subparagraph for the fiscal year.
(II) EXCESS NUMBER.—The term ‘‘excess number’’ means, used with respect to the excess number of unemployed individuals within a State, the number that represents the number of unemployed individuals in excess of 4.5 percent of the civilian labor force in the State.
(c) REALLOTMENT.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall, in accordance with
this subsection, reallot to eligible States amounts that are
made available to States from allotments made under this
section or a corresponding provision of the Workforce Invest-
ment Act of 1998 for employment and training activities and
statewide workforce investment activities (referred to individ-
ually in this subsection as a ‘‘State allotment’’) and that are
available for reallotment.
(2) AMOUNT.—The amount available for reallotment for
a program year for programs funded under subsection (b)(1)(B)
(relating to adult employment and training) or for programs
funded under subsection (b)(2)(B) (relating to dislocated worker
employment and training) is equal to the amount by which
the unobligated balance of the State allotments for adult
employment and training activities or dislocated worker
employment and training activities, respectively, at the end of the program year prior to the program year for which the determination under this paragraph is made, exceeds 20 per- cent of such allotments for the prior program year.
(3) REALLOTMENT.—In making reallotments to eligible States of amounts available pursuant to paragraph (2) for a program year, the Secretary shall allot to each eligible State an amount based on the relative amount of the State allotment under paragraph (1)(B) or (2)(B), respectively, of subsection (b) for the program year for which the determination is made, as compared to the total amount of the State allotments under
H. R. 803—92
paragraph (1)(B) or (2)(B), respectively, of subsection (b) for all eligible States for such program year.
(4) ELIGIBILITY.—For purposes of this subsection, an eligible State means—
(A) with respect to funds allotted through a State allotment for adult employment and training activities, a State that does not have an amount of such funds avail- able for reallotment under paragraph (2) for the program year for which the determination under paragraph (2) is made; and
(B) with respect to funds allotted through a State allotment for dislocated worker employment and training activities, a State that does not have an amount of such funds available for reallotment under paragraph (2) for the program year for which the determination under para- graph (2) is made.
(5) PROCEDURES.—The Governor shall prescribe uniform procedures for the obligation of funds by local areas within the State in order to avoid the requirement that funds be made available for reallotment under this subsection. The Gov- ernor shall further prescribe equitable procedures for making funds available from the State and local areas in the event that a State is required to make funds available for reallotment under this subsection.

SEC. 133. WITHIN STATE ALLOCATIONS.

(a) RESERVATIONS FOR STATE ACTIVITIES.—
(1) STATEWIDE WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES.—The
Governor shall make the reservation required under section
128(a).
(2) STATEWIDE RAPID RESPONSE ACTIVITIES.—The Governor
shall reserve not more than 25 percent of the total amount
allotted to the State under section 132(b)(2)(B) for a fiscal
year for statewide rapid response activities described in section
134(a)(2)(A).
(b) WITHIN STATE ALLOCATION.—
(1) METHODS.—The Governor, acting in accordance with
the State plan, and after consulting with chief elected officials and local boards in the local areas, shall allocate—
(A) the funds that are allotted to the State for adult employment and training activities and statewide workforce investment activities under section 132(b)(1)(B) and are not reserved under subsection (a)(1), in accordance with paragraph (2) or (3); and
(B) the funds that are allotted to the State for dis- located worker employment and training activities and statewide workforce investment activities under section
132(b)(2)(B) and are not reserved under paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (a), in accordance with paragraph (2). (2) FORMULA ALLOCATIONS.—
(A) ADULT EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.— (i) ALLOCATION.—In allocating the funds described
in paragraph (1)(A) to local areas, a State may allo- cate—
(I) 331⁄3 percent of the funds on the basis described in section 132(b)(1)(B)(ii)(I);
H. R. 803—93
(II) 331⁄3 percent of the funds on the basis described in section 132(b)(1)(B)(ii)(II); and
(III) 331⁄3 percent of the funds on the basis described in clauses (ii)(III) and (iii) of section
132(b)(1)(B).
(ii) MINIMUM PERCENTAGE.—The local area shall not receive an allocation percentage for a fiscal year that is less than 90 percent of the average allocation percentage of the local area for the 2 preceding fiscal years. Amounts necessary for increasing such alloca- tions to local areas to comply with the preceding sen- tence shall be obtained by ratably reducing the alloca- tions to be made to other local areas under this subparagraph.
(iii) DEFINITION.—In this subparagraph, the term
‘‘allocation percentage’’, used with respect to fiscal year
2015 or a subsequent fiscal year, means a percentage of the funds referred to in clause (i), received through an allocation made under this subparagraph, for the fiscal year. The term, used with respect to fiscal year
2013 or 2014, means a percentage of the amount allo- cated to local areas under paragraphs (2)(A) and (3) of section 133(b) of the Workforce Investment Act of
1998 (as in effect on the day before the date of enact- ment of this Act), received through an allocation made under paragraph (2)(A) or (3) of that section for fiscal year 2013 or 2014, respectively.
(B) DISLOCATED WORKER EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.—
(i) ALLOCATION.—In allocating the funds described in paragraph (1)(B) to local areas, a State shall allocate the funds based on an allocation formula prescribed by the Governor of the State. Such formula may be amended by the Governor not more than once for each program year. Such formula shall utilize the most appropriate information available to the Governor to distribute amounts to address the State’s worker readjustment assistance needs.
(ii) INFORMATION.—The information described in clause (i) shall include insured unemployment data, unemployment concentrations, plant closing and mass layoff data, declining industries data, farmer-rancher economic hardship data, and long-term unemployment data.
(iii) MINIMUM PERCENTAGE.—The local area shall not receive an allocation percentage for fiscal year
2016 or a subsequent fiscal year that is less than
90 percent of the average allocation percentage of the local area for the 2 preceding fiscal years. Amounts necessary for increasing such allocations to local areas to comply with the preceding sentence shall be obtained by ratably reducing the allocations to be made to other local areas under this subparagraph.
(iv) DEFINITION.—In this subparagraph, the term
‘‘allocation percentage’’, used with respect to fiscal year
2015 or a subsequent fiscal year, means a percentage of the funds referred to in clause (i), received through
H. R. 803—94
an allocation made under this subparagraph for the fiscal year. The term, used with respect to fiscal year
2014, means a percentage of the amount allocated to local areas under section 133(b)(2)(B) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act), received through an allocation made under that section for fiscal year
2014.
(C) APPLICATION.—For purposes of carrying out subparagraph (A)—
(i) references in section 132(b) to a State shall be deemed to be references to a local area;
(ii) references in section 132(b) to all States shall be deemed to be references to all local areas in the State involved; and
(iii) except as described in clause (i), references in section 132(b)(1) to the term ‘‘excess number’’ shall be considered to be references to the term as defined in section 132(b)(1).
(3) ADULT EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING DISCRETIONARY ALLOCATIONS.—In lieu of making the allocation described in paragraph (2)(A), in allocating the funds described in paragraph (1)(A) to local areas, a State may distribute—
(A) a portion equal to not less than 70 percent of the funds in accordance with paragraph (2)(A); and
(B) the remaining portion of the funds on the basis of a formula that—
(i) incorporates additional factors (other than the factors described in paragraph (2)(A)) relating to—
(I) excess poverty in urban, rural, and subur- ban local areas; and
(II) excess unemployment above the State average in urban, rural, and suburban local areas; and
(ii) was developed by the State board and approved by the Secretary as part of the State plan.
(4) TRANSFER AUTHORITY.—A local board may transfer, if such a transfer is approved by the Governor, up to and including 100 percent of the funds allocated to the local area under paragraph (2)(A) or (3), and up to and including 100 percent of the funds allocated to the local area under paragraph (2)(B), for a fiscal year between—
(A) adult employment and training activities; and
(B) dislocated worker employment and training activi-
ties.
(5) ALLOCATION.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—The Governor shall allocate the funds described in paragraph (1) to local areas under paragraphs (2) and (3) for the purpose of providing a single system of employment and training activities for adults and dis- located workers in accordance with subsections (c) and (d) of section 134.
(B) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.—
(i) ADULTS.—Funds allocated under paragraph (2)(A) or (3) shall be used by a local area to contribute to the costs of the one-stop delivery system described in section 121(e) as determined under section 121(h)
H. R. 803—95
and to pay for employment and training activities pro- vided to adults in the local area, consistent with section
134.
(ii) DISLOCATED WORKERS.—Funds allocated under paragraph (2)(B) shall be used by a local area to con- tribute to the costs of the one-stop delivery system described in section 121(e) as determined under section
121(h) and to pay for employment and training activi- ties provided to dislocated workers in the local area, consistent with section 134.
(c) REALLOCATION AMONG LOCAL AREAS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Governor may, in accordance with
this subsection and after consultation with the State board,
reallocate to eligible local areas within the State amounts that
are made available to local areas from allocations made under
paragraph (2)(A) or (3) of subsection (b) or a corresponding
provision of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 for adult
employment and training activities, or under subsection
(b)(2)(B) or a corresponding provision of the Workforce Invest-
ment Act of 1998 for dislocated worker employment and
training activities (referred to individually in this subsection
as a ‘‘local allocation’’) and that are available for reallocation.
(2) AMOUNT.—The amount available for reallocation for
a program year—
(A) for adult employment and training activities is
equal to the amount by which the unobligated balance
of the local allocation under paragraph (2)(A) or (3) of
subsection (b) for such activities, at the end of the program
year prior to the program year for which the determination
under this subparagraph is made, exceeds 20 percent of
such allocation for the prior program year; and
(B) for dislocated worker employment and training
activities is equal to the amount by which the unobligated
balance of the local allocation under subsection (b)(2)(B)
for such activities, at the end of the program year prior
to the program year for which the determination under
this subparagraph is made, exceeds 20 percent of such
allocation for the prior program year.
(3) REALLOCATION.—In making reallocations to eligible local
areas of amounts available pursuant to paragraph (2) for a
program year, the Governor shall allocate to each eligible local
area within the State—
(A) with respect to such available amounts that were
allocated under paragraph (2)(A) or (3) of subsection (b),
an amount based on the relative amount of the local alloca-
tion under paragraph (2)(A) or (3) of subsection (b), as appropriate, for the program year for which the determina- tion is made, as compared to the total amount of the local allocations under paragraph (2)(A) or (3) of subsection (b), as appropriate, for all eligible local areas in the State for such program year; and
(B) with respect to such available amounts that were allocated under subsection (b)(2)(B), an amount based on the relative amount of the local allocation under subsection (b)(2)(B) for the program year for which the determination is made, as compared to the total amount of the local
H. R. 803—96
allocations under subsection (b)(2)(B) for all eligible local areas in the State for such program year.
(4) ELIGIBILITY.—For purposes of this subsection, an eligible local area means—
(A) with respect to funds allocated through a local allocation for adult employment and training activities, a local area that does not have an amount of such funds available for reallocation under paragraph (2) for the pro- gram year for which the determination under paragraph (2) is made; and
(B) with respect to funds allocated through a local allocation for dislocated worker employment and training activities, a local area that does not have an amount of such funds available for reallocation under paragraph (2) for the program year for which the determination under paragraph (2) is made.

SEC. 134. USE OF FUNDS FOR EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVI- TIES.

(a) STATEWIDE EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.— (1) IN GENERAL.—Funds reserved by a Governor—
(A) as described in section 133(a)(2) shall be used to carry out the statewide rapid response activities described in paragraph (2)(A); and
(B) as described in sections 128(a) and 133(a)(1)—
(i) shall be used to carry out the statewide employ- ment and training activities described in paragraph (2)(B); and
(ii) may be used to carry out any of the statewide employment and training activities described in para- graph (3),
regardless of whether the funds were allotted to the State under section 127(b)(1) or under paragraph (1) or (2) of section 132(b).
(2) REQUIRED STATEWIDE EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.—
(A) STATEWIDE RAPID RESPONSE ACTIVITIES.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—A State shall carry out statewide rapid response activities using funds reserved by the Governor for the State under section 133(a)(2), which activities shall include—
(I) provision of rapid response activities, car- ried out in local areas by the State or by an entity designated by the State, working in conjunction with the local boards and the chief elected officials for the local areas; and
(II) provision of additional assistance to local areas that experience disasters, mass layoffs, or plant closings, or other events that precipitate substantial increases in the number of unemployed individuals, carried out in local areas by the State, working in conjunction with the local boards and the chief elected officials for the local areas.
(ii) USE OF UNOBLIGATED FUNDS.—Funds reserved by a Governor under section 133(a)(2), and section
133(a)(2) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of
H. R. 803—97
this Act), to carry out this subparagraph that remain unobligated after the first program year for which such funds were allotted may be used by the Governor to carry out statewide activities authorized under subparagraph (B) or paragraph (3)(A), in addition to activities under this subparagraph.
(B) STATEWIDE EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVI-

TIES.—Funds reserved by a Governor under sections

128(a)(1) and 133(a)(1) and not used under paragraph (1)(A)
(regardless of whether the funds were allotted to the States
under section 127(b)(1)(C) or paragraph (1)(B) or (2)(B)
of section 132(b)) shall be used for statewide employment
and training activities, including—
(i) providing assistance to—
(I) State entities and agencies, local areas,
and one-stop partners in carrying out the activities
described in the State plan, including the coordina-
tion and alignment of data systems used to carry
out the requirements of this Act;
(II) local areas for carrying out the regional
planning and service delivery efforts required
under section 106(c);
(III) local areas by providing information on
and support for the effective development, con-
vening, and implementation of industry or sector
partnerships; and
(IV) local areas, one-stop operators, one-stop
partners, and eligible providers, including the
development and training of staff, which may
include the development and training of staff to
provide opportunities for individuals with barriers
to employment to enter in-demand industry sectors
or occupations and nontraditional occupations, the
development of exemplary program activities, and
the provision of technical assistance to local areas
that fail to meet local performance accountability
measures described in section 116(c);
(ii) providing assistance to local areas as described
in section 106(b)(6);
(iii) operating a fiscal and management account-
ability information system in accordance with section
116(i);
(iv) carrying out monitoring and oversight of activi-
ties carried out under this chapter and chapter 2;
(v) disseminating—
(I) the State list of eligible providers of training services, including eligible providers of nontraditional training services and eligible pro- viders of apprenticeship programs described in sec- tion 122(a)(2)(B);
(II) information identifying eligible providers of on-the-job training, customized training, incum- bent worker training, internships, paid or unpaid work experience opportunities, or transitional jobs; (III) information on effective outreach to, part-
nerships with, and services for, business;
H. R. 803—98
(IV) information on effective service delivery strategies to serve workers and job seekers;
(V) performance information and information on the cost of attendance (including tuition and fees) for participants in applicable programs, as described in subsections (d) and (h) of section 122; and
(VI) information on physical and pro- grammatic accessibility, in accordance with section
188, if applicable, and the Americans with Disabil- ities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.), for individuals with disabilities; and
(vi) conducting evaluations under section 116(e)
of activities authorized under this chapter and chapter
2 in coordination with evaluations carried out by the
Secretary under section 169(a).
(3) ALLOWABLE STATEWIDE EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING

ACTIVITIES.—

(A) IN GENERAL.—Funds reserved by a Governor under
sections 128(a)(1) and 133(a)(1) and not used under para-
graph (1)(A) or (2)(B) (regardless of whether the funds
were allotted to the State under section 127(b)(1)(C) or
paragraph (1)(B) or (2)(B) of section 132(b)) may be used
to carry out additional statewide employment and training
activities, which may include—
(i) implementing innovative programs and strate-
gies designed to meet the needs of all employers
(including small employers) in the State, which pro-
grams and strategies may include incumbent worker
training programs, customized training, sectoral and
industry cluster strategies and implementation of
industry or sector partnerships, career pathway pro-
grams, microenterprise and entrepreneurial training
and support programs, utilization of effective business
intermediaries, layoff aversion strategies, activities to
improve linkages between the one-stop delivery system
in the State and all employers (including small
employers) in the State, and other business services
and strategies that better engage employers in workforce investment activities and make the workforce development system more relevant to the needs of State and local businesses, consistent with the objectives of this title;
(ii) developing strategies for effectively serving individuals with barriers to employment and for coordi- nating programs and services among one-stop partners; (iii) the development or identification of education
and training programs that respond to real-time labor market analysis, that utilize direct assessment and prior learning assessment to measure and provide credit for prior knowledge, skills, competencies, and experiences, that evaluate such skills and competencies for adaptability, that ensure credits are portable and stackable for more skilled employment, and that accel- erate course or credential completion;
H. R. 803—99
(iv) implementing programs to increase the number of individuals training for and placed in non- traditional employment;
(v) carrying out activities to facilitate remote access to services, including training services described in subsection (c)(3), provided through a one-stop delivery system, including facilitating access through the use of technology;
(vi) supporting the provision of career services described in subsection (c)(2) in the one-stop delivery systems in the State;
(vii) coordinating activities with the child welfare system to facilitate provision of services for children and youth who are eligible for assistance under section
477 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 677); (viii) activities—
(I) to improve coordination of workforce invest- ment activities with economic development activi- ties;
(II) to improve coordination of employment and training activities with—
(aa) child support services, and assistance provided by State and local agencies carrying out part D of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 651 et seq.);
(bb) cooperative extension programs car- ried out by the Department of Agriculture; (cc) programs carried out in local areas
for individuals with disabilities, including pro- grams carried out by State agencies relating to intellectual disabilities and developmental disabilities, activities carried out by Statewide Independent Living Councils established under section 705 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 796d), programs funded under part B of chapter 1 of title VII of such Act (29 U.S.C. 796e et seq.), and activities carried out by centers for independent living, as defined in section 702 of such Act (29 U.S.C.
796a);
(dd) adult education and literacy activi- ties, including those provided by public libraries;
(ee) activities in the corrections system that assist ex-offenders in reentering the workforce; and
(ff) financial literacy activities including those described in section 129(b)(2)(D); and (III) consisting of development and dissemina-
tion of workforce and labor market information; (ix) conducting research and demonstration projects related to meeting the employment and edu-
cation needs of adult and dislocated workers;
(x) implementing promising services for workers and businesses, which may include providing support for education, training, skill upgrading, and statewide networking for employees to become workplace
H. R. 803—100
learning advisors and maintain proficiency in carrying out the activities associated with such advising;
(xi) providing incentive grants to local areas for performance by the local areas on local performance accountability measures described in section 116(c); (xii) adopting, calculating, or commissioning for approval an economic self-sufficiency standard for the State that specifies the income needs of families, by family size, the number and ages of children in the
family, and substate geographical considerations;
(xiii) developing and disseminating common intake
procedures and related items, including registration
processes, materials, or software; and
(xiv) providing technical assistance to local areas
that are implementing pay-for-performance contract
strategies, which technical assistance may include pro-
viding assistance with data collection, meeting data
entry requirements, identifying levels of performance,
and conducting evaluations of such strategies.
(B) LIMITATION.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—Of the funds allotted to a State
under sections 127(b) and 132(b) and reserved as
described in sections 128(a) and 133(a)(1) for a fiscal
year—
(I) not more than 5 percent of the amount allotted under section 127(b)(1);
(II) not more than 5 percent of the amount allotted under section 132(b)(1); and
(III) not more than 5 percent of the amount allotted under section 132(b)(2),
may be used by the State for the administration of statewide youth workforce investment activities carried out under section 129 and statewide employment and training activities carried out under this section.
(ii) USE OF FUNDS.—Funds made available for administrative costs under clause (i) may be used for the administrative cost of any of the statewide youth workforce investment activities or statewide employ- ment and training activities, regardless of whether the funds were allotted to the State under section
127(b)(1) or paragraph (1) or (2) of section 132(b).
(b) LOCAL EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.—Funds allo-
cated to a local area for adults under paragraph (2)(A) or (3),
as appropriate, of section 133(b), and funds allocated to a local
area for dislocated workers under section 133(b)(2)(B)—
(1) shall be used to carry out employment and training activities described in subsection (c) for adults or dislocated workers, respectively; and
(2) may be used to carry out employment and training activities described in subsection (d) for adults or dislocated workers, respectively.
(c) REQUIRED LOCAL EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.— (1) IN GENERAL.—
(A) ALLOCATED FUNDS.—Funds allocated to a local area for adults under paragraph (2)(A) or (3), as appropriate, of section 133(b), and funds allocated to the local area
H. R. 803—101
for dislocated workers under section 133(b)(2)(B), shall be used—
(i) to establish a one-stop delivery system described in section 121(e);
(ii) to provide the career services described in para- graph (2) to adults and dislocated workers, respec- tively, through the one-stop delivery system in accord- ance with such paragraph;
(iii) to provide training services described in para- graph (3) to adults and dislocated workers, respec- tively, described in such paragraph;
(iv) to establish and develop relationships and net- works with large and small employers and their inter- mediaries; and
(v) to develop, convene, or implement industry or sector partnerships.
(B) OTHER FUNDS.—Consistent with subsections (h) and (i) of section 121, a portion of the funds made available under Federal law authorizing the programs and activities described in section 121(b)(1)(B), including the Wagner- Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.), shall be used as described in clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (A), to the extent not inconsistent with the Federal law involved.
(2) CAREER SERVICES.—
(A) SERVICES PROVIDED.—Funds described in para- graph (1) shall be used to provide career services, which shall be available to individuals who are adults or dis- located workers through the one-stop delivery system and shall, at a minimum, include—
(i) determinations of whether the individuals are eligible to receive assistance under this subtitle;
(ii) outreach, intake (which may include worker profiling), and orientation to the information and other services available through the one-stop delivery system;
(iii) initial assessment of skill levels (including literacy, numeracy, and English language proficiency), aptitudes, abilities (including skills gaps), and sup- portive service needs;
(iv) labor exchange services, including—
(I) job search and placement assistance and, in appropriate cases, career counseling, including—
(aa) provision of information on in-demand industry sectors and occupations; and
(bb) provision of information on nontradi- tional employment; and
(II) appropriate recruitment and other busi- ness services on behalf of employers, including small employers, in the local area, which services may include services described in this subsection, such as providing information and referral to specialized business services not traditionally offered through the one-stop delivery system;
(v) provision of referrals to and coordination of activities with other programs and services, including programs and services within the one-stop delivery
H. R. 803—102
system and, in appropriate cases, other workforce development programs;
(vi) provision of workforce and labor market employment statistics information, including the provi- sion of accurate information relating to local, regional, and national labor market areas, including—
(I) job vacancy listings in such labor market areas;
(II) information on job skills necessary to obtain the jobs described in subclause (I); and
(III) information relating to local occupations in demand and the earnings, skill requirements, and opportunities for advancement for such occupations; and
(vii) provision of performance information and pro- gram cost information on eligible providers of training services as described in section 122, provided by pro- gram, and eligible providers of youth workforce invest- ment activities described in section 123, providers of adult education described in title II, providers of career and technical education activities at the postsecondary level, and career and technical education activities available to school dropouts, under the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C.
2301 et seq.), and providers of vocational rehabilitation services described in title I of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 720 et seq.);
(viii) provision of information, in formats that are usable by and understandable to one-stop center cus- tomers, regarding how the local area is performing on the local performance accountability measures described in section 116(c) and any additional perform- ance information with respect to the one-stop delivery system in the local area;
(ix)(I) provision of information, in formats that are usable by and understandable to one-stop center customers, relating to the availability of supportive services or assistance, including child care, child sup- port, medical or child health assistance under title XIX or XXI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq. and 1397aa et seq.), benefits under the supple- mental nutrition assistance program established under the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), assistance through the earned income tax credit under section 32 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and assistance under a State program for
temporary assistance for needy families funded under
part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
601 et seq.) and other supportive services and transpor-
tation provided through funds made available under
such part, available in the local area; and
(II) referral to the services or assistance described
in subclause (I), as appropriate;
(x) provision of information and assistance
regarding filing claims for unemployment compensa-
tion;
H. R. 803—103
(xi) assistance in establishing eligibility for pro- grams of financial aid assistance for training and edu- cation programs that are not funded under this Act; (xii) services, if determined to be appropriate in order for an individual to obtain or retain employment,
that consist of—
(I) comprehensive and specialized assessments of the skill levels and service needs of adults and dislocated workers, which may include—
(aa) diagnostic testing and use of other assessment tools; and
(bb) in-depth interviewing and evaluation to identify employment barriers and appro- priate employment goals;
(II) development of an individual employment plan, to identify the employment goals, appropriate achievement objectives, and appropriate combina- tion of services for the participant to achieve the employment goals, including providing information on eligible providers of training services pursuant to paragraph (3)(F)(ii), and career pathways to attain career objectives;
(III) group counseling;
(IV) individual counseling; (V) career planning;
(VI) short-term prevocational services, including development of learning skills, commu- nication skills, interviewing skills, punctuality, personal maintenance skills, and professional con- duct, to prepare individuals for unsubsidized employment or training;
(VII) internships and work experiences that are linked to careers;
(VIII) workforce preparation activities;
(IX) financial literacy services, such as the activities described in section 129(b)(2)(D);
(X) out-of-area job search assistance and relocation assistance; or
(XI) English language acquisition and integrated education and training programs; and (xiii) followup services, including counseling
regarding the workplace, for participants in workforce investment activities authorized under this subtitle who are placed in unsubsidized employment, for not less than 12 months after the first day of the employ- ment, as appropriate.
(B) USE OF PREVIOUS ASSESSMENTS.—A one-stop oper- ator or one-stop partner shall not be required to conduct a new interview, evaluation, or assessment of a participant under subparagraph (A)(xii) if the one-stop operator or one-stop partner determines that it is appropriate to use a recent interview, evaluation, or assessment of the partici- pant conducted pursuant to another education or training program.
(C) DELIVERY OF SERVICES.—The career services described in subparagraph (A) shall be provided through the one-stop delivery system—
H. R. 803—104
(i) directly through one-stop operators identified pursuant to section 121(d); or
(ii) through contracts with service providers, which may include contracts with public, private for-profit, and private nonprofit service providers, approved by the local board.
(3) TRAINING SERVICES.— (A) IN GENERAL.—
(i) ELIGIBILITY.—Except as provided in clause (ii), funds allocated to a local area for adults under para- graph (2)(A) or (3), as appropriate, of section 133(b), and funds allocated to the local area for dislocated workers under section 133(b)(2)(B), shall be used to provide training services to adults and dislocated workers, respectively—
(I) who, after an interview, evaluation, or assessment, and career planning, have been deter- mined by a one-stop operator or one-stop partner, as appropriate, to—
(aa) be unlikely or unable to obtain or retain employment, that leads to economic self-sufficiency or wages comparable to or higher than wages from previous employment, through the career services described in para- graph (2)(A)(xii);
(bb) be in need of training services to obtain or retain employment that leads to eco- nomic self-sufficiency or wages comparable to or higher than wages from previous employ- ment; and
(cc) have the skills and qualifications to successfully participate in the selected pro- gram of training services;
(II) who select programs of training services that are directly linked to the employment opportunities in the local area or the planning region, or in another area to which the adults or dislocated workers are willing to commute or relocate;
(III) who meet the requirements of subpara- graph (B); and
(IV) who are determined to be eligible in accordance with the priority system in effect under subparagraph (E).
(ii) USE OF PREVIOUS ASSESSMENTS.—A one-stop operator or one-stop partner shall not be required to conduct a new interview, evaluation, or assessment of a participant under clause (i) if the one-stop operator or one-stop partner determines that it is appropriate to use a recent interview, evaluation, or assessment of the participant conducted pursuant to another edu- cation or training program.
(iii) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this subparagraph shall be construed to mean an individual is required to receive career services prior to receiving training services.
(B) QUALIFICATION.—
H. R. 803—105
(i) REQUIREMENT.—Notwithstanding section 479B of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087uu) and except as provided in clause (ii), provision of such training services shall be limited to individuals who— (I) are unable to obtain other grant assistance
for such services, including Federal Pell Grants established under subpart 1 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
1070a et seq.); or
(II) require assistance beyond the assistance
made available under other grant assistance pro-
grams, including Federal Pell Grants.
(ii) REIMBURSEMENTS.—Training services may be
provided under this paragraph to an individual who
otherwise meets the requirements of this paragraph
while an application for a Federal Pell Grant is
pending, except that if such individual is subsequently
awarded a Federal Pell Grant, appropriate reimburse-
ment shall be made to the local area from such Federal
Pell Grant.
(iii) CONSIDERATION.—In determining whether an
individual requires assistance under clause (i)(II), a
one-stop operator (or one-stop partner, where appro-
priate) may take into consideration the full cost of
participating in training services, including the costs
of dependent care and transportation, and other appro-
priate costs.
(C) PROVIDER QUALIFICATION.—Training services shall
be provided through providers identified in accordance with
section 122.
(D) TRAINING SERVICES.—Training services may
include—
(i) occupational skills training, including training
for nontraditional employment;
(ii) on-the-job training;
(iii) incumbent worker training in accordance with
subsection (d)(4);
(iv) programs that combine workplace training
with related instruction, which may include cooperative
education programs;
(v) training programs operated by the private
sector;
(vi) skill upgrading and retraining;
(vii) entrepreneurial training;
(viii) transitional jobs in accordance with sub-
section (d)(5);
(ix) job readiness training provided in combination
with services described in any of clauses (i) through
(viii);
(x) adult education and literacy activities,
including activities of English language acquisition and
integrated education and training programs, provided
concurrently or in combination with services described
in any of clauses (i) through (vii); and
(xi) customized training conducted with a commit-
ment by an employer or group of employers to employ
H. R. 803—106
an individual upon successful completion of the training.
(E) PRIORITY.—With respect to funds allocated to a local area for adult employment and training activities under paragraph (2)(A) or (3) of section 133(b), priority shall be given to recipients of public assistance, other low- income individuals, and individuals who are basic skills deficient for receipt of career services described in para- graph (2)(A)(xii) and training services. The appropriate local board and the Governor shall direct the one-stop operators in the local area with regard to making deter- minations related to such priority.
(F) CONSUMER CHOICE REQUIREMENTS.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—Training services provided under
this paragraph shall be provided in a manner that
maximizes consumer choice in the selection of an
eligible provider of such services.
(ii) ELIGIBLE PROVIDERS.—Each local board,
through one-stop centers, shall make available the list
of eligible providers of training services described in
section 122(d), and accompanying information, in
accordance with section 122(d).
(iii) INDIVIDUAL TRAINING ACCOUNTS.—An indi-
vidual who seeks training services and who is eligible
pursuant to subparagraph (A), may, in consultation
with a career planner, select an eligible provider of
training services from the list of providers described
in clause (ii). Upon such selection, the one-stop operator
involved shall, to the extent practicable, refer such
individual to the eligible provider of training services,
and arrange for payment for such services through
an individual training account.
(iv) COORDINATION.—Each local board may,
through one-stop centers, coordinate funding for indi-
vidual training accounts with funding from other Fed-
eral, State, local, or private job training programs or
sources to assist the individual in obtaining training
services.
(v) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.—Priority consider-
ation shall, consistent with clause (i), be given to pro-
grams that lead to recognized postsecondary creden-
tials that are aligned with in-demand industry sectors
or occupations in the local area involved.
(G) USE OF INDIVIDUAL TRAINING ACCOUNTS.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in clause (ii),
training services provided under this paragraph shall be provided through the use of individual training accounts in accordance with this paragraph, and shall be provided to eligible individuals through the one- stop delivery system.
(ii) TRAINING CONTRACTS.—Training services authorized under this paragraph may be provided pursuant to a contract for services in lieu of an indi- vidual training account if—
(I) the requirements of subparagraph (F) are met;
H. R. 803—107
(II) such services are on-the-job training, cus- tomized training, incumbent worker training, or transitional employment;
(III) the local board determines there are an insufficient number of eligible providers of training services in the local area involved (such as in a rural area) to accomplish the purposes of a system of individual training accounts;
(IV) the local board determines that there is a training services program of demonstrated effectiveness offered in the local area by a commu- nity-based organization or another private organization to serve individuals with barriers to employment;
(V) the local board determines that—
(aa) it would be most appropriate to award
a contract to an institution of higher education
or other eligible provider of training services
in order to facilitate the training of multiple
individuals in in-demand industry sectors or
occupations; and
(bb) such contract does not limit customer
choice; or
(VI) the contract is a pay-for-performance con-
tract.
(iii) LINKAGE TO OCCUPATIONS IN DEMAND.—
Training services provided under this paragraph shall
be directly linked to an in-demand industry sector
or occupation in the local area or the planning region,
or in another area to which an adult or dislocated
worker receiving such services is willing to relocate,
except that a local board may approve training services
for occupations determined by the local board to be
in sectors of the economy that have a high potential
for sustained demand or growth in the local area.
(iv) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this
paragraph shall be construed to preclude the combined
use of individual training accounts and contracts in
the provision of training services, including arrange- ments that allow individuals receiving individual training accounts to obtain training services that are contracted for under clause (ii).
(H) REIMBURSEMENT FOR ON-THE-JOB TRAINING.—
(i) REIMBURSEMENT LEVEL.—For purposes of the
provision of on-the-job training under this paragraph,
the Governor or local board involved may increase
the amount of the reimbursement described in section
3(44) to an amount of up to 75 percent of the wage
rate of a participant for a program carried out under
chapter 2 or this chapter, if, respectively—
(I) the Governor approves the increase with
respect to a program carried out with funds
reserved by the State under that chapter, taking
into account the factors described in clause (ii);
or
H. R. 803—108
(II) the local board approves the increase with respect to a program carried out with funds allo- cated to a local area under such chapter, taking into account those factors.
(ii) FACTORS.—For purposes of clause (i), the Gov- ernor or local board, respectively, shall take into account factors consisting of—
(I) the characteristics of the participants; (II) the size of the employer;
(III) the quality of employer-provided training and advancement opportunities; and
(IV) such other factors as the Governor or local board, respectively, may determine to be appropriate, which may include the number of employees participating in the training, wage and benefit levels of those employees (at present and anticipated upon completion of the training), and relation of the training to the competitiveness of a participant.
(d) PERMISSIBLE LOCAL EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVI-

TIES.—

(1) IN GENERAL.—
(A) ACTIVITIES.—Funds allocated to a local area for adults under paragraph (2)(A) or (3), as appropriate, of section 133(b), and funds allocated to the local area for dislocated workers under section 133(b)(2)(B), may be used to provide, through the one-stop delivery system involved (and through collaboration with the local board, for the purpose of the activities described in clauses (vii) and (ix))— (i) customized screening and referral of qualified participants in training services described in subsection
(c)(3) to employers;
(ii) customized employment-related services to employers, employer associations, or other such organizations on a fee-for-service basis;
(iii) implementation of a pay-for-performance con- tract strategy for training services, for which the local board may reserve and use not more than 10 percent of the total funds allocated to the local area under paragraph (2) or (3) of section 133(b);
(iv) customer support to enable individuals with barriers to employment (including individuals with disabilities) and veterans, to navigate among multiple services and activities for such populations;
(v) technical assistance for one-stop operators, one- stop partners, and eligible providers of training serv- ices, regarding the provision of services to individuals with disabilities in local areas, including the develop- ment and training of staff, the provision of outreach, intake, assessments, and service delivery, the coordina- tion of services across providers and programs, and the development of performance accountability meas- ures;
(vi) employment and training activities provided in coordination with—
(I) child support enforcement activities of the
State and local agencies carrying out part D of
H. R. 803—109
title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 651 et seq.);
(II) child support services, and assistance, pro- vided by State and local agencies carrying out part D of title IV of the Social Security Act (42
U.S.C. 651 et seq.);
(III) cooperative extension programs carried out by the Department of Agriculture; and
(IV) activities to facilitate remote access to services provided through a one-stop delivery system, including facilitating access through the use of technology;
(vii) activities—
(I) to improve coordination between workforce investment activities and economic development activities carried out within the local area involved, and to promote entrepreneurial skills training and microenterprise services;
(II) to improve services and linkages between the local workforce investment system (including the local one-stop delivery system) and employers, including small employers, in the local area, through services described in this section; and
(III) to strengthen linkages between the one- stop delivery system and unemployment insurance programs;
(viii) training programs for displaced homemakers and for individuals training for nontraditional occupa- tions, in conjunction with programs operated in the local area;
(ix) activities to provide business services and strategies that meet the workforce investment needs of area employers, as determined by the local board, consistent with the local plan under section 108, which services—
(I) may be provided through effective business intermediaries working in conjunction with the local board, and may also be provided on a fee- for-service basis or through the leveraging of eco- nomic development, philanthropic, and other public and private resources in a manner deter- mined appropriate by the local board; and
(II) may include—
(aa) developing and implementing industry sector strategies (including strategies involving industry partnerships, regional skills alliances, industry skill panels, and sectoral skills partnerships);
(bb) developing and delivering innovative workforce investment services and strategies for area employers, which may include career pathways, skills upgrading, skill standard development and certification for recognized postsecondary credential or other employer use, apprenticeship, and other effective initia- tives for meeting the workforce investment needs of area employers and workers;
H. R. 803—110
(cc) assistance to area employers in man- aging reductions in force in coordination with rapid response activities provided under sub- section (a)(2)(A) and with strategies for the aversion of layoffs, which strategies may include early identification of firms at risk of layoffs, use of feasibility studies to assess the needs of and options for at-risk firms, and the delivery of employment and training activities to address risk factors; and
(dd) the marketing of business services offered under this title, to appropriate area employers, including small and mid-sized employers;
(x) activities to adjust the economic self-sufficiency standards referred to in subsection (a)(3)(A)(xii) for local factors, or activities to adopt, calculate, or commission for approval, economic self-sufficiency standards for the local areas that specify the income needs of families, by family size, the number and ages of children in the family, and substate geographical considerations;
(xi) improved coordination between employment and training activities and programs carried out in the local area for individuals with disabilities, including programs carried out by State agencies relating to intellectual disabilities and developmental disabilities, activities carried out by Statewide Inde- pendent Living Councils established under section 705 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 796d), programs funded under part B of chapter 1 of title VII of such Act (29 U.S.C. 796e et seq.), and activities carried out by centers for independent living, as defined in section 702 of such Act (29 U.S.C. 796a); and
(xii) implementation of promising services to workers and businesses, which may include support for education, training, skill upgrading, and statewide networking for employees to become workplace learning advisors and maintain proficiency in carrying out the activities associated with such advising.
(B) WORK SUPPORT ACTIVITIES FOR LOW-WAGE WORKERS.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—Funds allocated to a local area for adults under paragraph (2)(A) or (3), as appropriate, of section 133(b), and funds allocated to the local area for dislocated workers under section 133(b)(2)(B), may be used to provide, through the one-stop delivery system involved, work support activities designed to assist low-wage workers in retaining and enhancing employment. The one-stop partners of the system shall coordinate the appropriate programs and resources of the partners with the activities and resources provided under this subparagraph.
(ii) ACTIVITIES.—The work support activities described in clause (i) may include the provision of activities described in this section through the one- stop delivery system in a manner that enhances the
H. R. 803—111
opportunities of such workers to participate in the activities, such as the provision of activities described in this section during nontraditional hours and the provision of onsite child care while such activities are being provided.
(2) SUPPORTIVE SERVICES.—Funds allocated to a local area for adults under paragraph (2)(A) or (3), as appropriate, of section 133(b), and funds allocated to the local area for dis- located workers under section 133(b)(2)(B), may be used to provide supportive services to adults and dislocated workers, respectively—
(A) who are participating in programs with activities authorized in paragraph (2) or (3) of subsection (c); and (B) who are unable to obtain such supportive services
through other programs providing such services. (3) NEEDS-RELATED PAYMENTS.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—Funds allocated to a local area for adults under paragraph (2)(A) or (3), as appropriate, of section 133(b), and funds allocated to the local area for dislocated workers under section 133(b)(2)(B), may be used to provide needs-related payments to adults and dislocated workers, respectively, who are unemployed and do not qualify for (or have ceased to qualify for) unemployment compensation for the purpose of enabling such individuals to participate in programs of training services under sub- section (c)(3).
(B) ADDITIONAL ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS.—In addi- tion to the requirements contained in subparagraph (A), a dislocated worker who has ceased to qualify for unemploy- ment compensation may be eligible to receive needs-related payments under this paragraph only if such worker was enrolled in the training services—
(i) by the end of the 13th week after the most recent layoff that resulted in a determination of the worker’s eligibility for employment and training activi- ties for dislocated workers under this subtitle; or
(ii) if later, by the end of the 8th week after the worker is informed that a short-term layoff will exceed
6 months.
(C) LEVEL OF PAYMENTS.—The level of a needs-related payment made to a dislocated worker under this paragraph shall not exceed the greater of—
(i) the applicable level of unemployment compensa- tion; or
(ii) if such worker did not qualify for unemploy- ment compensation, an amount equal to the poverty line, for an equivalent period, which amount shall be adjusted to reflect changes in total family income.
(4) INCUMBENT WORKER TRAINING PROGRAMS.— (A) IN GENERAL.—
(i) STANDARD RESERVATION OF FUNDS.—The local board may reserve and use not more than 20 percent of the funds allocated to the local area involved under section 133(b) to pay for the Federal share of the cost of providing training through a training program for incumbent workers, carried out in accordance with this paragraph.
H. R. 803—112
(ii) DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY.—For the pur- pose of determining the eligibility of an employer to receive funding under clause (i), the local board shall take into account factors consisting of—
(I) the characteristics of the participants in the program;
(II) the relationship of the training to the competitiveness of a participant and the employer; and
(III) such other factors as the local board may determine to be appropriate, which may include the number of employees participating in the training, the wage and benefit levels of those employees (at present and anticipated upon completion of the training), and the existence of other training and advancement opportunities pro- vided by the employer.
(iii) STATEWIDE IMPACT.—The Governor or State board involved may make recommendations to the local board for providing incumbent worker training that has statewide impact.
(B) TRAINING ACTIVITIES.—The training program for incumbent workers carried out under this paragraph shall be carried out by the local board in conjunction with the employers or groups of employers of such workers (which may include employers in partnership with other entities for the purposes of delivering training) for the purpose of assisting such workers in obtaining the skills necessary to retain employment or avert layoffs.
(C) EMPLOYER PAYMENT OF NON-FEDERAL SHARE.— Employers participating in the program carried out under this paragraph shall be required to pay for the non-Federal share of the cost of providing the training to incumbent workers of the employers.
(D) NON-FEDERAL SHARE.—
(i) FACTORS.—Subject to clause (ii), the local board shall establish the non-Federal share of such cost (taking into consideration such other factors as the number of employees participating in the training, the wage and benefit levels of the employees (at the begin- ning and anticipated upon completion of the training), the relationship of the training to the competitiveness of the employer and employees, and the availability of other employer-provided training and advancement opportunities.
(ii) LIMITS.—The non-Federal share shall not be less than—
(I) 10 percent of the cost, for employers with not more than 50 employees;
(II) 25 percent of the cost, for employers with more than 50 employees but not more than 100 employees; and
(III) 50 percent of the cost, for employers with more than 100 employees.
(iii) CALCULATION OF EMPLOYER SHARE.—The non- Federal share provided by an employer participating in the program may include the amount of the wages
H. R. 803—113
paid by the employer to a worker while the worker is attending a training program under this paragraph. The employer may provide the share in cash or in kind, fairly evaluated.
(5) TRANSITIONAL JOBS.—The local board may use not more than 10 percent of the funds allocated to the local area involved under section 133(b) to provide transitional jobs under sub- section (c)(3) that—
(A) are time-limited work experiences that are sub- sidized and are in the public, private, or nonprofit sectors for individuals with barriers to employment who are chron- ically unemployed or have an inconsistent work history; (B) are combined with comprehensive employment and
supportive services; and
(C) are designed to assist the individuals described in subparagraph (A) to establish a work history, dem- onstrate success in the workplace, and develop the skills that lead to entry into and retention in unsubsidized employment.

CHAPTER 4—GENERAL WORKFORCE INVESTMENT PROVISIONS

SEC. 136. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

(a) YOUTH WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES.—There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out the activities described in section 127(a), $820,430,000 for fiscal year 2015, $883,800,000 for fiscal year 2016, $902,139,000 for fiscal year 2017, $922,148,000 for fiscal year 2018, $943,828,000 for fiscal year 2019, and
$963,837,000 for fiscal year 2020.
(b) ADULT EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES.—There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out the activities described in section 132(a)(1), $766,080,000 for fiscal year 2015, $825,252,000 for fiscal year 2016, $842,376,000 for fiscal year 2017, $861,060,000 for fiscal year 2018, $881,303,000 for fiscal year 2019, and
$899,987,000 for fiscal year 2020.
(c) DISLOCATED WORKER EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ACTIVI- TIES.—There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out the activities described in section 132(a)(2), $1,222,457,000 for fiscal year 2015, $1,316,880,000 for fiscal year 2016, $1,344,205,000 for fiscal year 2017, $1,374,019,000 for fiscal year 2018, $1,406,322,000 for fiscal year 2019, and $1,436,137,000 for fiscal year 2020.

Subtitle C—Job Corps

SEC. 141. PURPOSES.

The purposes of this subtitle are—
(1) to maintain a national Job Corps program, carried out in partnership with States and communities, to—
(A) assist eligible youth to connect to the labor force by providing them with intensive social, academic, career and technical education, and service-learning opportunities, in primarily residential centers, in order for such youth to obtain secondary school diplomas or recognized postsec- ondary credentials leading to—
H. R. 803—114
(i) successful careers, in in-demand industry sec- tors or occupations or the Armed Forces, that will result in economic self-sufficiency and opportunities for advancement; or
(ii) enrollment in postsecondary education, including an apprenticeship program; and
(B) support responsible citizenship;
(2) to set forth standards and procedures for selecting individuals as enrollees in the Job Corps;
(3) to authorize the establishment of Job Corps centers in which enrollees will participate in intensive programs of activities described in this subtitle; and
(4) to prescribe various other powers, duties, and respon- sibilities incident to the operation and continuing development of the Job Corps.

SEC. 142. DEFINITIONS.

In this subtitle:
(1) APPLICABLE LOCAL BOARD.—The term ‘‘applicable local board’’ means a local board—
(A) that provides information for a Job Corps center on local employment opportunities and the job skills needed to obtain the opportunities; and
(B) that serves communities in which the graduates of the Job Corps center seek employment.
(2) APPLICABLE ONE-STOP CENTER.—The term ‘‘applicable one-stop center’’ means a one-stop center that provides services, such as referral, assessment, recruitment, and placement, to support the purposes of the Job Corps.
(3) ENROLLEE.—The term ‘‘enrollee’’ means an individual who has voluntarily applied for, been selected for, and enrolled in the Job Corps program, and remains with the program, but has not yet become a graduate.
(4) FORMER ENROLLEE.—The term ‘‘former enrollee’’ means an individual who has voluntarily applied for, been selected for, and enrolled in the Job Corps program, but left the program prior to becoming a graduate.
(5) GRADUATE.—The term ‘‘graduate’’ means an individual who has voluntarily applied for, been selected for, and enrolled in the Job Corps program and who, as a result of participation in the Job Corps program, has received a secondary school diploma or recognized equivalent, or completed the require- ments of a career and technical education and training program that prepares individuals for employment leading to economic self-sufficiency or entrance into postsecondary education or training.
(6) JOB CORPS.—The term ‘‘Job Corps’’ means the Job Corps described in section 143.
(7) JOB CORPS CENTER.—The term ‘‘Job Corps center’’ means a center described in section 147.
(8) OPERATOR.—The term ‘‘operator’’ means an entity selected under this subtitle to operate a Job Corps center. (9) REGION.—The term ‘‘region’’ means an area defined
by the Secretary.
(10) SERVICE PROVIDER.—The term ‘‘service provider’’ means an entity selected under this subtitle to provide services described in this subtitle to a Job Corps center.
H. R. 803—115

SEC. 143. ESTABLISHMENT.

There shall be within the Department of Labor a ‘‘Job Corps’’.

SEC. 144. INDIVIDUALS ELIGIBLE FOR THE JOB CORPS.

(a) IN GENERAL.—To be eligible to become an enrollee, an individual shall be—
(1) not less than age 16 and not more than age 21 on the date of enrollment, except that—
(A) not more than 20 percent of the individuals enrolled in the Job Corps may be not less than age 22 and not more than age 24 on the date of enrollment; and
(B) either such maximum age limitation may be waived by the Secretary, in accordance with regulations of the Secretary, in the case of an individual with a disability; (2) a low-income individual; and
(3) an individual who is one or more of the following: (A) Basic skills deficient.
(B) A school dropout.
(C) A homeless individual (as defined in section
41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994 (42
U.S.C. 14043e–2(6))), a homeless child or youth (as defined in section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assist- ance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2))), a runaway, an individual in foster care, or an individual who was in foster care and has aged out of the foster care system.
(D) A parent.
(E) An individual who requires additional education, career and technical education or training, or workforce preparation skills to be able to obtain and retain employ- ment that leads to economic self-sufficiency.
(b) SPECIAL RULE FOR VETERANS.—Notwithstanding the requirement of subsection (a)(2), a veteran shall be eligible to become an enrollee under subsection (a) if the individual—
(1) meets the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (3) of such subsection; and
(2) does not meet the requirement of subsection (a)(2) because the military income earned by such individual within the 6-month period prior to the individual’s application for Job Corps prevents the individual from meeting such require- ment.

SEC. 145. RECRUITMENT, SCREENING, SELECTION, AND ASSIGNMENT OF ENROLLEES.

(a) STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall prescribe specific standards and procedures for the recruitment, screening, and selection of eligible applicants for the Job Corps, after consid- ering recommendations from Governors of States, local boards, and other interested parties.
(2) METHODS.—In prescribing standards and procedures under paragraph (1), the Secretary, at a minimum, shall— (A) prescribe procedures for informing enrollees that
drug tests will be administered to the enrollees and the results received within 45 days after the enrollees enroll in the Job Corps;
(B) establish standards for recruitment of Job Corps applicants;
H. R. 803—116
(C) establish standards and procedures for—
(i) determining, for each applicant, whether the
educational and career and technical education and
training needs of the applicant can best be met through
the Job Corps program or an alternative program in
the community in which the applicant resides; and
(ii) obtaining from each applicant pertinent data
relating to background, needs, and interests for deter-
mining eligibility and potential assignment;
(D) where appropriate, take measures to improve the
professional capability of the individuals conducting
screening of the applicants; and
(E) assure appropriate representation of enrollees from
urban areas and from rural areas.
(3) IMPLEMENTATION.—The standards and procedures shall
be implemented through arrangements with—
(A) applicable one-stop centers;
(B) organizations that have a demonstrated record of
effectiveness in serving at-risk youth and placing such
youth into employment, including community action agen-
cies, business organizations, or labor organizations; and
(C) child welfare agencies that are responsible for chil-
dren and youth eligible for benefits and services under
section 477 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 677).
(4) CONSULTATION.—The standards and procedures shall
provide for necessary consultation with individuals and
organizations, including court, probation, parole, law enforce-
ment, education, welfare, and medical authorities and advisers.
(5) REIMBURSEMENT.—The Secretary is authorized to enter
into contracts with and make payments to individuals and
organizations for the cost of conducting recruitment, screening,
and selection of eligible applicants for the Job Corps, as pro-
vided for in this section. The Secretary shall make no payment
to any individual or organization solely as compensation for
referring the names of applicants for the Job Corps.
(b) SPECIAL LIMITATIONS ON SELECTION.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—No individual shall be selected as an
enrollee unless the individual or organization implementing
the standards and procedures described in subsection (a) deter-
mines that—
(A) there is a reasonable expectation that the indi-
vidual considered for selection can participate successfully
in group situations and activities, and is not likely to
engage in behavior that would prevent other enrollees from
receiving the benefit of the Job Corps program or be
incompatible with the maintenance of sound discipline and satisfactory relationships between the Job Corps center to which the individual might be assigned and communities surrounding the Job Corps center;
(B) the individual manifests a basic understanding of both the rules to which the individual will be subject and of the consequences of failure to observe the rules, and agrees to comply with such rules; and
(C) the individual has passed a background check con- ducted in accordance with procedures established by the Secretary and with applicable State and local laws.
H. R. 803—117
(2) INDIVIDUALS ON PROBATION, PAROLE, OR SUPERVISED RELEASE.—An individual on probation, parole, or supervised release may be selected as an enrollee only if release from the supervision of the probation or parole official involved is satisfactory to the official and the Secretary and does not violate applicable laws (including regulations). No individual shall be denied a position in the Job Corps solely on the basis of indi- vidual contact with the criminal justice system except for a disqualifying conviction as specified in paragraph (3).
(3) INDIVIDUALS CONVICTED OF CERTAIN CRIMES.—An indi- vidual shall not be selected as an enrollee if the individual has been convicted of a felony consisting of murder (as described in section 1111 of title 18, United States Code), child abuse, or a crime involving rape or sexual assault.
(c) ASSIGNMENT PLAN.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Every 2 years, the Secretary shall develop
and implement a plan for assigning enrollees to Job Corps
centers. In developing the plan, the Secretary shall, based
on the analysis described in paragraph (2), establish targets,
applicable to each Job Corps center, for—
(A) the maximum attainable percentage of enrollees
at the Job Corps center that reside in the State in which
the center is located; and
(B) the maximum attainable percentage of enrollees
at the Job Corps center that reside in the region in which
the center is located, and in surrounding regions.
(2) ANALYSIS.—In order to develop the plan described in
paragraph (1), every 2 years the Secretary, in consultation
with operators of Job Corps centers, shall analyze relevant
factors relating to each Job Corps center, including—
(A) the size of the population of individuals eligible
to participate in Job Corps in the State and region in
which the Job Corps center is located, and in surrounding
regions;
(B) the relative demand for participation in the Job
Corps in the State and region, and in surrounding regions;
(C) the capacity and utilization of the Job Corps center,
including the education, training, and supportive services
provided through the center; and
(D) the performance of the Job Corps center relating
to the expected levels of performance for the indicators
described in section 159(c)(1), and whether any actions
have been taken with respect to such center pursuant
to paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 159(f).
(d) ASSIGNMENT OF INDIVIDUAL ENROLLEES.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—After an individual has been selected for the Job Corps in accordance with the standards and proce- dures of the Secretary under subsection (a), the enrollee shall be assigned to the Job Corps center that offers the type of career and technical education and training selected by the individual and, among the centers that offer such education and training, is closest to the home of the individual. The Secretary may waive this requirement if—
(A) the enrollee would be unduly delayed in partici- pating in the Job Corps program because the closest center is operating at full capacity; or
H. R. 803—118
(B) the parent or guardian of the enrollee requests assignment of the enrollee to another Job Corps center due to circumstances in the community of the enrollee that would impair prospects for successful participation in the Job Corps program.
(2) ENROLLEES WHO ARE YOUNGER THAN 18.—An enrollee who is younger than 18 shall not be assigned to a Job Corps center other than the center closest to the home that offers the career and technical education and training desired by the enrollee pursuant to paragraph (1) if the parent or guardian of the enrollee objects to the assignment.

SEC. 146. ENROLLMENT.

(a) RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ENROLLMENT AND MILITARY OBLIGATIONS.—Enrollment in the Job Corps shall not relieve any individual of obligations under the Military Selective Service Act (50 U.S.C. App. 451 et seq.).
(b) PERIOD OF ENROLLMENT.—No individual may be enrolled in the Job Corps for more than 2 years, except—
(1) in a case in which completion of an advanced career training program under section 148(c) would require an indi- vidual to participate in the Job Corps for not more than one additional year;
(2) in the case of an individual with a disability who would reasonably be expected to meet the standards for a Job Corps graduate, as defined under section 142(5), if allowed to participate in the Job Corps for not more than 1 additional year;
(3) in the case of an individual who participates in national service, as authorized by a Civilian Conservation Center pro- gram, who would be granted an enrollment extension in the Job Corps for the amount of time equal to the period of national service; or
(4) as the Secretary may authorize in a special case.

SEC. 147. JOB CORPS CENTERS.

(a) OPERATORS AND SERVICE PROVIDERS.— (1) ELIGIBLE ENTITIES.—
(A) OPERATORS.—The Secretary shall enter into an agreement with a Federal, State, or local agency, an area career and technical education school, a residential career and technical education school, or a private organization, for the operation of each Job Corps center.
(B) PROVIDERS.—The Secretary may enter into an agreement with a local entity, or other entity with the necessary capacity, to provide activities described in this subtitle to a Job Corps center.
(2) SELECTION PROCESS.—
(A) COMPETITIVE BASIS.—Except as provided in sub-
sections (a) and (b) of section 3304 of title 41, United States Code, the Secretary shall select on a competitive basis an entity to operate a Job Corps center and entities to provide activities described in this subtitle to the Job Corps center. In developing a solicitation for an operator or service provider, the Secretary shall consult with the Governor of the State in which the center is located, the workforce council for the Job Corps center (if established), and the applicable local board regarding the contents of
H. R. 803—119
such solicitation, including elements that will promote the consistency of the activities carried out through the center with the objectives set forth in the State plan or in a local plan.
(B) RECOMMENDATIONS AND CONSIDERATIONS.—
(i) OPERATORS.—In selecting an entity to operate a Job Corps center, the Secretary shall consider—
(I) the ability of the entity to coordinate the activities carried out through the Job Corps center with activities carried out under the appropriate State plan and local plans;
(II) the ability of the entity to offer career and technical education and training that has been proposed by the workforce council under section
154(c), and the degree to which such education and training reflects employment opportunities in the local areas in which enrollees at the center intend to seek employment;
(III) the degree to which the entity dem- onstrates relationships with the surrounding communities, employers, labor organizations, State boards, local boards, applicable one-stop centers, and the State and region in which the center is located;
(IV) the performance of the entity, if any, relating to operating or providing activities described in this subtitle to a Job Corps center, including information regarding the entity in any reports developed by the Office of Inspector Gen- eral of the Department of Labor and the entity’s demonstrated effectiveness in assisting individuals in achieving the primary indicators of performance for eligible youth described in section
116(b)(2)(A)(ii); and
(V) the ability of the entity to demonstrate a record of successfully assisting at-risk youth to connect to the workforce, including providing them with intensive academics and career and technical education and training.
(ii) PROVIDERS.—In selecting a service provider for a Job Corps center, the Secretary shall consider the factors described in clause (i).
(3) ADDITIONAL SELECTION FACTORS.—To be eligible to operate a Job Corps center, an entity shall submit to the Secretary, at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require, information related to additional selection factors, which shall include the following:
(A) A description of the program activities that will be offered at the center and how the academics and career and technical education and training reflect State and local employment opportunities, including opportunities in in- demand industry sectors and occupations recommended by the workforce council under section 154(c)(2)(A).
(B) A description of the counseling, placement, and support activities that will be offered at the center, including a description of the strategies and procedures the entity will use to place graduates into unsubsidized
H. R. 803—120
employment or education leading to a recognized postsec- ondary credential upon completion of the program.
(C) A description of the demonstrated record of effectiveness that the entity has in placing at-risk youth into employment and postsecondary education, including past performance of operating a Job Corps center under this subtitle or subtitle C of title I of the Workforce Invest- ment Act of 1998, and as appropriate, the entity’s dem- onstrated effectiveness in assisting individuals in achieving the indicators of performance for eligible youth described in section 116(b)(2)(A)(ii).
(D) A description of the relationships that the entity has developed with State boards, local boards, applicable one-stop centers, employers, labor organizations, State and local educational agencies, and the surrounding commu- nities in which the center is located, in an effort to promote a comprehensive statewide workforce development system. (E) A description of the entity’s ability to coordinate
the activities carried out through the Job Corps center with activities carried out under the appropriate State plan and local plans.
(F) A description of the strong fiscal controls the entity has in place to ensure proper accounting of Federal funds, and a description of how the entity will meet the require- ments of section 159(a).
(G) A description of the steps to be taken to control costs in accordance with section 159(a)(3).
(H) A detailed budget of the activities that will be supported using funds under this subtitle and non-Federal resources.
(I) An assurance the entity is licensed to operate in the State in which the center is located.
(J) An assurance the entity will comply with basic health and safety codes, which shall include the disciplinary measures described in section 152(b).
(K) Any other information on additional selection fac- tors that the Secretary may require.
(b) HIGH-PERFORMING CENTERS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—If an entity meets the requirements
described in paragraph (2) as applied to a particular Job Corps
center, such entity shall be allowed to compete in any competi-
tive selection process carried out for an award to operate such
center.
(2) HIGH PERFORMANCE.—An entity shall be considered to
be an operator of a high-performing center if the Job Corps
center operated by the entity—
(A) is ranked among the top 20 percent of Job Corps
centers for the most recent preceding program year; and
(B) meets the expected levels of performance estab-
lished under section 159(c)(1) and, with respect to each
of the primary indicators of performance for eligible youth
described in section 116(b)(2)(A)(ii)—
(i) for the period of the most recent preceding
3 program years for which information is available
at the time the determination is made, achieved an
average of 100 percent, or higher, of the expected level
H. R. 803—121
of performance established under section 159(c)(1) for the indicator; and
(ii) for the most recent preceding program year for which information is available at the time the deter- mination is made, achieved 100 percent, or higher, of the expected level of performance established under such section for the indicator.
(3) TRANSITION.—If any of the program years described in paragraph (2)(B) precedes the implementation of the establishment of expected levels of performance under section
159(c) and the application of the primary indicators of perform- ance for eligible youth described in section 116(b)(2)(A)(ii), an entity shall be considered an operator of a high-performing center during that period if the Job Corps center operated by the entity—
(A) meets the requirements of paragraph (2)(B) with respect to such preceding program years using the perform- ance of the Job Corps center regarding the national goals or targets established by the Office of the Job Corps under the previous performance accountability system for—
(i) the 6-month follow-up placement rate of grad- uates in employment, the military, education, or training;
(ii) the 12–month follow-up placement rate of grad- uates in employment, the military, education, or training;
(iii) the 6-month follow-up average weekly earnings of graduates;
(iv) the rate of attainment of secondary school diplomas or their recognized equivalent;
(v) the rate of attainment of completion certificates for career and technical training;
(vi) average literacy gains; and
(vii) average numeracy gains; or
(B) is ranked among the top 5 percent of Job Corps centers for the most recent preceding program year.
(c) CHARACTER AND ACTIVITIES.—Job Corps centers may be residential or nonresidential in character, and shall be designed and operated so as to provide enrollees, in a well-supervised setting, with access to activities described in this subtitle. In any year, no more than 20 percent of the individuals enrolled in the Job Corps may be nonresidential participants in the Job Corps.
(d) CIVILIAN CONSERVATION CENTERS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Job Corps centers may include Civilian Conservation Centers, operated under an agreement between the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Agri- culture, that are located primarily in rural areas. Such centers shall provide, in addition to academics, career and technical education and training, and workforce preparation skills training, programs of work experience to conserve, develop, or manage public natural resources or public recreational areas or to develop community projects in the public interest.
(2) ASSISTANCE DURING DISASTERS.—Enrollees in Civilian Conservation Centers may provide assistance in addressing national, State, and local disasters, consistent with current child labor laws (including regulations). The Secretary of Agri- culture shall ensure that with respect to the provision of such
H. R. 803—122
assistance the enrollees are properly trained, equipped, super- vised, and dispatched consistent with standards for the con- servation and rehabilitation of wildlife established under the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act (16 U.S.C. 661 et seq.). (3) NATIONAL LIAISON.—The Secretary of Agriculture shall designate a Job Corps National Liaison to support the agree- ment under this section between the Departments of Labor
and Agriculture.
(e) INDIAN TRIBES.—
(1) GENERAL AUTHORITY.—The Secretary may enter into agreements with Indian tribes to operate Job Corps centers for Indians.
(2) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection, the terms ‘‘Indian’’ and ‘‘Indian tribe’’ have the meanings given such terms in subsections (d) and (e), respectively, of section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C.
450b).
(f) LENGTH OF AGREEMENT.—The agreement described in sub- section (a)(1)(A) shall be for not more than a 2-year period. The Secretary may exercise any contractual option to renew the agree- ment in 1-year increments for not more than 3 additional years, consistent with the requirements of subsection (g).
(g) RENEWAL CONDITIONS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary shall not renew the terms of an agreement for any 1-year additional period described in subsection (f) for an entity to operate a particular Job Corps center if, for both of the 2 most recent preceding program years for which information is available at the time the determination is made, or if a second program year is not available, the preceding year for which information is available, such center—
(A) has been ranked in the lowest 10 percent of Job
Corps centers; and
(B) failed to achieve an average of 50 percent or higher of the expected level of performance under section 159(c)(1) with respect to each of the primary indicators of perform- ance for eligible youth described in section 116(b)(2)(A)(ii). (2) EXCEPTION.—Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Sec-
retary may exercise an option to renew the agreement for no more than 2 additional years if the Secretary determines such renewal would be in the best interest of the Job Corps program, taking into account factors including—
(A) significant improvements in program performance in carrying out a performance improvement plan under section 159(f)(2);
(B) that the performance is due to circumstances beyond the control of the entity, such as an emergency or disaster, as defined in section 170(a)(1);
(C) a significant disruption in the operations of the center, including in the ability to continue to provide serv- ices to students, or significant increase in the cost of such operations; or
(D) a significant disruption in the procurement process with respect to carrying out a competition for the selection of a center operator.
(3) DETAILED EXPLANATION.—If the Secretary exercises an option under paragraph (2), the Secretary shall provide, to
H. R. 803—123
the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, a detailed explanation of the rationale for exercising such option.
(4) ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS.—The Secretary shall only renew the agreement of an entity to operate a Job Corps center if the entity—
(A) has a satisfactory record of integrity and business ethics;
(B) has adequate financial resources to perform the agreement;
(C) has the necessary organization, experience, accounting and operational controls, and technical skills; and
(D) is otherwise qualified and eligible under applicable laws and regulations, including that the contractor is not under suspension or debarred from eligibility for Federal contracts.

SEC. 148. PROGRAM ACTIVITIES.

(a) ACTIVITIES PROVIDED BY JOB CORPS CENTERS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Each Job Corps center shall provide enrollees with an intensive, well organized, and fully supervised program of education, including English language acquisition programs, career and technical education and training, work experience, work-based learning, recreational activities, phys- ical rehabilitation and development, driver’s education, and counseling, which may include information about financial lit- eracy. Each Job Corps center shall provide enrollees assigned to the center with access to career services described in clauses (i) through (xi) of section 134(c)(2)(A).
(2) RELATIONSHIP TO OPPORTUNITIES.—The activities pro- vided under this subsection shall be targeted to helping enrollees, on completion of their enrollment—
(A) secure and maintain meaningful unsubsidized employment;
(B) enroll in and complete secondary education or post- secondary education or training programs, including other suitable career and technical education and training, and apprenticeship programs; or
(C) satisfy Armed Forces requirements.
(3) LINK TO EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES.—The career and technical education and training provided shall be linked to employment opportunities in in-demand industry sectors and occupations in the State or local area in which the Job Corps center is located and, to the extent practicable, in the State or local area in which the enrollee intends to seek employment after graduation.
(b) ACADEMIC AND CAREER AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING.—The Secretary may arrange for career and technical education and training of enrollees through local public or private educational agencies, career and technical educational institutions, technical institutes, or national service providers, whenever such entities provide education and training substantially equivalent in cost and quality to that which the Secretary could provide through other means.
(c) ADVANCED CAREER TRAINING PROGRAMS.—
H. R. 803—124
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary may arrange for programs of advanced career training for selected enrollees in which the enrollees may continue to participate for a period of not to exceed 1 year in addition to the period of participation to which the enrollees would otherwise be limited. The advanced career training may be provided through the eligible providers of training services identified under section 122.
(2) BENEFITS.—During the period of participation in an advanced career training program, an enrollee shall be eligible for full Job Corps benefits, or a monthly stipend equal to the average value of the residential support, food, allowances, and other benefits provided to enrollees assigned to residential Job Corps centers.
(3) DEMONSTRATION.—The Secretary shall develop stand- ards by which any operator seeking to enroll additional enrollees in an advanced career training program shall dem- onstrate, before the operator may carry out such additional enrollment, that—
(A) participants in such program have achieved a satis- factory rate of completion and placement in training-related jobs; and
(B) for the most recently preceding 2 program years, such operator has, on average, met or exceeded the expected levels of performance under section 159(c)(1) for each of the primary indicators of performance for eligible youth described in section 116(b)(2)(A)(ii).
(d) GRADUATE SERVICES.—In order to promote the retention of graduates in employment or postsecondary education, the Sec- retary shall arrange for the provision of job placement and support services to graduates for up to 12 months after the date of gradua- tion. Multiple resources, including one-stop partners, may support the provision of these services, including services from the State vocational rehabilitation agency, to supplement job placement and job development efforts for Job Corps graduates who are individuals with disabilities.
(e) CHILD CARE.—The Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, provide child care at or near Job Corps centers, for individuals who require child care for their children in order to participate in the Job Corps.

SEC. 149. COUNSELING AND JOB PLACEMENT.

(a) ASSESSMENT AND COUNSELING.—The Secretary shall arrange for assessment and counseling for each enrollee at regular intervals to measure progress in the academic and career and technical education and training programs carried out through the Job Corps.
(b) PLACEMENT.—The Secretary shall arrange for assessment and counseling for enrollees prior to their scheduled graduations to determine their capabilities and, based on their capabilities, shall place the enrollees in employment leading to economic self- sufficiency for which the enrollees are trained or assist the enrollees in participating in further activities described in this subtitle. In arranging for the placement of graduates in jobs, the Secretary shall utilize the one-stop delivery system to the maximum extent practicable.
(c) STATUS AND PROGRESS.—The Secretary shall determine the status and progress of enrollees scheduled for graduation and make
H. R. 803—125
every effort to assure that their needs for further activities described in this subtitle are met.
(d) SERVICES TO FORMER ENROLLEES.—The Secretary may pro- vide such services as the Secretary determines to be appropriate under this subtitle to former enrollees.

SEC. 150. SUPPORT.

(a) PERSONAL ALLOWANCES.—The Secretary may provide enrollees assigned to Job Corps centers with such personal allow- ances as the Secretary may determine to be necessary or appro- priate to meet the needs of the enrollees.
(b) TRANSITION ALLOWANCES.—The Secretary shall arrange for a transition allowance to be paid to graduates. The transition allow- ance shall be incentive-based to reflect a graduate’s completion of academic, career and technical education or training, and attain- ment of recognized postsecondary credentials.
(c) TRANSITION SUPPORT.—The Secretary may arrange for the provision of 3 months of employment services for former enrollees.

SEC. 151. OPERATIONS.

(a) OPERATING PLAN.—The provisions of the contract between the Secretary and an entity selected to operate a Job Corps center shall, at a minimum, serve as an operating plan for the Job Corps center.
(b) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.—The Secretary may require the operator, in order to remain eligible to operate the Job Corps center, to submit such additional information as the Secretary may require, which shall be considered part of the operating plan. (c) AVAILABILITY.—The Secretary shall make the operating plan described in subsections (a) and (b), excluding any proprietary
information, available to the public.

SEC. 152. STANDARDS OF CONDUCT.

(a) PROVISION AND ENFORCEMENT.—The Secretary shall pro- vide, and directors of Job Corps centers shall stringently enforce, standards of conduct within the centers. Such standards of conduct shall include provisions forbidding the actions described in sub- section (b)(2)(A).
(b) DISCIPLINARY MEASURES.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—To promote the proper behavioral stand- ards in the Job Corps, the directors of Job Corps centers shall have the authority to take appropriate disciplinary measures against enrollees if such a director determines that an enrollee has committed a violation of the standards of conduct. The director shall dismiss the enrollee from the Job Corps if the director determines that the retention of the enrollee in the Job Corps will jeopardize the enforcement of such standards, threaten the safety of staff, students, or the local community, or diminish the opportunities of other enrollees.
(2) ZERO TOLERANCE POLICY AND DRUG TESTING.—
(A) GUIDELINES.—The Secretary shall adopt guidelines establishing a zero tolerance policy for an act of violence, for use, sale, or possession of a controlled substance, for abuse of alcohol, or for other illegal or disruptive activity. (B) DRUG TESTING.—The Secretary shall require drug testing of all enrollees for controlled substances in accord- ance with procedures prescribed by the Secretary under
section 145(a).
H. R. 803—126
(C) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph:
(i) CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE.—The term ‘‘controlled
substance’’ has the meaning given the term in section
102 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 802).
(ii) ZERO TOLERANCE POLICY.—The term ‘‘zero
tolerance policy’’ means a policy under which an
enrollee shall be automatically dismissed from the Job
Corps after a determination by the director that the
enrollee has carried out an action described in subpara-
graph (A).
(c) APPEAL.—A disciplinary measure taken by a director under
this section shall be subject to expeditious appeal in accordance
with procedures established by the Secretary.

SEC. 153. COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION.

(a) BUSINESS AND COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION.—The director of each Job Corps center shall ensure the establishment and development of the mutually beneficial business and community relationships and networks described in subsection (b), including the use of local boards, in order to enhance the effectiveness of such centers.
(b) NETWORKS.—The activities carried out by each Job Corps center under this section shall include—
(1) establishing and developing relationships and networks with—
(A) local and distant employers, to the extent prac- ticable, in coordination with entities carrying out other Federal and non-Federal programs that conduct similar outreach to employers;
(B) applicable one-stop centers and applicable local boards, for the purpose of providing—
(i) information to, and referral of, potential enrollees; and
(ii) job opportunities for Job Corps graduates; and
(C)(i) entities carrying out relevant apprenticeship pro- grams and youth programs;
(ii) labor-management organizations and local labor organizations;
(iii) employers and contractors that support national training contractor programs; and
(iv) community-based organizations, non-profit organizations, and intermediaries providing workforce development-related services; and
(2) establishing and developing relationships with members of the community in which the Job Corps center is located, informing members of the community about the projects of the Job Corps center and changes in the rules, procedures, or activities of the center that may affect the community, and planning events of mutual interest to the community and the Job Corps center.
(c) NEW CENTERS.—The director of a Job Corps center that is not yet operating shall ensure the establishment and development of the relationships and networks described in subsection (b) at least 3 months prior to the date on which the center accepts the first enrollee at the center.
H. R. 803—127

SEC. 154. WORKFORCE COUNCILS.

(a) IN GENERAL.—Each Job Corps center shall have a workforce council, appointed by the director of the center, in accordance with procedures established by the Secretary.
(b) WORKFORCE COUNCIL COMPOSITION.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—A workforce council shall be comprised
of—
(A) a majority of members who shall be owners of business concerns, chief executives or chief operating offi- cers of nongovernmental employers, or other private sector employers, who—
(i) have substantial management, hiring, or policy responsibility; and
(ii) represent businesses with employment opportunities that reflect the employment opportuni- ties of the applicable local areas in which enrollees will be seeking employment;
(B) representatives of labor organizations (where present) and representatives of employees; and
(C) enrollees and graduates of the Job Corps.
(2) LOCAL BOARD.—The workforce council may include
members of the applicable local boards who meet the require- ments described in paragraph (1).
(3) EMPLOYERS OUTSIDE OF LOCAL AREA.—The workforce council for a Job Corps center may include, or otherwise provide for consultation with, employers from outside the local area who are likely to hire a significant number of enrollees from the Job Corps center.
(4) SPECIAL RULE FOR SINGLE STATE LOCAL AREAS.—In the case of a single State local area designated under section 106(d), the workforce council shall include a representative of the State Board.
(c) RESPONSIBILITIES.—The responsibilities of the workforce council shall be—
(1) to work closely with all applicable local boards in order to determine, and recommend to the Secretary, appropriate career and technical education and training for the center; (2) to review all the relevant labor market information, including related information in the State plan or the local
plan, to—
(A) recommend the in-demand industry sectors or occupations in the area in which the Job Corps center operates;
(B) determine the employment opportunities in the local areas in which the enrollees intend to seek employ- ment after graduation;
(C) determine the skills and education that are nec- essary to obtain the employment opportunities; and
(D) recommend to the Secretary the type of career and technical education and training that should be imple- mented at the center to enable the enrollees to obtain the employment opportunities; and
(3) to meet at least once every 6 months to reevaluate the labor market information, and other relevant information, to determine, and recommend to the Secretary, any necessary changes in the career and technical education and training provided at the center.
H. R. 803—128
(d) NEW CENTERS.—The workforce council for a Job Corps center that is not yet operating shall carry out the responsibilities described in subsection (c) at least 3 months prior to the date on which the center accepts the first enrollee at the center.

SEC. 155. ADVISORY COMMITTEES.

The Secretary may establish and use advisory committees in connection with the operation of the Job Corps program, and the operation of Job Corps centers, whenever the Secretary determines that the availability of outside advice and counsel on a regular basis would be of substantial benefit in identifying and overcoming problems, in planning program or center development, or in strengthening relationships between the Job Corps and agencies, institutions, or groups engaged in related activities.

SEC. 156. EXPERIMENTAL PROJECTS AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.

(a) PROJECTS.—The Secretary may carry out experimental, research, or demonstration projects relating to carrying out the Job Corps program. The Secretary may waive any provisions of this subtitle that the Secretary finds would prevent the Secretary from carrying out the projects if the Secretary informs the Com- mittee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representa- tives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, in writing, not less than 90 days in advance of issuing such waiver.
(b) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—From the funds provided under section 162 (for the purposes of administration), the Secretary may reserve 1⁄4 of 1 percent to provide, directly or through grants, contracts, or other agreements or arrangements as the Secretary considers appropriate, technical assistance for the Job Corps pro- gram for the purpose of improving program quality. Such assistance shall include—
(1) assisting Job Corps centers and programs—
(A) in correcting deficiencies under, and violations of, this subtitle;
(B) in meeting or exceeding the expected levels of performance under section 159(c)(1) for the indicators of performance described in section 116(b)(2)(A);
(C) in the development of sound management practices, including financial management procedures; and
(2) assisting entities, including entities not currently oper- ating a Job Corps center, in developing the additional selection factors information described in section 147(a)(3).

SEC. 157. APPLICATION OF PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL LAW.

(a) ENROLLEES NOT CONSIDERED TO BE FEDERAL EMPLOYEES.— (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided in this sub- section and in section 8143(a) of title 5, United States Code, enrollees shall not be considered to be Federal employees and shall not be subject to the provisions of law relating to Federal employment, including such provisions regarding hours of work, rates of compensation, leave, unemployment compensation, and
Federal employee benefits.
(2) PROVISIONS RELATING TO TAXES AND SOCIAL SECURITY BENEFITS.—For purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and title II of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 401 et seq.), enrollees shall be deemed to be employees of the United States and any service performed by an individual as an enrollee
H. R. 803—129
shall be deemed to be performed in the employ of the United
States.
(3) PROVISIONS RELATING TO COMPENSATION TO FEDERAL EMPLOYEES FOR WORK INJURIES.—For purposes of subchapter I of chapter 81 of title 5, United States Code (relating to compensation to Federal employees for work injuries), enrollees shall be deemed to be civil employees of the Government of the United States within the meaning of the term ‘‘employee’’ as defined in section 8101 of title 5, United States Code, and the provisions of such subchapter shall apply as specified in section 8143(a) of title 5, United States Code.
(4) FEDERAL TORT CLAIMS PROVISIONS.—For purposes of the Federal tort claims provisions in title 28, United States Code, enrollees shall be considered to be employees of the Government.
(b) ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTLEMENTS.—Whenever the Secretary finds a claim for damages to a person or property resulting from the operation of the Job Corps to be a proper charge against the United States, and the claim is not cognizable under section
2672 of title 28, United States Code, the Secretary may adjust and settle the claim in an amount not exceeding $1,500.
(c) PERSONNEL OF THE UNIFORMED SERVICES.—Personnel of the uniformed services who are detailed or assigned to duty in the performance of agreements made by the Secretary for the sup- port of the Job Corps shall not be counted in computing strength under any law limiting the strength of such services or in computing the percentage authorized by law for any grade in such services.

SEC. 158. SPECIAL PROVISIONS.

(a) ENROLLMENT.—The Secretary shall ensure that women and men have an equal opportunity to participate in the Job Corps program, consistent with section 145.
(b) STUDIES, EVALUATIONS, PROPOSALS, AND DATA.—The Sec- retary shall assure that all studies, evaluations, proposals, and data produced or developed with Federal funds in the course of carrying out the Job Corps program shall become the property of the United States.
(c) TRANSFER OF PROPERTY.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding chapter 5 of title 40, United States Code, and any other provision of law, the Sec- retary and the Secretary of Education shall receive priority by the Secretary of Defense for the direct transfer, on a nonre- imbursable basis, of the property described in paragraph (2) for use in carrying out programs under this Act or under any other Act.
(2) PROPERTY.—The property described in this paragraph is real and personal property under the control of the Depart- ment of Defense that is not used by such Department, including property that the Secretary of Defense determines is in excess of current and projected requirements of such Department. (d) GROSS RECEIPTS.—Transactions conducted by a private for-
profit or nonprofit entity that is an operator or service provider for a Job Corps center shall not be considered to be generating gross receipts. Such an operator or service provider shall not be liable, directly or indirectly, to any State or subdivision of a State (nor to any person acting on behalf of such a State or subdivision) for any gross receipts taxes, business privilege taxes measured
H. R. 803—130
by gross receipts, or any similar taxes imposed on, or measured by, gross receipts in connection with any payments made to or by such entity for operating or providing services to a Job Corps center. Such an operator or service provider shall not be liable to any State or subdivision of a State to collect or pay any sales, excise, use, or similar tax imposed on the sale to or use by such operator or service provider of any property, service, or other item in connection with the operation of or provision of services to a Job Corps center.
(e) MANAGEMENT FEE.—The Secretary shall provide each oper- ator and (in an appropriate case, as determined by the Secretary) service provider with an equitable and negotiated management fee of not less than 1 percent of the amount of the funding provided under the appropriate agreement specified in section 147.
(f) DONATIONS.—The Secretary may accept on behalf of the Job Corps or individual Job Corps centers charitable donations of cash or other assistance, including equipment and materials, if such donations are available for appropriate use for the purposes set forth in this subtitle.
(g) SALE OF PROPERTY.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law, if the Administrator of General Services sells a Job Corps center facility, the Administrator shall transfer the proceeds from the sale to the Secretary, who shall use the proceeds to carry out the Job Corps program.

SEC. 159. MANAGEMENT INFORMATION.

(a) FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall establish procedures
to ensure that each operator, and each service provider, main-
tains a financial management information system that will
provide—
(A) accurate, complete, and current disclosures of the
costs of Job Corps operations; and
(B) sufficient data for the effective evaluation of activi-
ties carried out through the Job Corps program.
(2) ACCOUNTS.—Each operator and service provider shall
maintain funds received under this subtitle in accounts in
a manner that ensures timely and accurate reporting as required by the Secretary.
(3) FISCAL RESPONSIBILITY.—Operators shall remain fiscally responsible and control costs, regardless of whether the funds made available for Job Corps centers are incrementally increased or decreased between fiscal years.
(b) AUDIT.—
(1) ACCESS.—The Secretary, the Inspector General of the
Department of Labor, the Comptroller General of the United
States, and any of their duly authorized representatives, shall
have access to any books, documents, papers, and records of
the operators and service providers described in subsection
(a) that are pertinent to the Job Corps program, for purposes
of conducting surveys, audits, and evaluations of the operators
and service providers.
(2) SURVEYS, AUDITS, AND EVALUATIONS.—The Secretary
shall survey, audit, or evaluate, or arrange for the survey,
audit, or evaluation of, the operators and service providers,
using Federal auditors or independent public accountants. The
H. R. 803—131
Secretary shall conduct such surveys, audits, or evaluations not less often than once every 3 years.
(c) INFORMATION ON INDICATORS OF PERFORMANCE.—
(1) LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE AND INDICATORS.—The Sec- retary shall annually establish expected levels of performance for a Job Corps center and the Job Corps program relating to each of the primary indicators of performance for eligible youth described in section 116(b)(2)(A)(ii).
(2) PERFORMANCE OF RECRUITERS.—The Secretary shall also establish performance indicators, and expected levels of performance on the performance indicators, for recruitment service providers serving the Job Corps program. The perform- ance indicators shall relate to—
(A) the number of enrollees recruited, compared to the established goals for such recruitment, and the number of enrollees who remain committed to the program for
90 days after enrollment; and
(B) the measurements described in subparagraphs (I), (L), and (M) of subsection (d)(1).
(3) PERFORMANCE OF CAREER TRANSITION SERVICE PRO- VIDERS.—The Secretary shall also establish performance indica- tors, and expected performance levels on the performance indicators, for career transition service providers serving the Job Corps program. The performance indicators shall relate to—
(A) the primary indicators of performance for eligible youth described in section 116(b)(2)(A)(ii); and
(B) the measurements described in subparagraphs (D), (E), (H), (J), and (K) of subsection (d)(1).
(4) REPORT.—The Secretary shall collect, and annually submit to the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, a report including—
(A) information on the performance of each Job Corps center, and the Job Corps program, based on the perform- ance indicators described in paragraph (1), as compared to the expected level of performance established under such paragraph for each performance indicator; and
(B) information on the performance of the service pro- viders described in paragraphs (2) and (3) on the perform- ance indicators established under such paragraphs, as com- pared to the expected level of performance established for each performance indicator.
(d) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall also collect, and submit in the report described in subsection (c)(4), information on the performance of each Job Corps center, and the Job Corps program, regarding—
(A) the number of enrollees served;
(B) demographic information on the enrollees served, including age, race, gender, and education and income level; (C) the number of graduates of a Job Corps center;
(D) the number of graduates who entered the Armed
Forces;
(E) the number of graduates who entered apprentice- ship programs;
H. R. 803—132
(F) the number of graduates who received a regular secondary school diploma;
(G) the number of graduates who received a State recognized equivalent of a secondary school diploma;
(H) the number of graduates who entered unsubsidized employment related to the career and technical education and training received through the Job Corps program and the number who entered unsubsidized employment not related to the education and training received;
(I) the percentage and number of former enrollees, including the number dismissed under the zero tolerance policy described in section 152(b);
(J) the percentage and number of graduates who enter postsecondary education;
(K) the average wage of graduates who enter unsub- sidized employment—
(i) on the first day of such employment; and
(ii) on the day that is 6 months after such first
day;
(L) the percentages of enrollees described in subpara-
graphs (A) and (B) of section 145(c)(1), as compared to
the percentage targets established by the Secretary under
such section for the center;
(M) the cost per enrollee, which is calculated by com-
paring the number of enrollees at the center in a program
year to the total budget for such center in the same pro-
gram year;
(N) the cost per graduate, which is calculated by com-
paring the number of graduates of the center in a program
year compared to the total budget for such center in the
same program year; and
(O) any additional information required by the Sec-
retary.
(2) RULES FOR REPORTING OF DATA.—The disaggregation
of data under this subsection shall not be required when the
number of individuals in a category is insufficient to yield
statistically reliable information or when the results would
reveal personally identifiable information about an individual.
(e) METHODS.—The Secretary shall collect the information
described in subsections (c) and (d), using methods described in
section 116(i)(2) and consistent with State law, by entering into
agreements with the States to access such data for Job Corps
enrollees, former enrollees, and graduates.
(f) PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENTS AND IMPROVEMENTS.—
(1) ASSESSMENTS.—The Secretary shall conduct an annual
assessment of the performance of each Job Corps center. Based on the assessment, the Secretary shall take measures to continuously improve the performance of the Job Corps pro- gram.
(2) PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENT.—With respect to a Job Corps center that fails to meet the expected levels of perform- ance relating to the primary indicators of performance specified in subsection (c)(1), the Secretary shall develop and implement a performance improvement plan. Such a plan shall require action to be taken during a 1-year period, including—
(A) providing technical assistance to the center;
H. R. 803—133
(B) changing the career and technical education and training offered at the center;
(C) changing the management staff of the center; (D) replacing the operator of the center;
(E) reducing the capacity of the center; (F) relocating the center; or
(G) closing the center.
(3) ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENT.—In addition to the performance improvement plans required under para- graph (2), the Secretary may develop and implement additional performance improvement plans. Such a plan shall require improvements, including the actions described in such para- graph, for a Job Corps center that fails to meet criteria estab- lished by the Secretary other than the expected levels of performance described in such paragraph.
(4) CIVILIAN CONSERVATION CENTERS.—With respect to a Civilian Conservation Center that fails to meet the expected levels of performance relating to the primary indicators of performance specified in subsection (c)(1) or fails to improve performance as described in paragraph (2) after 3 program years, the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Agri- culture, shall select an entity to operate the Civilian Conserva- tion Center on a competitive basis, in accordance with the requirements of section 147.
(g) PARTICIPANT HEALTH AND SAFETY.—
(1) CENTER.—The Secretary shall ensure that a review by an appropriate Federal, State, or local entity of the physical condition and health-related activities of each Job Corps center occurs annually.
(2) WORK-BASED LEARNING LOCATIONS.—The Secretary shall require that an entity that has entered into a contract to provide work-based learning activities for any Job Corps enrollee under this subtitle shall comply with the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 651 et seq.) or, as appropriate, under the corresponding State Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 requirements in the State in which such activities occur.
(h) BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES.—The Secretary shall collect, and submit in the report described in subsection (c)(4), information regarding the state of Job Corps buildings and facilities. Such report shall include—
(1) a review of requested construction, rehabilitation, and acquisition projects, by each Job Corps center; and
(2) a review of new facilities under construction.
(i) NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE.—The Secretary shall include in the report described in subsection (c)(4) available informa- tion regarding the national and community service activities of enrollees, particularly those enrollees at Civilian Conservation Cen- ters.
(j) CLOSURE OF JOB CORPS CENTER.—Prior to the closure of any Job Corps center, the Secretary shall ensure—
(1) that the proposed decision to close the center is announced in advance to the general public through publication in the Federal Register or other appropriate means;
(2) the establishment of a reasonable comment period, not to exceed 30 days, for interested individuals to submit written comments to the Secretary; and
H. R. 803—134
(3) that the Member of Congress who represents the district in which such center is located is notified within a reasonable period of time in advance of any final decision to close the center.

SEC. 160. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

The Secretary is authorized to—
(1) disseminate, with regard to the provisions of section
3204 of title 39, United States Code, data and information
in such forms as the Secretary shall determine to be appro-
priate, to public agencies, private organizations, and the general
public;
(2) subject to section 157(b), collect or compromise all
obligations to or held by the Secretary and exercise all legal
or equitable rights accruing to the Secretary in connection
with the payment of obligations until such time as such obliga-
tions may be referred to the Attorney General for suit or
collection; and
(3) expend funds made available for purposes of this sub-
title—
(A) for printing and binding, in accordance with applicable law (including regulation); and
(B) without regard to any other law (including regula- tion), for rent of buildings and space in buildings and for repair, alteration, and improvement of buildings and space in buildings rented by the Secretary, except that the Secretary shall not expend funds under the authority of this subparagraph—
(i) except when necessary to obtain an item,
service, or facility, that is required in the proper
administration of this subtitle, and that otherwise
could not be obtained, or could not be obtained in
the quantity or quality needed, or at the time, in
the form, or under the conditions in which the item,
service, or facility is needed; and
(ii) prior to having given written notification to
the Administrator of General Services (if the expendi-
ture would affect an activity that otherwise would be
under the jurisdiction of the General Services Adminis-
tration) of the intention of the Secretary to make the
expenditure, and the reasons and justifications for the
expenditure.

SEC. 161. JOB CORPS OVERSIGHT AND REPORTING.

(a) TEMPORARY FINANCIAL REPORTING.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—During the periods described in para-
graphs (2) and (3)(B), the Secretary shall prepare and submit
to the applicable committees financial reports regarding the
Job Corps program under this subtitle. Each such financial
report shall include—
(A) information regarding the implementation of the
financial oversight measures suggested in the May 31,
2013, report of the Office of Inspector General of the
Department of Labor entitled ‘‘The U.S. Department of
Labor’s Employment and Training Administration Needs
to Strengthen Controls over Job Corps Funds’’;
H. R. 803—135
(B) a description of any budgetary shortfalls for the program for the period covered by the financial report, and the reasons for such shortfalls; and
(C) a description and explanation for any approval for contract expenditures that are in excess of the amounts provided for under the contract.
(2) TIMING OF REPORTS.—The Secretary shall submit a financial report under paragraph (1) once every 6 months begin- ning on the date of enactment of this Act, for a 3-year period. After the completion of such 3-year period, the Secretary shall submit a financial report under such paragraph once a year for the next 2 years, unless additional reports are required under paragraph (3)(B).
(3) REPORTING REQUIREMENTS IN CASES OF BUDGETARY SHORTFALLS.—If any financial report required under this sub- section finds that the Job Corps program under this subtitle has a budgetary shortfall for the period covered by the report, the Secretary shall—
(A) not later than 90 days after the budgetary shortfall was identified, submit a report to the applicable committees explaining how the budgetary shortfall will be addressed; and
(B) submit an additional financial report under para- graph (1) for each 6-month period subsequent to the finding of the budgetary shortfall until the Secretary demonstrates, through such report, that the Job Corps program has no budgetary shortfall.
(b) THIRD-PARTY REVIEW.—Every 5 years after the date of enact- ment of this Act, the Secretary shall provide for a third-party review of the Job Corps program under this subtitle that addresses all of the areas described in subparagraphs (A) through (G) of section 169(a)(2). The results of the review shall be submitted to the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate.
(c) CRITERIA FOR JOB CORPS CENTER CLOSURES.—By not later than December 1, 2014, the Secretary shall establish written criteria that the Secretary shall use to determine when a Job Corps center supported under this subtitle is to be closed and how to carry out such closure, and shall submit such criteria to the applicable committees.
(d) DEFINITION OF APPLICABLE COMMITTEES.—In this section, the term ‘‘applicable committees’’ means—
(1) the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the
House of Representatives;
(2) the Subcommittee on Labor, Health and Human Serv- ices, Education, and Related Agencies of the Committee of Appropriations of the House of Representatives;
(3) the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pen- sions of the Senate; and
(4) the Subcommittee on Labor, Health and Human Serv- ices, Education, and Related Agencies of the Committee of Appropriations of the Senate.

SEC. 162. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this sub- title—
H. R. 803—136
(1) $1,688,155,000 for fiscal year 2015; (2) $1,818,548,000 for fiscal year 2016; (3) $1,856,283,000 for fiscal year 2017; (4) $1,897,455,000 for fiscal year 2018;
(5) $1,942,064,000 for fiscal year 2019; and
(6) $1,983,236,000 for fiscal year 2020.

Subtitle D—National Programs

SEC. 166. NATIVE AMERICAN PROGRAMS.

(a) PURPOSE.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The purpose of this section is to support employment and training activities for Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian individuals in order—
(A) to develop more fully the academic, occupational, and literacy skills of such individuals;
(B) to make such individuals more competitive in the workforce and to equip them with the entrepreneurial skills necessary for successful self-employment; and
(C) to promote the economic and social development of Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian commu- nities in accordance with the goals and values of such communities.
(2) INDIAN POLICY.—All programs assisted under this sec- tion shall be administered in a manner consistent with the principles of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450 et seq.) and the government- to-government relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribal governments.
(b) DEFINITIONS.—As used in this section:
(1) ALASKA NATIVE.—The term ‘‘Alaska Native’’ includes a Native and a descendant of a Native, as such terms are defined in subsections (b) and (r) of section 3 of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (43 U.S.C. 1602(b), (r)).
(2) INDIAN, INDIAN TRIBE, AND TRIBAL ORGANIZATION.—The terms ‘‘Indian’’, ‘‘Indian tribe’’, and ‘‘tribal organization’’ have the meanings given such terms in subsections (d), (e), and (l), respectively, of section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450b).
(3) NATIVE HAWAIIAN AND NATIVE HAWAIIAN ORGANIZA- TION.—The terms ‘‘Native Hawaiian’’ and ‘‘Native Hawaiian organization’’ have the meanings given such terms in section
7207 of the Native Hawaiian Education Act (20 U.S.C. 7517). (c) PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.—Every 4 years, the Secretary shall,
on a competitive basis, make grants to, or enter into contracts or cooperative agreements with, Indian tribes, tribal organizations, Alaska Native entities, Indian-controlled organizations serving Indians, or Native Hawaiian organizations to carry out the author- ized activities described in subsection (d).
(d) AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Funds made available under subsection (c) shall be used to carry out the activities described in para- graph (2) that—
(A) are consistent with this section; and
(B) are necessary to meet the needs of Indians, Alaska
Natives, or Native Hawaiians preparing to enter, reenter,
H. R. 803—137
or retain unsubsidized employment leading to self-suffi- ciency.
(2) WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES AND SUPPLE-

MENTAL SERVICES.—

(A) IN GENERAL.—Funds made available under sub- section (c) shall be used for—
(i) comprehensive workforce development activities for Indians, Alaska Natives, or Native Hawaiians, including training on entrepreneurial skills; or
(ii) supplemental services for Indian, Alaska Native, or Native Hawaiian youth on or near Indian reservations and in Oklahoma, Alaska, or Hawaii.
(B) SPECIAL RULE.—Notwithstanding any other provi- sion of this section, individuals who were eligible to partici- pate in programs under section 401 of the Job Training Partnership Act (as such section was in effect on the day before the date of enactment of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998) shall be eligible to participate in an activity assisted under this section.
(e) PROGRAM PLAN.—In order to receive a grant or enter into a contract or cooperative agreement under this section, an entity described in subsection (c) shall submit to the Secretary a program plan that describes a 4-year strategy for meeting the needs of Indian, Alaska Native, or Native Hawaiian individuals, as appro- priate, in the area served by such entity. Such plan shall—
(1) be consistent with the purpose of this section; (2) identify the population to be served;
(3) identify the education and employment needs of the population to be served and the manner in which the activities to be provided will strengthen the ability of the individuals served to obtain or retain unsubsidized employment leading to self-sufficiency;
(4) describe the activities to be provided and the manner in which such activities are to be integrated with other appro- priate activities; and
(5) describe, after the entity submitting the plan consults with the Secretary, the performance accountability measures to be used to assess the performance of entities in carrying out the activities assisted under this section, which shall include the primary indicators of performance described in sec- tion 116(b)(2)(A) and expected levels of performance for such indicators, in accordance with subsection (h).
(f) CONSOLIDATION OF FUNDS.—Each entity receiving assistance under subsection (c) may consolidate such assistance with assistance received from related programs in accordance with the provisions of the Indian Employment, Training and Related Services Dem- onstration Act of 1992 (25 U.S.C. 3401 et seq.).
(g) NONDUPLICATIVE AND NONEXCLUSIVE SERVICES.—Nothing in this section shall be construed—
(1) to limit the eligibility of any entity described in sub- section (c) to participate in any activity offered by a State or local entity under this Act; or
(2) to preclude or discourage any agreement, between any entity described in subsection (c) and any State or local entity, to facilitate the provision of services by such entity or to the population served by such entity.
(h) PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY MEASURES.—
H. R. 803—138
(1) ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE INDICATORS AND STAND-

ARDS.—

(A) DEVELOPMENT OF INDICATORS AND STANDARDS.— The Secretary, in consultation with the Native American Employment and Training Council, shall develop a set of performance indicators and standards that is in addition to the primary indicators of performance described in sec- tion 116(b)(2)(A) and that shall be applicable to programs under this section.
(B) SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS.—Such performance indicators and standards shall take into account—
(i) the purpose of this section as described in sub- section (a)(1);
(ii) the needs of the groups served by this section, including the differences in needs among such groups in various geographic service areas; and
(iii) the economic circumstances of the communities served, including differences in circumstances among various geographic service areas.
(2) AGREEMENT ON ADJUSTED LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE.— The Secretary and the entity described in subsection (c) shall reach agreement on the levels of performance for each of the primary indicators of performance described in section
116(b)(2)(A), taking into account economic conditions, character- istics of the individuals served, and other appropriate factors and using, to the extent practicable, the statistical adjustment model under section 116(b)(3)(A)(viii). The levels agreed to shall be the adjusted levels of performance and shall be incorporated in the program plan.
(i) ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.—
(1) ORGANIZATIONAL UNIT ESTABLISHED.—The Secretary shall designate a single organizational unit within the Depart- ment of Labor that shall have primary responsibility for the administration of the activities authorized under this section. (2) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall consult with the
entities described in subsection (c) in—
(A) establishing regulations to carry out this section, including regulations relating to the performance account- ability measures for entities receiving assistance under this section; and
(B) developing a funding distribution plan that takes into consideration previous levels of funding (prior to the date of enactment of this Act) to such entities.
(3) WAIVERS.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—With respect to an entity described in subsection (c), the Secretary, notwithstanding any other provision of law, may, pursuant to a request submitted by such entity that meets the requirements established under subparagraph (B), waive any of the statutory or regulatory requirements of this title that are inconsistent with the specific needs of the entity described in such subsection, except that the Secretary may not waive requirements relating to wage and labor standards, worker rights, participation and protection of workers and partici- pants, grievance procedures, and judicial review.
(B) REQUEST AND APPROVAL.—An entity described in subsection (c) that requests a waiver under subparagraph
H. R. 803—139
(A) shall submit a plan to the Secretary to improve the program of workforce investment activities carried out by the entity, which plan shall meet the requirements estab- lished by the Secretary and shall be generally consistent with the requirements of section 189(i)(3)(B).
(4) ADVISORY COUNCIL.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—Using funds made available to carry
out this section, the Secretary shall establish a Native
American Employment and Training Council to facilitate
the consultation described in paragraph (2) and to provide
the advice described in subparagraph (C).
(B) COMPOSITION.—The Council shall be composed of
individuals, appointed by the Secretary, who are represent-
atives of the entities described in subsection (c).
(C) DUTIES.—The Council shall advise the Secretary
on the operation and administration of the programs
assisted under this section, including the selection of the
individual appointed as head of the unit established under
paragraph (1).
(D) PERSONNEL MATTERS.—
(i) COMPENSATION OF MEMBERS.—Members of the
Council shall serve without compensation.
(ii) TRAVEL EXPENSES.—The members of the
Council shall be allowed travel expenses, including
per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates authorized
for employees of agencies under subchapter I of chapter
57 of title 5, United States Code, while away from
their homes or regular places of business in the
performance of services for the Council.
(iii) ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT.—The Secretary
shall provide the Council with such administrative sup-
port as may be necessary to perform the functions
of the Council.
(E) CHAIRPERSON.—The Council shall select a chair-
person from among its members.
(F) MEETINGS.—The Council shall meet not less than
twice each year.
(G) APPLICATION.—Section 14 of the Federal Advisory
Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall not apply to the
Council.
(5) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—The Secretary, acting through
the unit established under paragraph (1), is authorized to pro-
vide technical assistance to entities described in subsection
(c) that receive assistance under such subsection to enable
such entities to improve the activities authorized under this
section that are provided by such entities.
(6) AGREEMENT FOR CERTAIN FEDERALLY RECOGNIZED

INDIAN TRIBES TO TRANSFER FUNDS TO THE PROGRAM.—A feder-

ally recognized Indian tribe that administers funds provided
under this section and funds provided by more than one State
under other sections of this title may enter into an agreement
with the Secretary and the Governors of the affected States
to transfer the funds provided by the States to the program
administered by the tribe under this section.
H. R. 803—140
(j) COMPLIANCE WITH SINGLE AUDIT REQUIREMENTS; RELATED REQUIREMENT.—Grants made and contracts and cooperative agree- ments entered into under this section shall be subject to the require- ments of chapter 75 of subtitle V of title 31, United States Code, and charging of costs under this section shall be subject to appro- priate circulars issued by the Office of Management and Budget. (k) ASSISTANCE TO UNIQUE POPULATIONS IN ALASKA AND
HAWAII.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision of
law, the Secretary is authorized to award grants, on a competi-
tive basis, to entities with demonstrated experience and exper-
tise in developing and implementing programs for the unique
populations who reside in Alaska or Hawaii, including public
and private nonprofit organizations, tribal organizations, Amer-
ican Indian tribal colleges or universities, institutions of higher
education, or consortia of such organizations or institutions,
to improve job training and workforce investment activities
for such unique populations.
(2) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are author-
ized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection—
(A) $461,000 for fiscal year 2015;
(B) $497,000 for fiscal year 2016;
(C) $507,000 for fiscal year 2017;
(D) $518,000 for fiscal year 2018;
(E) $530,000 for fiscal year 2019; and
(F) $542,000 for fiscal year 2020.

SEC. 167. MIGRANT AND SEASONAL FARMWORKER PROGRAMS.

(a) IN GENERAL.—Every 4 years, the Secretary shall, on a competitive basis, make grants to, or enter into contracts with, eligible entities to carry out the activities described in subsection (d).
(b) ELIGIBLE ENTITIES.—To be eligible to receive a grant or enter into a contract under this section, an entity shall have an understanding of the problems of eligible migrant and seasonal farmworkers (including dependents), a familiarity with the area to be served, and the ability to demonstrate a capacity to administer and deliver effectively a diversified program of workforce investment
activities (including youth workforce investment activities) and
related assistance for eligible migrant and seasonal farmworkers.
(c) PROGRAM PLAN.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—To be eligible to receive a grant or enter
into a contract under this section, an entity described in sub-
section (b) shall submit to the Secretary a plan that describes
a 4-year strategy for meeting the needs of eligible migrant
and seasonal farmworkers in the area to be served by such
entity.
(2) CONTENTS.—Such plan shall—
(A) describe the population to be served and identify
the education and employment needs of the population
to be served and the manner in which the services to
be provided will strengthen the ability of the eligible
migrant and seasonal farmworkers and dependents to
obtain or retain unsubsidized employment, or stabilize their
unsubsidized employment, including upgraded employment
in agriculture;
H. R. 803—141
(B) describe the related assistance and supportive serv- ices to be provided and the manner in which such assist- ance and services are to be integrated and coordinated with other appropriate services;
(C) describe the performance accountability measures to be used to assess the performance of such entity in carrying out the activities assisted under this section, which shall include the expected levels of performance for the primary indicators of performance described in section
116(b)(2)(A);
(D) describe the availability and accessibility of local resources, such as supportive services, services provided through one-stop delivery systems, and education and training services, and how the resources can be made avail- able to the population to be served; and
(E) describe the plan for providing services under this section, including strategies and systems for outreach, career planning, assessment, and delivery through one- stop delivery systems.
(3) AGREEMENT ON ADJUSTED LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE.— The Secretary and the entity described in subsection (b) shall reach agreement on the levels of performance for each of the primary indicators of performance described in section
116(b)(2)(A), taking into account economic conditions, character- istics of the individuals served, and other appropriate factors, and using, to the extent practicable, the statistical adjustment model under section 116(b)(3)(A)(viii). The levels agreed to shall be the adjusted levels of performance and shall be incorporated in the program plan.
(4) ADMINISTRATION.—Grants and contracts awarded under this section shall be centrally administered by the Department of Labor and competitively awarded by the Secretary using procedures consistent with standard Federal Government competitive procurement policies.
(d) AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.—Funds made available under this section and section 127(a)(1) shall be used to carry out workforce investment activities (including youth workforce investment activi- ties) and provide related assistance for eligible migrant and seasonal farmworkers, which may include—
(1) outreach, employment, training, educational assistance, literacy assistance, English language and literacy instruction, pesticide and worker safety training, housing (including perma- nent housing), supportive services, and school dropout preven- tion and recovery activities;
(2) followup services for those individuals placed in employ- ment;
(3) self-employment and related business or micro-enter- prise development or education as needed by eligible individuals as identified pursuant to the plan required by subsection (c); (4) customized career and technical education in occupa- tions that will lead to higher wages, enhanced benefits, and
long-term employment in agriculture or another area; and
(5) technical assistance to improve coordination of services and implement best practices relating to service delivery through one-stop delivery systems.
(e) CONSULTATION WITH GOVERNORS AND LOCAL BOARDS.—In making grants and entering into contracts under this section, the
H. R. 803—142
Secretary shall consult with the Governors and local boards of the States in which the eligible entities will carry out the activities described in subsection (d).
(f) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall consult with eligible migrant and seasonal farmworkers groups and States in estab- lishing regulations to carry out this section, including regulations relating to how economic and demographic barriers to employment of eligible migrant and seasonal farmworkers should be considered and included in the negotiations leading to the adjusted levels of performance described in subsection (c)(3).
(g) COMPLIANCE WITH SINGLE AUDIT REQUIREMENTS; RELATED REQUIREMENT.—Grants made and contracts entered into under this section shall be subject to the requirements of chapter 75 of subtitle V of title 31, United States Code and charging of costs under this section shall be subject to appropriate circulars issued by the Office of Management and Budget.
(h) FUNDING ALLOCATION.—From the funds appropriated and made available to carry out this section, the Secretary shall reserve not more than 1 percent for discretionary purposes, such as pro- viding technical assistance to eligible entities.
(i) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
(1) ELIGIBLE MIGRANT AND SEASONAL FARMWORKERS.—The
term ‘‘eligible migrant and seasonal farmworkers’’ means
individuals who are eligible migrant farmworkers or are eligible
seasonal farmworkers.
(2) ELIGIBLE MIGRANT FARMWORKER.—The term ‘‘eligible
migrant farmworker’’ means—
(A) an eligible seasonal farmworker described in para-
graph (3)(A) whose agricultural labor requires travel to
a job site such that the farmworker is unable to return
to a permanent place of residence within the same day;
and
(B) a dependent of the farmworker described in subparagraph (A).
(3) ELIGIBLE SEASONAL FARMWORKER.—The term ‘‘eligible seasonal farmworker’’ means—
(A) a low-income individual who—
(i) for 12 consecutive months out of the 24 months
prior to application for the program involved, has been
primarily employed in agricultural or fish farming
labor that is characterized by chronic unemployment
or underemployment; and
(ii) faces multiple barriers to economic self-suffi-
ciency; and
(B) a dependent of the person described in subpara-
graph (A).

SEC. 168. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.

(a) GENERAL TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall ensure that the
Department has sufficient capacity to, and does, provide, coordi-
nate, and support the development of, appropriate training,
technical assistance, staff development, and other activities,
including—
(A) assistance in replicating programs of demonstrated
effectiveness, to States and localities;
H. R. 803—143
(B) the training of staff providing rapid response serv- ices;
(C) the training of other staff of recipients of funds under this title, including the staff of local boards and State boards;
(D) the training of members of State boards and local boards;
(E) assistance in the development and implementation of integrated, technology-enabled intake and case manage- ment information systems for programs carried out under this Act and programs carried out by one-stop partners, such as standard sets of technical requirements for the systems, offering interfaces that States could use in conjunction with their current (as of the first date of implementation of the systems) intake and case manage- ment information systems that would facilitate shared reg- istration across programs;
(F) assistance regarding accounting and program oper- ations to States and localities (when such assistance would not supplant assistance provided by the State);
(G) peer review activities under this title; and
(H) in particular, assistance to States in making transi- tions to implement the provisions of this Act.
(2) FORM OF ASSISTANCE.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—In order to carry out paragraph (1) on behalf of a State or recipient of financial assistance under section 166 or 167, the Secretary, after consultation with the State or grant recipient, may award grants or enter into contracts or cooperative agreements.
(B) LIMITATION.—Grants or contracts awarded under paragraph (1) to entities other than States or local units of government that are for amounts in excess of $100,000 shall only be awarded on a competitive basis.
(b) DISLOCATED WORKER TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—
(1) AUTHORITY.—Of the amounts available pursuant to sec- tion 132(a)(2)(A), the Secretary shall reserve not more than
5 percent of such amounts to provide technical assistance to States that do not meet the State performance accountability measures for the primary indicators of performance described in section 116(b)(2)(A)(i) with respect to employment and training activities for dislocated workers. Using such reserved funds, the Secretary may provide such assistance to other States, local areas, and other entities involved in providing assistance to dislocated workers, to promote the continuous improvement of assistance provided to dislocated workers, under this title.
(2) TRAINING.—Amounts reserved under this subsection may be used to provide for the training of staff, including specialists, who provide rapid response services. Such training shall include instruction in proven methods of promoting, estab- lishing, and assisting labor-management committees. Such projects shall be administered through the Employment and Training Administration of the Department.
(c) PROMISING AND PROVEN PRACTICES COORDINATION.—The
Secretary shall—
(1) establish a system through which States may share information regarding promising and proven practices with
H. R. 803—144
regard to the operation of workforce investment activities under this Act;
(2) evaluate and disseminate information regarding such promising and proven practices and identify knowledge gaps; and
(3) commission research under section 169(b) to address knowledge gaps identified under paragraph (2).

SEC. 169. EVALUATIONS AND RESEARCH.

(a) EVALUATIONS.—
(1) EVALUATIONS OF PROGRAMS AND ACTIVITIES CARRIED OUT UNDER THIS TITLE.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—For the purpose of improving the management and effectiveness of programs and activities carried out under this title, the Secretary, through grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements, shall provide for the continuing evaluation of the programs and activities under this title, including those programs and activities carried out under this section.
(B) PERIODIC INDEPENDENT EVALUATION.—The evalua- tions carried out under this paragraph shall include an independent evaluation, at least once every 4 years, of the programs and activities carried out under this title. (2) EVALUATION SUBJECTS.—Each evaluation carried out
under paragraph (1) shall address—
(A) the general effectiveness of such programs and activities in relation to their cost, including the extent to which the programs and activities—
(i) improve the employment competencies of participants in comparison to comparably-situated individuals who did not participate in such programs and activities; and
(ii) to the extent feasible, increase the level of total employment over the level that would have existed in the absence of such programs and activities; (B) the effectiveness of the performance accountability
measures relating to such programs and activities;
(C) the effectiveness of the structure and mechanisms for delivery of services through such programs and activi- ties, including the coordination and integration of services through such programs and activities;
(D) the impact of such programs and activities on the community, businesses, and participants involved;
(E) the impact of such programs and activities on related programs and activities;
(F) the extent to which such programs and activities meet the needs of various demographic groups; and
(G) such other factors as may be appropriate.
(3) EVALUATIONS OF OTHER PROGRAMS AND ACTIVITIES.— The Secretary may conduct evaluations of other federally funded employment-related programs and activities under other provisions of law.
(4) TECHNIQUES.—Evaluations conducted under this sub- section shall utilize appropriate and rigorous methodology and research designs, including the use of control groups chosen by scientific random assignment methodologies. The Secretary shall conduct at least 1 multisite control group evaluation under
H. R. 803—145
this subsection by the end of fiscal year 2019, and thereafter shall ensure that such an analysis is included in the inde- pendent evaluation described in paragraph (1)(B) that is con- ducted at least once every 4 years.
(5) REPORTS.—The entity carrying out an evaluation described in paragraph (1) or (2) shall prepare and submit to the Secretary a draft report and a final report containing the results of the evaluation.
(6) REPORTS TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 30 days after the completion of a draft report under paragraph (5), the Sec- retary shall transmit the draft report to the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions of the Senate. Not later than 60 days after the completion of a final report under such paragraph, the Secretary shall transmit the final report to such committees.
(7) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—Not later than 30 days after the date the Secretary transmits the final report as described in paragraph (6), the Secretary shall make that final report available to the general public on the Internet, on the Web site of the Department of Labor.
(8) PUBLICATION OF REPORTS.—If an entity that enters into a contract or other arrangement with the Secretary to conduct an evaluation of a program or activity under this subsection requests permission from the Secretary to publish a report resulting from the evaluation, such entity may publish the report unless the Secretary denies the request during the 90- day period beginning on the date the Secretary receives such request.
(9) COORDINATION.—The Secretary shall ensure the coordination of evaluations carried out by States pursuant to section 116(e) with the evaluations carried out under this sub- section.
(b) RESEARCH, STUDIES, AND MULTISTATE PROJECTS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—After consultation with States, localities,
and other interested parties, the Secretary shall, every 2 years,
publish in the Federal Register, a plan that describes the
research, studies, and multistate project priorities of the
Department of Labor concerning employment and training for
the 5-year period following the submission of the plan. The
plan shall be consistent with the purposes of this title, including
the purpose of aligning and coordinating core programs with
other one-stop partner programs. Copies of the plan shall be
transmitted to the Committee on Education and the Workforce
of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Health,
Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, the Department of Education, and other relevant Federal agencies.
(2) FACTORS.—The plan published under paragraph (1) shall contain strategies to address national employment and training problems and take into account factors such as—
(A) the availability of existing research (as of the date of the publication);
(B) the need to ensure results that have interstate validity;
(C) the benefits of economies of scale and the efficiency of proposed projects; and
H. R. 803—146
(D) the likelihood that the results of the projects will be useful to policymakers and stakeholders in addressing employment and training problems.
(3) RESEARCH PROJECTS.—The Secretary shall, through grants or contracts, carry out research projects that will con- tribute to the solution of employment and training problems in the United States and that are consistent with the priorities specified in the plan published under paragraph (1).
(4) STUDIES AND REPORTS.—
(A) NET IMPACT STUDIES AND REPORTS.—The Secretary
of Labor, in coordination with the Secretary of Education
and other relevant Federal agencies, may conduct studies
to determine the net impact and best practices of programs,
services, and activities carried out under this Act.
(B) STUDY ON RESOURCES AVAILABLE TO ASSIST DISCON-

NECTED YOUTH.—The Secretary of Labor, in coordination

with the Secretary of Education, may conduct a study
examining the characteristics of eligible youth that result
in such youth being significantly disconnected from edu-
cation and workforce participation, the ways in which such
youth could have greater opportunities for education attain-
ment and obtaining employment, and the resources avail-
able to assist such youth in obtaining the skills, credentials,
and work experience necessary to become economically self-
sufficient.
(C) STUDY OF EFFECTIVENESS OF WORKFORCE DEVELOP-

MENT SYSTEM IN MEETING BUSINESS NEEDS.—Using funds

available to carry out this subsection jointly with funds
available to the Secretary of Commerce, the Administrator
of the Small Business Administration, and the Secretary
of Education, the Secretary of Labor, in coordination with
the Secretary of Commerce, the Administrator of the Small
Business Administration, and the Secretary of Education,
may conduct a study of the effectiveness of the workforce
development system in meeting the needs of business, such
as through the use of industry or sector partnerships, with
particular attention to the needs of small business,
including in assisting workers to obtain the skills needed
to utilize emerging technologies.
(D) STUDY ON PARTICIPANTS ENTERING NONTRADITIONAL

OCCUPATIONS.—The Secretary of Labor, in coordination

with the Secretary of Education, may conduct a study
examining the number and percentage of individuals who
receive employment and training activities and who enter
nontraditional occupations, successful strategies to place
and support the retention of individuals in nontraditional employment (such as by providing post-placement assist- ance to participants in the form of exit interviews, men- toring, networking, and leadership development), and the degree to which recipients of employment and training activities are informed of the possibility of, or directed to begin, training or education needed for entrance into nontraditional occupations.
(E) STUDY ON PERFORMANCE INDICATORS.—The Sec- retary of Labor, in coordination with the Secretary of Edu- cation, may conduct studies to determine the feasibility
H. R. 803—147
of, and potential means to replicate, measuring the com- pensation, including the wages, benefits, and other incen- tives provided by an employer, received by program partici- pants by using data other than or in addition to data available through wage records, for potential use as a performance indicator.
(F) STUDY ON JOB TRAINING FOR RECIPIENTS OF PUBLIC HOUSING ASSISTANCE.—The Secretary of Labor, in coordina- tion with the Secretary of Housing and Urban Develop- ment, may conduct studies to assist public housing authori- ties to provide, to recipients of public housing assistance, job training programs that successfully upgrade job skills and employment in, and access to, jobs with opportunity for advancement and economic self-sufficiency for such recipients.
(G) STUDY ON IMPROVING EMPLOYMENT PROSPECTS FOR OLDER INDIVIDUALS.—The Secretary of Labor, in coordina- tion with the Secretary of Education and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, may conduct studies that lead to better design and implementation of, in conjunction with employers, local boards or State boards, community colleges or area career and technical education schools, and other organizations, effective evidence-based strategies to provide services to workers who are low-income, low- skilled older individuals that increase the workers’ skills and employment prospects.
(H) STUDY ON PRIOR LEARNING.—The Secretary of Labor, in coordination with other heads of Federal agencies, as appropriate, may conduct studies that, through con- vening stakeholders from the fields of education, workforce, business, labor, defense, and veterans services, and experts in such fields, develop guidelines for assessing, accounting for, and utilizing the prior learning of individuals, including dislocated workers and veterans, in order to provide the individuals with postsecondary educational credit for such prior learning that leads to the attainment of a recognized postsecondary credential identified under section 122(d) and employment.
(I) STUDY ON CAREER PATHWAYS FOR HEALTH CARE PRO- VIDERS AND PROVIDERS OF EARLY EDUCATION AND CHILD CARE.—The Secretary of Labor, in coordination with the Secretary of Education and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, shall conduct a multistate study to develop, implement, and build upon career advancement models and practices for low-wage health care providers or providers of early education and child care, including faculty education and distance education programs.
(J) STUDY ON EQUIVALENT PAY.—The Secretary shall conduct a multistate study to develop and disseminate strategies for ensuring that programs and activities carried out under this Act are placing individuals in jobs, edu- cation, and training that lead to equivalent pay for men and women, including strategies to increase the participa- tion of women in high-wage, high-demand occupations in which women are underrepresented.
(K) REPORTS.—The Secretary shall prepare and disseminate to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor,
H. R. 803—148
and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Edu- cation and the Workforce of the House of Representatives, and to the public, including through electronic means, reports containing the results of the studies conducted under this paragraph.
(5) MULTISTATE PROJECTS.—
(A) AUTHORITY.—The Secretary may, through grants or contracts, carry out multistate projects that require dem- onstrated expertise that is available at the national level to effectively disseminate best practices and models for implementing employment and training services, address the specialized employment and training needs of par- ticular service populations, or address industry-wide skill shortages, to the extent such projects are consistent with the priorities specified in the plan published under para- graph (1).
(B) DESIGN OF GRANTS.—Agreements for grants or con- tracts awarded under this paragraph shall be designed to obtain information relating to the provision of services under different economic conditions or to various demo- graphic groups in order to provide guidance at the national and State levels about how best to administer specific employment and training services.
(6) LIMITATIONS.—
(A) COMPETITIVE AWARDS.—A grant or contract awarded for carrying out a project under this subsection in an amount that exceeds $100,000 shall be awarded only on a competitive basis, except that a noncompetitive award may be made in the case of a project that is funded jointly with other public or private sector entities that provide a substantial portion of assistance under the grant or contract for the project.
(B) TIME LIMITS.—A grant or contract shall not be awarded under this subsection to the same organization for more than 3 consecutive years unless such grant or contract is competitively reevaluated within such period.
(C) PEER REVIEW.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall utilize a peer review process—
(I) to review and evaluate all applications for grants in amounts that exceed $500,000 that are submitted under this section; and
(II) to review and designate exemplary and promising programs under this section.
(ii) AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS.—The Secretary is authorized to use funds provided under this section to carry out peer review activities under this subpara- graph.
(D) PRIORITY.—In awarding grants or contracts under this subsection, priority shall be provided to entities with recognized expertise in the methods, techniques, and knowledge of workforce investment activities. The Sec- retary shall establish appropriate time limits for the dura- tion of such projects.
(c) DISLOCATED WORKER PROJECTS.—Of the amount made avail- able pursuant to section 132(a)(2)(A) for any program year, the Secretary shall use not more than 10 percent of such amount
H. R. 803—149
to carry out demonstration and pilot projects, multiservice projects, and multistate projects relating to the employment and training needs of dislocated workers. Of the requirements of this section, such projects shall be subject only to the provisions relating to review and evaluation of applications under subsection (b)(6)(C). Such projects may include demonstration and pilot projects relating to promoting self-employment, promoting job creation, averting dis- locations, assisting dislocated farmers, assisting dislocated fisher- men, and promoting public works. Such projects shall be adminis- tered by the Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Employment and Training.

SEC. 170. NATIONAL DISLOCATED WORKER GRANTS.

(a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
(1) EMERGENCY OR DISASTER.—The term ‘‘emergency or disaster’’ means—
(A) an emergency or a major disaster, as defined in paragraphs (1) and (2), respectively, of section 102 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assist- ance Act (42 U.S.C. 5122 (1) and (2)); or
(B) an emergency or disaster situation of national significance that could result in a potentially large loss of employment, as declared or otherwise recognized by the chief official of a Federal agency with authority for or jurisdiction over the Federal response to the emergency or disaster situation.
(2) DISASTER AREA.—The term ‘‘disaster area’’ means an area that has suffered or in which has occurred an emergency or disaster.
(b) IN GENERAL.—
(1) GRANTS.—The Secretary is authorized to award national dislocated worker grants—
(A) to an entity described in subsection (c)(1)(B) to provide employment and training assistance to workers affected by major economic dislocations, such as plant clo- sures, mass layoffs, or closures and realignments of military installations;
(B) to provide assistance to—
(i) the Governor of any State within the boundaries of which is a disaster area, to provide disaster relief employment in the disaster area; or
(ii) the Governor of any State to which a substan- tial number of workers from an area in which an emergency or disaster has been declared or otherwise recognized have relocated;
(C) to provide additional assistance to a State board or local board for eligible dislocated workers in a case in which the State board or local board has expended the funds provided under this section to carry out activities described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) and can dem- onstrate the need for additional funds to provide appro- priate services for such workers, in accordance with requirements prescribed by the Secretary; and
(D) to provide additional assistance to a State board or local board serving an area where—
(i) a higher-than-average demand for employment and training activities for dislocated members of the
H. R. 803—150
Armed Forces, spouses described in section 3(15)(E), or members of the Armed Forces described in sub- section (c)(2)(A)(iv), exceeds State and local resources for providing such activities; and
(ii) such activities are to be carried out in partner- ship with the Department of Defense and Department of Veterans Affairs transition assistance programs.
(2) DECISIONS AND OBLIGATIONS.—The Secretary shall issue a final decision on an application for a national dislocated worker grant under this subsection not later than 45 calendar days after receipt of the application. The Secretary shall issue a notice of obligation for such grant not later than 10 days after the award of such grant.
(c) EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING ASSISTANCE REQUIREMENTS.— (1) GRANT RECIPIENT ELIGIBILITY.—
(A) APPLICATION.—To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (b)(1)(A), an entity shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(B) ELIGIBLE ENTITY.—In this paragraph, the term
‘‘entity’’ means a State, a local board, an entity described
in section 166(c), an entity determined to be eligible by
the Governor of the State involved, and any other entity
that demonstrates to the Secretary the capability to effec-
tively respond to the circumstances relating to particular
dislocations.
(2) PARTICIPANT ELIGIBILITY.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—In order to be eligible to receive
employment and training assistance under a national dis-
located worker grant awarded pursuant to subsection
(b)(1)(A), an individual shall be—
(i) a dislocated worker;
(ii) a civilian employee of the Department of
Defense or the Department of Energy employed at
a military installation that is being closed, or that
will undergo realignment, within the next 24 months
after the date of the determination of eligibility;
(iii) an individual who is employed in a nonmana-
gerial position with a Department of Defense con-
tractor, who is determined by the Secretary of Defense
to be at risk of termination from employment as a
result of reductions in defense expenditures, and whose
employer is converting operations from defense to non-
defense applications in order to prevent worker layoffs;
or
(iv) a member of the Armed Forces who—
(I) was on active duty or full-time National
Guard duty;
(II)(aa) is involuntarily separated (as defined
in section 1141 of title 10, United States Code)
from active duty or full-time National Guard duty;
or
(bb) is separated from active duty or full-time National Guard duty pursuant to a special separa- tion benefits program under section 1174a of title
H. R. 803—151
10, United States Code, or the voluntary separa- tion incentive program under section 1175 of that title;
(III) is not entitled to retired or retained pay incident to the separation described in subclause (II); and
(IV) applies for such employment and training assistance before the end of the 180-day period beginning on the date of that separation.
(B) RETRAINING ASSISTANCE.—The individuals described in subparagraph (A)(iii) shall be eligible for retraining assistance to upgrade skills by obtaining market- able skills needed to support the conversion described in subparagraph (A)(iii).
(C) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.—The Secretary shall establish and publish additional requirements related to eligibility for employment and training assistance under the national dislocated worker grants to ensure effective use of the funds available for this purpose.
(D) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph, the terms ‘‘mili- tary installation’’ and ‘‘realignment’’ have the meanings given the terms in section 2910 of the Defense Base Closure and Realignment Act of 1990 (Public Law 101–510; 10
U.S.C. 2687 note).
(d) DISASTER RELIEF EMPLOYMENT ASSISTANCE REQUIRE-

MENTS.—

(1) IN GENERAL.—Funds made available under subsection
(b)(1)(B)—
(A) shall be used, in coordination with the Adminis-
trator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency, as
applicable, to provide disaster relief employment on projects
that provide food, clothing, shelter, and other humanitarian
assistance for emergency and disaster victims, and projects
regarding demolition, cleaning, repair, renovation, and
reconstruction of damaged and destroyed structures, facili-
ties, and lands located within the disaster area and in
offshore areas related to the emergency or disaster;
(B) may be expended through public and private agen-
cies and organizations engaged in such projects; and
(C) may be expended to provide employment and
training activities.
(2) ELIGIBILITY.—An individual shall be eligible to be
offered disaster relief employment under subsection (b)(1)(B)
if such individual—
(A) is a dislocated worker;
(B) is a long-term unemployed individual;
(C) is temporarily or permanently laid off as a con-
sequence of the emergency or disaster; or
(D) in the case of an individual who is self-employed,
becomes unemployed or significantly underemployed as a
result of the emergency or disaster.
(3) LIMITATIONS ON DISASTER RELIEF EMPLOYMENT.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subparagraph
(B), no individual shall be employed under subsection
(b)(1)(B) for more than 12 months for work related to
recovery from a single emergency or disaster.
H. R. 803—152
(B) EXTENSION.—At the request of a State, the Sec- retary may extend such employment, related to recovery from a single emergency or disaster involving the State, for not more than an additional 12 months.
(4) USE OF AVAILABLE FUNDS.—Funds made available under subsection (b)(1)(B) shall be available to assist workers described in paragraph (2) who are affected by an emergency or disaster, including workers who have relocated from an area in which an emergency or disaster has been declared or otherwise recognized, as appropriate. Under conditions deter- mined by the Secretary and following notification to the Sec- retary, a State may use such funds, that are appropriated for any fiscal year and available for expenditure under any grant awarded to the State under this section, to provide any assistance authorized under this subsection. Funds used pursu- ant to the authority provided under this paragraph shall be subject to the liability and reimbursement requirements described in paragraph (5).
(5) LIABILITY AND REIMBURSEMENT.—Nothing in this Act shall be construed to relieve liability, by a responsible party that is liable under Federal law, for any costs incurred by the United States under subsection (b)(1)(B) or this subsection, including the responsibility to provide reimbursement for such costs to the United States.

SEC. 171. YOUTHBUILD PROGRAM.

(a) STATEMENT OF PURPOSE.—The purposes of this section are— (1) to enable disadvantaged youth to obtain the education
and employment skills necessary to achieve economic self-suffi- ciency in occupations in demand and postsecondary education and training opportunities;
(2) to provide disadvantaged youth with opportunities for meaningful work and service to their communities;
(3) to foster the development of employment and leadership skills and commitment to community development among youth in low-income communities;
(4) to expand the supply of permanent affordable housing for homeless individuals and low-income families by utilizing the energies and talents of disadvantaged youth; and
(5) to improve the quality and energy efficiency of commu- nity and other nonprofit and public facilities, including those facilities that are used to serve homeless and low-income fami- lies.
(b) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
(1) ADJUSTED INCOME.—The term ‘‘adjusted income’’ has the meaning given the term in section 3(b) of the United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437a(b)).
(2) APPLICANT.—The term ‘‘applicant’’ means an eligible entity that has submitted an application under subsection (c). (3) ELIGIBLE ENTITY.—The term ‘‘eligible entity’’ means a public or private nonprofit agency or organization (including a consortium of such agencies or organizations), including—
(A) a community-based organization; (B) a faith-based organization;
(C) an entity carrying out activities under this title, such as a local board;
(D) a community action agency;
H. R. 803—153
(E) a State or local housing development agency;
(F) an Indian tribe or other agency primarily serving
Indians;
(G) a community development corporation;
(H) a State or local youth service or conservation corps;
and
(I) any other entity eligible to provide education or
employment training under a Federal program (other than the program carried out under this section).
(4) HOMELESS INDIVIDUAL.—The term ‘‘homeless individual’’ means a homeless individual (as defined in section 41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994 (42 U.S.C. 14043e–
2(6))) or a homeless child or youth (as defined in section 725(2)
of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C.
11434a(2))).
(5) HOUSING DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.—The term ‘‘housing
development agency’’ means any agency of a State or local
government, or any private nonprofit organization, that is
engaged in providing housing for homeless individuals or low-
income families.
(6) INCOME.—The term ‘‘income’’ has the meaning given
the term in section 3(b) of the United States Housing Act
of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437a(b)).
(7) INDIAN; INDIAN TRIBE.—The terms ‘‘Indian’’ and ‘‘Indian
tribe’’ have the meanings given such terms in section 4 of
the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act
(25 U.S.C. 450b).
(8) LOW-INCOME FAMILY.—The term ‘‘low-income family’’
means a family described in section 3(b)(2) of the United States
Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437a(b)(2)).
(9) QUALIFIED NATIONAL NONPROFIT AGENCY.—The term
‘‘qualified national nonprofit agency’’ means a nonprofit agency
that—
(A) has significant national experience providing serv- ices consisting of training, information, technical assist- ance, and data management to YouthBuild programs or similar projects; and
(B) has the capacity to provide those services.
(10) REGISTERED APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM.—The term
‘‘registered apprenticeship program’’ means an apprenticeship
program—
(A) registered under the Act of August 16, 1937 (com-
monly known as the ‘‘National Apprenticeship Act’’; 50
Stat. 664, chapter 663; 29 U.S.C. 50 et seq.); and
(B) that meets such other criteria as may be estab-
lished by the Secretary under this section.
(11) TRANSITIONAL HOUSING.—The term ‘‘transitional
housing’’ has the meaning given the term in section 401(29)
of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C.
11360(29)).
(12) YOUTHBUILD PROGRAM.—The term ‘‘YouthBuild pro-
gram’’ means any program that receives assistance under this
section and provides disadvantaged youth with opportunities
for employment, education, leadership development, and
training through the rehabilitation (which, for purposes of this
section, shall include energy efficiency enhancements) or
H. R. 803—154
construction of housing for homeless individuals and low-income families, and of public facilities.
(c) YOUTHBUILD GRANTS.—
(1) AMOUNTS OF GRANTS.—The Secretary is authorized to
make grants to applicants for the purpose of carrying out
YouthBuild programs approved under this section.
(2) ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES.—An entity that receives a grant
under this subsection shall use the funds made available
through the grant to carry out a YouthBuild program, which
may include the following activities:
(A) Education and workforce investment activities
including—
(i) work experience and skills training (coordi-
nated, to the maximum extent feasible, with
preapprenticeship and registered apprenticeship pro-
grams) in the activities described in subparagraphs
(B) and (C) related to rehabilitation or construction,
and, if approved by the Secretary, in additional in-
demand industry sectors or occupations in the region
in which the program operates;
(ii) occupational skills training;
(iii) other paid and unpaid work experiences,
including internships and job shadowing;
(iv) services and activities designed to meet the
educational needs of participants, including—
(I) basic skills instruction and remedial edu-
cation;
(II) language instruction educational programs
for participants who are English language
learners;
(III) secondary education services and activi-
ties, including tutoring, study skills training, and
school dropout prevention and recovery activities,
designed to lead to the attainment of a secondary
school diploma or its recognized equivalent
(including recognized certificates of attendance or
similar documents for individuals with disabil-
ities);
(IV) counseling and assistance in obtaining
postsecondary education and required financial
aid; and
(V) alternative secondary school services;
(v) counseling services and related activities, such
as comprehensive guidance and counseling on drug
and alcohol abuse and referral;
(vi) activities designed to develop employment and leadership skills, which may include community service and peer-centered activities encouraging responsibility and other positive social behaviors, and activities related to youth policy committees that participate in decision-making related to the program;
(vii) supportive services and provision of need- based stipends necessary to enable individuals to participate in the program and to assist individuals, for a period not to exceed 12 months after the comple- tion of training, in obtaining or retaining employment,
H. R. 803—155
or applying for and transitioning to postsecondary edu- cation or training; and
(viii) job search and assistance.
(B) Supervision and training for participants in the
rehabilitation or construction of housing, including residen-
tial housing for homeless individuals or low-income fami-
lies, or transitional housing for homeless individuals, and,
if approved by the Secretary, in additional in-demand
industry sectors or occupations in the region in which the
program operates.
(C) Supervision and training for participants—
(i) in the rehabilitation or construction of commu-
nity and other public facilities, except that not more
than 15 percent of funds appropriated to carry out
this section may be used for such supervision and
training; and
(ii) if approved by the Secretary, in additional in-
demand industry sectors or occupations in the region
in which the program operates.
(D) Payment of administrative costs of the applicant,
including recruitment and selection of participants, except
that not more than 10 percent of the amount of assistance
provided under this subsection to the grant recipient may
be used for such costs.
(E) Adult mentoring.
(F) Provision of wages, stipends, or benefits to partici-
pants in the program.
(G) Ongoing training and technical assistance that are
related to developing and carrying out the program.
(H) Follow-up services.
(3) APPLICATION.—
(A) FORM AND PROCEDURE.—To be qualified to receive
a grant under this subsection, an eligible entity shall
submit an application at such time, in such manner, and
containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(B) MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS.—The Secretary shall
require that the application contain, at a minimum—
(i) labor market information for the labor market
area where the proposed program will be implemented,
including both current data (as of the date of submis-
sion of the application) and projections on career
opportunities in construction and in-demand industry
sectors or occupations;
(ii) a request for the grant, specifying the amount
of the grant requested and its proposed uses;
(iii) a description of the applicant and a statement of its qualifications, including a description of the applicant’s relationship with local boards, one-stop operators, local unions, entities carrying out registered apprenticeship programs, other community groups, and employers, and the applicant’s past experience, if any, with rehabilitation or construction of housing or public facilities, and with youth education and employment training programs;
(iv) a description of the proposed site for the pro- posed program;
H. R. 803—156
(v) a description of the educational and job training activities, work opportunities, postsecondary education and training opportunities, and other services that will be provided to participants, and how those activities, opportunities, and services will prepare youth for employment in in-demand industry sectors or occupa- tions in the labor market area described in clause (i);
(vi)(I) a description of the proposed activities to be undertaken under the grant related to rehabilitation or construction, and, in the case of an applicant requesting approval from the Secretary to also carry out additional activities related to in-demand industry sectors or occupations, a description of such additional proposed activities; and
(II) the anticipated schedule for carrying out all activities proposed under subclause (I);
(vii) a description of the manner in which eligible youth will be recruited and selected as participants, including a description of arrangements that will be made with local boards, one-stop operators, faith- and community-based organizations, State educational agencies or local educational agencies (including agen- cies of Indian tribes), public assistance agencies, the courts of jurisdiction, agencies operating shelters for homeless individuals and other agencies that serve youth who are homeless individuals, foster care agen- cies, and other appropriate public and private agencies; (viii) a description of the special outreach efforts
that will be undertaken to recruit eligible young women (including young women with dependent children) as participants;
(ix) a description of the specific role of employers in the proposed program, such as their role in devel- oping the proposed program and assisting in service provision and in placement activities;
(x) a description of how the proposed program will be coordinated with other Federal, State, and local activities and activities conducted by Indian tribes, such as local workforce investment activities, career and technical education and training programs, adult and language instruction educational programs, activi- ties conducted by public schools, activities conducted by community colleges, national service programs, and other job training provided with funds available under this title;
(xi) assurances that there will be a sufficient number of adequately trained supervisory personnel in the proposed program;
(xii) a description of the levels of performance to be achieved with respect to the primary indicators of performance for eligible youth described in section
116(b)(2)(A)(ii);
(xiii) a description of the applicant’s relationship with local building trade unions regarding their involvement in training to be provided through the proposed program, the relationship of the proposed
H. R. 803—157
program to established registered apprenticeship pro- grams and employers, the ability of the applicant to grant an industry-recognized certificate or certification through the program, and the quality of the program leading to the certificate or certification;
(xiv) a description of activities that will be under- taken to develop the leadership skills of participants; (xv) a detailed budget and a description of the system of fiscal controls, and auditing and account- ability procedures, that will be used to ensure fiscal
soundness for the proposed program;
(xvi) a description of the commitments for any additional resources (in addition to the funds made available through the grant) to be made available to the proposed program from—
(I) the applicant;
(II) recipients of other Federal, State, or local housing and community development assistance that will sponsor any part of the rehabilitation or construction, operation and maintenance, or other housing and community development activi- ties undertaken as part of the proposed program; or
(III) entities carrying out other Federal, State, or local activities or activities conducted by Indian tribes, including career and technical education and training programs, adult and language instruction educational programs, and job training provided with funds available under this title;
(xvii) information identifying, and a description of, the financing proposed for any—
(I) rehabilitation of the property involved; (II) acquisition of the property; or
(III) construction of the property;
(xviii) information identifying, and a description of, the entity that will operate and manage the prop- erty;
(xix) information identifying, and a description of, the data collection systems to be used;
(xx) a certification, by a public official responsible for the housing strategy for the State or unit of general local government within which the proposed program is located, that the proposed program is consistent with the housing strategy; and
(xxi) a certification that the applicant will comply with the requirements of the Fair Housing Act (42
U.S.C. 3601 et seq.) and will affirmatively further fair housing.
(4) SELECTION CRITERIA.—For an applicant to be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection, the applicant and the applicant’s proposed program shall meet such selection criteria as the Secretary shall establish under this section, which shall include criteria relating to—
(A) the qualifications or potential capabilities of an applicant;
(B) an applicant’s potential for developing a successful
YouthBuild program;
H. R. 803—158
(C) the need for an applicant’s proposed program, as determined by the degree of economic distress of the community from which participants would be recruited (measured by indicators such as poverty, youth unemploy- ment, and the number of individuals who have dropped out of secondary school) and of the community in which the housing and community and public facilities proposed to be rehabilitated or constructed is located (measured by indicators such as incidence of homelessness, shortage of affordable housing, and poverty);
(D) the commitment of an applicant to providing skills training, leadership development, and education to partici- pants;
(E) the focus of a proposed program on preparing youth for in-demand industry sectors or occupations, or postsec- ondary education and training opportunities;
(F) the extent of an applicant’s coordination of activities to be carried out through the proposed program with local boards, one-stop operators, and one-stop partners partici- pating in the operation of the one-stop delivery system involved, or the extent of the applicant’s good faith efforts in achieving such coordination;
(G) the extent of the applicant’s coordination of activi- ties with public education, criminal justice, housing and community development, national service, or postsecondary education or other systems that relate to the goals of the proposed program;
(H) the extent of an applicant’s coordination of activi- ties with employers in the local area involved;
(I) the extent to which a proposed program provides for inclusion of tenants who were previously homeless individuals in the rental housing provided through the program;
(J) the commitment of additional resources (in addition to the funds made available through the grant) to a pro- posed program by—
(i) an applicant;
(ii) recipients of other Federal, State, or local housing and community development assistance who will sponsor any part of the rehabilitation or construc- tion, operation and maintenance, or other housing and community development activities undertaken as part of the proposed program; or
(iii) entities carrying out other Federal, State, or local activities or activities conducted by Indian tribes, including career and technical education and training programs, adult and language instruction educational programs, and job training provided with funds avail- able under this title;
(K) the applicant’s potential to serve different regions, including rural areas and States that have not previously received grants for YouthBuild programs; and
(L) such other factors as the Secretary determines to be appropriate for purposes of carrying out the proposed program in an effective and efficient manner.
(5) APPROVAL.—To the extent practicable, the Secretary shall notify each applicant, not later than 5 months after the
H. R. 803—159
date of receipt of the application by the Secretary, whether the application is approved or not approved.
(d) USE OF HOUSING UNITS.—Residential housing units rehabili- tated or constructed using funds made available under subsection (c), shall be available solely—
(1) for rental by, or sale to, homeless individuals or low- income families; or
(2) for use as transitional or permanent housing, for the purpose of assisting in the movement of homeless individuals to independent living.
(e) ADDITIONAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.— (1) ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANTS.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subparagraph (B), an individual may participate in a YouthBuild program only if such individual is—
(i) not less than age 16 and not more than age
24, on the date of enrollment;
(ii) a member of a low-income family, a youth in foster care (including youth aging out of foster care), a youth offender, a youth who is an individual with a disability, a child of incarcerated parents, or a migrant youth; and
(iii) a school dropout, or an individual who was a school dropout and has subsequently reenrolled.
(B) EXCEPTION FOR INDIVIDUALS NOT MEETING INCOME OR EDUCATIONAL NEED REQUIREMENTS.—Not more than 25 percent of the participants in such program may be individ- uals who do not meet the requirements of clause (ii) or (iii) of subparagraph (A), but who—
(i) are basic skills deficient, despite attainment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equiva- lent (including recognized certificates of attendance or similar documents for individuals with disabilities); or
(ii) have been referred by a local secondary school for participation in a YouthBuild program leading to the attainment of a secondary school diploma.
(2) PARTICIPATION LIMITATION.—An eligible individual selected for participation in a YouthBuild program shall be offered full-time participation in the program for a period of not less than 6 months and not more than 24 months.
(3) MINIMUM TIME DEVOTED TO EDUCATIONAL SERVICES AND ACTIVITIES.—A YouthBuild program receiving assistance under subsection (c) shall be structured so that participants in the program are offered—
(A) education and related services and activities designed to meet educational needs, such as those specified in clauses (iv) through (vii) of subsection (c)(2)(A), during at least 50 percent of the time during which the partici- pants participate in the program; and
(B) work and skill development activities, such as those specified in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), and (viii) of subsection (c)(2)(A), during at least 40 percent of the time during which the participants participate in the program.
(4) AUTHORITY RESTRICTION.—No provision of this section may be construed to authorize any agency, officer, or employee of the United States to exercise any direction, supervision,
H. R. 803—160
or control over the curriculum, program of instruction, adminis- tration, or personnel of any educational institution (including a school) or school system, or over the selection of library resources, textbooks, or other printed or published instructional materials by any educational institution or school system.
(5) STATE AND LOCAL STANDARDS.—All educational pro- grams and activities supported with funds provided under sub- section (c) shall be consistent with applicable State and local educational standards. Standards and procedures for the pro- grams and activities that relate to awarding academic credit for and certifying educational attainment in such programs and activities shall be consistent with applicable State and local educational standards.
(f) LEVELS OF PERFORMANCE AND INDICATORS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall annually establish expected levels of performance for YouthBuild programs relating to each of the primary indicators of performance for eligible youth activities described in section 116(b)(2)(A)(ii).
(2) ADDITIONAL INDICATORS.—The Secretary may establish expected levels of performance for additional indicators for YouthBuild programs, as the Secretary determines appropriate. (g) MANAGEMENT AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—
(1) SECRETARY ASSISTANCE.—The Secretary may enter into contracts with 1 or more entities to provide assistance to the Secretary in the management, supervision, and coordination of the program carried out under this section.
(2) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—
(A) CONTRACTS AND GRANTS.—The Secretary shall enter into contracts with or make grants to 1 or more qualified national nonprofit agencies, in order to provide training, information, technical assistance, program evalua- tion, and data management to recipients of grants under subsection (c).
(B) RESERVATION OF FUNDS.—Of the amounts available under subsection (i) to carry out this section for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve 5 percent to carry out subparagraph (A).
(3) CAPACITY BUILDING GRANTS.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—In each fiscal year, the Secretary may use not more than 3 percent of the amounts available under subsection (i) to award grants to 1 or more qualified national nonprofit agencies to pay for the Federal share of the cost of capacity building activities.
(B) FEDERAL SHARE.—The Federal share of the cost described in subparagraph (A) shall be 25 percent. The non-Federal share shall be provided from private sources.
(h) SUBGRANTS AND CONTRACTS.—Each recipient of a grant under subsection (c) to carry out a YouthBuild program shall pro- vide the services and activities described in this section directly or through subgrants, contracts, or other arrangements with local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, State or local housing development agencies, other public agencies, including agencies of Indian tribes, or private organizations.
(i) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section—
(1) $77,534,000 for fiscal year 2015; (2) $83,523,000 for fiscal year 2016;
H. R. 803—161
(3) $85,256,000 for fiscal year 2017; (4) $87,147,000 for fiscal year 2018;
(5) $89,196,000 for fiscal year 2019; and
(6) $91,087,000 for fiscal year 2020.

SEC. 172. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

(a) NATIVE AMERICAN PROGRAMS.—There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out section 166 (not including subsection (k) of such section)—
(1) $46,082,000 for fiscal year 2015; (2) $49,641,000 for fiscal year 2016; (3) $50,671,000 for fiscal year 2017; (4) $51,795,000 for fiscal year 2018;
(5) $53,013,000 for fiscal year 2019; and
(6) $54,137,000 for fiscal year 2020.
(b) MIGRANT AND SEASONAL FARMWORKER PROGRAMS.—There
are authorized to be appropriated to carry out section 167—
(1) $81,896,000 for fiscal year 2015;
(2) $88,222,000 for fiscal year 2016;
(3) $90,052,000 for fiscal year 2017;
(4) $92,050,000 for fiscal year 2018;
(5) $94,214,000 for fiscal year 2019; and
(6) $96,211,000 for fiscal year 2020.
(c) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—There are authorized to be appro-
priated to carry out section 168—
(1) $3,000,000 for fiscal year 2015;
(2) $3,232,000 for fiscal year 2016;
(3) $3,299,000 for fiscal year 2017;
(4) $3,372,000 for fiscal year 2018;
(5) $3,451,000 for fiscal year 2019; and
(6) $3,524,000 for fiscal year 2020.
(d) EVALUATIONS AND RESEARCH.—There are authorized to be
appropriated to carry out section 169—
(1) $91,000,000 for fiscal year 2015;
(2) $98,029,000 for fiscal year 2016;
(3) $100,063,000 for fiscal year 2017;
(4) $102,282,000 for fiscal year 2018;
(5) $104,687,000 for fiscal year 2019; and
(6) $106,906,000 for fiscal year 2020.
(e) ASSISTANCE FOR VETERANS.—If, as of the date of enactment
of this Act, any unobligated funds appropriated to carry out section
168 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, as in effect on the
day before the date of enactment of this Act, remain available,
the Secretary of Labor shall continue to use such funds to carry
out such section, as in effect on such day, until all of such funds
are expended.
(f) ASSISTANCE FOR ELIGIBLE WORKERS.—If, as of the date
of enactment of this Act, any unobligated funds appropriated to
carry out subsections (f) and (g) of section 173 of the Workforce
Investment Act of 1998, as in effect on the day before the date
of enactment of this Act, remain available, the Secretary of Labor
shall continue to use such funds to carry out such subsections,
as in effect on such day, until all of such funds are expended.
H. R. 803—162

Subtitle E—Administration

SEC. 181. REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS.

(a) BENEFITS.— (1) WAGES.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—Individuals in on-the-job training or individuals employed in activities under this title shall be compensated at the same rates, including periodic increases, as trainees or employees who are similarly situ- ated in similar occupations by the same employer and who have similar training, experience, and skills, and such rates shall be in accordance with applicable law, but in no event less than the higher of the rate specified in section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 206(a)(1)) or the applicable State or local min- imum wage law.
(B) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—The reference in subparagraph (A) to section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Stand- ards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 206(a)(1)) shall not be applicable
for individuals in territorial jurisdictions in which section
6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C.
206(a)(1)) does not apply.
(2) TREATMENT OF ALLOWANCES, EARNINGS, AND PAY-

MENTS.—Allowances, earnings, and payments to individuals

participating in programs under this title shall not be consid-
ered as income for the purposes of determining eligibility for
and the amount of income transfer and in-kind aid furnished
under any Federal or federally assisted program based on need,
other than as provided under the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
301 et seq.).
(b) LABOR STANDARDS.—
(1) LIMITATIONS ON ACTIVITIES THAT IMPACT WAGES OF

EMPLOYEES.—No funds provided under this title shall be used

to pay the wages of incumbent employees during their participa-
tion in economic development activities provided through a
statewide workforce development system.
(2) DISPLACEMENT.—
(A) PROHIBITION.—A participant in a program or
activity authorized under this title (referred to in this
section as a ‘‘specified activity’’) shall not displace
(including a partial displacement, such as a reduction in
the hours of nonovertime work, wages, or employment bene-
fits) any currently employed employee (as of the date of
the participation).
(B) PROHIBITION ON IMPAIRMENT OF CONTRACTS.—A
specified activity shall not impair an existing contract for
services or collective bargaining agreement, and no such
activity that would be inconsistent with the terms of a
collective bargaining agreement shall be undertaken with-
out the written concurrence of the labor organization and
employer concerned.
(3) OTHER PROHIBITIONS.—A participant in a specified
activity shall not be employed in a job if—
(A) any other individual is on layoff from the same
or any substantially equivalent job;
H. R. 803—163
(B) the employer has terminated the employment of any regular employee or otherwise reduced the workforce of the employer with the intention of filling the vacancy so created with the participant; or
(C) the job is created in a promotional line that will infringe in any way upon the promotional opportunities of currently employed individuals (as of the date of the participation).
(4) HEALTH AND SAFETY.—Health and safety standards established under Federal and State law otherwise applicable to working conditions of employees shall be equally applicable to working conditions of participants engaged in specified activi- ties. To the extent that a State workers’ compensation law applies, workers’ compensation shall be provided to participants on the same basis as the compensation is provided to other individuals in the State in similar employment.
(5) EMPLOYMENT CONDITIONS.—Individuals in on-the-job training or individuals employed in programs and activities under this title shall be provided benefits and working condi- tions at the same level and to the same extent as other trainees or employees working a similar length of time and doing the same type of work.
(6) OPPORTUNITY TO SUBMIT COMMENTS.—Interested mem- bers of the public, including representatives of businesses and of labor organizations, shall be provided an opportunity to submit comments to the Secretary with respect to programs and activities proposed to be funded under subtitle B.
(7) NO IMPACT ON UNION ORGANIZING.—Each recipient of funds under this title shall provide to the Secretary assurances that none of such funds will be used to assist, promote, or deter union organizing.
(c) GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Each State and local area receiving an allotment or allocation under this title shall establish and main- tain a procedure for grievances or complaints alleging violations of the requirements of this title from participants and other interested or affected parties. Such procedure shall include an opportunity for a hearing and be completed within 60 days after the filing of the grievance or complaint.
(2) INVESTIGATION.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall investigate an allegation of a violation described in paragraph (1) if— (i) a decision relating to such violation has not
been reached within 60 days after the date of the filing of the grievance or complaint and either party appeals to the Secretary; or
(ii) a decision relating to such violation has been reached within such 60 days and the party to which such decision is adverse appeals such decision to the Secretary.
(B) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT.—The Secretary shall make a final determination relating to an appeal made under subparagraph (A) no later than 120 days after receiving such appeal.
(3) REMEDIES.—Remedies that may be imposed under this section for a violation of any requirement of this title shall be limited—
H. R. 803—164
(A) to suspension or termination of payments under this title;
(B) to prohibition of placement of a participant with an employer that has violated any requirement under this title;
(C) where applicable, to reinstatement of an employee, payment of lost wages and benefits, and reestablishment of other relevant terms, conditions, and privileges of employment; and
(D) where appropriate, to other equitable relief.
(4) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in paragraph (3) shall be construed to prohibit a grievant or complainant from pursuing a remedy authorized under another Federal, State, or local law for a violation of this title.
(d) RELOCATION.—
(1) PROHIBITION ON USE OF FUNDS TO ENCOURAGE OR INDUCE RELOCATION.—No funds provided under this title shall be used, or proposed for use, to encourage or induce the reloca- tion of a business or part of a business if such relocation would result in a loss of employment for any employee of such business at the original location and such original location is within the United States.
(2) PROHIBITION ON USE OF FUNDS AFTER RELOCATION.— No funds provided under this title for an employment or training activity shall be used for customized or skill training, on-the-job training, incumbent worker training, transitional employment, or company-specific assessments of job applicants or employees, for any business or part of a business that has relocated, until the date that is 120 days after the date on which such business commences operations at the new location, if the relocation of such business or part of a business results in a loss of employment for any employee of such business at the original location and such original location is within the United States.
(3) REPAYMENT.—If the Secretary determines that a viola- tion of paragraph (1) or (2) has occurred, the Secretary shall require the State that has violated such paragraph (or that has provided funding to an entity that has violated such para- graph) to repay to the United States an amount equal to the amount expended in violation of such paragraph.
(e) LIMITATION ON USE OF FUNDS.—No funds available to carry out an activity under this title shall be used for employment gener- ating activities, investment in revolving loan funds, capitalization of businesses, investment in contract bidding resource centers, eco- nomic development activities, or similar activities, that are not directly related to training for eligible individuals under this title. No funds received to carry out an activity under subtitle B shall be used for foreign travel.
(f) TESTING AND SANCTIONING FOR USE OF CONTROLLED SUB-

STANCES.—

(1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a State shall not be prohibited by the Federal Government from—
(A) testing participants in programs under subtitle B
for the use of controlled substances; and
(B) sanctioning such participants who test positive for the use of such controlled substances.
H. R. 803—165
(2) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.—
(A) PERIOD OF SANCTION.—In sanctioning participants in a program under subtitle B who test positive for the use of controlled substances—
(i) with respect to the first occurrence for which a participant tests positive, a State may exclude the participant from the program for a period not to exceed
6 months; and
(ii) with respect to the second occurrence and each subsequent occurrence for which a participant tests positive, a State may exclude the participant from the program for a period not to exceed 2 years.
(B) APPEAL.—The testing of participants and the imposition of sanctions under this subsection shall be sub- ject to expeditious appeal in accordance with due process procedures established by the State.
(C) PRIVACY.—A State shall establish procedures for testing participants for the use of controlled substances that ensure a maximum degree of privacy for the partici- pants.
(3) FUNDING REQUIREMENT.—In testing and sanctioning of participants for the use of controlled substances in accordance with this subsection, the only Federal funds that a State may use are the amounts made available for the administration of statewide workforce investment activities under section
134(a)(3)(B).
(g) SUBGRANT AUTHORITY.—A recipient of grant funds under this title shall have the authority to enter into subgrants in order to carry out the grant, subject to such conditions as the Secretary may establish.

SEC. 182. PROMPT ALLOCATION OF FUNDS.

(a) ALLOTMENTS BASED ON LATEST AVAILABLE DATA.—All allot- ments to States and grants to outlying areas under this title shall be based on the latest available data and estimates satisfactory to the Secretary. All data relating to disadvantaged adults and disadvantaged youth shall be based on the most recent satisfactory data from the Bureau of the Census.
(b) PUBLICATION IN FEDERAL REGISTER RELATING TO FORMULA FUNDS.—Whenever the Secretary allots funds required to be allotted under this title, the Secretary shall publish in a timely fashion in the Federal Register the amount proposed to be distributed to each recipient of the funds.
(c) REQUIREMENT FOR FUNDS DISTRIBUTED BY FORMULA.—All funds required to be allotted under section 127 or 132 shall be allotted within 45 days after the date of enactment of the Act appropriating the funds, except that, if such funds are appropriated in advance as authorized by section 189(g), such funds shall be allotted or allocated not later than the March 31 preceding the program year for which such funds are to be available for obligation. (d) PUBLICATION IN FEDERAL REGISTER RELATING TO DISCRE- TIONARY FUNDS.—Whenever the Secretary utilizes a formula to allot or allocate funds made available for distribution at the Sec- retary’s discretion under this title, the Secretary shall, not later than 30 days prior to such allotment or allocation, publish for comment in the Federal Register the formula, the rationale for the formula, and the proposed amounts to be distributed to each
H. R. 803—166
State and local area. After consideration of any comments received, the Secretary shall publish final allotments and allocations in the Federal Register.
(e) AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS.—Funds shall be made available under section 128, and funds shall be made available under section
133, for a local area not later than 30 days after the date the funds are made available to the Governor involved, under section
127 or 132 (as the case may be), or 7 days after the date the local plan for the area is approved, whichever is later.

SEC. 183. MONITORING.

(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary is authorized to monitor all recipients of financial assistance under this title to determine whether the recipients are complying with the provisions of this title, including the regulations issued under this title.
(b) INVESTIGATIONS.—The Secretary may investigate any matter the Secretary determines to be necessary to determine the compli- ance of the recipients with this title, including the regulations issued under this title. The investigations authorized by this sub- section may include examining records (including making certified copies of the records), questioning employees, and entering any premises or onto any site in which any part of a program or activity of such a recipient is conducted or in which any of the records of the recipient are kept.
(c) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT.—For the purpose of any inves- tigation or hearing conducted under this title by the Secretary, the provisions of section 9 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. 49) (relating to the attendance of witnesses and the production of documents) apply to the Secretary, in the same manner and to the same extent as the provisions apply to the Federal Trade Commission.

SEC. 184. FISCAL CONTROLS; SANCTIONS.

(a) ESTABLISHMENT OF FISCAL CONTROLS BY STATES.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Each State shall establish such fiscal control and fund accounting procedures as may be necessary to assure the proper disbursal of, and accounting for, Federal funds allocated to local areas under subtitle B. Such procedures shall ensure that all financial transactions carried out under subtitle B are conducted and records maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applicable in each State.
(2) COST PRINCIPLES.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—Each State (including the Governor of the State), local area (including the chief elected official for the area), and provider receiving funds under this title shall comply with the applicable uniform cost principles included in appropriate circulars or rules of the Office of Management and Budget for the type of entity receiving the funds.
(B) EXCEPTION.—The funds made available to a State for administration of statewide workforce investment activi- ties in accordance with section 134(a)(3)(B) shall be allo- cable to the overall administration of workforce investment activities, but need not be specifically allocable to—
(i) the administration of adult employment and training activities;
H. R. 803—167
(ii) the administration of dislocated worker employ- ment and training activities; or
(iii) the administration of youth workforce invest- ment activities.
(3) UNIFORM ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—Each State (including the Governor of the State), local area (including the chief elected official for the area), and provider receiving funds under this title shall comply with the appropriate uniform administrative requirements for grants and agreements applicable for the type of entity receiving the funds, as promulgated in circu- lars or rules of the Office of Management and Budget. (B) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT.—Procurement trans- actions under this title between local boards and units of State or local governments shall be conducted only on
a cost-reimbursable basis.
(4) MONITORING.—Each Governor of a State shall conduct on an annual basis onsite monitoring of each local area within the State to ensure compliance with the uniform administrative requirements referred to in paragraph (3).
(5) ACTION BY GOVERNOR.—If the Governor determines that a local area is not in compliance with the uniform administra- tive requirements referred to in paragraph (3), the Governor shall—
(A) require corrective action to secure prompt compli- ance with the requirements; and
(B) impose the sanctions provided under subsection (b) in the event of failure to take the required corrective action.
(6) CERTIFICATION.—The Governor shall, every 2 years, certify to the Secretary that—
(A) the State has implemented the uniform administra- tive requirements referred to in paragraph (3);
(B) the State has monitored local areas to ensure compliance with the uniform administrative requirements as required under paragraph (4); and
(C) the State has taken appropriate action to secure compliance with the requirements pursuant to paragraph (5).
(7) ACTION BY THE SECRETARY.—If the Secretary determines that the Governor has not fulfilled the requirements of this subsection, the Secretary shall—
(A) require corrective action to secure prompt compli- ance with the requirements of this subsection; and
(B) impose the sanctions provided under subsection (e) in the event of failure of the Governor to take the required appropriate action to secure compliance with the requirements.
(b) SUBSTANTIAL VIOLATION.—
(1) ACTION BY GOVERNOR.—If, as a result of financial and compliance audits or otherwise, the Governor determines that there is a substantial violation of a specific provision of this title, and corrective action has not been taken, the Governor shall—
(A) issue a notice of intent to revoke approval of all or part of the local plan affected; or
(B) impose a reorganization plan, which may include—
H. R. 803—168
(i) decertifying the local board involved;
(ii) prohibiting the use of eligible providers;
(iii) selecting an alternative entity to administer the program for the local area involved;
(iv) merging the local area into one or more other local areas; or
(v) making such other changes as the Secretary or Governor determines to be necessary to secure compliance with the provision.
(2) APPEAL.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—The actions taken by the Governor pursuant to subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) may be appealed to the Secretary and shall not become effective until—
(i) the time for appeal has expired; or
(ii) the Secretary has issued a decision.
(B) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT.—The Secretary shall make a final decision under subparagraph (A) not later than 45 days after the receipt of the appeal.
(3) ACTION BY THE SECRETARY.—If the Governor fails to take promptly an action required under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall take such action.
(c) REPAYMENT OF CERTAIN AMOUNTS TO THE UNITED STATES.— (1) IN GENERAL.—Every recipient of funds under this title shall repay to the United States amounts found not to have
been expended in accordance with this title.
(2) OFFSET OF REPAYMENT AMOUNT.—If the Secretary deter- mines that a State has expended funds received under this title in a manner contrary to the requirements of this title, the Secretary may require repayment by offsetting the amount of such expenditures against any other amount to which the State is or may be entitled under this title, except as provided under subsection (d)(1).
(3) REPAYMENT FROM DEDUCTION BY STATE.—If the Sec- retary requires a State to repay funds as a result of a deter- mination that a local area of the State has expended funds in a manner contrary to the requirements of this title, the Governor of the State may use an amount deducted under paragraph (4) to repay the funds, except as provided under subsection (e).
(4) DEDUCTION BY STATE.—The Governor may deduct an amount equal to the misexpenditure described in paragraph (3) from subsequent program year (subsequent to the program year for which the determination was made) allocations to the local area from funds reserved for the administrative costs of the local programs involved, as appropriate.
(5) LIMITATIONS.—A deduction made by a State as described in paragraph (4) shall not be made until such time as the Governor has taken appropriate corrective action to ensure full compliance with this title within such local area with regard to appropriate expenditures of funds under this title. (d) REPAYMENT OF AMOUNTS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Each recipient of funds under this title shall be liable to repay the amounts described in subsection (c)(1), from funds other than funds received under this title, upon a determination by the Secretary that the misexpenditure of the amounts was due to willful disregard of the requirements
H. R. 803—169
of this title, gross negligence, failure to observe accepted stand- ards of administration, or a pattern of misexpenditure described in subsection (c)(1). No such determination shall be made under this subsection or subsection (c) until notice and opportunity for a fair hearing have been given to the recipient.
(2) FACTORS IN IMPOSING SANCTIONS.—In determining whether to impose any sanction authorized by this section against a recipient of funds under this title for violations of this title (including applicable regulations) by a subgrantee or contractor of such recipient, the Secretary shall first deter- mine whether such recipient has adequately demonstrated that the recipient has—
(A) established and adhered to an appropriate system, for entering into and monitoring subgrant agreements and contracts with subgrantees and contractors, that contains acceptable standards for ensuring accountability;
(B) entered into a written subgrant agreement or con- tract with such a subgrantee or contractor that established clear goals and obligations in unambiguous terms;
(C) acted with due diligence to monitor the implementation of the subgrant agreement or contract, including carrying out the appropriate monitoring activities (including audits) at reasonable intervals; and
(D) taken prompt and appropriate corrective action upon becoming aware of any evidence of a violation of this title, including regulations issued under this title, by such subgrantee or contractor.
(3) WAIVER.—If the Secretary determines that the recipient has demonstrated substantial compliance with the require- ments of paragraph (2), the Secretary may waive the imposition of sanctions authorized by this section upon such recipient. The Secretary is authorized to impose any sanction consistent with the provisions of this title and with any applicable Federal or State law directly against any subgrantee or contractor for violation of this title, including regulations issued under this title.
(e) IMMEDIATE TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF ASSISTANCE IN EMERGENCY SITUATIONS.—In emergency situations, if the Sec- retary determines it is necessary to protect the integrity of the funds or ensure the proper operation of the program or activity involved, the Secretary may immediately terminate or suspend financial assistance, in whole or in part, to the recipient if the recipient is given prompt notice and the opportunity for a subse- quent hearing within 30 days after such termination or suspension. The Secretary shall not delegate any of the functions or authority specified in this subsection, other than to an officer whose appoint-
ment is required to be made by and with the advice and consent
of the Senate.
(f) DISCRIMINATION AGAINST PARTICIPANTS.—If the Secretary
determines that any recipient under this title has discharged or
in any other manner discriminated against a participant or against
any individual in connection with the administration of the program
involved, or against any individual because such individual has
filed any complaint or instituted or caused to be instituted any
proceeding under or related to this title, or has testified or is
about to testify in any such proceeding or an investigation under
H. R. 803—170
or related to this title, or otherwise unlawfully denied to any indi- vidual a benefit to which that individual is entitled under the provisions of this title, including regulations issued under this title, the Secretary shall, within 30 days, take such action or order such corrective measures, as necessary, with respect to the recipient or the aggrieved individual, or both.
(g) REMEDIES.—The remedies described in this section shall not be considered to be the exclusive remedies available for viola- tions described in this section.

SEC. 185. REPORTS; RECORDKEEPING; INVESTIGATIONS.

(a) RECIPIENT RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Recipients of funds under this title shall keep records that are sufficient to permit the preparation of reports required by this title and to permit the tracing of funds to a level of expenditure adequate to ensure that the funds have not been spent unlawfully.
(2) RECORDS AND REPORTS REGARDING GENERAL PERFORM- ANCE.—Every such recipient shall maintain such records and submit such reports, in such form and containing such informa- tion, as the Secretary may require regarding the performance of programs and activities carried out under this title. Such records and reports shall be submitted to the Secretary but shall not be required to be submitted more than once each quarter unless specifically requested by Congress or a com- mittee of Congress, in which case an estimate regarding such information may be provided.
(3) MAINTENANCE OF STANDARDIZED RECORDS.—In order to allow for the preparation of the reports required under subsection (c), such recipients shall maintain standardized records for all individual participants and provide to the Sec- retary a sufficient number of such records to provide for an adequate analysis of the records.
(4) AVAILABILITY TO THE PUBLIC.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subparagraph (B), records maintained by such recipients pursuant to this subsection shall be made available to the public upon request.
(B) EXCEPTION.—Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to— (i) information, the disclosure of which would con- stitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal pri-
vacy; and
(ii) trade secrets, or commercial or financial information, that is—
(I) obtained from a person; and
(II) privileged or confidential.
(C) FEES TO RECOVER COSTS.—Such recipients may charge fees sufficient to recover costs applicable to the processing of requests for records under subparagraph (A).
(b) INVESTIGATIONS OF USE OF FUNDS.— (1) IN GENERAL.—
(A) SECRETARY.—In order to evaluate compliance with the provisions of this title, the Secretary shall conduct, in several States, in each fiscal year, investigations of the use of funds received by recipients under this title. (B) COMPTROLLER GENERAL OF THE UNITED STATES.—
In order to ensure compliance with the provisions of this
H. R. 803—171
title, the Comptroller General of the United States may conduct investigations of the use of funds received under this title by any recipient.
(2) PROHIBITION.—In conducting any investigation under this title, the Secretary or the Comptroller General of the United States may not request the compilation of any informa- tion that the recipient is not otherwise required to compile and that is not readily available to such recipient.
(3) AUDITS.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—In carrying out any audit under this title (other than any initial audit survey or any audit investigating possible criminal or fraudulent conduct), either directly or through grant or contract, the Secretary, the Inspector General of the Department of Labor, or the Comptroller General of the United States shall furnish to the State, recipient, or other entity to be audited, advance notification of the overall objectives and purposes of the audit, and any extensive recordkeeping or data requirements to be met, not later than 14 days (or as soon as practicable) prior to the commencement of the audit.
(B) NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENT.—If the scope, objec- tives, or purposes of the audit change substantially during the course of the audit, the entity being audited shall be notified of the change as soon as practicable.
(C) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT.—The reports on the results of such audits shall cite the law, regulation, policy, or other criteria applicable to any finding contained in the reports.
(D) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing contained in this title shall be construed so as to be inconsistent with the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.) or govern- ment auditing standards issued by the Comptroller General of the United States.
(c) GRANTEE INFORMATION RESPONSIBILITIES.—Each State, each local board, and each recipient (other than a subrecipient, sub- grantee, or contractor of a recipient) receiving funds under this title—
(1) shall make readily accessible such reports concerning its operations and expenditures as shall be prescribed by the Secretary;
(2) shall prescribe and maintain comparable management information systems, in accordance with guidelines that shall be prescribed by the Secretary, designed to facilitate the uni- form compilation, cross tabulation, and analysis of pro- grammatic, participant, and financial data, on statewide, local area, and other appropriate bases, necessary for reporting, mon- itoring, and evaluating purposes, including data necessary to comply with section 188;
(3) shall monitor the performance of providers in complying with the terms of grants, contracts, or other agreements made pursuant to this title; and
(4) shall, to the extent practicable, submit or make avail- able (including through electronic means) any reports, records, plans, or any other data that are required to be submitted or made available, respectively, under this title.
(d) INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN REPORTS.—
H. R. 803—172
(1) IN GENERAL.—The reports required in subsection (c) shall include information regarding programs and activities carried out under this title pertaining to—
(A) the relevant demographic characteristics (including race, ethnicity, sex, and age) and other related information regarding participants;
(B) the programs and activities in which participants are enrolled, and the length of time that participants are engaged in such programs and activities;
(C) outcomes of the programs and activities for partici- pants, including the occupations of participants, and place- ment for participants in nontraditional employment;
(D) specified costs of the programs and activities; and
(E) information necessary to prepare reports to comply with section 188.
(2) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT.—The Secretary shall ensure that all elements of the information required for the reports described in paragraph (1) are defined and that the information is reported uniformly.
(e) QUARTERLY FINANCIAL REPORTS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Each local board in a State shall submit quarterly financial reports to the Governor with respect to programs and activities carried out under this title. Such reports shall include information identifying all program and activity costs by cost category in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and by year of the appropriation involved.
(2) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT.—Each State shall submit to the Secretary, and the Secretary shall submit to the Com- mittee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives, on a quarterly basis, a summary of the reports submitted to the Governor pursuant to paragraph (1).
(f) MAINTENANCE OF ADDITIONAL RECORDS.—Each State and local board shall maintain records with respect to programs and activities carried out under this title that identify—
(1) any income or profits earned, including such income or profits earned by subrecipients; and
(2) any costs incurred (such as stand-in costs) that are otherwise allowable except for funding limitations.
(g) COST CATEGORIES.—In requiring entities to maintain records of costs by cost category under this title, the Secretary shall require only that the costs be categorized as administrative or programmatic costs.

SEC. 186. ADMINISTRATIVE ADJUDICATION.

(a) IN GENERAL.—Whenever any applicant for financial assist- ance under this title is dissatisfied because the Secretary has made a determination not to award financial assistance in whole or in part to such applicant, the applicant may request a hearing before an administrative law judge of the Department of Labor. A similar hearing may also be requested by any recipient for whom a correc- tive action has been required or a sanction has been imposed by the Secretary under section 184.
(b) APPEAL.—The decision of the administrative law judge shall constitute final action by the Secretary unless, within 20 days
H. R. 803—173
after receipt of the decision of the administrative law judge, a party dissatisfied with the decision or any part of the decision has filed exceptions with the Secretary specifically identifying the procedure, fact, law, or policy to which exception is taken. Any exception not specifically urged during the 20-day period shall be deemed to have been waived. After the 20-day period the decision of the administrative law judge shall become the final decision of the Secretary unless the Secretary, within 30 days after such filing, notifies the parties that the case involved has been accepted for review.
(c) TIME LIMIT.—Any case accepted for review by the Secretary under subsection (b) shall be decided within 180 days after such acceptance. If the case is not decided within the 180-day period, the decision of the administrative law judge shall become the final decision of the Secretary at the end of the 180-day period.
(d) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT.—The provisions of section 187 shall apply to any final action of the Secretary under this section.

SEC. 187. JUDICIAL REVIEW.

(a) REVIEW.—
(1) PETITION.—With respect to any final order by the Sec- retary under section 186 by which the Secretary awards, declines to award, or only conditionally awards, financial assist- ance under this title, or any final order of the Secretary under section 186 with respect to a corrective action or sanction imposed under section 184, any party to a proceeding that resulted in such final order may obtain review of such final order in the United States Court of Appeals having jurisdiction over the applicant for or recipient of the funds involved, by filing a review petition within 30 days after the date of issuance of such final order.
(2) ACTION ON PETITION.—The clerk of the court shall transmit a copy of the review petition to the Secretary, who shall file the record on which the final order was entered as provided in section 2112 of title 28, United States Code. The filing of a review petition shall not stay the order of the Secretary, unless the court orders a stay. Petitions filed under this subsection shall be heard expeditiously, if possible within 10 days after the date of filing of a reply to the petition. (3) STANDARD AND SCOPE OF REVIEW.—No objection to the order of the Secretary shall be considered by the court unless the objection was specifically urged, in a timely manner, before the Secretary. The review shall be limited to questions of law and the findings of fact of the Secretary shall be conclusive
if supported by substantial evidence.
(b) JUDGMENT.—The court shall have jurisdiction to make and enter a decree affirming, modifying, or setting aside the order
of the Secretary in whole or in part. The judgment of the court regarding the order shall be final, subject to certiorari review by the Supreme Court as provided in section 1254(1) of title 28, United States Code.

SEC. 188. NONDISCRIMINATION.

(a) IN GENERAL.—
(1) FEDERAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.—For the purpose of applying the prohibitions against discrimination on the basis of age under the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C.
6101 et seq.), on the basis of disability under section 504
H. R. 803—174
of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794), on the basis of sex under title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.), or on the basis of race, color, or national origin under title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.), programs and activities funded or otherwise financially assisted in whole or in part under this Act are considered to be programs and activities receiving Fed- eral financial assistance.
(2) PROHIBITION OF DISCRIMINATION REGARDING PARTICIPA- TION, BENEFITS, AND EMPLOYMENT.—No individual shall be excluded from participation in, denied the benefits of, subjected to discrimination under, or denied employment in the adminis- tration of or in connection with, any such program or activity because of race, color, religion, sex (except as otherwise per- mitted under title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972), national origin, age, disability, or political affiliation or belief. (3) PROHIBITION ON ASSISTANCE FOR FACILITIES FOR SEC- TARIAN INSTRUCTION OR RELIGIOUS WORSHIP.—Participants shall not be employed under this title to carry out the construction, operation, or maintenance of any part of any facility that is used or to be used for sectarian instruction or as a place for religious worship (except with respect to the maintenance of a facility that is not primarily or inherently devoted to sectarian instruction or religious worship, in a case in which the organization operating the facility is part of a program
or activity providing services to participants).
(4) PROHIBITION ON DISCRIMINATION ON BASIS OF PARTICI- PANT STATUS.—No person may discriminate against an indi- vidual who is a participant in a program or activity that receives funds under this title, with respect to the terms and conditions affecting, or rights provided to, the individual, solely because of the status of the individual as a participant.
(5) PROHIBITION ON DISCRIMINATION AGAINST CERTAIN NON- CITIZENS.—Participation in programs and activities or receiving funds under this title shall be available to citizens and nationals of the United States, lawfully admitted permanent resident aliens, refugees, asylees, and parolees, and other immigrants authorized by the Attorney General to work in the United States.
(b) ACTION OF SECRETARY.—Whenever the Secretary finds that a State or other recipient of funds under this title has failed to comply with a provision of law referred to in subsection (a)(1), or with paragraph (2), (3), (4), or (5) of subsection (a), including an applicable regulation prescribed to carry out such provision or paragraph, the Secretary shall notify such State or recipient and shall request that the State or recipient comply. If within a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 60 days, the State or recipient fails or refuses to comply, the Secretary may—
(1) refer the matter to the Attorney General with a rec- ommendation that an appropriate civil action be instituted; or
(2) take such other action as may be provided by law. (c) ACTION OF ATTORNEY GENERAL.—When a matter is referred
to the Attorney General pursuant to subsection (b)(1), or whenever the Attorney General has reason to believe that a State or other recipient of funds under this title is engaged in a pattern or practice of discrimination in violation of a provision of law referred to
H. R. 803—175
in subsection (a)(1) or in violation of paragraph (2), (3), (4), or (5) of subsection (a), the Attorney General may bring a civil action in any appropriate district court of the United States for such relief as may be appropriate, including injunctive relief.
(d) JOB CORPS.—For the purposes of this section, Job Corps members shall be considered to be the ultimate beneficiaries of Federal financial assistance.
(e) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall issue regulations nec- essary to implement this section not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act. Such regulations shall adopt standards for determining discrimination and procedures for enforcement that are consistent with the Acts referred to in subsection (a)(1), as well as procedures to ensure that complaints filed under this section and such Acts are processed in a manner that avoids duplication of effort.

SEC. 189. SECRETARIAL ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITIES AND RESPON- SIBILITIES.

(a) IN GENERAL.—In accordance with chapter 5 of title 5, United States Code, the Secretary may prescribe rules and regulations to carry out this title, only to the extent necessary to administer and ensure compliance with the requirements of this title. Such rules and regulations may include provisions making adjustments authorized by section 6504 of title 31, United States Code. All such rules and regulations shall be published in the Federal Reg- ister at least 30 days prior to their effective dates. Copies of each such rule or regulation shall be transmitted to the appropriate committees of Congress on the date of such publication and shall contain, with respect to each material provision of such rule or regulation, a citation to the particular substantive section of law that is the basis for the provision.
(b) ACQUISITION OF CERTAIN PROPERTY AND SERVICES.—The Secretary is authorized, in carrying out this title, to accept, pur- chase, or lease in the name of the Department of Labor, and employ or dispose of in furtherance of the purposes of this title,
any money or property, real, personal, or mixed, tangible or intan-
gible, received by gift, devise, bequest, or otherwise, and to accept
voluntary and uncompensated services notwithstanding the provi-
sions of section 1342 of title 31, United States Code.
(c) AUTHORITY TO ENTER INTO CERTAIN AGREEMENTS AND TO
MAKE CERTAIN EXPENDITURES.—The Secretary may make such
grants, enter into such contracts or agreements, establish such
procedures, and make such payments, in installments and in
advance or by way of reimbursement, or otherwise allocate or
expend such funds under this title, as may be necessary to carry
out this title, including making expenditures for construction,
repairs, and capital improvements, and including making necessary
adjustments in payments on account of over-payments or underpay-
ments.
(d) ANNUAL REPORT.—The Secretary shall prepare and submit
to the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House
of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor,
and Pensions of the Senate an annual report regarding the pro-
grams and activities funded under this title. The Secretary shall
include in such report—
H. R. 803—176
(1) a summary of the achievements, failures, and challenges of the programs and activities in meeting the objectives of this title;
(2) a summary of major findings from research, evaluations, pilot projects, and experiments conducted under this title in the fiscal year prior to the submission of the report;
(3) recommendations for modifications in the programs and activities based on analysis of such findings; and
(4) such other recommendations for legislative or adminis- trative action as the Secretary determines to be appropriate. (e) UTILIZATION OF SERVICES AND FACILITIES.—The Secretary
is authorized, in carrying out this title, under the same procedures as are applicable under subsection (c) or to the extent permitted by law other than this title, to accept and use the services and facilities of departments, agencies, and establishments of the United States. The Secretary is also authorized, in carrying out this title, to accept and use the services and facilities of the agencies of any State or political subdivision of a State, with the consent of the State or political subdivision.
(f) OBLIGATIONAL AUTHORITY.—Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, the Secretary shall have no authority to enter into contracts, grant agreements, or other financial assistance agreements under this title, except to such extent and in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
(g) PROGRAM YEAR.— (1) IN GENERAL.—
(A) PROGRAM YEAR.—Except as provided in subpara- graph (B), appropriations for any fiscal year for programs and activities funded under this title shall be available for obligation only on the basis of a program year. The program year shall begin on July 1 in the fiscal year for which the appropriation is made.
(B) YOUTH WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES.—The Secretary may make available for obligation, beginning April 1 of any fiscal year, funds appropriated for such fiscal year to carry out youth workforce investment activi- ties under subtitle B and activities under section 171. (2) AVAILABILITY.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—Funds obligated for any program year for a program or activity funded under subtitle B may be expended by each State receiving such funds during that program year and the 2 succeeding program years. Funds received by local areas from States under subtitle B during a program year may be expended during that program year and the succeeding program year.
(B) CERTAIN NATIONAL ACTIVITIES.—
(i) IN GENERAL.—Funds obligated for any program
year for any program or activity carried out under
section 169 shall remain available until expended.
(ii) INCREMENTAL FUNDING BASIS.—A contract or
arrangement entered into under the authority of sub-
section (a) or (b) of section 169 (relating to evaluations,
research projects, studies and reports, and multistate
projects), including a long-term, nonseverable services
contract, may be funded on an incremental basis with
annual appropriations or other available funds.
H. R. 803—177
(C) SPECIAL RULE.—No amount of the funds obligated for a program year for a program or activity funded under this title shall be deobligated on account of a rate of expenditure that is consistent with a State plan, an oper- ating plan described in section 151, or a plan, grant agree- ment, contract, application, or other agreement described in subtitle D, as appropriate.
(D) FUNDS FOR PAY-FOR-PERFORMANCE CONTRACT STRATEGIES.—Funds used to carry out pay-for-performance contract strategies by local areas shall remain available until expended.
(h) ENFORCEMENT OF MILITARY SELECTIVE SERVICE ACT.—The Secretary shall ensure that each individual participating in any program or activity established under this title, or receiving any assistance or benefit under this title, has not violated section 3 of the Military Selective Service Act (50 U.S.C. App. 453) by not presenting and submitting to registration as required pursuant to such section. The Director of the Selective Service System shall cooperate with the Secretary to enable the Secretary to carry out this subsection.
(i) WAIVERS.—
(1) SPECIAL RULE REGARDING DESIGNATED AREAS.—A State that has enacted, not later than December 31, 1997, a State law providing for the designation of service delivery areas for the delivery of workforce investment activities, may use such areas as local areas under this title, notwithstanding section
106.
(2) SPECIAL RULE REGARDING SANCTIONS.—A State that has enacted, not later than December 31, 1997, a State law pro- viding for the sanctioning of such service delivery areas for failure to meet performance accountability measures for workforce investment activities, may use the State law to sanc- tion local areas for failure to meet State performance account- ability measures under this title.
(3) GENERAL WAIVERS OF STATUTORY OR REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.—
(A) GENERAL AUTHORITY.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary may waive for a State, or a local area in a State, pursuant to a request submitted by the Governor of the State (in consultation with appro- priate local elected officials) with a plan that meets the requirements of subparagraph (B)—
(i) any of the statutory or regulatory requirements of subtitle A, subtitle B, or this subtitle (except for requirements relating to wage and labor standards, including nondisplacement protections, worker rights, participation and protection of workers and partici- pants, grievance procedures and judicial review, non- discrimination, allocation of funds to local areas, eligi- bility of providers or participants, the establishment and functions of local areas and local boards, the funding of infrastructure costs for one-stop centers, and procedures for review and approval of plans, and other requirements relating to the basic purposes of this title); and
(ii) any of the statutory or regulatory requirements of sections 8 through 10 of the Wagner-Peyser Act
H. R. 803—178
(29 U.S.C. 49g through 49i) (excluding requirements relating to the provision of services to unemployment insurance claimants and veterans, and requirements relating to universal access to basic labor exchange services without cost to jobseekers).
(B) REQUESTS.—A Governor requesting a waiver under subparagraph (A) shall submit a plan to the Secretary to improve the statewide workforce development system that—
(i) identifies the statutory or regulatory require- ments that are requested to be waived and the goals that the State or local area in the State, as appropriate, intends to achieve as a result of the waiver;
(ii) describes the actions that the State or local area, as appropriate, has undertaken to remove State or local statutory or regulatory barriers;
(iii) describes the goals of the waiver and the expected programmatic outcomes if the request is granted;
(iv) describes the individuals impacted by the waiver; and
(v) describes the process used to monitor the progress in implementing such a waiver, and the process by which notice and, in the case of a waiver for a local area, an opportunity to comment on such request has been provided to the local board for the local area for which the waiver is requested.
(C) CONDITIONS.—Not later than 90 days after the date of the original submission of a request for a waiver under subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall provide a waiver under this subsection if and only to the extent that—
(i) the Secretary determines that the requirements requested to be waived impede the ability of the State or local area, as appropriate, to implement the plan described in subparagraph (B); and
(ii) the State has executed a memorandum of understanding with the Secretary requiring such State to meet, or ensure that the local area for which the waiver is requested meets, agreed-upon outcomes and to implement other appropriate measures to ensure accountability.
(D) EXPEDITED DETERMINATION REGARDING PROVISION OF WAIVERS.—If the Secretary has approved a waiver of statutory or regulatory requirements for a State or local area pursuant to this subsection, the Secretary shall expe- dite the determination regarding the provision of that waiver, for another State or local area if such waiver is in accordance with the approved State or local plan, as appropriate.

SEC. 190. WORKFORCE FLEXIBILITY PLANS.

(a) PLANS.—A State may submit to the Secretary, and the Secretary may approve, a workforce flexibility plan under which the State is authorized to waive, in accordance with the plan—
H. R. 803—179
(1) any of the statutory or regulatory requirements applicable under this title to local areas, pursuant to applica- tions for such waivers from the local areas, except for require- ments relating to the basic purposes of this title, wage and labor standards, grievance procedures and judicial review, non- discrimination, eligibility of participants, allocation of funds to local areas, establishment and functions of local areas and local boards, procedures for review and approval of local plans, and worker rights, participation, and protection;
(2) any of the statutory or regulatory requirements applicable under sections 8 through 10 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49g through 49i) to the State (excluding require- ments relating to the provision of services to unemployment insurance claimants and veterans, and requirements relating to universal access to basic labor exchange services without cost to jobseekers); and
(3) any of the statutory or regulatory requirements applicable under the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C.
3001 et seq.) to State agencies on aging with respect to activities carried out using funds allotted under section 506(b) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 3056d(b)), except for requirements relating to the basic purposes of such Act, wage and labor standards, eligibility of participants in the activities, and standards for grant agreements.
(b) CONTENT OF PLANS.—A workforce flexibility plan imple- mented by a State under subsection (a) shall include descriptions of—
(1)(A) the process by which local areas in the State may submit and obtain approval by the State of applications for waivers of requirements applicable under this title; and
(B) the requirements described in subparagraph (A) that are likely to be waived by the State under the plan;
(2) the requirements applicable under sections 8 through
10 of the Wagner-Peyser Act that are proposed to be waived,
if any;
(3) the requirements applicable under the Older Americans
Act of 1965 that are proposed to be waived, if any;
(4) the outcomes to be achieved by the waivers described
in paragraphs (1) through (3); and
(5) other measures to be taken to ensure appropriate
accountability for Federal funds in connection with the waivers.
(c) PERIODS.—The Secretary may approve a workforce flexibility
plan for a period of not more than 5 years.
(d) OPPORTUNITY FOR PUBLIC COMMENTS.—Prior to submitting
a workforce flexibility plan to the Secretary for approval, the State
shall provide to all interested parties and to the general public
adequate notice of and a reasonable opportunity for comment on
the waiver requests proposed to be implemented pursuant to such
plan.

SEC. 191. STATE LEGISLATIVE AUTHORITY.

(a) AUTHORITY OF STATE LEGISLATURE.—Nothing in this title shall be interpreted to preclude the enactment of State legislation providing for the implementation, consistent with the provisions of this title, of the activities assisted under this title. Any funds received by a State under this title shall be subject to appropriation
H. R. 803—180
by the State legislature, consistent with the terms and conditions required under this title.
(b) INTERSTATE COMPACTS AND COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS.— In the event that compliance with provisions of this title would be enhanced by compacts and cooperative agreements between States, the consent of Congress is given to States to enter into such compacts and agreements to facilitate such compliance, subject to the approval of the Secretary.

SEC. 192. TRANSFER OF FEDERAL EQUITY IN STATE EMPLOYMENT SECURITY AGENCY REAL PROPERTY TO THE STATES.

(a) TRANSFER OF FEDERAL EQUITY.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any Federal equity acquired in real property through grants to States awarded under title III of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 501 et seq.) or under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.) is transferred to the States that used the grants for the acquisition of such equity. The portion of any real property that is attributable to the Federal equity transferred under this section shall be used to carry out activities authorized under this Act, title III of the Social Security Act, or the Wagner- Peyser Act. Any disposition of such real property shall be carried out in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Secretary and the portion of the proceeds from the disposition of such real property that is attributable to the Federal equity transferred under this section shall be used to carry out activities authorized under this Act, title III of the Social Security Act, or the Wagner-Peyser Act.
(b) LIMITATION ON USE.—A State shall not use funds awarded under this Act, title III of the Social Security Act, or the Wagner- Peyser Act to amortize the costs of real property that is purchased by any State on or after the date of enactment of the Revised Continuing Appropriations Resolution, 2007.

SEC. 193. CONTINUATION OF STATE ACTIVITIES AND POLICIES.

(a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, the Secretary may not deny approval of a State plan for a covered State, or an application of a covered State for financial assistance, under this title, or find a covered State (including a State board or Governor), or a local area (including a local board or chief elected official) in a covered State, in violation of a provision of this title, on the basis that—
(1)(A) the State proposes to allocate or disburse, allocates, or disburses, within the State, funds made available to the State under section 127 or 132 in accordance with the allocation formula for the type of activities involved, or in accordance with a disbursal procedure or process, used by the State under prior consistent State laws; or
(B) a local board in the State proposes to disburse, or disburses, within the local area, funds made available to the
State under section 127 or 132 in accordance with a disbursal procedure or process used by a private industry council under prior consistent State law;
(2) the State proposes to carry out or carries out a State procedure through which local areas use, as fiscal agents for funds made available to the State under section 127 or 132 and allocated within the State, fiscal agents selected in accord- ance with a process established under prior consistent State laws;
H. R. 803—181
(3) the State proposes to carry out or carries out a State procedure through which the local boards in the State (or the local boards, the chief elected officials in the State, and the Governor) designate or select the one-stop partners and one-stop operators of the statewide system in the State under prior consistent State laws, in lieu of making the designation or certification described in section 121 (regardless of the date the one-stop delivery systems involved have been established); (4) the State proposes to carry out or carries out a State procedure through which the persons responsible for selecting eligible providers for purposes of subtitle B are permitted to determine that a provider shall not be selected to provide both intake services under section 134(c)(2) and training serv- ices under section 134(c)(3), under prior consistent State laws; (5) the State proposes to designate or designates a State board, or proposes to assign or assigns functions and roles of the State board (including determining the time periods for development and submission of a State plan required under section 102 or 103), for purposes of subtitle A in accordance
with prior consistent State laws; or
(6) a local board in the State proposes to use or carry
out, uses, or carries out a local plan (including assigning func-
tions and roles of the local board) for purposes of subtitle
A in accordance with the authorities and requirements
applicable to local plans and private industry councils under
prior consistent State laws.
(b) DEFINITION.—In this section:
(1) COVERED STATE.—The term ‘‘covered State’’ means a
State that enacted State laws described in paragraph (2).
(2) PRIOR CONSISTENT STATE LAWS.—The term ‘‘prior con-
sistent State laws’’ means State laws, not inconsistent with
the Job Training Partnership Act or any other applicable Fed-
eral law, that took effect on September 1, 1993, September
1, 1995, and September 1, 1997.

SEC. 194. GENERAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.

Except as otherwise provided in this title, the following condi- tions apply to all programs under this title:
(1) Each program under this title shall provide employment and training opportunities to those who can benefit from, and who are most in need of, such opportunities. In addition, the recipients of Federal funding for programs under this title shall make efforts to develop programs that contribute to occupational development, upward mobility, development of new careers, and opportunities for nontraditional employment. (2) Funds provided under this title shall only be used
for activities that are in addition to activities that would other- wise be available in the local area in the absence of such funds.
(3)(A) Any local area may enter into an agreement with another local area (including a local area that is a city or county within the same labor market) to pay or share the cost of educating, training, or placing individuals participating in programs assisted under this title, including the provision of supportive services.
H. R. 803—182
(B) Such agreement shall be approved by each local board for a local area entering into the agreement and shall be described in the local plan under section 108.
(4) On-the-job training contracts under this title, shall not be entered into with employers who have received payments under previous contracts under this Act or the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 and have exhibited a pattern of failing to provide on-the-job training participants with continued long- term employment as regular employees with wages and employ- ment benefits (including health benefits) and working condi- tions at the same level and to the same extent as other employees working a similar length of time and doing the same type of work.
(5) No person or organization may charge an individual a fee for the placement or referral of the individual in or to a workforce investment activity under this title.
(6) The Secretary shall not provide financial assistance for any program under this title that involves political activities. (7)(A) Income under any program administered by a public
or private nonprofit entity may be retained by such entity only if such income is used to continue to carry out the program. (B) Income subject to the requirements of subparagraph
(A) shall include—
(i) receipts from goods or services (including con-
ferences) provided as a result of activities funded under
this title;
(ii) funds provided to a service provider under this
title that are in excess of the costs associated with the
services provided; and
(iii) interest income earned on funds received under
this title.
(C) For purposes of this paragraph, each entity receiving
financial assistance under this title shall maintain records suffi-
cient to determine the amount of such income received and
the purposes for which such income is expended.
(8)(A) The Secretary shall notify the Governor and the
appropriate local board and chief elected official of, and consult
with the Governor and such board and official concerning,
any activity to be funded by the Secretary under this title within the corresponding State or local area.
(B) The Governor shall notify the appropriate local board and chief elected official of, and consult with such board and official concerning, any activity to be funded by the Governor under this title within the corresponding local area.
(9)(A) All education programs for youth supported with funds provided under chapter 2 of subtitle B shall be consistent with applicable State and local educational standards.
(B) Standards and procedures with respect to awarding academic credit and certifying educational attainment in pro- grams conducted under such chapter shall be consistent with the requirements of applicable State and local law, including regulation.
(10) No funds available under this title may be used for public service employment except as specifically authorized under this title.
H. R. 803—183
(11) The Federal requirements governing the title, use, and disposition of real property, equipment, and supplies pur- chased with funds provided under this title shall be the cor- responding Federal requirements generally applicable to such items purchased through Federal grants to States and local governments.
(12) Nothing in this title shall be construed to provide an individual with an entitlement to a service under this title. (13) Services, facilities, or equipment funded under this
title may be used, as appropriate, on a fee-for-service basis, by employers in a local area in order to provide employment and training activities to incumbent workers—
(A) when such services, facilities, or equipment are not in use for the provision of services for eligible partici- pants under this title;
(B) if such use for incumbent workers would not have an adverse effect on the provision of services to eligible participants under this title; and
(C) if the income derived from such fees is used to carry out the programs authorized under this title.
(14) Funds provided under this title shall not be used to establish or operate a stand-alone fee-for-service enterprise in a situation in which a private sector employment agency (as defined in section 701 of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000e)) is providing full access to similar or related services in such a manner as to fully meet the identified need. For purposes of this paragraph, such an enterprise does not include a one-stop delivery system described in section 121(e). (15)(A) None of the funds available under this title shall
be used by a recipient or subrecipient of such funds to pay the salary and bonuses of an individual, either as direct costs or indirect costs, at a rate in excess of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level II of the Executive Schedule
under section 5313 of title 5, United States Code.
(B) The limitation described in subparagraph (A) shall
not apply to vendors providing goods and services as defined
in Office of Management and Budget Circular A–133. In a
case in which a State is a recipient of such funds, the State
may establish a lower limit than is provided in subparagraph
(A) for salaries and bonuses of those receiving salaries and
bonuses from a subrecipient of such funds, taking into account
factors including the relative cost of living in the State, the
compensation levels for comparable State or local government
employees, and the size of the organizations that administer
the Federal programs involved.

SEC. 195. RESTRICTIONS ON LOBBYING ACTIVITIES.

(a) PUBLICITY RESTRICTIONS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—No funds provided under this Act shall
be used for—
(A) publicity or propaganda purposes; or
(B) the preparation, distribution, or use of any kit,
pamphlet, booklet, publication, electronic communication,
radio, television, or video presentation designed to support
or defeat—
H. R. 803—184
(i) the enactment of legislation before Congress or any State or local legislature or legislative body; or
(ii) any proposed or pending regulation, adminis- trative action, or order issued by the executive branch of any State or local government.
(2) EXCEPTION.—Paragraph (1) shall not apply to—
(A) normal and recognized executive-legislative rela-
tionships;
(B) the preparation, distribution, or use of the mate-
rials described in paragraph (1)(B) in presentation to Con-
gress or any State or local legislature or legislative body;
or
(C) such preparation, distribution, or use of such mate- rials in presentation to the executive branch of any State or local government.
(b) SALARY RESTRICTIONS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—No funds provided under this Act shall be used to pay the salary or expenses of any grant or contract recipient, or agent acting for such recipient, related to any activity designed to influence the enactment or issuance of legislation, appropriations, regulations, administrative action, or an Executive order proposed or pending before Congress or any State government, or a State or local legislature or legislative body.
(2) EXCEPTION.—Paragraph (1) shall not apply to—
(A) normal and recognized executive-legislative rela-
tionships; or
(B) participation by an agency or officer of a State,
local, or tribal government in policymaking and administra-
tive processes within the executive branch of that govern-
ment.

TITLE II—ADULT EDUCATION AND LITERACY

SEC. 201. SHORT TITLE.

This title may be cited as the ‘‘Adult Education and Family
Literacy Act’’.

SEC. 202. PURPOSE.

It is the purpose of this title to create a partnership among the Federal Government, States, and localities to provide, on a voluntary basis, adult education and literacy activities, in order to—
(1) assist adults to become literate and obtain the knowl- edge and skills necessary for employment and economic self- sufficiency;
(2) assist adults who are parents or family members to obtain the education and skills that—
(A) are necessary to becoming full partners in the educational development of their children; and
(B) lead to sustainable improvements in the economic opportunities for their family;
H. R. 803—185
(3) assist adults in attaining a secondary school diploma and in the transition to postsecondary education and training, including through career pathways; and
(4) assist immigrants and other individuals who are
English language learners in— (A) improving their—
(i) reading, writing, speaking, and comprehension skills in English; and
(ii) mathematics skills; and
(B) acquiring an understanding of the American system of Government, individual freedom, and the responsibilities of citizenship.

SEC. 203. DEFINITIONS.

In this title:
(1) ADULT EDUCATION.—The term ‘‘adult education’’ means academic instruction and education services below the postsec- ondary level that increase an individual’s ability to—
(A) read, write, and speak in English and perform mathematics or other activities necessary for the attain- ment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent;
(B) transition to postsecondary education and training;
and
(C) obtain employment.
(2) ADULT EDUCATION AND LITERACY ACTIVITIES.—The term
‘‘adult education and literacy activities’’ means programs, activi- ties, and services that include adult education, literacy, work- place adult education and literacy activities, family literacy activities, English language acquisition activities, integrated English literacy and civics education, workforce preparation activities, or integrated education and training.
(3) ELIGIBLE AGENCY.—The term ‘‘eligible agency’’ means the sole entity or agency in a State or an outlying area respon- sible for administering or supervising policy for adult education and literacy activities in the State or outlying area, respectively, consistent with the law of the State or outlying area, respec- tively.
(4) ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL.—The term ‘‘eligible individual’’
means an individual—
(A) who has attained 16 years of age;
(B) who is not enrolled or required to be enrolled in secondary school under State law; and
(C) who—
(i) is basic skills deficient;
(ii) does not have a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent, and has not achieved an equivalent level of education; or
(iii) is an English language learner.
(5) ELIGIBLE PROVIDER.—The term ‘‘eligible provider’’ means an organization that has demonstrated effectiveness in providing adult education and literacy activities that may include—
(A) a local educational agency;
(B) a community-based organization or faith-based organization;
(C) a volunteer literacy organization;
H. R. 803—186
(D) an institution of higher education; (E) a public or private nonprofit agency; (F) a library;
(G) a public housing authority;
(H) a nonprofit institution that is not described in any of subparagraphs (A) through (G) and has the ability to provide adult education and literacy activities to eligible individuals;
(I) a consortium or coalition of the agencies, organiza- tions, institutions, libraries, or authorities described in any of subparagraphs (A) through (H); and
(J) a partnership between an employer and an entity described in any of subparagraphs (A) through (I).
(6) ENGLISH LANGUAGE ACQUISITION PROGRAM.—The term
‘‘English language acquisition program’’ means a program of instruction—
(A) designed to help eligible individuals who are English language learners achieve competence in reading, writing, speaking, and comprehension of the English lan- guage; and
(B) that leads to—
(i)(I) attainment of a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent; and
(II) transition to postsecondary education and training; or
(ii) employment.
(7) ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER.—The term ‘‘English lan- guage learner’’ when used with respect to an eligible individual, means an eligible individual who has limited ability in reading, writing, speaking, or comprehending the English language, and—
(A) whose native language is a language other than
English; or
(B) who lives in a family or community environment where a language other than English is the dominant lan- guage.
(8) ESSENTIAL COMPONENTS OF READING INSTRUCTION.— The term ‘‘essential components of reading instruction’’ has the meaning given the term in section 1208 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6368).
(9) FAMILY LITERACY ACTIVITIES.—The term ‘‘family literacy activities’’ means activities that are of sufficient intensity and quality, to make sustainable improvements in the economic prospects for a family and that better enable parents or family members to support their children’s learning needs, and that integrate all of the following activities:
(A) Parent or family adult education and literacy activi- ties that lead to readiness for postsecondary education or training, career advancement, and economic self-suffi- ciency.
(B) Interactive literacy activities between parents or family members and their children.
(C) Training for parents or family members regarding how to be the primary teacher for their children and full partners in the education of their children.
(D) An age-appropriate education to prepare children for success in school and life experiences.
H. R. 803—187
(10) INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION.—The term
‘‘institution of higher education’’ has the meaning given the
term in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
U.S.C. 1001).
(11) INTEGRATED EDUCATION AND TRAINING.—The term
‘‘integrated education and training’’ means a service approach
that provides adult education and literacy activities concur-
rently and contextually with workforce preparation activities
and workforce training for a specific occupation or occupational
cluster for the purpose of educational and career advancement.
(12) INTEGRATED ENGLISH LITERACY AND CIVICS EDU-

CATION.—The term ‘‘integrated English literacy and civics edu-

cation’’ means education services provided to English language
learners who are adults, including professionals with degrees
and credentials in their native countries, that enables such
adults to achieve competency in the English language and
acquire the basic and more advanced skills needed to function
effectively as parents, workers, and citizens in the United
States. Such services shall include instruction in literacy and
English language acquisition and instruction on the rights and
responsibilities of citizenship and civic participation, and may
include workforce training.
(13) LITERACY.—The term ‘‘literacy’’ means an individual’s
ability to read, write, and speak in English, compute, and
solve problems, at levels of proficiency necessary to function
on the job, in the family of the individual, and in society.
(14) POSTSECONDARY EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION.—The term
‘‘postsecondary educational institution’’ means—
(A) an institution of higher education that provides
not less than a 2-year program of instruction that is accept-
able for credit toward a bachelor’s degree;
(B) a tribally controlled college or university; or
(C) a nonprofit educational institution offering certifi-
cate or apprenticeship programs at the postsecondary level.
(15) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Sec-
retary of Education.
(16) WORKPLACE ADULT EDUCATION AND LITERACY ACTIVI-

TIES.—The term ‘‘workplace adult education and literacy activi-

ties’’ means adult education and literacy activities offered by
an eligible provider in collaboration with an employer or
employee organization at a workplace or an off-site location
that is designed to improve the productivity of the workforce.
(17) WORKFORCE PREPARATION ACTIVITIES.—The term
‘‘workforce preparation activities’’ means activities, programs,
or services designed to help an individual acquire a combination
of basic academic skills, critical thinking skills, digital literacy
skills, and self-management skills, including competencies in
utilizing resources, using information, working with others,
understanding systems, and obtaining skills necessary for
successful transition into and completion of postsecondary edu-
cation or training, or employment.

SEC. 204. HOME SCHOOLS.

Nothing in this title shall be construed to affect home schools, whether a home school is treated as a home school or a private school under State law, or to compel a parent or family member
H. R. 803—188
engaged in home schooling to participate in adult education and literacy activities.

SEC. 205. RULE OF CONSTRUCTION REGARDING POSTSECONDARY TRANSITION AND CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT ACTIVI- TIES.

Nothing in this title shall be construed to prohibit or discourage the use of funds provided under this title for adult education and literacy activities that help eligible individuals transition to postsec- ondary education and training or employment, or for concurrent enrollment activities.

SEC. 206. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this title
$577,667,000 for fiscal year 2015, $622,286,000 for fiscal year 2016,
$635,198,000 for fiscal year 2017, $649,287,000 for fiscal year 2018,
$664,552,000 for fiscal year 2019, and $678,640,000 for fiscal year
2020.

Subtitle A—Federal Provisions

SEC. 211. RESERVATION OF FUNDS; GRANTS TO ELIGIBLE AGENCIES; ALLOTMENTS.

(a) RESERVATION OF FUNDS.—From the sum appropriated under section 206 for a fiscal year, the Secretary—
(1) shall reserve 2 percent to carry out section 242, except that the amount so reserved shall not exceed $15,000,000; and
(2) shall reserve 12 percent of the amount that remains after reserving funds under paragraph (1) to carry out section
243.
(b) GRANTS TO ELIGIBLE AGENCIES.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—From the sum appropriated under section
206 and not reserved under subsection (a) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall award a grant to each eligible agency having a unified State plan approved under section 102 or a combined State plan approved under section 103 in an amount equal
to the sum of the initial allotment under subsection (c)(1) and the additional allotment under subsection (c)(2) for the eligible agency for the fiscal year, subject to subsections (f) and (g), to enable the eligible agency to carry out the activities assisted under this title.
(2) PURPOSE OF GRANTS.—The Secretary may award a grant under paragraph (1) only if the eligible entity involved agrees to expend the grant for adult education and literacy activities in accordance with the provisions of this title.
(c) ALLOTMENTS.—
(1) INITIAL ALLOTMENTS.—From the sum appropriated under section 206 and not reserved under subsection (a) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot to each eligible agency having a unified State plan approved under section 102 or a combined State plan approved under section 103—
(A) $100,000, in the case of an eligible agency serving an outlying area; and
(B) $250,000, in the case of any other eligible agency. (2) ADDITIONAL ALLOTMENTS.—From the sum appropriated under section 206, not reserved under subsection (a), and not
H. R. 803—189
allotted under paragraph (1), for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot to each eligible agency that receives an initial allot- ment under paragraph (1) an additional amount that bears the same relationship to such sum as the number of qualifying adults in the State or outlying area served by the eligible agency bears to the number of such adults in all States and outlying areas.
(d) QUALIFYING ADULT.—For the purpose of subsection (c)(2), the term ‘‘qualifying adult’’ means an adult who—
(1) is at least 16 years of age;
(2) is beyond the age of compulsory school attendance under
the law of the State or outlying area;
(3) does not have a secondary school diploma or its recog-
nized equivalent; and
(4) is not enrolled in secondary school.
(e) SPECIAL RULE.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—From amounts made available under sub-
section (c) for the Republic of Palau, the Secretary shall award
grants to Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the
Northern Mariana Islands, or the Republic of Palau to carry
out activities described in this title in accordance with the
provisions of this title, as determined by the Secretary.
(2) AWARD BASIS.—The Secretary shall award grants pursu-
ant to paragraph (1) on a competitive basis and pursuant
to the recommendations from the Pacific Region Educational
Laboratory in Honolulu, Hawaii.
(3) TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY.—Notwithstanding any
other provision of law, the Republic of Palau shall be eligible
to receive a grant under this title except during the period
described in section 3(45).
(4) ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS.—The Secretary may provide
not more than 5 percent of the funds made available for grants
under this subsection to pay the administrative costs of the
Pacific Region Educational Laboratory regarding activities
assisted under this subsection.
(f) HOLD-HARMLESS PROVISIONS.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding subsection (c), for fiscal
year 2015 and each succeeding fiscal year, no eligible agency
shall receive an allotment under this section that is less than
90 percent of the allotment the eligible agency received for
the preceding fiscal year under this section.
(2) RATABLE REDUCTION.—If for any fiscal year the amount
available for allotment under this title is insufficient to satisfy
the provisions of paragraph (1) the Secretary shall ratably
reduce the payments to all eligible agencies, as necessary.
(g) REALLOTMENT.—The portion of any eligible agency’s allot-
ment under this title for a fiscal year that the Secretary determines
will not be required for the period such allotment is available
for carrying out activities under this title, shall be available for
reallotment from time to time, on such dates during such period
as the Secretary shall fix, to other eligible agencies in proportion
to the original allotments to such agencies under this title for
such year.
H. R. 803—190

SEC. 212. PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM.

Programs and activities authorized in this title are subject to the performance accountability provisions described in section
116.

Subtitle B—State Provisions

SEC. 221. STATE ADMINISTRATION.

Each eligible agency shall be responsible for the State or out- lying area administration of activities under this title, including— (1) the development, implementation, and monitoring of
the relevant components of the unified State plan in section
102 or the combined State plan in section 103;
(2) consultation with other appropriate agencies, groups, and individuals that are involved in, or interested in, the development and implementation of activities assisted under this title; and
(3) coordination and nonduplication with other Federal and State education, training, corrections, public housing, and social service programs.

SEC. 222. STATE DISTRIBUTION OF FUNDS; MATCHING REQUIREMENT.

(a) STATE DISTRIBUTION OF FUNDS.—Each eligible agency receiving a grant under section 211(b) for a fiscal year—
(1) shall use not less than 82.5 percent of the grant funds to award grants and contracts under section 231 and to carry out section 225, of which not more than 20 percent of such amount shall be available to carry out section 225;
(2) shall use not more than 12.5 percent of the grant funds to carry out State leadership activities under section
223; and
(3) shall use not more than 5 percent of the grant funds, or $85,000, whichever is greater, for the administrative expenses of the eligible agency.
(b) MATCHING REQUIREMENT.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—In order to receive a grant from the Secretary under section 211(b) each eligible agency shall pro- vide, for the costs to be incurred by the eligible agency in carrying out the adult education and literacy activities for which the grant is awarded, a non-Federal contribution in an amount that is not less than—
(A) in the case of an eligible agency serving an outlying area, 12 percent of the total amount of funds expended for adult education and literacy activities in the outlying area, except that the Secretary may decrease the amount of funds required under this subparagraph for an eligible agency; and
(B) in the case of an eligible agency serving a State,
25 percent of the total amount of funds expended for adult education and literacy activities in the State.
(2) NON-FEDERAL CONTRIBUTION.—An eligible agency’s non- Federal contribution required under paragraph (1) may be pro- vided in cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, and shall include only non-Federal funds that are used for adult education and literacy activities in a manner that is consistent with the pur- pose of this title.
H. R. 803—191

SEC. 223. STATE LEADERSHIP ACTIVITIES.

(a) ACTIVITIES.—
(1) REQUIRED.—Each eligible agency shall use funds made available under section 222(a)(2) for the following adult edu- cation and literacy activities to develop or enhance the adult education system of the State or outlying area:
(A) The alignment of adult education and literacy activities with other core programs and one-stop partners, including eligible providers, to implement the strategy identified in the unified State plan under section 102 or the combined State plan under section 103, including the development of career pathways to provide access to employment and training services for individuals in adult education and literacy activities.
(B) The establishment or operation of high quality professional development programs to improve the instruc- tion provided pursuant to local activities required under section 231(b), including instruction incorporating the essential components of reading instruction as such compo- nents relate to adults, instruction related to the specific needs of adult learners, instruction provided by volunteers
or by personnel of a State or outlying area, and dissemina- tion of information about models and promising practices related to such programs.
(C) The provision of technical assistance to eligible providers of adult education and literacy activities receiving funds under this title, including—
(i) the development and dissemination of instruc- tional and programmatic practices based on the most rigorous or scientifically valid research available and appropriate, in reading, writing, speaking, mathe- matics, English language acquisition programs, dis- tance education, and staff training;
(ii) the role of eligible providers as a one-stop partner to provide access to employment, education, and training services; and
(iii) assistance in the use of technology, including for staff training, to eligible providers, especially the use of technology to improve system efficiencies.
(D) The monitoring and evaluation of the quality of, and the improvement in, adult education and literacy activities and the dissemination of information about models and proven or promising practices within the State. (2) PERMISSIBLE ACTIVITIES.—Each eligible agency may use
funds made available under section 222(a)(2) for 1 or more of the following adult education and literacy activities:
(A) The support of State or regional networks of lit- eracy resource centers.
(B) The development and implementation of technology applications, translation technology, or distance education, including professional development to support the use of instructional technology.
(C) Developing and disseminating curricula, including curricula incorporating the essential components of reading instruction as such components relate to adults.
(D) Developing content and models for integrated edu- cation and training and career pathways.
H. R. 803—192
(E) The provision of assistance to eligible providers in developing and implementing programs that achieve the objectives of this title and in measuring the progress of those programs in achieving such objectives, including meeting the State adjusted levels of performance described in section 116(b)(3).
(F) The development and implementation of a system to assist in the transition from adult education to postsec- ondary education, including linkages with postsecondary educational institutions or institutions of higher education. (G) Integration of literacy and English language instruction with occupational skill training, including pro-
moting linkages with employers.
(H) Activities to promote workplace adult education and literacy activities.
(I) Identifying curriculum frameworks and aligning rig- orous content standards that—
(i) specify what adult learners should know and be able to do in the areas of reading and language arts, mathematics, and English language acquisition; and
(ii) take into consideration the following: (I) State adopted academic standards.
(II) The current adult skills and literacy assessments used in the State or outlying area. (III) The primary indicators of performance
described in section 116.
(IV) Standards and academic requirements for enrollment in nonremedial, for-credit courses in postsecondary educational institutions or institu- tions of higher education supported by the State or outlying area.
(V) Where appropriate, the content of occupa- tional and industry skill standards widely used by business and industry in the State or outlying area.
(J) Developing and piloting of strategies for improving teacher quality and retention.
(K) The development and implementation of programs and services to meet the needs of adult learners with learning disabilities or English language learners, which may include new and promising assessment tools and strategies that are based on scientifically valid research, where appropriate, and identify the needs and capture the gains of such students at the lowest achievement levels. (L) Outreach to instructors, students, and employers.
(M) Other activities of statewide significance that pro- mote the purpose of this title.
(b) COLLABORATION.—In carrying out this section, eligible agen- cies shall collaborate where possible, and avoid duplicating efforts, in order to maximize the impact of the activities described in subsection (a).
(c) STATE-IMPOSED REQUIREMENTS.—Whenever a State or out- lying area implements any rule or policy relating to the administra- tion or operation of a program authorized under this title that has the effect of imposing a requirement that is not imposed under Federal law (including any rule or policy based on a State or
H. R. 803—193
outlying area interpretation of a Federal statute, regulation, or guideline), the State or outlying area shall identify, to eligible providers, the rule or policy as being imposed by the State or outlying area.

SEC. 224. STATE PLAN.

Each State desiring to receive funds under this title for any fiscal year shall submit and have approved a unified State plan in accordance with section 102 or a combined State plan in accord- ance with section 103.

SEC. 225. PROGRAMS FOR CORRECTIONS EDUCATION AND OTHER INSTITUTIONALIZED INDIVIDUALS.

(a) PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.—From funds made available under section 222(a)(1) for a fiscal year, each eligible agency shall carry out corrections education and education for other institutionalized individuals.
(b) USES OF FUNDS.—The funds described in subsection (a) shall be used for the cost of educational programs for criminal offenders in correctional institutions and for other institutionalized individuals, including academic programs for—
(1) adult education and literacy activities;
(2) special education, as determined by the eligible agency;
(3) secondary school credit;
(4) integrated education and training;
(5) career pathways;
(6) concurrent enrollment;
(7) peer tutoring; and
(8) transition to re-entry initiatives and other postrelease
services with the goal of reducing recidivism.
(c) PRIORITY.—Each eligible agency that is using assistance
provided under this section to carry out a program for criminal
offenders within a correctional institution shall give priority to
serving individuals who are likely to leave the correctional institu-
tion within 5 years of participation in the program.
(d) REPORT.—In addition to any report required under section
116, each eligible agency that receives assistance provided under
this section shall annually prepare and submit to the Secretary
a report on the progress, as described in section 116, of the eligible
agency with respect to the programs and activities carried out
under this section, including the relative rate of recidivism for
the criminal offenders served.
(e) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
(1) CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION.—The term ‘‘correctional
institution’’ means any—
(A) prison;
(B) jail;
(C) reformatory;
(D) work farm;
(E) detention center; or
(F) halfway house, community-based rehabilitation
center, or any other similar institution designed for the
confinement or rehabilitation of criminal offenders.
(2) CRIMINAL OFFENDER.—The term ‘‘criminal offender’’
means any individual who is charged with or convicted of
any criminal offense.
H. R. 803—194

Subtitle C—Local Provisions

SEC. 231. GRANTS AND CONTRACTS FOR ELIGIBLE PROVIDERS.

(a) GRANTS AND CONTRACTS.—From grant funds made available under section 222(a)(1), each eligible agency shall award multiyear grants or contracts, on a competitive basis, to eligible providers within the State or outlying area to enable the eligible providers to develop, implement, and improve adult education and literacy activities within the State.
(b) REQUIRED LOCAL ACTIVITIES.—The eligible agency shall require that each eligible provider receiving a grant or contract under subsection (a) use the grant or contract to establish or operate programs that provide adult education and literacy activities, including programs that provide such activities concurrently.
(c) DIRECT AND EQUITABLE ACCESS; SAME PROCESS.—Each eligible agency receiving funds under this title shall ensure that— (1) all eligible providers have direct and equitable access
to apply and compete for grants or contracts under this section;
and
(2) the same grant or contract announcement process and application process is used for all eligible providers in the State or outlying area.
(d) SPECIAL RULE.—Each eligible agency awarding a grant or contract under this section shall not use any funds made available under this title for adult education and literacy activities for the purpose of supporting or providing programs, services, or activities for individuals who are not individuals described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section 203(4), except that such agency may use such funds for such purpose if such programs, services, or activities are related to family literacy activities. In providing family literacy activities under this title, an eligible provider shall attempt to coordinate with programs and services that are not assisted under this title prior to using funds for adult education and literacy activities under this title for activities other than activities for eligible individuals.
(e) CONSIDERATIONS.—In awarding grants or contracts under this section, the eligible agency shall consider—
(1) the degree to which the eligible provider would be responsive to—
(A) regional needs as identified in the local plan under section 108; and
(B) serving individuals in the community who were identified in such plan as most in need of adult education and literacy activities, including individuals—
(i) who have low levels of literacy skills; or
(ii) who are English language learners;
(2) the ability of the eligible provider to serve eligible individuals with disabilities, including eligible individuals with learning disabilities;
(3) past effectiveness of the eligible provider in improving the literacy of eligible individuals, to meet State-adjusted levels of performance for the primary indicators of performance described in section 116, especially with respect to eligible individuals who have low levels of literacy;
(4) the extent to which the eligible provider demonstrates alignment between proposed activities and services and the
H. R. 803—195
strategy and goals of the local plan under section 108, as well as the activities and services of the one-stop partners;
(5) whether the eligible provider’s program—
(A) is of sufficient intensity and quality, and based
on the most rigorous research available so that participants
achieve substantial learning gains; and
(B) uses instructional practices that include the essen-
tial components of reading instruction;
(6) whether the eligible provider’s activities, including
whether reading, writing, speaking, mathematics, and English
language acquisition instruction delivered by the eligible pro-
vider, are based on the best practices derived from the most
rigorous research available and appropriate, including scientif-
ically valid research and effective educational practice;
(7) whether the eligible provider’s activities effectively use
technology, services, and delivery systems, including distance
education in a manner sufficient to increase the amount and
quality of learning and how such technology, services, and
systems lead to improved performance;
(8) whether the eligible provider’s activities provide
learning in context, including through integrated education and
training, so that an individual acquires the skills needed to
transition to and complete postsecondary education and
training programs, obtain and advance in employment leading
to economic self-sufficiency, and to exercise the rights and
responsibilities of citizenship;
(9) whether the eligible provider’s activities are delivered
by well-trained instructors, counselors, and administrators who
meet any minimum qualifications established by the State,
where applicable, and who have access to high quality profes-
sional development, including through electronic means;
(10) whether the eligible provider’s activities coordinate
with other available education, training, and social service
resources in the community, such as by establishing strong
links with elementary schools and secondary schools, postsec-
ondary educational institutions, institutions of higher edu-
cation, local workforce investment boards, one-stop centers, job
training programs, and social service agencies, business,
industry, labor organizations, community-based organizations,
nonprofit organizations, and intermediaries, for the develop-
ment of career pathways;
(11) whether the eligible provider’s activities offer flexible
schedules and coordination with Federal, State, and local sup-
port services (such as child care, transportation, mental health
services, and career planning) that are necessary to enable
individuals, including individuals with disabilities or other spe-
cial needs, to attend and complete programs;
(12) whether the eligible provider maintains a high-quality
information management system that has the capacity to report
measurable participant outcomes (consistent with section 116)
and to monitor program performance; and
(13) whether the local areas in which the eligible provider
is located have a demonstrated need for additional English
language acquisition programs and civics education programs.
H. R. 803—196

SEC. 232. LOCAL APPLICATION.

Each eligible provider desiring a grant or contract from an eligible agency shall submit an application to the eligible agency containing such information and assurances as the eligible agency may require, including—
(1) a description of how funds awarded under this title will be spent consistent with the requirements of this title; (2) a description of any cooperative arrangements the eligible provider has with other agencies, institutions, or organizations for the delivery of adult education and literacy
activities;
(3) a description of how the eligible provider will provide services in alignment with the local plan under section 108, including how such provider will promote concurrent enrollment in programs and activities under title I, as appropriate;
(4) a description of how the eligible provider will meet the State adjusted levels of performance described in section
116(b)(3), including how such provider will collect data to report on such performance indicators;
(5) a description of how the eligible provider will fulfill one-stop partner responsibilities as described in section
121(b)(1)(A), as appropriate;
(6) a description of how the eligible provider will provide services in a manner that meets the needs of eligible individ- uals; and
(7) information that addresses the considerations described under section 231(e), as applicable.

SEC. 233. LOCAL ADMINISTRATIVE COST LIMITS.

(a) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subsection (b), of the amount that is made available under this title to an eligible provider—
(1) not less than 95 percent shall be expended for carrying out adult education and literacy activities; and
(2) the remaining amount, not to exceed 5 percent, shall be used for planning, administration (including carrying out the requirements of section 116), professional development, and the activities described in paragraphs (3) and (5) of section
232.
(b) SPECIAL RULE.—In cases where the cost limits described in subsection (a) are too restrictive to allow for the activities described in subsection (a)(2), the eligible provider shall negotiate with the eligible agency in order to determine an adequate level of funds to be used for noninstructional purposes.

Subtitle D—General Provisions

SEC. 241. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.

(a) SUPPLEMENT NOT SUPPLANT.—Funds made available for adult education and literacy activities under this title shall supple- ment and not supplant other State or local public funds expended for adult education and literacy activities.
(b) MAINTENANCE OF EFFORT.— (1) IN GENERAL.—
(A) DETERMINATION.—An eligible agency may receive funds under this title for any fiscal year if the Secretary finds that the fiscal effort per student or the aggregate
H. R. 803—197
expenditures of such eligible agency for activities under this title, in the second preceding fiscal year, were not less than 90 percent of the fiscal effort per student or the aggregate expenditures of such eligible agency for adult education and literacy activities in the third preceding fiscal year.
(B) PROPORTIONATE REDUCTION.—Subject to para- graphs (2), (3), and (4), for any fiscal year with respect to which the Secretary determines under subparagraph (A) that the fiscal effort or the aggregate expenditures of an eligible agency for the preceding program year were less than such effort or expenditures for the second pre- ceding program year, the Secretary—
(i) shall determine the percentage decreases in such effort or in such expenditures; and
(ii) shall decrease the payment made under this title for such program year to the agency for adult education and literacy activities by the lesser of such percentages.
(2) COMPUTATION.—In computing the fiscal effort and aggregate expenditures under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall exclude capital expenditures and special one-time project costs. (3) DECREASE IN FEDERAL SUPPORT.—If the amount made available for adult education and literacy activities under this title for a fiscal year is less than the amount made available for adult education and literacy activities under this title for the preceding fiscal year, then the fiscal effort per student and the aggregate expenditures of an eligible agency required in order to avoid a reduction under paragraph (1)(B) shall be decreased by the same percentage as the percentage decrease
in the amount so made available.
(4) WAIVER.—The Secretary may waive the requirements
of this subsection for not more than 1 fiscal year, if the Sec-
retary determines that a waiver would be equitable due to
exceptional or uncontrollable circumstances, such as a natural
disaster or an unforeseen and precipitous decline in the finan- cial resources of the State or outlying area of the eligible agency. If the Secretary grants a waiver under the preceding sentence for a fiscal year, the level of effort required under paragraph (1) shall not be reduced in the subsequent fiscal year because of the waiver.

SEC. 242. NATIONAL LEADERSHIP ACTIVITIES.

(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall establish and carry out a program of national leadership activities to enhance the quality and outcomes of adult education and literacy activities and pro- grams nationwide.
(b) REQUIRED ACTIVITIES.—The national leadership activities described in subsection (a) shall include technical assistance, including—
(1) assistance to help States meet the requirements of section 116;
(2) upon request by a State, assistance provided to eligible providers in using performance accountability measures based on indicators described in section 116, and data systems for the improvement of adult education and literacy activities;
H. R. 803—198
(3) carrying out rigorous research and evaluation on effec- tive adult education and literacy activities, as well as estimating the number of adults functioning at the lowest levels of literacy proficiency, which shall be coordinated across relevant Federal agencies, including the Institute of Education Sciences; and (4) carrying out an independent evaluation at least once every 4 years of the programs and activities under this title, taking into consideration the evaluation subjects referred to
in section 169(a)(2).
(c) ALLOWABLE ACTIVITIES.—The national leadership activities
described in subsection (a) may include the following:
(1) Technical assistance, including—
(A) assistance related to professional development
activities, and assistance for the purposes of developing,
improving, identifying, and disseminating the most success-
ful methods and techniques for providing adult education
and literacy activities, based on scientifically valid research
where available;
(B) assistance in distance education and promoting
and improving the use of technology in the classroom,
including instruction in English language acquisition for
English language learners;
(C) assistance in the development and dissemination
of proven models for addressing the digital literacy needs
of adults, including older adults; and
(D) supporting efforts aimed at strengthening programs
at the State and local levels, such as technical assistance
in program planning, assessment, evaluation, and moni-
toring of activities carried out under this title.
(2) Funding national leadership activities either directly
or through grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements
awarded on a competitive basis to or with postsecondary edu-
cational institutions, institutions of higher education, public
or private organizations or agencies (including public libraries),
or consortia of such institutions, organizations, or agencies,
which may include—
(A) developing, improving, and identifying the most
successful methods and techniques for addressing the edu-
cation needs of adults, including instructional practices
using the essential components of reading instruction based
on the work of the National Institute of Child Health
and Human Development;
(B) supporting national, regional, or local networks
of private nonprofit organizations, public libraries, or
institutions of higher education to strengthen the ability
of such networks’ members to meet the performance requirements described in section 116 of eligible providers; (C) increasing the effectiveness, and improving the quality, of adult education and literacy activities, which
may include—
(i) carrying out rigorous research;
(ii) carrying out demonstration programs;
(iii) accelerating learning outcomes for eligible
individuals with the lowest literacy levels;
(iv) developing and promoting career pathways for
eligible individuals;
H. R. 803—199
(v) promoting concurrent enrollment programs in adult education and credit bearing postsecondary coursework;
(vi) developing high-quality professional develop- ment activities for eligible providers; and
(vii) developing, replicating, and disseminating information on best practices and innovative programs, such as—
(I) the identification of effective strategies for working with adults with learning disabilities and with adults who are English language learners; (II) integrated education and training pro-
grams;
(III) workplace adult education and literacy
activities; and
(IV) postsecondary education and training
transition programs;
(D) providing for the conduct of an independent evalua-
tion and assessment of adult education and literacy activi-
ties through grants and contracts awarded on a competitive
basis, which shall include descriptions of—
(i) the effect of performance accountability meas-
ures and other measures of accountability on the
delivery of adult education and literacy activities;
(ii) the extent to which the adult education and
literacy activities increase the literacy skills of eligible
individuals, lead to involvement in education and
training, enhance the employment and earnings of such
participants, and, if applicable, lead to other positive
outcomes, such as success in re-entry and reductions
in recidivism in the case of prison-based adult edu-
cation and literacy activities;
(iii) the extent to which the provision of support
services to eligible individuals enrolled in adult edu-
cation and literacy activities increase the rate of enroll-
ment in, and successful completion of, such programs;
and
(iv) the extent to which different types of providers measurably improve the skills of eligible individuals in adult education and literacy activities;
(E) collecting data, such as data regarding the improve- ment of both local and State data systems, through tech- nical assistance and development of model performance data collection systems;
(F) determining how participation in adult education and literacy activities prepares eligible individuals for entry into postsecondary education and employment and, in the case of programs carried out in correctional institutions, has an effect on recidivism; and
(G) other activities designed to enhance the quality of adult education and literacy activities nationwide.

SEC. 243. INTEGRATED ENGLISH LITERACY AND CIVICS EDUCATION.

(a) IN GENERAL.—From funds made available under section
211(a)(2) for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall award grants
to States, from allotments under subsection (b), for integrated
H. R. 803—200
English literacy and civics education, in combination with integrated education and training activities.
(b) ALLOTMENT.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to paragraph (2), from amounts
made available under section 211(a)(2) for a fiscal year, the
Secretary shall allocate—
(A) 65 percent to the States on the basis of a State’s
need for integrated English literacy and civics education,
as determined by calculating each State’s share of a 10-
year average of the data of the Office of Immigration Statis-
tics of the Department of Homeland Security for
immigrants admitted for legal permanent residence for the
10 most recent years; and
(B) 35 percent to the States on the basis of whether
the State experienced growth, as measured by the average
of the 3 most recent years for which the data of the Office
of Immigration Statistics of the Department of Homeland
Security for immigrants admitted for legal permanent resi- dence are available.
(2) MINIMUM.—No State shall receive an allotment under paragraph (1) in an amount that is less than $60,000.
(c) GOAL.—Each program that receives funding under this sec- tion shall be designed to—
(1) prepare adults who are English language learners for, and place such adults in, unsubsidized employment in in- demand industries and occupations that lead to economic self- sufficiency; and
(2) integrate with the local workforce development system and its functions to carry out the activities of the program. (d) REPORT.—The Secretary shall prepare and submit to the
Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Rep- resentatives, and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and make available to the public, a report on the activities carried out under this section.

TITLE III—AMENDMENTS TO THE WAGNER-PEYSER ACT

SEC. 301. EMPLOYMENT SERVICE OFFICES.

Section 1 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49) is amended by inserting ‘‘service’’ before ‘‘offices’’.

SEC. 302. DEFINITIONS.

Section 2 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49a) is amended—
(1) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:
‘‘(1) the terms ‘chief elected official’, ‘institution of higher
education’, ‘one-stop center’, ‘one-stop partner’, ‘training serv-
ices’, ‘workforce development activity’, and ‘workplace learning
advisor’, have the meaning given the terms in section 3 of
the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act;’’;
(2) in paragraph (2)—
(A) by striking ‘‘investment board’’ each place it
appears and inserting ‘‘development board’’; and
H. R. 803—201
(B) by striking ‘‘section 117 of the Workforce Invest- ment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘section 107 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’;
(3) in paragraph (3)—
(A) by striking ‘‘134(c)’’ and inserting ‘‘121(e)’’; and
(B) by striking ‘‘Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(4) in paragraph (4), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
(5) in paragraph (5), by striking the period and inserting
‘‘; and’’; and
(6) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(6) the term ‘employment service office’ means a local office of a State agency; and
‘‘(7) except in section 15, the term ‘State agency’, used without further description, means an agency designated or authorized under section 4.’’.

SEC. 303. FEDERAL AND STATE EMPLOYMENT SERVICE OFFICES.

(a) COORDINATION.—Section 3(a) of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29
U.S.C. 49b(a)) is amended by striking ‘‘services’’ and inserting
‘‘service offices’’.
(b) PUBLIC LABOR EXCHANGE SERVICES SYSTEM.—Section 3(c)
of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49b(c)) is amended—
(1) in paragraph (2), by striking the semicolon and inserting
‘‘, and identify and disseminate information on best practices for such system; and’’; and
(2) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(4) in coordination with the State agencies and the staff of such agencies, assist in the planning and implementation of activities to enhance the professional development and career advancement opportunities of such staff, in order to strengthen the provision of a broad range of career guidance services, the identification of job openings (including providing intensive outreach to small and medium-sized employers and enhanced employer services), the provision of technical assistance and training to other providers of workforce development activities (including workplace learning advisors) relating to counseling and employment-related services, and the development of new strategies for coordinating counseling and technology.’’.
(c) ONE-STOP CENTERS.—Section 3 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49b) is amended by inserting after subsection (c) the following:
‘‘(d) In order to improve service delivery, avoid duplication of services, and enhance coordination of services, including location of staff to ensure access to services under section 7(a) statewide in underserved areas, employment service offices in each State shall be colocated with one-stop centers.
‘‘(e) The Secretary, in consultation with States, is authorized to assist the States in the development of national electronic tools that may be used to improve access to workforce information for individuals through—
‘‘(1) the one-stop delivery systems established as described in section 121(e) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act; and
‘‘(2) such other delivery systems as the Secretary deter- mines to be appropriate.’’.
H. R. 803—202

SEC. 304. ALLOTMENT OF SUMS.

Section 6 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49e) is amended—
(1) in subsection (a), by striking ‘‘amounts appropriated pursuant to section 5’’ and inserting ‘‘funds appropriated and (except for Guam) certified under section 5 and made available for allotments under this section’’; and
(2) in subsection (b)(1)—
(A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A)—
(i) by inserting before ‘‘the Secretary’’ the following
‘‘after making the allotments required by subsection
(a),’’; and
(ii) by striking ‘‘sums’’ and all that follows through
‘‘this Act’’ and inserting ‘‘funds described in subsection
(a)’’;
(B) in each of subparagraphs (A) and (B), by striking
‘‘sums’’ and inserting ‘‘remainder’’; and
(C) by adding at the end the following: ‘‘For purposes
of this paragraph, the term ‘State’ does not include Guam
or the Virgin Islands.’’.

SEC. 305. USE OF SUMS.

(a) IMPROVED COORDINATION.—Section 7(a)(1) of the Wagner- Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49f(a)(1)) is amended by inserting ‘‘, including unemployment insurance claimants,’’ after ‘‘seekers’’.
(b) RESOURCES FOR UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE CLAIMANTS.— Section 7(a)(3) of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49f(a)(3)) is amended—
(1) by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of subparagraph (E); (2) in subparagraph (F)—
(A) by inserting ‘‘, including making eligibility assess- ments,’’ after ‘‘system’’; and
(B) by striking the period at the end and inserting
‘‘; and’’; and
(3) by inserting after subparagraph (F) the following:
‘‘(G) providing unemployment insurance claimants with
referrals to, and application assistance for, training and
education resources and programs, including Federal Pell
Grants under subpart 1 of part A of title IV of the Higher
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a et seq.), educational
assistance under chapter 30 of title 38, United States Code
(commonly referred to as the Montgomery GI Bill), and
chapter 33 of that title (Post-9/11 Veterans Educational
Assistance), student assistance under title IV of the Higher
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), State stu-
dent higher education assistance, and training and edu-
cation programs provided under titles I and II of the
Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, and title I of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 720 et seq.).’’.
(c) STATE ACTIVITIES.—Section 7(b) of the Wagner-Peyser Act
(29 U.S.C. 49f(b)) is amended—
(1) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘performance standards
established by the Secretary’’ and inserting ‘‘the performance
accountability measures that are based on indicators described
in section 116(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Workforce Innovation and
Opportunity Act’’;
H. R. 803—203
(2) in paragraph (2), by inserting ‘‘offices’’ after ‘‘employ- ment service’’; and
(3) in paragraph (3), by inserting ‘‘, and models for enhancing professional development and career advancement opportunities of State agency staff, as described in section
3(c)(4)’’ after ‘‘subsection (a)’’.
(d) PROVIDING ADDITIONAL FUNDS.—Subsections (c)(2) and (d) of section 7 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49f) are amended by striking ‘‘the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting
‘‘the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(e) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 7(e) of the Wagner- Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49f(e)) is amended by striking ‘‘labor employ- ment statistics’’ and inserting ‘‘workforce and labor market informa- tion’’.

SEC. 306. STATE PLAN.

Section 8 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49g) is amended to read as follows:
‘‘SEC. 8. Any State desiring to receive assistance under section
6 shall prepare and submit to, and have approved by, the Secretary and the Secretary of Education, a State plan in accordance with section 102 or 103 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act.’’.

SEC. 307. PERFORMANCE MEASURES.

Section 13(a) of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49l(a)) is amended to read as follows:
‘‘(a) The activities carried out pursuant to section 7 shall be subject to the performance accountability measures that are based on indicators described in section 116(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act.’’.

SEC. 308. WORKFORCE AND LABOR MARKET INFORMATION SYSTEM.

(a) HEADING.—The section heading for section 15 of the Wagner- Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49l–2) is amended by striking ‘‘EMPLOYMENT STATISTICS’’ and inserting ‘‘WORKFORCE AND LABOR MARKET INFORMATION SYSTEM’’.
(b) NAME OF SYSTEM.—Section 15(a)(1) of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49l–2(a)(1)) is amended by striking ‘‘employment statistics system of employment statistics’’ and inserting ‘‘workforce and labor market information system’’.
(c) SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITIES.—Section 15(b) of the Wagner- Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49l–2(b)) is amended—
(1) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:
‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—
‘‘(A) STRUCTURE.—The workforce and labor market information system described in subsection (a) shall be evaluated and improved by the Secretary, in consultation with the Workforce Information Advisory Council estab- lished in subsection (d).
‘‘(B) GRANTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES.—
‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall carry out the provisions of this section in a timely manner, through grants to or agreements with States.
‘‘(ii) DISTRIBUTION OF FUNDS.—Using amounts appropriated under subsection (g), the Secretary shall provide funds through those grants and agreements. In distributing the funds (relating to workforce and
H. R. 803—204
labor market information funding) for fiscal years 2015 through 2020, the Secretary shall continue to distribute the funds to States in the manner in which the Sec- retary distributed funds to the States under this sec- tion for fiscal years 2004 through 2008.’’; and
(2) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
‘‘(2) DUTIES.—The Secretary, with respect to data collection,
analysis, and dissemination of workforce and labor market
information for the system, shall carry out the following duties:
‘‘(A) Assign responsibilities within the Department of
Labor for elements of the workforce and labor market
information system described in subsection (a) to ensure
that the statistical and administrative data collected is
consistent with appropriate Bureau of Labor Statistics
standards and definitions, and that the information is
accessible and understandable to users of such data.
‘‘(B) Actively seek the cooperation of heads of other
Federal agencies to establish and maintain mechanisms
for ensuring complementarity and nonduplication in the
development and operation of statistical and administrative
data collection activities.
‘‘(C) Solicit, receive, and evaluate the recommendations
from the Workforce Information Advisory Council estab-
lished in subsection (d) concerning the evaluation and
improvement of the workforce and labor market informa-
tion system described in subsection (a) and respond in
writing to the Council regarding the recommendations.
‘‘(D) Eliminate gaps and duplication in statistical
undertakings.
‘‘(E) Through the Bureau of Labor Statistics and the
Employment and Training Administration, and in
collaboration with States, develop and maintain the ele-
ments of the workforce and labor market information
system described in subsection (a), including the develop-
ment of consistent procedures and definitions for use by
the States in collecting the data and information described
in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of subsection (a)(1).
‘‘(F) Establish procedures for the system to ensure
that—
‘‘(i) such data and information are timely; and
‘‘(ii) paperwork and reporting for the system are
reduced to a minimum.’’.
(d) TWO-YEAR PLAN.—Section 15 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29
U.S.C. 49l–2) is amended by striking subsection (c) and inserting
the following:
‘‘(c) TWO-YEAR PLAN.—The Secretary, acting through the
Commissioner of Labor Statistics and the Assistant Secretary for
Employment and Training, and in consultation with the Workforce
Information Advisory Council described in subsection (d) and heads
of other appropriate Federal agencies, shall prepare a 2-year plan
for the workforce and labor market information system. The plan
shall be developed and implemented in a manner that takes into
account the activities described in State plans submitted by States
under section 102 or 103 of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor-
tunity Act and shall be submitted to the Committee on Education
H. R. 803—205
and the Workforce of the House of Representatives and the Com- mittee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate. The plan shall include—
‘‘(1) a description of how the Secretary will work with the States to manage the nationwide workforce and labor market information system described in subsection (a) and the statewide workforce and labor market information systems that comprise the nationwide system;
‘‘(2) a description of the steps to be taken in the following
2 years to carry out the duties described in subsection (b)(2);
‘‘(3) an evaluation of the performance of the system, with
particular attention to the improvements needed at the State
and local levels;
‘‘(4) a description of the involvement of States in the
development of the plan, through consultation by the Secretary
with the Workforce Information Advisory Council in accordance
with subsection (d); and
‘‘(5) a description of the written recommendations received
from the Workforce Information Advisory Council established
under subsection (d), and the extent to which those rec-
ommendations were incorporated into the plan.’’.
(e) WORKFORCE INFORMATION ADVISORY COUNCIL.—Section 15
of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49l–2) is amended by striking
subsection (d) and inserting the following:
‘‘(d) WORKFORCE INFORMATION ADVISORY COUNCIL.—
‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, through the Commis-
sioner of Labor Statistics and the Assistant Secretary for
Employment and Training, shall formally consult at least twice
annually with the Workforce Information Advisory Council
established in accordance with paragraph (2). Such consulta-
tions shall address the evaluation and improvement of the
nationwide workforce and labor market information system
described in subsection (a) and the statewide workforce and
labor market information systems that comprise the nationwide
system and how the Department of Labor and the States will
cooperate in the management of such systems. The Council
shall provide written recommendations to the Secretary con-
cerning the evaluation and improvement of the nationwide
system, including any recommendations regarding the 2-year
plan described in subsection (c).
‘‘(2) ESTABLISHMENT OF COUNCIL.—
‘‘(A) ESTABLISHMENT.—The Secretary shall establish
an advisory council that shall be known as the Workforce
Information Advisory Council (referred to in this section
as the ‘Council’) to participate in the consultations and
provide the recommendations described in paragraph (1).
‘‘(B) MEMBERSHIP.—The Secretary shall appoint the
members of the Council, which shall consist of—
‘‘(i) 4 members who are representatives of lead
State agencies with responsibility for workforce invest-
ment activities, or State agencies described in section
4, who have been nominated by such agencies or by
a national organization that represents such agencies;
‘‘(ii) 4 members who are representatives of the
State workforce and labor market information directors
affiliated with the State agencies that perform the
H. R. 803—206
duties described in subsection (e)(2), who have been nominated by the directors;
‘‘(iii) 1 member who is a representative of providers of training services under section 122 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act;
‘‘(iv) 1 member who is a representative of economic development entities;
‘‘(v) 1 member who is a representative of businesses, who has been nominated by national busi- ness organizations or trade associations;
‘‘(vi) 1 member who is a representative of labor organizations, who has been nominated by a national labor federation;
‘‘(vii) 1 member who is a representative of local workforce development boards, who has been nomi- nated by a national organization representing such boards; and
‘‘(viii) 1 member who is a representative of research entities that utilize workforce and labor market information.
‘‘(C) GEOGRAPHIC DIVERSITY.—The Secretary shall ensure that the membership of the Council is geographi- cally diverse and that no 2 of the members appointed under clauses (i), (ii), and (vii) represent the same State.
‘‘(D) PERIOD OF APPOINTMENT; VACANCIES.—
‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Each member of the Council
shall be appointed for a term of 3 years, except that
the initial terms for members may be 1, 2, or 3 years
in order to establish a rotation in which one-third
of the members are selected each year. Any such
member may be appointed for not more than 2 consecu-
tive terms.
‘‘(ii) VACANCIES.—Any member appointed to fill a
vacancy occurring before the expiration of the term
for which the member’s predecessor was appointed
shall be appointed only for the remainder of that term.
A member may serve after the expiration of that mem-
ber’s term until a successor has taken office.
‘‘(E) TRAVEL EXPENSES.—The members of the Council
shall not receive compensation for the performance of serv-
ices for the Council, but shall be allowed travel expenses,
including per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates author-
ized for employees of agencies under subchapter I of chapter
57 of title 5, United States Code, while away from their
homes or regular places of business in the performance
of services for the Council. Notwithstanding section 1342 of title 31, United States Code, the Secretary may accept the voluntary and uncompensated services of members of the Council.
‘‘(F) PERMANENT COUNCIL.—Section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall not apply to the Council.’’.
(f) STATE RESPONSIBILITIES.—Section 15(e) of the Wagner- Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49l–2(e)) is amended—
(1) by striking ‘‘employment statistics’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘workforce and labor market information’’;
H. R. 803—207
(2) in paragraph (1)(A) by striking ‘‘annual plan’’ and inserting ‘‘plan described in subsection (c)’’;
(3) in paragraph (2)—
(A) in subparagraph (G), by inserting ‘‘and’’ at the
end;
(B) by striking subparagraph (H);
(C) in subparagraph (I), by striking ‘‘section 136(f)(2)
of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting
‘‘section 116(i)(2) of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor- tunity Act’’; and
(D) by redesignating subparagraph (I) as subparagraph
(H).
(g) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Section 15(g) of the
Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49l–2(g)) is amended by striking
‘‘such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2004’’ and inserting ‘‘$60,153,000 for fiscal year 2015,
$64,799,000 for fiscal year 2016, $66,144,000 for fiscal year 2017,
$67,611,000 for fiscal year 2018, $69,200,000 for fiscal year 2019, and $70,667,000 for fiscal year 2020’’.

TITLE IV—AMENDMENTS TO THE REHABILITATION ACT OF 1973

Subtitle A—Introductory Provisions

SEC. 401. REFERENCES.

Except as otherwise specifically provided, whenever in this title an amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of an amend- ment to, or repeal of, a provision, the amendment or repeal shall be considered to be made to a provision of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 701 et seq.).

SEC. 402. FINDINGS, PURPOSE, POLICY.

(a) FINDINGS.—Section 2(a) (29 U.S.C. 701(a)) is amended— (1) in paragraph (4), by striking ‘‘workforce investment systems under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘workforce development systems defined in sec-
tion 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; (2) in paragraph (5), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
(3) in paragraph (6), by striking the period and inserting
‘‘; and’’; and
(4) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(7)(A) a high proportion of students with disabilities is leaving secondary education without being employed in competi- tive integrated employment, or being enrolled in postsecondary education; and
‘‘(B) there is a substantial need to support such students as they transition from school to postsecondary life.’’.
(b) PURPOSE.—Section 2(b) (29 U.S.C. 701(b)) is amended— (1) in paragraph (1)—
(A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘workforce invest- ment systems implemented in accordance with title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting
‘‘workforce development systems defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
H. R. 803—208
(B) at the end of subparagraph (F), by striking ‘‘and’’; (2) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (3);
(3) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
‘‘(2) to maximize opportunities for individuals with disabil- ities, including individuals with significant disabilities, for competitive integrated employment;’’;
(4) in paragraph (3), as redesignated by paragraph (2), by striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon; and
(5) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(4) to increase employment opportunities and employment outcomes for individuals with disabilities, including through encouraging meaningful input by employers and vocational rehabilitation service providers on successful and prospective employment and placement strategies; and
‘‘(5) to ensure, to the greatest extent possible, that youth with disabilities and students with disabilities who are transitioning from receipt of special education services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.) and receipt of services under section 504 of this Act have opportunities for postsecondary success.’’.

SEC. 403. REHABILITATION SERVICES ADMINISTRATION.

Section 3 (29 U.S.C. 702) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)—
(A) in the first sentence, by inserting ‘‘in the Depart- ment of Education’’ after ‘‘Secretary’’;
(B) by striking the second sentence and inserting ‘‘Such Administration shall be the principal agency, and the Commissioner shall be the principal officer, of the Depart- ment for purposes of carrying out titles I, III, VI, and chapter 2 of title VII.’’; and
(C) in the fourth and sixth sentences, by inserting
‘‘of Education’’ after ‘‘Secretary’’ the first place it appears;
and
(2) in subsection (b), by inserting ‘‘of Education’’ after ‘‘Sec- retary’’.

SEC. 404. DEFINITIONS.

Section 7 (29 U.S.C. 705) is amended— (1) in paragraph (2)(B)—
(A) in clause (iii), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
(B) in clause (iv), by striking the semicolon and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(v) to the maximum extent possible, relies on information obtained from experiences in integrated employment settings in the community, and other integrated community settings;’’;
(2) by striking paragraphs (3) and (4) and inserting the following:
‘‘(3) ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY TERMS.—
‘‘(A) ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY.—The term ‘assistive tech- nology’ has the meaning given such term in section 3 of the Assistive Technology Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 3002).
‘‘(B) ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY DEVICE.—The term
‘assistive technology device’ has the meaning given such term in section 3 of the Assistive Technology Act of 1998,
H. R. 803—209
except that the reference in such section to the term
‘individuals with disabilities’ shall be deemed to mean more than 1 individual with a disability as defined in paragraph (20)(A)).
‘‘(C) ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY SERVICE.—The term
‘assistive technology service’ has the meaning given such term in section 3 of the Assistive Technology Act of 1998, except that the reference in such section—
‘‘(i) to the term ‘individual with a disability’ shall be deemed to mean an individual with a disability, as defined in paragraph (20)(A); and
‘‘(ii) to the term ‘individuals with disabilities’ shall be deemed to mean more than 1 such individual.’’;
(3) by redesignating paragraph (5) as paragraph (4);
(4) in paragraph (4), as redesignated by paragraph (3)— (A) by redesignating subparagraphs (O) through (Q)
as subparagraphs (P) through (R), respectively;
(B) by inserting after subparagraph (N) the following:
‘‘(O) customized employment;’’; and
(C) in subparagraph (R), as redesignated by subpara- graph (A) of this paragraph, by striking ‘‘(P)’’ and inserting
‘‘(Q)’’;
(5) by inserting before paragraph (6) the following:
‘‘(5) COMPETITIVE INTEGRATED EMPLOYMENT.—The term
‘competitive integrated employment’ means work that is per- formed on a full-time or part-time basis (including self-employ- ment)—
‘‘(A) for which an individual—
‘‘(i) is compensated at a rate that—
‘‘(I)(aa) shall be not less than the higher of the rate specified in section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 206(a)(1)) or the rate specified in the applicable State or local minimum wage law; and
‘‘(bb) is not less than the customary rate paid by the employer for the same or similar work performed by other employees who are not individ- uals with disabilities, and who are similarly situ- ated in similar occupations by the same employer and who have similar training, experience, and skills; or
‘‘(II) in the case of an individual who is self- employed, yields an income that is comparable to the income received by other individuals who are not individuals with disabilities, and who are self-employed in similar occupations or on similar tasks and who have similar training, experience, and skills; and
‘‘(ii) is eligible for the level of benefits provided to other employees;
‘‘(B) that is at a location where the employee interacts with other persons who are not individuals with disabilities (not including supervisory personnel or individuals who are providing services to such employee) to the same extent that individuals who are not individuals with disabilities and who are in comparable positions interact with other persons; and
H. R. 803—210
‘‘(C) that, as appropriate, presents opportunities for advancement that are similar to those for other employees who are not individuals with disabilities and who have similar positions.’’;
(6) in paragraph (6)(B), by striking ‘‘includes’’ and all that follows through ‘‘fees’’ and inserting ‘‘includes architects’ fees’’;
(7) by inserting after paragraph (6) the following:
‘‘(7) CUSTOMIZED EMPLOYMENT.—The term ‘customized employment’ means competitive integrated employment, for an individual with a significant disability, that is based on an individualized determination of the strengths, needs, and interests of the individual with a significant disability, is designed to meet the specific abilities of the individual with a significant disability and the business needs of the employer, and is carried out through flexible strategies, such as—
‘‘(A) job exploration by the individual;
‘‘(B) working with an employer to facilitate placement, including—
‘‘(i) customizing a job description based on current employer needs or on previously unidentified and unmet employer needs;
‘‘(ii) developing a set of job duties, a work schedule and job arrangement, and specifics of supervision (including performance evaluation and review), and determining a job location;
‘‘(iii) representation by a professional chosen by the individual, or self-representation of the individual, in working with an employer to facilitate placement; and
‘‘(iv) providing services and supports at the job location.’’;
(8) in paragraph (11)—
(A) in subparagraph (C)—
(i) by inserting ‘‘of Education’’ after ‘‘Secretary’’;
and
(ii) by inserting ‘‘customized employment,’’ before
‘‘self-employment,’’;
(9) in paragraph (12), by inserting ‘‘of Education’’ after
‘‘Secretary’’ each place it appears;
(10) in paragraph (14)(C), by inserting ‘‘of Education’’ after
‘‘Secretary’’;
(11) in paragraph (17)—
(A) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end; (B) in subparagraph (D), by striking the period at
the end and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(E) services that—
‘‘(i) facilitate the transition of individuals with significant disabilities from nursing homes and other institutions to home and community-based residences, with the requisite supports and services;
‘‘(ii) provide assistance to individuals with signifi- cant disabilities who are at risk of entering institutions so that the individuals may remain in the community; and
‘‘(iii) facilitate the transition of youth who are individuals with significant disabilities, who were
H. R. 803—211
eligible for individualized education programs under section 614(d) of the Individuals with Disabilities Edu- cation Act (20 U.S.C. 1414(d)), and who have completed their secondary education or otherwise left school, to postsecondary life.’’;
(12) in paragraph (18), by striking ‘‘term’’ and all that follows through ‘‘includes—’’ and inserting ‘‘term ‘independent living services’ includes—’’;
(13) in paragraph (19)—
(A) in subparagraph (A), by inserting before the period
the following: ‘‘and includes a Native and a descendant
of a Native, as such terms are defined in subsections (b)
and (r) of section 3 of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement
Act (43 U.S.C. 1602)’’; and
(B) in subparagraph (B), by inserting before the period
the following: ‘‘and a tribal organization (as defined in
section 4(l) of the Indian Self-Determination and Education
Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450b(l)))’’;
(14) in paragraph (23), by striking ‘‘section 101’’ and
inserting ‘‘section 102’’;
(15) by striking paragraph (25) and inserting the following:
‘‘(25) LOCAL WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD.—The term
‘local workforce development board’ means a local board, as
defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor-
tunity Act.’’;
(16) by striking paragraph (37);
(17) by redesignating paragraphs (29) through (39) as para-
graphs (31) through (36), and (38) through (41), respectively;
(18) by inserting after paragraph (28) the following:
‘‘(30) PRE-EMPLOYMENT TRANSITION SERVICES.—The term
‘pre-employment transition services’ means services provided
in accordance with section 113.’’;
(19) by striking paragraph (33), as redesignated by para-
graph (17), and inserting the following:
‘‘(33) SECRETARY.—Unless where the context otherwise
requires, the term ‘Secretary’—
‘‘(A) used in title I, III, IV, V, VI, or chapter 2 of
title VII, means the Secretary of Education; and
‘‘(B) used in title II or chapter 1 of title VII, means
the Secretary of Health and Human Services.’’;
(20) by striking paragraphs (35) and (36), as redesignated
by paragraph (17), and inserting the following:
‘‘(35) STATE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT BOARD.—The term
‘State workforce development board’ means a State board, as
defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor-
tunity Act.
‘‘(36) STATEWIDE WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM.—The
term ‘statewide workforce development system’ means a
workforce development system, as defined in section 3 of the
Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act.’’;
(21) by inserting after that paragraph (36) the following:
‘‘(37) STUDENT WITH A DISABILITY.—
‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘student with a disability’
means an individual with a disability who—
‘‘(i)(I)(aa) is not younger than the earliest age for
the provision of transition services under section
H. R. 803—212
614(d)(1)(A)(i)(VIII) of the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(1)(A)(i)(VIII)); or
‘‘(bb) if the State involved elects to use a lower
minimum age for receipt of pre-employment transition
services under this Act, is not younger than that min-
imum age; and
‘‘(II)(aa) is not older than 21 years of age; or
‘‘(bb) if the State law for the State provides for
a higher maximum age for receipt of services under
the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20
U.S.C. 1400 et seq.), is not older than that maximum
age; and
‘‘(ii)(I) is eligible for, and receiving, special edu-
cation or related services under part B of the Individ-
uals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1411
et seq.); or
‘‘(II) is an individual with a disability, for purposes
of section 504.
‘‘(B) STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES.—The term ‘students
with disabilities’ means more than 1 student with a dis-
ability.’’;
(22) by striking paragraphs (38) and (39), as redesignated
by paragraph (17), and inserting the following:
‘‘(38) SUPPORTED EMPLOYMENT.—The term ‘supported
employment’ means competitive integrated employment,
including customized employment, or employment in an
integrated work setting in which individuals are working on
a short-term basis toward competitive integrated employment,
that is individualized and customized consistent with the
strengths, abilities, interests, and informed choice of the
individuals involved, for individuals with the most significant
disabilities—
‘‘(A)(i) for whom competitive integrated employment
has not historically occurred; or
‘‘(ii) for whom competitive integrated employment has
been interrupted or intermittent as a result of a significant
disability; and
‘‘(B) who, because of the nature and severity of their
disability, need intensive supported employment services
and extended services after the transition described in
paragraph (13)(C), in order to perform the work involved.
‘‘(39) SUPPORTED EMPLOYMENT SERVICES.—The term ‘sup-
ported employment services’ means ongoing support services,
including customized employment, needed to support and main-
tain an individual with a most significant disability in sup-
ported employment, that—
‘‘(A) are provided singly or in combination and are
organized and made available in such a way as to assist
an eligible individual to achieve competitive integrated
employment;
‘‘(B) are based on a determination of the needs of
an eligible individual, as specified in an individualized
plan for employment; and
‘‘(C) are provided by the designated State unit for
a period of not more than 24 months, except that period
may be extended, if necessary, in order to achieve the
H. R. 803—213
employment outcome identified in the individualized plan for employment.’’;
(23) in paragraph (41), as redesignated by paragraph (17), by striking ‘‘as defined in section 101 of the Workforce Invest- ment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(24) by inserting after paragraph (41), as redesignated by paragraph (17), the following:
‘‘(42) YOUTH WITH A DISABILITY.—
‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘youth with a disability’
means an individual with a disability who—
‘‘(i) is not younger than 14 years of age; and
‘‘(ii) is not older than 24 years of age.
‘‘(B) YOUTH WITH DISABILITIES.—The term ‘youth with disabilities’ means more than 1 youth with a disability.’’.

SEC. 405. ADMINISTRATION OF THE ACT.

(a) PROMULGATION.—Section 8(a)(2) (29 U.S.C. 706(a)(2)) is amended by inserting ‘‘of Education’’ after ‘‘Secretary’’.
(b) PRIVACY.—Section 11 (29 U.S.C. 708) is amended— (1) by inserting ‘‘(a)’’ before ‘‘The provisions’’; and (2) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(b) Section 501 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act shall apply, as specified in that section, to amendments to this Act that were made by the Workforce Innovation and Oppor- tunity Act.’’.
(c) ADMINISTRATION.—Section 12 (29 U.S.C. 709) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)—
(A) in paragraph (1)—
(i) by striking ‘‘(1)’’ and inserting ‘‘(1)(A)’’; and
(ii) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(B) provide technical assistance to the designated State units on developing successful partnerships with local and multi-State businesses in an effort to increase the employment of individuals with disabilities;
‘‘(C) provide technical assistance to providers and organizations on developing self-employment opportunities and outcomes for individuals with disabilities; and
‘‘(D) provide technical assistance to entities carrying out community rehabilitation programs to build their internal capacity to provide individualized services and supports leading to competitive integrated employment, and to transition individuals with disabilities away from nonintegrated settings;’’; and
(B) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘, centers for inde- pendent living,’’;
(2) in subsection (c), by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ the first place it appears and inserting ‘‘Secretary of Education’’;
(3) in subsection (d), by inserting ‘‘of Education’’ after ‘‘Sec- retary’’;
(4) in subsection (e)—
(A) by striking ‘‘Rehabilitation Act Amendments of
1998’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Workforce
Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(B) by inserting ‘‘of Education’’ after ‘‘Secretary’’;
(5) in subsection (f), by inserting ‘‘of Education’’ after ‘‘Sec- retary’’;
H. R. 803—214
(6)(A) in subsection (c), by striking ‘‘(c)’’ and inserting
‘‘(c)(1)’’;
(B) in subsection (d), by striking ‘‘(d)’’ and inserting ‘‘(d)(1)’’; (C) in subsection (e), by striking ‘‘(e)’’ and inserting ‘‘(2)’’; (D) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘(f)’’ and inserting ‘‘(2)’’;
and
(E) by moving paragraph (2) (as redesignated by subpara-
graph (D)) to the end of subsection (c); and
(7) by inserting after subsection (d) the following:
‘‘(e)(1) The Administrator of the Administration for Community Living (referred to in this subsection as the ‘Administrator’) may carry out the authorities and shall carry out the responsibilities of the Commissioner described in paragraphs (1)(A) and (2) through (4) of subsection (a), and subsection (b), except that, for purposes of applying subsections (a) and (b), a reference in those sub- sections—
‘‘(A) to facilitating meaningful and effective participation shall be considered to be a reference to facilitating meaningful and effective collaboration with independent living programs, and promoting a philosophy of independent living for individ- uals with disabilities in community activities; and
‘‘(B) to training for personnel shall be considered to be a reference to training for the personnel of centers for inde- pendent living and Statewide Independent Living Councils.
‘‘(2) The Secretary of Health and Human Services may carry out the authorities and shall carry out the responsibilities of the Secretary of Education described in subsections (c) and (d).
‘‘(f)(1) In subsections (a) through (d), a reference to ‘this Act’ means a provision of this Act that the Secretary of Education has authority to carry out; and
‘‘(2) In subsection (e), for purposes of applying subsections (a) through (d), a reference in those subsections to ‘this Act’ means a provision of this Act that the Secretary of Health and Human Services has authority to carry out.’’.

SEC. 406. REPORTS.

Section 13 (29 U.S.C. 710) is amended— (1) in section (c)—
(A) by striking ‘‘(c)’’ and inserting ‘‘(c)(1)’’; and
(B) in the second sentence, by striking ‘‘section 136(d)
of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting
‘‘section 116(d)(2) of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor- tunity Act’’; and
(2) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(d) The Commissioner shall ensure that the report described in this section is made publicly available in a timely manner, including through electronic means, in order to inform the public
about the administration and performance of programs under this
Act.’’.

SEC. 407. EVALUATION AND INFORMATION.

(a) EVALUATION.—Section 14 (29 U.S.C. 711) is amended— (1) by inserting ‘‘of Education’’ after ‘‘Secretary’’ each place
it appears;
(2) in subsection (f)(2), by inserting ‘‘competitive’’ before
‘‘integrated employment’’;
(3)(A) in subsection (b), by striking ‘‘(b)’’ and inserting
‘‘(b)(1)’’;
and
H. R. 803—215
(B) in subsection (c), by striking ‘‘(c)’’ and inserting ‘‘(2)’’; (C) in subsection (d), by striking ‘‘(d)’’ and inserting ‘‘(3)’’;
(D) by redesignating subsections (e) and (f) as subsections
(c) and (d), respectively;
(4) by inserting after subsection (d), as redesignated by paragraph (3)(D), the following:
‘‘(e)(1) The Secretary of Health and Human Services may carry out the authorities and shall carry out the responsibilities of the Secretary of Education described in subsections (a) and (b).
‘‘(2) The Administrator of the Administration for Community Living may carry out the authorities and shall carry out the respon- sibilities of the Commissioner described in subsections (a) and (d)(1), except that, for purposes of applying those subsections, a reference in those subsections to exemplary practices shall be considered to be a reference to exemplary practices concerning independent living services and centers for independent living.
‘‘(f)(1) In subsections (a) through (d), a reference to ‘this Act’ means a provision of this Act that the Secretary of Education has authority to carry out; and
‘‘(2) In subsection (e), for purposes of applying subsections (a), (b), and (d), a reference in those subsections to ‘this Act’ means a provision of this Act that the Secretary of Health and Human Services has authority to carry out.’’.
(b) INFORMATION.—Section 15 (29 U.S.C. 712) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)—
(A) by inserting ‘‘of Education’’ after ‘‘Secretary’’ each place it appears; and
(B) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘State workforce investment boards’’ and inserting ‘‘State workforce develop- ment boards’’; and
(2) in subsection (b), by striking ‘‘Secretary’’ and inserting
‘‘Secretary of Education’’.

SEC. 408. CARRYOVER.

Section 19(a)(1) (29 U.S.C. 716(a)(1)) is amended by striking
‘‘part B of title VI’’ and inserting ‘‘title VI’’.

SEC. 409. TRADITIONALLY UNDERSERVED POPULATIONS.

Section 21 (29 U.S.C. 718) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)—
(A) in paragraph (1)—
(i) in the first sentence, by striking ‘‘racial’’ and inserting ‘‘demographic’’;
(ii) in the second sentence—
(I) by striking ‘‘rate of increase’’ the first place it appears and inserting ‘‘percentage increase from
2000 to 2010’’;
(II) by striking ‘‘is 3.2’’ and inserting ‘‘was
9.7’’;
(III) by striking ‘‘rate of increase’’ and inserting ‘‘percentage increase’’;
(IV) by striking ‘‘is much’’ and inserting ‘‘was much’’;
(V) by striking ‘‘38.6’’ and inserting ‘‘43.0’’; (VI) by striking ‘‘14.6’’ and inserting ‘‘12.3’’; (VII) by striking ‘‘40.1’’ and inserting ‘‘43.2’’;
and
and
H. R. 803—216
(VIII) by striking ‘‘and other ethnic groups’’;
(iii) by striking the last sentence; and
(B) in paragraph (2), by striking the second and third sentences and inserting the following: ‘‘In 2011—
‘‘(A) among Americans ages 16 through 64, the rate of disability was 12.1 percent;
‘‘(B) among African-Americans in that age range, the disability rate was more than twice as high, at 27.1 percent; and
‘‘(C) for American Indians and Alaska Natives in the same age range, the disability rate was also more than twice as high, at 27.0 percent.’’;
(2) in subsection (b)(1), by striking ‘‘National Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research’’ and inserting ‘‘National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research’’; and
(3) in subsection (c), by striking ‘‘Director’’ and inserting
‘‘Director of the National Institute on Disability, Independent
Living, and Rehabilitation Research’’.

Subtitle B—Vocational Rehabilitation

Services

SEC. 411. DECLARATION OF POLICY; AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIA- TIONS.

(a) FINDINGS; PURPOSE; POLICY.—Section 100(a) (29 U.S.C.
720(a)) is amended—
(1) in paragraph (1)—
(A) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘integrated’’ and inserting ‘‘competitive integrated employment’’;
(B) in subparagraph (D)(iii), by striking ‘‘medicare and medicaid’’ and inserting ‘‘Medicare and Medicaid’’;
(C) in subparagraph (F), by striking ‘‘investment’’ and inserting ‘‘development’’; and
(D) in subparagraph (G)—
(i) by striking ‘‘workforce investment systems’’ and inserting ‘‘workforce development systems’’; and
(ii) by striking ‘‘workforce investment activities’’
and inserting ‘‘workforce development activities’’; (2) in paragraph (2)—
(A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘workforce invest- ment system’’ and inserting ‘‘workforce development system’’; and
(B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘and informed choice,’’ and inserting ‘‘informed choice, and economic self- sufficiency,’’; and
(3) in paragraph (3)—
(A) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘gainful employ- ment in integrated settings’’ and inserting ‘‘competitive integrated employment’’; and
(B) in subparagraph (E), by inserting ‘‘should’’ before
‘‘facilitate’’.
(b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Section 100(b)(1) (29
U.S.C. 720(b)(1)) is amended by striking ‘‘such sums as may be
H. R. 803—217
necessary for fiscal years 1999 through 2003’’ and inserting
‘‘$3,302,053,000 for each of the fiscal years 2015 through 2020’’.

SEC. 412. STATE PLANS.

(a) PLAN REQUIREMENTS.—Section 101(a) (29 U.S.C. 721(a))
is amended—
(1) in paragraph (1)—
(A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘to participate’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘to receive funds under this title for a fiscal year, a State shall submit, and have approved by the Secretary and the Secretary of Labor, a unified State plan in accordance with section 102, or a combined State plan in accordance with section 103, of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act. The uni- fied or combined State plan shall include, in the portion of the plan described in section 102(b)(2)(D) of such Act (referred to in this subsection as the ‘vocational rehabilita- tion services portion’), the provisions of a State plan for vocational rehabilitation services, described in this sub- section.’’; and
(B) in subparagraph (B)—
(i) by striking ‘‘in the State plan for vocational rehabilitation services,’’ and inserting ‘‘as part of the vocational rehabilitation services portion of the unified or combined State plan submitted in accordance with subparagraph (A),’’; and
(ii) by striking ‘‘Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(C) in subparagraph (C)—
(i) by striking ‘‘The State plan shall remain in effect subject to the submission of such modifications’’ and inserting ‘‘The vocational rehabilitation services portion of the unified or combined State plan submitted in accordance with subparagraph (A) shall remain in effect until the State submits and receives approval of a new State plan in accordance with subparagraph (A), or until the submission of such modifications’’; and
(ii) by striking ‘‘, until the State submits and receives approval of a new State plan’’;
(2) in paragraph (2)—
(A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘The State plan’’ and inserting ‘‘The State plan for vocational rehabilitation services’’; and
(B) in subparagraph (B)(ii)—
(i) in subclause (II), by inserting ‘‘who is respon- sible for the day-to-day operation of the vocational rehabilitation program’’ before the semicolon;
(ii) in subclause (III), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the
end;
(iii) in subclause (IV), by striking the period and
inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
(iv) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(V) has the sole authority and responsibility within the designated State agency described in subparagraph (A) to expend funds made available
H. R. 803—218
under this title in a manner that is consistent with the purposes of this title.’’;
(3) in paragraph (5)—
(A) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
(B) by redesignating subparagraph (D) as subpara-
graph (E); and
(C) by inserting after subparagraph (C) the following:
‘‘(D) notwithstanding subparagraph (C), permit the
State, in its discretion, to elect to serve eligible individuals
(whether or not receiving vocational rehabilitation services)
who require specific services or equipment to maintain
employment; and’’;
(4) in paragraph (7)—
(A) in subparagraph (A)(v)—
(i) in subclause (I), after ‘‘rehabilitation technology’’
insert the following: ‘‘, including training implemented
in coordination with entities carrying out State pro-
grams under section 4 of the Assistive Technology Act
of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 3003)’’; and
(ii) in subclause (II), by striking ‘‘Rehabilitation
Act Amendments of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘Workforce
Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(B) in subparagraph (B), by striking clause (ii) and
inserting the following:
‘‘(ii) the establishment and maintenance of edu-
cation and experience requirements, to ensure that
the personnel have a 21st century understanding of
the evolving labor force and the needs of individuals
with disabilities, including requirements for—
‘‘(I)(aa) attainment of a baccalaureate degree
in a field of study reasonably related to vocational
rehabilitation, to indicate a level of competency
and skill demonstrating basic preparation in a field
of study such as vocational rehabilitation coun-
seling, social work, psychology, disability studies,
business administration, human resources, special
education, supported employment, customized
employment, economics, or another field that
reasonably prepares individuals to work with con-
sumers and employers; and
‘‘(bb) demonstrated paid or unpaid experience,
for not less than 1 year, consisting of—
‘‘(AA) direct work with individuals with
disabilities in a setting such as an independent
living center;
‘‘(BB) direct service or advocacy activities that provide such individual with experience and skills in working with individuals with disabilities; or
‘‘(CC) direct experience as an employer, as a small business owner or operator, or in self-employment, or other experience in human resources, recruitment, or experience in supervising employees, training, or other activities that provide experience in competi- tive integrated employment environments; or
H. R. 803—219
‘‘(II) attainment of a master’s or doctoral degree in a field of study such as vocational rehabilitation counseling, law, social work, psy- chology, disability studies, business administra- tion, human resources, special education, manage- ment, public administration, or another field that reasonably provides competence in the employment sector, in a disability field, or in both business- related and rehabilitation-related fields; and’’;
(5) in paragraph (8)—
(A) in subparagraph (A)(i)—
(i) by inserting ‘‘an accommodation or auxiliary aid or service or’’ after ‘‘prior to providing’’; and
(ii) by striking ‘‘(5)(D)’’ and inserting ‘‘(5)(E)’’; (B) in subparagraph (B)—
(i) in the matter preceding clause (i)—
(I) by striking ‘‘medicaid’’ and inserting ‘‘Med- icaid’’;
(II) by striking ‘‘workforce investment system’’
and inserting ‘‘workforce development system’’;
(III) by striking ‘‘(5)(D)’’ and inserting ‘‘(5)(E)’’; (IV) by inserting ‘‘and, if appropriate, accom- modations or auxiliary aids and services,’’ before
‘‘that are included’’; and
(V) by striking ‘‘provision of such vocational rehabilitation services’’ and inserting ‘‘provision of such vocational rehabilitation services (including, if appropriate, accommodations or auxiliary aids and services)’’; and
(ii) in clause (iv)—
(I) by striking ‘‘(5)(D)’’ and inserting ‘‘(5)(E)’’;
and
(II) by inserting ‘‘, and accommodations or
auxiliary aids and services’’ before the period; and
(C) in subparagraph (C)(i), by striking ‘‘(5)(D)’’ and inserting ‘‘(5)(E)’’;
(6) in paragraph (10)—
(A) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘annual’’ and all that follows through ‘‘of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘annual reporting of information, on eligible individuals receiving the services, that is necessary to assess the State’s perform- ance on the standards and indicators described in section
106(a)’’;
(B) in subparagraph (C)—
(i) in the matter preceding clause (i), by inserting
‘‘, from each State,’’ after ‘‘additional data’’; (ii) by striking clause (i) and inserting:
‘‘(i) the number of applicants and the number of individuals determined to be eligible or ineligible for the program carried out under this title, including the number of individuals determined to be ineligible (disaggregated by type of disability and age);’’;
(iii) in clause (ii)—
(I) in subclause (I), by striking ‘‘(5)(D)’’ and inserting ‘‘(5)(E)’’;
(II) in subclause (II), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end; and
H. R. 803—220
(III) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(IV) the number of individuals with open cases (disaggregated by those who are receiving training and those who are in postsecondary edu- cation), and the type of services the individuals are receiving (including supported employment);
‘‘(V) the number of students with disabilities who are receiving pre-employment transition serv- ices under this title: and
‘‘(VI) the number of individuals referred to State vocational rehabilitation programs by one- stop operators (as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act), and the number of individuals referred to such one- stop operators by State vocational rehabilitation programs;’’; and
(iv) in clause (iv)(I), by inserting before the semi- colon the following: ‘‘and, for those who achieved employment outcomes, the average length of time to obtain employment’’;
(C) in subparagraph (D)(i), by striking ‘‘title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’;
(D) in subparagraph (E)(ii), by striking ‘‘of the State’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘of the State in meeting the standards and indicators established pursuant to sec- tion 106.’’; and
(E) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(G) RULES FOR REPORTING OF DATA.—The disaggregation of data under this Act shall not be required within a category if the number of individuals in a category is insufficient to yield statistically reliable information, or if the results would reveal personally identifiable informa- tion about an individual.
‘‘(H) COMPREHENSIVE REPORT.—The State plan shall specify that the Commissioner will provide an annual com- prehensive report that includes the reports and data required under this section, as well as a summary of the reports and data, for each fiscal year. The Commissioner shall submit the report to the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representa- tives, the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee on Appropria- tions of the Senate, not later than 90 days after the end of the fiscal year involved.’’;
(7) in paragraph (11)—
(A) in subparagraph (A)—
(i) in the subparagraph header, by striking
‘‘WORKFORCE INVESTMENT SYSTEMS’’ and inserting
‘‘WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEMS’’;
(ii) in the matter preceding clause (i), by striking
‘‘workforce investment system’’ and inserting
‘‘workforce development system’’; (iii) in clause (i)(II)—
(I) by striking ‘‘investment’’ and inserting
‘‘development’’; and
H. R. 803—221
(II) by inserting ‘‘(including programmatic accessibility and physical accessibility)’’ after ‘‘pro- gram accessibility’’;
(iv) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘workforce investment system’’ and inserting ‘‘workforce development system’’; and
(v) in clause (v), by striking ‘‘workforce investment system’’ and inserting ‘‘workforce development system’’; (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘workforce invest-
ment system’’ and inserting ‘‘workforce development system’’;
(C) in subparagraph (C)—
(i) by inserting ‘‘the State programs carried out
under section 4 of the Assistive Technology Act of
1998 (29 U.S.C. 3003),’’ after ‘‘including’’;
(ii) by inserting ‘‘, noneducational agencies serving
out-of-school youth,’’ after ‘‘Agriculture’’; and
(iii) by striking ‘‘such agencies and programs’’ and
inserting ‘‘such Federal, State, and local agencies and
programs’’; and
(iv) by striking ‘‘workforce investment system’’ and
inserting ‘‘workforce development system’’;
(D) in subparagraph (D)—
(i) in the matter preceding clause (i), by inserting
‘‘, including pre-employment transition services,’’ before
‘‘under this title’’;
(ii) in clause (i), by inserting ‘‘, which may be
provided using alternative means for meeting partici-
pation (such as video conferences and conference
calls),’’ after ‘‘consultation and technical assistance’’;
and
(iii) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘completion’’ and inserting ‘‘implementation’’;
(E) by redesignating subparagraphs (E) and (F) as subparagraphs (F) and (H), respectively;
(F) by inserting after subparagraph (D) the following:
‘‘(E) COORDINATION WITH EMPLOYERS.—The State plan
shall describe how the designated State unit will work
with employers to identify competitive integrated employ-
ment opportunities and career exploration opportunities,
in order to facilitate the provision of—
‘‘(i) vocational rehabilitation services; and
‘‘(ii) transition services for youth with disabilities
and students with disabilities, such as pre-employment
transition services.’’;
(G) in subparagraph (F), as redesignated by subpara- graph (E) of this paragraph—
(i) by inserting ‘‘chapter 1 of’’ after ‘‘part C of’’;
and
(ii) by inserting ‘‘, as appropriate’’ before the
period;
(H) by inserting after subparagraph (F), as redesig-
nated by subparagraph (E) of this paragraph, the following:
‘‘(G) COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT REGARDING INDIVIDUALS

ELIGIBLE FOR HOME AND COMMUNITY-BASED WAIVER PRO-

GRAMS.—The State plan shall include an assurance that

H. R. 803—222
the designated State unit has entered into a formal coopera- tive agreement with the State agency responsible for administering the State Medicaid plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) and the State agency with primary responsibility for providing services and supports for individuals with intellectual disabilities and individuals with developmental disabilities, with respect to the delivery of vocational rehabilitation services, including extended services, for individuals with the most significant disabilities who have been determined to be eligible for home and community-based services under a Medicaid waiver, Medicaid State plan amendment, or other authority related to a State Medicaid program.’’;
(I) in subparagraph (H), as redesignated by subpara- graph (E) of this paragraph—
(i) in clause (ii)—
(I) by inserting ‘‘on or’’ before ‘‘near’’; and
(II) by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
(ii) by redesignating clause (iii) as clause (iv); and
(iii) by inserting after clause (ii) the following:
‘‘(iii) strategies for the provision of transition plan-
ning, by personnel of the designated State unit, the
State educational agency, and the recipient of funds
under part C, that will facilitate the development and
approval of the individualized plans for employment
under section 102; and’’; and
(J) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(I) COORDINATION WITH ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY PRO-

GRAMS.—The State plan shall include an assurance that

the designated State unit, and the lead agency and imple-
menting entity (if any) designated by the Governor of the
State under section 4 of the Assistive Technology Act of
1998 (29 U.S.C. 3003), have developed working relation-
ships and will enter into agreements for the coordination
of their activities, including the referral of individuals with
disabilities to programs and activities described in that
section.
‘‘(J) COORDINATION WITH TICKET TO WORK AND SELF-

SUFFICIENCY PROGRAM.—The State plan shall include an

assurance that the designated State unit will coordinate
activities with any other State agency that is functioning
as an employment network under the Ticket to Work and
Self-Sufficiency Program established under section 1148
of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–19).
‘‘(K) INTERAGENCY COOPERATION.—The State plan shall
describe how the designated State agency or agencies (if more than 1 agency is designated under paragraph (2)(A)) will collaborate with the State agency responsible for administering the State Medicaid plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.), the State agency responsible for providing services for individ- uals with developmental disabilities, and the State agency responsible for providing mental health services, to develop opportunities for community-based employment in integrated settings, to the greatest extent practicable.’’; (8) in paragraph (14)—
H. R. 803—223
(A) in the paragraph header, by striking ‘‘ANNUAL’’
and inserting ‘‘SEMIANNUAL’’; (B) in subparagraph (A)—
(i) by striking ‘‘an annual’’ and inserting ‘‘a semi- annual’’;
(ii) by striking ‘‘has achieved an employment out- come’’ and inserting ‘‘is employed’’;
(iii) by striking ‘‘achievement of the outcome’’ and all that follows through ‘‘representative)’’ and inserting
‘‘beginning of such employment, and annually there- after’’;
(iv) by striking ‘‘to competitive’’ and all that follows and inserting the following: ‘‘to competitive integrated employment or training for competitive integrated employment;’’;
(C) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end; (D) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘the individuals described’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘individuals described in subparagraph (A) in attaining competitive
integrated employment; and’’; and
(E) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(D) an assurance that the State will report the information generated under subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C), for each of the individuals, to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for each fiscal year, not later than 60 days after the end of the fiscal year.’’;
(9) in paragraph (15)—
(A) in subparagraph (A)— (i) in clause (i)—
(I) in subclause (II), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the
end;
(II) in subclause (III)—
(aa) by striking ‘‘workforce investment system’’ and inserting ‘‘workforce development system’’; and
(bb) by adding ‘‘and’’ at the end; and
(III) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(IV) youth with disabilities, and students with
disabilities, including their need for pre-employ- ment transition services or other transition serv- ices;’’;
(ii) by redesignating clauses (ii) and (iii) as clauses
(iii) and (iv), respectively; and
(iii) by inserting after clause (i) the following:
‘‘(ii) include an assessment of the needs of individ- uals with disabilities for transition services and pre- employment transition services, and the extent to which such services provided under this Act are coordi- nated with transition services provided under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C.
1400 et seq.) in order to meet the needs of individuals with disabilities.’’;
(B) in subparagraph (B)— (i) in clause (ii)—
(I) by striking ‘‘part B of title VI’’ and inserting
‘‘title VI’’; and
H. R. 803—224
(II) by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
(ii) by redesignating clause (iii) as clause (iv); and
(iii) by inserting after clause (ii) the following:
‘‘(iii) the number of individuals who are eligible
for services under this title, but are not receiving such
services due to an order of selection; and’’; and
(C) in subparagraph (D)—
(i) by redesignating clauses (iii) through (v) as
clauses (iv) through (vi), respectively;
(ii) by inserting after clause (ii) the following:
‘‘(iii) the methods to be used to improve and expand
vocational rehabilitation services for students with
disabilities, including the coordination of services
designed to facilitate the transition of such students
from the receipt of educational services in school to
postsecondary life (including the receipt of vocational
rehabilitation services under this title, postsecondary
education, employment, and pre-employment transition
services);’’; and
(iii) in clause (vi), as redesignated by clause (i)
of this subparagraph, by striking ‘‘workforce invest-
ment system’’ and inserting ‘‘workforce development
system’’;
(10) in paragraph (20), in subparagraphs (A) and (B)(i),
by striking ‘‘workforce investment system’’ and inserting
‘‘workforce development system’’;
(11) in paragraph (22), by striking ‘‘part B of title VI’’
and inserting ‘‘title VI’’; and
(12) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(25) SERVICES FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES.—The
State plan shall provide an assurance that, with respect to
students with disabilities, the State—
‘‘(A) has developed and will implement—
‘‘(i) strategies to address the needs identified in
the assessments described in paragraph (15); and
‘‘(ii) strategies to achieve the goals and priorities
identified by the State, in accordance with paragraph
(15), to improve and expand vocational rehabilitation
services for students with disabilities on a statewide
basis; and
‘‘(B) has developed and will implement strategies to
provide pre-employment transition services.
‘‘(26) JOB GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT.—The State plan
shall provide an assurance describing how the State will utilize
initiatives involving in-demand industry sectors or occupations
under sections 106(c) and 108 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act to increase competitive integrated employ- ment opportunities for individuals with disabilities.’’.
(b) APPROVAL.—Section 101(b) (29 U.S.C. 721(b)) is amended to read as follows:
‘‘(b) SUBMISSION; APPROVAL; MODIFICATION.—The State plan for vocational rehabilitation services shall be subject to—
‘‘(1) subsection (c) of section 102 of the Workforce Innova- tion and Opportunity Act, in a case in which that plan is a portion of the unified State plan described in that section
102; and
H. R. 803—225
‘‘(2) subsection (b), and paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of sub- section (c), of section 103 of such Act in a case in which that State plan for vocational rehabilitation services is a portion of the combined State plan described in that section 103.’’. (c) CONSTRUCTION.—Section 101 (29 U.S.C. 721) is amended
by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(c) CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this part shall be construed to reduce the obligation under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.) of a local educational agency or any other agency to provide or pay for any transition services that are also considered special education or related services and that are necessary for ensuring a free appropriate public education to children with disabilities within the State involved.’’.

SEC. 413. ELIGIBILITY AND INDIVIDUALIZED PLAN FOR EMPLOYMENT.

(a) ELIGIBILITY.—Section 102(a) (29 U.S.C. 722(a)) is amended— (1) in paragraph (1)—
(A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘is an’’ and inserting ‘‘has undergone an assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs and as a result has been determined to be an’’;
(B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘or regain employ- ment.’’ and inserting ‘‘advance in, or regain employment that is consistent with the individual’s strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice.’’; and
(C) by adding at the end the following: ‘‘For purposes of an assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs under this Act, an individual shall be presumed to have a goal of an employment outcome.’’; (2) in paragraph (2)—
(A) in subparagraph (A)—
(i) in the subparagraph header, by striking ‘‘DEM-

ONSTRATION’’ and inserting ‘‘APPLICANTS’’; and

(ii) by striking ‘‘, unless’’ and all that follows and inserting a period; and
(B) in subparagraph (B)—
(i) in the subparagraph header, by striking
‘‘METHODS’’ and inserting ‘‘RESPONSIBILITIES’’; (ii) in the first sentence—
(I) by striking ‘‘In making the demonstration required under subparagraph (A),’’ and inserting
‘‘Prior to determining under this subsection that an applicant described in subparagraph (A) is unable to benefit due to the severity of the individ- ual’s disability or that the individual is ineligible for vocational rehabilitation services,’’; and
(II) by striking ‘‘, except under’’ and all that follows and inserting a period; and
(iii) in the second sentence, by striking ‘‘individual or to determine’’ and all that follows and inserting
‘‘individual. In providing the trial experiences, the des- ignated State unit shall provide the individual with the opportunity to try different employment experi- ences, including supported employment, and the oppor- tunity to become employed in competitive integrated employment.’’;
H. R. 803—226
(3) in paragraph (3)(A)(ii), by striking ‘‘outcome from’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘outcome due to the severity of the individual’s disability (as of the date of the determina- tion).’’; and
(4) in paragraph (5)—
(A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A)—
(i) by striking ‘‘If an individual’’ and inserting ‘‘If, after the designated State unit carries out the activities described in paragraph (2)(B), a review of existing data, and, to the extent necessary, the assessment activities described in section 7(2)(A)(ii), an individual’’; and
(ii) by striking ‘‘title is determined’’ and all that follows through ‘‘not to be’’ and inserting ‘‘title is deter- mined not to be’’;
(B) by redesignating subparagraphs (A) through (D)
as subparagraphs (B) through (E), respectively;
(C) by inserting before subparagraph (B), as redesig- nated by subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, the following:
‘‘(A) the ineligibility determination shall be an individ- ualized one, based on the available data, and shall not be based on assumptions about broad categories of disabil- ities;’’; and
(D) in clause (i) of subparagraph (C), as redesignated by subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, by inserting after
‘‘determination’’ the following: ‘‘, including the clear and convincing evidence that forms the basis for the determina- tion of ineligibility’’.
(b) DEVELOPMENT OF AN INDIVIDUALIZED PLAN FOR EMPLOY-

MENT, AND RELATED INFORMATION.—Section 102(b) (29 U.S.C.

722(b)) is amended—
(1) in paragraph (1)(A)—
(A) by striking ‘‘, to the extent determined to be appro- priate by the eligible individual,’’; and
(B) by inserting ‘‘or, as appropriate, a disability advocacy organization’’ after ‘‘counselor’’;
(2) by redesignating paragraphs (2) and (3) as paragraphs
(3) and (4), respectively;
(3) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
‘‘(2) INDIVIDUALS DESIRING TO ENTER THE WORKFORCE.— For an individual entitled to benefits under title II or XVI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 401 et seq., 1381 et seq.) on the basis of a disability or blindness, the designated State unit shall provide to the individual general information on additional supports and assistance for individuals with disabilities desiring to enter the workforce, including assistance with benefits planning.’’;
(4) in paragraph (3), as redesignated by paragraph (2)
of this subsection—
(A) in subparagraph (E)—
(i) in clause (i), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
(ii) in clause (ii), by striking the period and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
(iii) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(iii) amended, as necessary, to include the postemployment services and service providers that are necessary for the individual to maintain or regain employment, consistent with the individual’s strengths,
H. R. 803—227
resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice.’’; and
(B) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(F) TIMEFRAME FOR COMPLETING THE INDIVIDUALIZED

PLAN FOR EMPLOYMENT.—The individualized plan for

employment shall be developed as soon as possible, but
not later than a deadline of 90 days after the date of
the determination of eligibility described in paragraph (1),
unless the designated State unit and the eligible individual
agree to an extension of that deadline to a specific date
by which the individualized plan for employment shall
be completed.’’; and
(5) in paragraph (4), as redesignated by paragraph (2)
of this subsection—
(A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘choice of the’’
and all that follows and inserting ‘‘choice of the eligible
individual, consistent with the general goal of competitive
integrated employment (except that in the case of an
eligible individual who is a student, the description may
be a description of the student’s projected postschool
employment outcome);’’;
(B) in subparagraph (B)(i)—
(i) by redesignating subclause (II) as subclause
(III); and
(ii) by striking subclause (I) and inserting the fol-
lowing:
‘‘(I) needed to achieve the employment outcome,
including, as appropriate—
‘‘(aa) the provision of assistive technology
devices and assistive technology services (including
referrals described in section 103(a)(3) to the
device reutilization programs and demonstrations
described in subparagraphs (B) and (D) of section
4(e)(2) of the Assistive Technology Act of 1998
(29 U.S.C. 3003(e)(2)) through agreements devel-
oped under section 101(a)(11)(I); and
‘‘(bb) personal assistance services (including
training in the management of such services);
‘‘(II) in the case of a plan for an eligible individual
that is a student, the specific transition services and
supports needed to achieve the student’s employment
outcome or projected postschool employment outcome;
and’’;
(C) in subparagraph (F), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
(D) in subparagraph (G), by striking the period and
inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
(E) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(H) for an individual who also is receiving assistance
from an employment network under the Ticket to Work
and Self-Sufficiency Program established under section
1148 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–19), a
description of how responsibility for service delivery will
be divided between the employment network and the des-
ignated State unit.’’.
(c) PROCEDURES.—Section 102(c) (29 U.S.C. 722(c)) is
amended—
H. R. 803—228
(1) in paragraph (1), by adding at the end the following:
‘‘The procedures shall allow an applicant or an eligible indi- vidual the opportunity to request mediation, an impartial due process hearing, or both procedures.’’;
(2) in paragraph (2)(A)—
(A) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
(B) in clause (iii), by striking the period and inserting
‘‘; and’’; and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(iv) any applicable State limit on the time by which a request for mediation under paragraph (4) or a hearing under paragraph (5) shall be made, and any required procedure by which the request shall be made.’’; and
(3) in paragraph (5)—
(A) by striking subparagraph (A) and inserting the following:
‘‘(A) OFFICER.—A due process hearing described in paragraph (2) shall be conducted by an impartial hearing officer who, on reviewing the evidence presented, shall issue a written decision based on the provisions of the approved State plan, requirements specified in this Act (including regulations implementing this Act), and State regulations and policies that are consistent with the Fed- eral requirements specified in this title. The officer shall provide the written decision to the applicant or eligible individual, or, as appropriate, the applicant’s representa- tive or individual’s representative, and to the designated State unit. The impartial hearing officer shall have the authority to render a decision and require actions regarding the applicant’s or eligible individual’s vocational rehabilita- tion services under this title.’’; and
(B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘in laws’’ and inserting ‘‘about Federal laws’’.

SEC. 414. VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION SERVICES.

Section 103 (29 U.S.C. 723) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)—
(A) in paragraph (13), by striking ‘‘workforce invest- ment system’’ and inserting ‘‘workforce development system’’;
(B) by striking paragraph (15) and inserting the fol- lowing:
‘‘(15) transition services for students with disabilities, that facilitate the transition from school to postsecondary life, such as achievement of an employment outcome in competitive integrated employment, or pre-employment transition serv- ices;’’;
(C) by redesignating paragraphs (17) and (18) as para- graphs (19) and (20), respectively; and
(D) by inserting after paragraph (16) the following:
‘‘(17) customized employment;
‘‘(18) encouraging qualified individuals who are eligible to receive services under this title to pursue advanced training in a science, technology, engineering, or mathematics (including computer science) field, medicine, law, or business;’’.
(2) in subsection (b)—
H. R. 803—229
(A) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in subparagraph (A)—
(I) by striking ‘‘(A)’’; and
(II) by striking the second sentence and
inserting ‘‘Such programs shall be used to provide
services described in this section that promote
integration into the community and that prepare
individuals with disabilities for competitive
integrated employment, including supported
employment and customized employment.’’; and
(ii) by striking subparagraph (B);
(B) by striking paragraph (5) and inserting the fol-
lowing:
‘‘(5) Technical assistance to businesses that are seeking
to employ individuals with disabilities.’’; and
(C) by striking paragraph (6) and inserting the fol-
lowing:
‘‘(6) Consultation and technical assistance services to assist
State educational agencies and local educational agencies in
planning for the transition of students with disabilities from
school to postsecondary life, including employment.
‘‘(7) Transition services to youth with disabilities and stu-
dents with disabilities, for which a vocational rehabilitation
counselor works in concert with educational agencies, providers
of job training programs, providers of services under the Med-
icaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42
U.S.C. 1396 et seq.), entities designated by the State to provide
services for individuals with developmental disabilities, centers
for independent living (as defined in section 702), housing and
transportation authorities, workforce development systems, and
businesses and employers.
‘‘(8) The establishment, development, or improvement of
assistive technology demonstration, loan, reutilization, or
financing programs in coordination with activities authorized
under the Assistive Technology Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 3001
et seq.) to promote access to assistive technology for individuals
with disabilities and employers.
‘‘(9) Support (including, as appropriate, tuition) for
advanced training in a science, technology, engineering, or
mathematics (including computer science) field, medicine, law,
or business, provided after an individual eligible to receive
services under this title, demonstrates—
‘‘(A) such eligibility;
‘‘(B) previous completion of a bachelor’s degree program
at an institution of higher education or scheduled comple-
tion of such degree program prior to matriculating in the
program for which the individual proposes to use the sup-
port; and
‘‘(C) acceptance by a program at an institution of higher
education in the United States that confers a master’s
degree in a science, technology, engineering, or mathe-
matics (including computer science) field, a juris doctor
degree, a master of business administration degree, or a
doctor of medicine degree,
H. R. 803—230
except that the limitations of subsection (a)(5) that apply to training services shall apply to support described in this para- graph, and nothing in this paragraph shall prevent any des- ignated State unit from providing similar support to individuals with disabilities within the State who are eligible to receive support under this title and who are not served under this paragraph.’’.

SEC. 415. STATE REHABILITATION COUNCIL.

Section 105 (29 U.S.C. 725) is amended— (1) in subsection (b)(1)(A)—
(A) by striking clause (ix) and inserting the following:
‘‘(ix) in a State in which one or more projects are funded under section 121, at least one representa- tive of the directors of the projects located in such State;’’; and
(B) in clause (xi), by striking ‘‘State workforce invest- ment board’’ and inserting ‘‘State workforce development board’’; and
(2) in subsection (c)—
(A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking
‘‘State workforce investment board’’ and inserting ‘‘State workforce development board’’; and
(B) in paragraph (6), by striking ‘‘Service Act’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–
3(a)) and the State workforce development board, and with the activities of entities carrying out programs under the Assistive Technology Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 3001 et seq.);’’.

SEC. 416. EVALUATION STANDARDS AND PERFORMANCE INDICATORS.

Section 106 (29 U.S.C. 726) is amended—
(1) by striking subsection (a) and inserting the following:
‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—
‘‘(1) STANDARDS AND INDICATORS.—The evaluation stand- ards and performance indicators for the vocational rehabilita- tion program carried out under this title shall be subject to the performance accountability provisions described in section
116(b) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act.
‘‘(2) ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY INDICA- TORS.—A State may establish and provide information on addi- tional performance accountability indicators, which shall be identified in the State plan submitted under section 101.’’; and
(2) in subsection (b)(2)(B)(i), by striking ‘‘review the pro- gram’’ and all that follows through ‘‘request the State’’ and inserting ‘‘on a biannual basis, review the program improve- ment efforts of the State and, if the State has not improved its performance to acceptable levels, as determined by the Commissioner, direct the State’’.

SEC. 417. MONITORING AND REVIEW.

(a) IN GENERAL.—Section 107 (29 U.S.C. 727) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)—
(A) in paragraph (3)(E), by inserting before the period the following: ‘‘, including personnel of a client assistance program under section 112, and past or current recipients of vocational rehabilitation services’’; and
(B) in paragraph (4)—
H. R. 803—231
(i) by striking subparagraphs (A) and (B) and inserting the following:
‘‘(A) the eligibility process, including the process related to the determination of ineligibility under section 102(a)(5);
‘‘(B) the provision of services, including supported employment services and pre-employment transition serv- ices, and, if applicable, the order of selection;’’;
(ii) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the
end;
(iii) by redesignating subparagraph (D) as subpara-
and
graph (E); and
(iv) by inserting after subparagraph (C) the fol- lowing:
‘‘(D) data reported under section 101(a)(10)(C)(i); and’’;
(2) in subsection (b)—
(A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end; (B) in paragraph (2), by striking the period and
inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(3) provide technical assistance to programs under this title to—
‘‘(A) promote high-quality employment outcomes for individuals with disabilities;
‘‘(B) integrate veterans who are individuals with disabilities into their communities and to support the vet- erans to obtain and retain competitive integrated employ- ment;
‘‘(C) develop, improve, and disseminate information on procedures, practices, and strategies, including for the preparation of personnel, to better enable individuals with intellectual disabilities and other individuals with disabil- ities to participate in postsecondary educational experi- ences and to obtain and retain competitive integrated employment; and
‘‘(D) apply evidence-based findings to facilitate systemic improvements in the transition of youth with disabilities to postsecondary life.’’.
(b) TECHNICAL AMENDMENT.—Section 108(a) (29 U.S.C. 728(a)) is amended by striking ‘‘part B of title VI’’ and inserting ‘‘title VI’’.

SEC. 418. TRAINING AND SERVICES FOR EMPLOYERS.

Section 109 (29 U.S.C. 728a) is amended to read as follows:

‘‘SEC. 109. TRAINING AND SERVICES FOR EMPLOYERS.

‘‘A State may expend payments received under section 111 to educate and provide services to employers who have hired or are interested in hiring individuals with disabilities under programs carried out under this title, including—
‘‘(1) providing training and technical assistance to employers regarding the employment of individuals with disabilities, including disability awareness, and the require- ments of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C.
12101 et seq.) and other employment-related laws;
‘‘(2) working with employers to—
‘‘(A) provide opportunities for work-based learning experiences (including internships, short-term employment,
H. R. 803—232
apprenticeships, and fellowships), and opportunities for pre-employment transition services;
‘‘(B) recruit qualified applicants who are individuals with disabilities;
‘‘(C) train employees who are individuals with disabil- ities; and
‘‘(D) promote awareness of disability-related obstacles to continued employment;
‘‘(3) providing consultation, technical assistance, and sup- port to employers on workplace accommodations, assistive tech- nology, and facilities and workplace access through collabora- tion with community partners and employers, across States and nationally, to enable the employers to recruit, job match, hire, and retain qualified individuals with disabilities who are recipients of vocational rehabilitation services under this title, or who are applicants for such services; and
‘‘(4) assisting employers with utilizing available financial
support for hiring or accommodating individuals with disabil- ities.’’.

SEC. 419. STATE ALLOTMENTS.

Section 110 (29 U.S.C. 730) is amended—
(1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ‘‘Subject to the provi- sions of subsection (c)’’ and inserting ‘‘Subject to the provisions of subsections (c) and (d),’’;
(2) in subsection (c)—
(A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘1987’’ and inserting
‘‘2015’’; and
(B) in paragraph (2)—
(i) by striking ‘‘Secretary’’ and all that follows through ‘‘(B)’’ and inserting ‘‘Secretary,’’; and
(ii) by striking ‘‘2000 through 2003’’ and inserting
‘‘2015 through 2020’’; and
(3) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(d)(1) From any State allotment under subsection (a) for a fiscal year, the State shall reserve not less than 15 percent of the allotted funds for the provision of pre-employment transition services.
‘‘(2) Such reserved funds shall not be used to pay for the administrative costs of providing pre-employment transition serv- ices.’’.

SEC. 420. PAYMENTS TO STATES.

Section 111(a)(2)(B) (29 U.S.C. 731(a)(2)(B)) is amended—
(1) by striking ‘‘For fiscal year 1994 and each fiscal year thereafter, the’’ and inserting ‘‘The’’;
(2) by striking ‘‘this title for the previous’’ and inserting
‘‘this title for any previous’’; and
(3) by striking ‘‘year preceding the previous’’ and inserting
‘‘year preceding that previous’’.

SEC. 421. CLIENT ASSISTANCE PROGRAM.

Section 112 (29 U.S.C. 732) is amended—
(1) in subsection (a), in the first sentence, by inserting
‘‘including under sections 113 and 511,’’ after ‘‘all available benefits under this Act,’’;
(2) in subsection (b), by striking ‘‘not later than October
1, 1984,’’;
H. R. 803—233
(3) in subsection (e)(1)—
(A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘The Secretary shall allot’’ and inserting ‘‘After reserving funds under sub- paragraphs (E) and (F), the Secretary shall allot the remainder of’’; and
(B) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(E)(i) The Secretary shall reserve funds appropriated under subsection (h) to make a grant to the protection and advocacy system serving the American Indian Consortium to provide services in accordance with this section. The amount of such a grant shall be the same amount as is provided to a territory under this sub- section.
‘‘(ii) In this subparagraph:
‘‘(I) The term ‘American Indian Consortium’ has the meaning given the term in section 102 of the Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act of 2000 (42 U.S.C.
15002).
‘‘(II) The term ‘protection and advocacy system’ means a protection and advocacy system established under subtitle C of title I of the Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act of 2000 (42 U.S.C. 15041 et seq.).
‘‘(F) For any fiscal year for which the amount appropriated under subsection (h) equals or exceeds $14,000,000, the Secretary may reserve not less than 1.8 percent and not more than 2.2 percent of such amount to provide a grant for training and technical assistance for the programs established under this section. Such training and technical assistance shall be coordinated with activities provided under section 509(c)(1)(A).’’; and
(4) by striking subsection (h) and inserting the following:
‘‘(h) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out the provisions of this section—
‘‘(1) $12,000,000 for fiscal year 2015;
‘‘(2) $12,927,000 for fiscal year 2016;
‘‘(3) $13,195,000 for fiscal year 2017;
‘‘(4) $13,488,000 for fiscal year 2018;
‘‘(5) $13,805,000 for fiscal year 2019; and
‘‘(6) $14,098,000 for fiscal year 2020.’’.

SEC. 422. PRE-EMPLOYMENT TRANSITION SERVICES.

Part B of title I (29 U.S.C. 730 et seq.) is further amended by adding at the end the following:

‘‘SEC. 113. PROVISION OF PRE-EMPLOYMENT TRANSITION SERVICES.

‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—From the funds reserved under section
110(d), and any funds made available from State, local, or private funding sources, each State shall ensure that the designated State unit, in collaboration with the local educational agencies involved, shall provide, or arrange for the provision of, pre-employment transition services for all students with disabilities in need of such
services who are eligible or potentially eligible for services under this title.
‘‘(b) REQUIRED ACTIVITIES.—Funds available under subsection (a) shall be used to make available to students with disabilities described in subsection (a)—
‘‘(1) job exploration counseling;
‘‘(2) work-based learning experiences, which may include in-school or after school opportunities, or experience outside the traditional school setting (including internships), that is
H. R. 803—234
provided in an integrated environment to the maximum extent possible;
‘‘(3) counseling on opportunities for enrollment in com- prehensive transition or postsecondary educational programs at institutions of higher education;
‘‘(4) workplace readiness training to develop social skills and independent living; and
‘‘(5) instruction in self-advocacy, which may include peer mentoring.
‘‘(c) AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.—Funds available under subsection (a) and remaining after the provision of the required activities described in subsection (b) may be used to improve the transition of students with disabilities described in subsection (a) from school to postsecondary education or an employment outcome by—
‘‘(1) implementing effective strategies to increase the likeli- hood of independent living and inclusion in communities and competitive integrated workplaces;
‘‘(2) developing and improving strategies for individuals with intellectual disabilities and individuals with significant disabilities to live independently, participate in postsecondary education experiences, and obtain and retain competitive integrated employment;
‘‘(3) providing instruction to vocational rehabilitation coun- selors, school transition personnel, and other persons sup- porting students with disabilities;
‘‘(4) disseminating information about innovative, effective, and efficient approaches to achieve the goals of this section;
‘‘(5) coordinating activities with transition services provided by local educational agencies under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.);
‘‘(6) applying evidence-based findings to improve policy, procedure, practice, and the preparation of personnel, in order to better achieve the goals of this section;
‘‘(7) developing model transition demonstration projects;
‘‘(8) establishing or supporting multistate or regional part- nerships involving States, local educational agencies, des- ignated State units, developmental disability agencies, private businesses, or other participants to achieve the goals of this section; and
‘‘(9) disseminating information and strategies to improve the transition to postsecondary activities of individuals who are members of traditionally unserved populations.
‘‘(d) PRE-EMPLOYMENT TRANSITION COORDINATION.—Each local office of a designated State unit shall carry out responsibilities consisting of—
‘‘(1) attending individualized education program meetings for students with disabilities, when invited;
‘‘(2) working with the local workforce development boards, one-stop centers, and employers to develop work opportunities for students with disabilities, including internships, summer employment and other employment opportunities available throughout the school year, and apprenticeships;
‘‘(3) work with schools, including those carrying out activi- ties under section 614(d)(1)(A)(i)(VIII) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1414(d)(1)(A)(i)(VIII)), to coordinate and ensure the provision of pre-employment transi- tion services under this section; and
H. R. 803—235
‘‘(4) when invited, attend person-centered planning meetings for individuals receiving services under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.).
‘‘(e) NATIONAL PRE-EMPLOYMENT TRANSITION COORDINATION.— The Secretary shall support designated State agencies providing services under this section, highlight best State practices, and con- sult with other Federal agencies to advance the goals of this section.
‘‘(f) SUPPORT.—In carrying out this section, States shall address the transition needs of all students with disabilities, including such students with physical, sensory, intellectual, and mental health disabilities.’’.

SEC. 423. AMERICAN INDIAN VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION SERVICES.

Section 121 (29 U.S.C. 741) is amended—
(1) in subsection (a), in the first sentence, by inserting before the period the following: ‘‘(referred to in this section as ‘eligible individuals’), consistent with such eligible individ- uals’ strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice, so that such individ- uals may prepare for, and engage in, high-quality employment that will increase opportunities for economic self-sufficiency’’;
(2) in subsection (b)(1)—
(A) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end; (B) in subparagraph (C), by striking the period and
inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(D) contains assurances that—
‘‘(i) all decisions affecting eligibility for vocational rehabilitation services, the nature and scope of avail- able vocational rehabilitation services and the provi- sion of such services will, consistent with this title, be made by a representative of the tribal vocational rehabilitation program funded through the grant; and
‘‘(ii) such decisions will not be delegated to another agency or individual.’’;
(3) by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d); and
(4) by inserting after subsection (b) the following:
‘‘(c)(1) From the funds appropriated and made available to carry out this part for any fiscal year, beginning with fiscal year
2015, the Commissioner shall first reserve not less than 1.8 percent and not more than 2 percent of the funds to provide training and technical assistance to governing bodies described in subsection (a) for such fiscal year.
‘‘(2) From the funds reserved under paragraph (1), the Commis- sioner shall make grants to, or enter into contracts or other coopera- tive agreements with, entities that have experience in the operation of vocational rehabilitation services programs under this section to provide such training and technical assistance with respect to developing, conducting, administering, and evaluating such pro- grams.
‘‘(3) The Commissioner shall conduct a survey of the governing bodies regarding training and technical assistance needs in order to determine funding priorities for such grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements.
‘‘(4) To be eligible to receive a grant or enter into a contract or cooperative agreement under this section, such an entity shall submit an application to the Commissioner at such time, in such
H. R. 803—236
manner, and containing a proposal to provide such training and technical assistance, and containing such additional information as the Commissioner may require. The Commissioner shall provide for peer review of applications by panels that include persons who are not government employees and who have experience in the operation of vocational rehabilitation services programs under this section.’’.

SEC. 424. VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION SERVICES CLIENT INFORMA- TION.

Section 131(a)(2) (29 U.S.C. 751(a)(2)) is amended by striking
‘‘title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting
‘‘title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.

Subtitle C—Research and Training

SEC. 431. PURPOSE.

Section 200 (29 U.S.C. 760) is amended—
(1) in paragraph (1), by inserting ‘‘technical assistance,’’
after ‘‘training,’’;
(2) in paragraph (2), by inserting ‘‘technical assistance,’’
after ‘‘training,’’;
(3) in paragraph (3), in the matter preceding subparagraph
(A)—
(A) by inserting ‘‘and use’’ after ‘‘transfer’’; and
(B) by inserting ‘‘, in a timely and efficient manner,’’
after ‘‘disabilities’’; and
(4) in paragraph (4), by striking ‘‘distribution’’ and inserting
‘‘dissemination’’;
(5) in paragraph (5)—
(A) by inserting ‘‘, including individuals with intellec- tual and psychiatric disabilities,’’ after ‘‘disabilities’’; and
(B) by striking ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon;
(6) by redesignating paragraph (6) as paragraph (7); (7) by inserting after paragraph (5) the following:
‘‘(6) identify strategies for effective coordination of services to job seekers with disabilities available through programs of one-stop partners, as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act;’’;
(8) in paragraph (7), as redesignated by paragraph (6), by striking the period and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
(9) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(8) identify effective strategies for supporting the employ- ment of individuals with disabilities in competitive integrated employment.’’.

SEC. 432. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

Section 201 (29 U.S.C. 761) is amended to read as follows:

‘‘SEC. 201. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

‘‘There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this title $103,970,000 for fiscal year 2015, $112,001,000 for fiscal year
2016, $114,325,000 for fiscal year 2017, $116,860,000 for fiscal year 2018, $119,608,000 for fiscal year 2019, and $122,143,000 for fiscal year 2020.’’.
H. R. 803—237

SEC. 433. NATIONAL INSTITUTE ON DISABILITY, INDEPENDENT LIVING, AND REHABILITATION RESEARCH.

Section 202 (29 U.S.C. 762) is amended—
(1) in the section heading, by inserting ‘‘, INDEPENDENT

LIVING,’’ after ‘‘DISABILITY’’;

(2) in subsection (a)—
(A) in paragraph (1)—
(i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
striking ‘‘Department of Education’’ and all that follows
through ‘‘which’’ and inserting ‘‘Administration for
Community Living of the Department of Health and
Human Services a National Institute on Disability,
Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research
(referred to in this title as the ‘Institute’), which’’;
and
(ii) in subparagraph (A)—
(I) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘and training;
and’’ and inserting ‘‘, training, and technical assist-
ance;’’;
(II) by redesignating clause (iii) as clause (iv);
and
(III) by inserting after clause (ii) the following:
‘‘(iii) outreach and information that clarifies research implications for policy and practice; and’’; and
(B) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘directly’’ and all that follows through the period and inserting ‘‘directly
responsible to the Administrator for the Administration
for Community Living of the Department of Health and
Human Services.’’;
(3) in subsection (b)—
(A) in paragraph (2), by striking subparagraph (B)
and inserting the following:
‘‘(B) private organizations engaged in research relating
to—
‘‘(i) independent living;
‘‘(ii) rehabilitation; or
‘‘(iii) providing rehabilitation or independent living
services;’’;
(B) in paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘in rehabilitation’’
and inserting ‘‘on disability, independent living, and rehabilitation’’;
(C) in paragraph (4)—
(i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
inserting ‘‘education, health and wellness,’’ after ‘‘inde-
pendent living,’’; and
(ii) by striking subparagraphs (A) through (D) and
inserting the following:
‘‘(A) public and private entities, including—
‘‘(i) elementary schools and secondary schools (as
defined in section 9101 of the Elementary and Sec-
ondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801)); and
‘‘(ii) institutions of higher education;
‘‘(B) rehabilitation practitioners;
‘‘(C) employers and organizations representing
employers with respect to employment-based educational
materials or research;
H. R. 803—238
‘‘(D) individuals with disabilities (especially such individuals who are members of minority groups or of populations that are unserved or underserved by programs under this Act);
‘‘(E) the individuals’ representatives for the individuals described in subparagraph (D); and
‘‘(F) the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Appro- priations of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate;’’;
(D) in paragraph (6)—
(i) by striking ‘‘advances in rehabilitation’’ and
inserting ‘‘advances in disability, independent living,
and rehabilitation’’; and
(ii) by inserting ‘‘education, health and wellness,’’
after ‘‘employment, independent living,’’;
(E) by striking paragraph (7);
(F) by redesignating paragraphs (8) through (11) as
paragraphs (7) through (10), respectively;
(G) in paragraph (7), as redesignated by subparagraph
(F)—
(i) by striking ‘‘health, income,’’ and inserting
‘‘health and wellness, income, education,’’; and
(ii) by striking ‘‘and evaluation of vocational and
other’’ and inserting ‘‘and evaluation of independent
living, vocational, and’’;
(H) in paragraph (8), as redesignated by subparagraph
(F), by striking ‘‘with vocational rehabilitation services for
the purpose of identifying effective rehabilitation programs
and policies that promote the independence of individuals
with disabilities and achievement of long-term vocational
goals’’ and inserting ‘‘with independent living and voca-
tional rehabilitation services for the purpose of identifying
effective independent living and rehabilitation programs
and policies that promote the independence of individuals
with disabilities and achievement of long-term independent
living and employment goals’’; and
(I) in paragraph (9), as redesignated by subparagraph
(F), by striking ‘‘and telecommuting; and’’ and inserting
‘‘, supported employment (including customized employ-
ment), and telecommuting; and’’;
(4) in subsection (d)(1), by striking the second sentence
and inserting the following: ‘‘The Director shall be an individual
with substantial knowledge of and experience in independent
living, rehabilitation, and research administration.’’;
(5) in subsection (f)(1), by striking the second sentence
and inserting the following: ‘‘The scientific peer review shall
be conducted by individuals who are not Department of Health
and Human Services employees. The Secretary shall consider
for peer review individuals who are scientists or other experts
in disability, independent living, and rehabilitation, including
individuals with disabilities and the individuals’ representa-
tives, and who have sufficient expertise to review the projects.’’;
(6) in subsection (h)—
(A) in paragraph (1)(A)—
H. R. 803—239
(i) by striking ‘‘priorities for rehabilitation research,’’ and inserting ‘‘priorities for disability, inde- pendent living, and rehabilitation research,’’; and
(ii) by inserting ‘‘dissemination,’’ after ‘‘training,’’;
and
(B) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘especially in
the area of employment’’ and inserting ‘‘especially in
the areas of employment and independent living’’;
(ii) in subparagraph (D)—
(I) by striking ‘‘developed by the Director’’ and
inserting ‘‘coordinated with the strategic plan
required under section 203(c)’’;
(II) in clause (i), by striking ‘‘Rehabilitation’’
and inserting ‘‘Disability, Independent Living, and
Rehabilitation’’;
(III) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’
and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’; and
(IV) in clause (iv), by striking ‘‘researchers
in the rehabilitation field’’ and inserting
‘‘researchers in the independent living and
rehabilitation fields’’;
(iii) by redesignating subparagraphs (E) and (F)
as subparagraphs (F) and (G), respectively;
(iv) by inserting after subparagraph (D) the fol-
lowing:
‘‘(E) be developed by the Director;’’;
(v) in subparagraph (F), as redesignated by clause
(iii), by inserting ‘‘and information that clarifies
implications of the results for practice,’’ after ‘‘covered
activities,’’; and
(vi) in subparagraph (G), as redesignated by clause
(iii), by inserting ‘‘and information that clarifies
implications of the results for practice’’ after ‘‘covered
activities’’;
(7) in subsection (j), by striking paragraph (3); and
(8) by striking subsection (k) and inserting the following:
‘‘(k) The Director shall make grants to institutions of higher
education for the training of independent living and rehabilitation
researchers, including individuals with disabilities and traditionally
underserved populations of individuals with disabilities, as
described in section 21, with particular attention to research areas
that—
and
‘‘(1) support the implementation and objectives of this Act;
‘‘(2) improve the effectiveness of services authorized under
this Act.
‘‘(l)(1) Not later than December 31 of each year, the Director
shall prepare, and submit to the Secretary, the Committee on
Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the
Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Rep-
resentatives, a report on the activities funded under this title.
‘‘(2) The report under paragraph (1) shall include—
‘‘(A) a compilation and summary of the information pro-
vided by recipients of funding for such activities under this
title;
H. R. 803—240
‘‘(B) a summary describing the funding received under this title and the progress of the recipients of the funding in achieving the measurable goals described in section 204(d)(2); and
‘‘(C) a summary of implications of research outcomes on practice.
‘‘(m)(1) If the Director determines that an entity that receives funding under this title fails to comply with the applicable require- ments of this Act, or to make progress toward achieving the measur- able goals described in section 204(d)(2), with respect to the covered activities involved, the Director shall utilize available monitoring and enforcement measures.
‘‘(2) As part of the annual report required under subsection (l), the Secretary shall describe each action taken by the Secretary under paragraph (1) and the outcomes of such action.’’.

SEC. 434. INTERAGENCY COMMITTEE.

Section 203 (29 U.S.C. 763) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)—
(A) in paragraph (1)—
(i) by striking ‘‘conducting rehabilitation research’’ and inserting ‘‘conducting disability, independent living, and rehabilitation research’’;
(ii) by striking ‘‘chaired by the Director’’ and inserting ‘‘chaired by the Secretary, or the Secretary’s designee,’’;
(iii) by inserting ‘‘the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Disability Employment Policy, the Secretary of Defense, the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living,’’ after ‘‘Assistant Secretary for Spe- cial Education and Rehabilitative Services,’’; and
(iv) by striking ‘‘and the Director of the National Science Foundation.’’ and inserting ‘‘the Director of the National Science Foundation and the Adminis- trator of the Small Business Administration.’’; and
(B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ‘‘, and for not less than 1 of such meetings at least every 2 years, the Com- mittee shall invite policymakers, representatives from other Federal agencies conducting relevant research, individuals with disabilities, organizations representing individuals with disabilities, researchers, and providers, to offer input on the Committee’s work, including the development and implementation of the strategic plan required under sub- section (c)’’ after ‘‘each year’’;
(2) in subsection (b)—
(A) in paragraph (1)—
(i) by striking ‘‘from targeted individuals’’ and inserting ‘‘individuals with disabilities’’; and
(ii) by inserting ‘‘independent living and’’ before
‘‘rehabilitation’’; and
(B) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ‘‘independent living research,’’ after ‘‘assistive technology research,’’; (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ‘‘, inde- pendent living research,’’ after ‘‘technology research’’; (iii) in subparagraph (D), by striking ‘‘and research
that incorporates the principles of universal design’’
H. R. 803—241
and inserting ‘‘, independent living research, and research that incorporates the principles of universal design’’; and
(iv) in subparagraph (E), by striking ‘‘and research that incorporates the principles of universal design.’’ and inserting ‘‘, independent living research, and research that incorporates the principles of universal design.’’;
(3) by striking subsection (d);
(4) by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d); (5) by inserting after subsection (b) the following:
‘‘(c)(1) The Committee shall develop a comprehensive govern- ment wide strategic plan for disability, independent living, and rehabilitation research.
‘‘(2) The strategic plan shall include, at a minimum—
‘‘(A) a description of the—
‘‘(i) measurable goals and objectives;
‘‘(ii) existing resources each agency will devote to car- rying out the plan;
‘‘(iii) timetables for completing the projects outlined in the plan; and
‘‘(iv) assignment of responsible individuals and agen- cies for carrying out the research activities;
‘‘(B) research priorities and recommendations;
‘‘(C) a description of how funds from each agency will be combined, as appropriate, for projects administered among Federal agencies, and how such funds will be administered;
‘‘(D) the development and ongoing maintenance of a search- able government wide inventory of disability, independent living, and rehabilitation research for trend and data analysis across Federal agencies;
‘‘(E) guiding principles, policies, and procedures, consistent with the best research practices available, for conducting and administering disability, independent living, and rehabilitation research across Federal agencies; and
‘‘(F) a summary of underemphasized and duplicative areas of research.
‘‘(3) The strategic plan described in this subsection shall be submitted to the President and the Committee on Health, Edu- cation, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives.’’; (6) in subsection (d), as redesignated by paragraph (4)—
(A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking
‘‘Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate’’ and inserting ‘‘Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate’’; and
(B) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the fol- lowing:
‘‘(1) describes the progress of the Committee in fulfilling the duties described in subsections (b) and (c), and including specifically for subsection (c)—
‘‘(A) a report of the progress made in implementing the strategic plan, including progress toward implementing the elements described in subsection (c)(2)(A); and
‘‘(B) detailed budget information.’’; and
(7) in subsection (e), by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
H. R. 803—242
‘‘(2) the term ‘independent living’, used in connection with research, means research on issues and topics related to attaining maximum self-sufficiency and function by individuals with disabilities, including research on assistive technology and universal design, employment, education, health and wellness, and community integration and participation.’’.

SEC. 435. RESEARCH AND OTHER COVERED ACTIVITIES.

Section 204 (29 U.S.C. 764) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)—
(A) in paragraph (1)—
(i) by striking ‘‘pay’’ and inserting ‘‘fund’’;
(ii) by inserting ‘‘have practical applications and’’
before ‘‘maximize’’; and
(iii) by striking ‘‘employment, independent living,’’ and inserting ‘‘employment, education, independent living, health and wellness,’’;
(B) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ‘‘and from which the research findings, conclusions, or rec- ommendations can be transferred to practice’’ after
‘‘State agencies’’;
(ii) in subparagraph (B)—
(I) by striking clause (ii) and inserting the following:
‘‘(ii) studies and analyses of factors related to industrial, vocational, educational, employment, social, recreational, psy- chiatric, psychological, economic, and health and wellness vari- ables affecting individuals with disabilities, including tradition- ally underserved populations as described in section 21, and how those variables affect such individuals’ ability to live independently and their participation in the work force;’’;
(II) in clause (iii), by striking ‘‘are homebound’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘have significant challenges engaging in community life outside their homes and individuals who are in institu- tional settings;’’;
(III) in clause (iv), by inserting ‘‘, including the principles of universal design and the inter- operability of products and services’’ after ‘‘disabil- ities’’;
(IV) in clause (v), by inserting ‘‘, and to pro- moting employment opportunities in competitive integrated employment’’ after ‘‘employment’’;
(V) in clause (vi), by striking ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon;
(VI) in clause (vii), by striking ‘‘and assistive technology.’’ and inserting ‘‘, assistive technology, and communications technology; and’’; and
(VII) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(viii) studies, analyses, and other activities affecting employment outcomes as defined in section 7(11), including self-employment and telecommuting, of individuals with disabil- ities.’’; and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(3) In carrying out this section, the Director shall emphasize covered activities that include plans for—
H. R. 803—243
‘‘(A) dissemination of high-quality materials, of scientif- ically valid research results, or of findings, conclusions, and recommendations resulting from covered activities, including through electronic means (such as the website of the Depart- ment of Health and Human Services), so that such information is available in a timely manner to the general public; or
‘‘(B) the commercialization of marketable products, research results, or findings, resulting from the covered activities.’’;
(2) in subsection (b)—
(A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘(18)’’ both places
the term appears and inserting ‘‘(17)’’;
(B) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in subparagraph (A), by striking clauses (i) and
(ii) and inserting the following:
‘‘(i) be operated in collaboration with institutions of higher
education, providers of rehabilitation services, developers or
providers of assistive technology devices, assistive technology
services, or information technology devices or services, as appro-
priate, or providers of other appropriate services; and
‘‘(ii) serve as centers of national excellence and national
or regional resources for individuals with disabilities, as well
as providers, educators, and researchers.’’;
(ii) in subparagraph (B)—
(I) in clause (i)—
(aa) by adding ‘‘independent living and’’
after ‘‘research in’’;
(bb) by adding ‘‘independent living and’’
after ‘‘will improve’’; and
(cc) by striking ‘‘alleviate or stabilize’’ and
all that follows and inserting ‘‘maximize health
and function (including alleviating or stabi-
lizing conditions, or preventing secondary
conditions), and promote maximum social and
economic independence of individuals with
disabilities, including promoting the ability of
the individuals to prepare for, secure, retain,
regain, or advance in employment;’’;
(II) by redesignating clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv),
as clauses (iii), (iv), and (v), respectively;
(III) by inserting after clause (i) the following:
‘‘(ii) conducting research in, and dissemination of, employer-
based practices to facilitate the identification, recruitment,
accommodation, advancement, and retention of qualified
individuals with disabilities;’’;
(IV) in clause (iii), as redesignated by sub-
clause (II), by inserting ‘‘independent living and’’
before ‘‘rehabilitation services’’;
(V) in clause (iv), as redesignated by subclause
(II)—
(aa) by inserting ‘‘independent living and’’ before ‘‘rehabilitation’’ each place the term appears; and
(bb) by striking ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon;
and
(VI) by striking clause (v), as redesignated
by subclause (II), and inserting the following:
H. R. 803—244
‘‘(v) serving as an informational and technical assistance resource to individuals with disabilities, as well as to providers, educators, and researchers, by providing outreach and informa- tion that clarifies research implications for practice and identi- fies potential new areas of research; and
‘‘(vi) developing practical applications for the research findings of the Centers.’’;
(iii) in subparagraph (C)—
(I) in clause (i), by inserting ‘‘, including research on assistive technology devices, assistive technology services, and accessible electronic and information technology devices’’ after ‘‘research’’;
(II) in clause (ii)—
(aa) by striking ‘‘and social’’ and inserting
‘‘, social, and economic’’; and
(bb) by inserting ‘‘independent living and’’
before ‘‘rehabilitation’’; and
(III) by striking clauses (iii) and (iv);
(IV) by redesignating clauses (v) and (vi) as clauses (iii) and (iv), respectively;
(V) in clause (iii), as redesignated by subclause (IV), by striking ‘‘to develop’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘that promotes the emotional, social, educational, and functional growth of children who are individuals with disabilities, as well as their integration in school, employment, and community activities;’’;
(VI) in clause (iv), as redesignated by sub- clause (IV), by striking ‘‘that will improve’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘to develop and evaluate interventions, policies, and services that support families of those children and adults who are individuals with disabilities;’’; and
(VII) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(v) continuation of research that will improve services and policies that foster the independence and social integration of individuals with disabilities, and enable individuals with disabilities, including individuals with intellectual disabilities and other developmental disabilities, to live in their commu- nities; and
‘‘(vi) research, dissemination, and technical assistance, on best practices in vocational rehabilitation, including supported employment and other strategies to promote competitive integrated employment for persons with the most significant disabilities.’’;
(iv) by striking subparagraph (D) and inserting the following:
‘‘(D) Training of students preparing to be independent living or rehabilitation personnel or to provide independent living, rehabilitative, assistive, or supportive services (such as rehabilita- tion counseling, personal care services, direct care, job coaching, aides in school based settings, or advice or assistance in utilizing assistive technology devices, assistive technology services, and accessible electronic and information technology devices and serv- ices) shall be an important priority for each such Center.’’;
(v) in subparagraph (E), by striking ‘‘comprehen- sive’’;
H. R. 803—245
(vi) in subparagraph (G)(i), by inserting ‘‘inde- pendent living and’’ before ‘‘rehabilitation-related’’;
(vii) by striking subparagraph (I); and
(viii) by redesignating subparagraphs (J) through
(O) as subparagraphs (I) through (N), respectively;
(C) in paragraph (3)—
(i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ‘‘independent
living strategies and’’ before ‘‘rehabilitation tech-
nology’’;
(ii) in subparagraph (B)—
(I) in clause (i)(I), by inserting ‘‘independent
living and’’ before ‘‘rehabilitation problems’’;
(II) in clause (ii)(II), by striking ‘‘employment’’
and inserting ‘‘educational, employment,’’; and
(III) in clause (iii)(II), by striking ‘‘employ-
ment’’ and inserting ‘‘educational, employment,’’;
(iii) in subparagraph (D)(i)(II), by striking ‘‘post-
school’’ and inserting ‘‘postsecondary education,
competitive integrated employment, and other age-
appropriate’’; and
(iv) in subparagraph (G)(ii), by inserting ‘‘the
impact of any commercialized product researched or
developed through the Center,’’ after ‘‘individuals with
disabilities,’’;
(D) in paragraph (4)(B)—
(i) in clause (i)—
(I) by striking ‘‘vocational’’ and inserting ‘‘inde-
pendent living, employment,’’;
(II) by striking ‘‘special’’ and inserting
‘‘unique’’; and
(III) by inserting ‘‘social and functional needs,
and’’ before ‘‘acute care’’; and
(ii) in clause (iv), by inserting ‘‘education, health
and wellness,’’ after ‘‘employment,’’;
(E) by striking paragraph (8) and inserting the fol-
lowing:
‘‘(8) Grants may be used to conduct a program of joint projects
with other administrations and offices of the Department of Health
and Human Services, the National Science Foundation, the Depart-
ment of Veterans Affairs, the Department of Defense, the Federal
Communications Commission, the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration, the Small Business Administration, the Depart-
ment of Labor, other Federal agencies, and private industry in
areas of joint interest involving rehabilitation.’’;
(F) by striking paragraphs (9) and (11);
(G) by redesignating paragraphs (10), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), and (18), as paragraphs (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), and (16), respectively;
(H) in paragraph (11), as redesignated by subpara- graph (G)—
(i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘employment needs of individuals with disabil- ities, including’’ and inserting ‘‘employment needs, opportunities, and outcomes (including those relating to self-employment, supported employment, and tele- commuting) of individuals with disabilities, including’’;
H. R. 803—246
(ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ‘‘and employ- ment related’’ after ‘‘the employment’’;
(iii) in subparagraph (E), by striking ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon;
(iv) in subparagraph (F), by striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon; and
(v) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(G) develop models to facilitate the successful transition
of individuals with disabilities from nonintegrated employment
and employment that is compensated at a wage less than
the Federal minimum wage to competitive integrated employ-
ment;
‘‘(H) develop models to maximize opportunities for
integrated community living, including employment and inde-
pendent living, for individuals with disabilities;
‘‘(I) provide training and continuing education for personnel
involved with community living for individuals with disabilities;
‘‘(J) develop model procedures for testing and evaluating
the community living related needs of individuals with disabil-
ities;
‘‘(K) develop model training programs to teach individuals
with disabilities skills which will lead to integrated community
living and full participation in the community; and
‘‘(L) develop new approaches for long-term services and
supports for individuals with disabilities, including supports
necessary for competitive integrated employment.’’;
(I) in paragraph (12), as redesignated by subparagraph
(G)—
(i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by inserting ‘‘an independent living or’’ after ‘‘conduct’’; (ii) in subparagraph (D), by inserting ‘‘independent
living or’’ before ‘‘rehabilitation’’; and
(iii) in the matter following subparagraph (E), by
striking ‘‘National Institute on Disability and
Rehabilitation Research’’ and inserting ‘‘National
Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and
Rehabilitation Research’’;
(J) in paragraph (13), as redesignated by subparagraph
(G), by inserting ‘‘independent living and’’ before
‘‘rehabilitation needs’’; and
(K) in paragraph (14), as redesignated by subparagraph
(G), by striking ‘‘and access to gainful employment.’’ and
inserting ‘‘, full participation, and economic self-suffi-
ciency.’’; and
(3) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(d)(1) In awarding grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements under this title, the Director shall award the funding on a competi- tive basis.
‘‘(2)(A) To be eligible to receive funds under this section for a covered activity, an entity described in subsection (a)(1) shall submit an application to the Director at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Director may require.
‘‘(B) The application shall include information describing—
‘‘(i) measurable goals, as established through section 1115
of title 31, United States Code, and a timeline and specific
plan for meeting the goals, that the applicant has established;
H. R. 803—247
‘‘(ii) how the project will address 1 or more of the following: commercialization of a marketable product, technology transfer (if applicable), dissemination of any research results, and other priorities as established by the Director; and
‘‘(iii) how the applicant will quantifiably measure the goals to determine whether such goals have been accomplished.
‘‘(3)(A) In the case of an application for funding under this section to carry out a covered activity that results in the develop- ment of a marketable product, the application shall also include a commercialization and dissemination plan, as appropriate, con- taining commercialization and marketing strategies for the product involved, and strategies for disseminating information about the product. The funding received under this section shall not be used to carry out the commercialization and marketing strategies.
‘‘(B) In the case of any other application for funding to carry out a covered activity under this section, the application shall also include a dissemination plan, containing strategies for dissemi-
nating educational materials, research results, or findings, conclu- sions, and recommendations, resulting from the covered activity.’’.

SEC. 436. DISABILITY, INDEPENDENT LIVING, AND REHABILITATION RESEARCH ADVISORY COUNCIL.

Section 205 (29 U.S.C. 765) is amended—

(1) in the section heading, by inserting ‘‘DISABILITY, INDE-

PENDENT LIVING, AND’’ before ‘‘REHABILITATION’’; (2) in subsection (a)—

(A) by striking ‘‘Department of Education a Rehabilita- tion Research Advisory Council’’ and inserting ‘‘Department of Health and Human Services a Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research Advisory Council’’; and (B) by inserting ‘‘not less than’’ after ‘‘composed of’’;
(3) by striking subsection (c) and inserting the following:
‘‘(c) QUALIFICATIONS.—Members of the Council shall be gen- erally representative of the community of disability, independent living, and rehabilitation professionals, the community of disability, independent living, and rehabilitation researchers, the directors of independent living centers and community rehabilitation pro- grams, the business community (including a representative of the small business community) that has experience with the system of vocational rehabilitation services and independent living services carried out under this Act and with hiring individuals with disabil- ities, the community of stakeholders involved in assistive tech- nology, the community of covered school professionals, and the community of individuals with disabilities, and the individuals’ representatives. At least one-half of the members shall be individ- uals with disabilities or the individuals’ representatives.’’; and
(4) in subsection (g), by striking ‘‘Department of Education’’
and inserting ‘‘Department of Health and Human Services’’.

SEC. 437. DEFINITION OF COVERED SCHOOL.

Title II (29 U.S.C. 760 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

‘‘SEC. 206. DEFINITION OF COVERED SCHOOL.

‘‘In this title, the term ‘covered school’ means an elementary school or secondary school (as such terms are defined in section
9101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801)) or an institution of higher education.’’.
H. R. 803—248

Subtitle D—Professional Development and

Special Projects and Demonstration

SEC. 441. PURPOSE; TRAINING.

(a) PURPOSE.—Section 301(a) (29 U.S.C. 771(a)) is amended— (1) in paragraph (2), by inserting ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon; (2) by striking paragraphs (3) and (4);
(3) by redesignating paragraph (5) as paragraph (3); and
(4) in paragraph (3), as redesignated by paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘workforce investment systems’’ and inserting
‘‘workforce development systems’’.
(b) TRAINING.—Section 302 (29 U.S.C. 772) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)—
(A) in paragraph (1)—
(i) in subparagraph (E), by striking all after
‘‘deliver’’ and inserting ‘‘supported employment services and customized employment services to individuals with the most significant disabilities;’’;
(ii) in subparagraph (F), by striking ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon;
(iii) in subparagraph (G), by striking the period at the end and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
(iv) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(H) personnel trained in providing assistive technology services.’’;
(B) in paragraph (4)—
(i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘title I of the Workforce Investment Act of
1998’’ and inserting ‘‘subtitle B of title I of the
Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’;
(ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘workforce investment system’’ and inserting ‘‘workforce develop- ment system’’; and
(iii) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘section 134(c)
of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998.’’ and inserting
‘‘section 121(e) of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor- tunity Act.’’; and
(C) in paragraph (5), by striking ‘‘title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’;
(2) in subsection (b)(1)(B)(i), by striking ‘‘or prosthetics and orthotics’’ and inserting ‘‘prosthetics and orthotics, vision rehabilitation therapy, orientation and mobility instruction, or low vision therapy’’;
(3) in subsection (g)—
(A) in the subsection heading, by striking ‘‘AND IN- SERVICE TRAINING’’;
(B) in paragraph (1), by adding after the period the following: ‘‘Any technical assistance provided to community rehabilitation programs shall be focused on the employment outcome of competitive integrated employment for individ- uals with disabilities.’’; and
(C) by striking paragraph (3);
(4) in subsection (h), by striking ‘‘section 306’’ and inserting
‘‘section 304’’; and
H. R. 803—249
(5) in subsection (i), by striking ‘‘such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2003.’’ and inserting ‘‘$33,657,000 for fiscal year 2015, $36,257,000 for fiscal year 2016, $37,009,000 for fiscal year 2017,
$37,830,000 for fiscal year 2018, $38,719,000 for fiscal year
2019, and $39,540,000 for fiscal year 2020.’’.

SEC. 442. DEMONSTRATION, TRAINING, AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS.

Section 303 (29 U.S.C. 773) is amended— (1) in subsection (b)—
(A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘section 306’’ and inserting ‘‘section 304’’;
(B) in paragraph (3)(A), by striking ‘‘National Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research’’ and inserting
‘‘National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and
Rehabilitation Research’’;
(C) in paragraph (5)—
(i) in subparagraph (A)—
(I) by striking clause (i) and inserting the fol-
lowing:
‘‘(i) initiatives focused on improving transition from
education, including postsecondary education, to
employment, particularly in competitive integrated
employment, for youth who are individuals with signifi-
cant disabilities;’’; and
(II) by striking clause (iii) and inserting the
following:
‘‘(iii) increasing competitive integrated employment
for individuals with significant disabilities.’’; and
(ii) in subparagraph (B)(viii), by striking ‘‘under
title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and
inserting ‘‘under subtitle B of title I of the Workforce
Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(D) by striking paragraph (6); (2) in subsection (c)—
(A) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in subparagraph (E), by striking ‘‘and’’ after
the semicolon;
(ii) by redesignating subparagraph (F) as subpara-
graph (G); and
(iii) by inserting after subparagraph (E) the fol-
lowing:
‘‘(F) to provide support and guidance in helping individ-
uals with significant disabilities, including students with
disabilities, transition to competitive integrated employ-
ment; and’’;
(B) in paragraph (4)—
(i) in subparagraph (A)(ii)—
(I) by inserting ‘‘the’’ after ‘‘closely with’’; and
(II) by inserting ‘‘, the community parent
resource centers established pursuant to section
672 of such Act, and the eligible entities receiving
awards under section 673 of such Act’’ after
‘‘Individuals with Disabilities Education Act’’; and
H. R. 803—250
(ii) in subparagraph (C), by inserting ‘‘, and dem- onstrate the capacity for serving,’’ after ‘‘shall serve’’; and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(8) RESERVATION.—From the amount appropriated to carry out this section for a fiscal year, 20 percent of such amount or $500,000, whichever is less, may be reserved to carry out paragraph (6).’’; and
(3) by striking subsection (e) and inserting the following:
‘‘(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of carrying out this section there are authorized to be appropriated
$5,796,000 for fiscal year 2015, $6,244,000 for fiscal year 2016,
$6,373,000 for fiscal year 2017, $6,515,000 for fiscal year 2018,
$6,668,000 for fiscal year 2019, and $6,809,000 for fiscal year 2020.’’.

SEC. 443. MIGRANT AND SEASONAL FARMWORKERS; RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS.

The Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 701 et seq.) is amended—
(1) by striking sections 304 and 305;
(2) by redesignating section 306 as section 304.

Subtitle E—National Council on Disability

SEC. 451. ESTABLISHMENT.

Section 400 (29 U.S.C. 780) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)(1)—
(A) by redesignating subparagraph (C) as subpara- graph (D);
(B) by striking subparagraphs (A) and (B) and inserting the following:
‘‘(A) There is established within the Federal Government a
National Council on Disability (referred to in this title as the
‘National Council’), which, subject to subparagraph (B), shall be composed of 9 members, of which—
‘‘(i) 5 shall be appointed by the President;
‘‘(ii) 1 shall be appointed by the Majority Leader of the
Senate;
‘‘(iii) 1 shall be appointed by the Minority Leader of the
Senate;
‘‘(iv) 1 shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives; and
‘‘(v) 1 shall be appointed by the Minority Leader of the
House of Representatives.
‘‘(B) The National Council shall transition from 15 members (as of the date of enactment of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act) to 9 members as follows:
‘‘(i) On the first 4 expirations of National Council terms (after that date), replacement members shall be appointed to the National Council in the following order and manner:
‘‘(I) 1 shall be appointed by the Majority Leader of the Senate.
‘‘(II) 1 shall be appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate.
‘‘(III) 1 shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives.
H. R. 803—251
‘‘(IV) 1 shall be appointed by the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives.
‘‘(ii) On the next 6 expirations of National Council terms (after the 4 expirations described in clause (i) occur), no replace- ment members shall be appointed to the National Council.
‘‘(C) For any vacancy on the National Council that occurs after the transition described in subparagraph (B), the vacancy shall be filled in the same manner as the original appointment was made.’’; and
(C) in subparagraph (D), as redesignated by subpara- graph (A) of this paragraph, in the first sentence—
(i) by inserting ‘‘national leaders on disability policy,’’ after ‘‘guardians of individuals with disabil-
ities,’’; and
(ii) by striking ‘‘policy or programs’’ and inserting
‘‘policy or issues that affect individuals with disabil- ities’’;
(2) in subsection (b), by striking ‘‘, except’’ and all that follows and inserting a period; and
(3) in subsection (d), by striking ‘‘Eight’’ and inserting
‘‘Five’’.

SEC. 452. REPORT.

Section 401 (29 U.S.C. 781) is amended—
(1) in paragraphs (1) and (3) of subsection (a), by striking
‘‘National Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research’’ and inserting ‘‘National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research’’; and
(2) by striking subsection (c).

SEC. 453. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

Section 405 (29 U.S.C. 785) is amended by striking ‘‘such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through
2003.’’ and inserting ‘‘$3,186,000 for fiscal year 2015, $3,432,000 for fiscal year 2016, $3,503,000 for fiscal year 2017, $3,581,000 for fiscal year 2018, $3,665,000 for fiscal year 2019, and $3,743,000 for fiscal year 2020.’’.

Subtitle F—Rights and Advocacy

SEC. 456. INTERAGENCY COMMITTEE, BOARD, AND COUNCIL.

(a) INTERAGENCY COMMITTEE.—Section 501 (29 U.S.C. 791) is amended—
(1) by striking subsection (f); and
(2) by redesignating subsection (g) as subsection (f).
(b) ARCHITECTURAL AND TRANSPORTATION BARRIERS COMPLI- ANCE BOARD.—Section 502(j) (29 U.S.C. 792(j)) is amended by striking ‘‘such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2003.’’ and inserting ‘‘$7,448,000 for fiscal year
2015, $8,023,000 for fiscal year 2016, $8,190,000 for fiscal year
2017, $8,371,000 for fiscal year 2018, $8,568,000 for fiscal year
2019, and $8,750,000 for fiscal year 2020.’’.
(c) PROGRAM OR ACTIVITY.—Section 504(b)(2)(B) (29 U.S.C.
794(b)(2)(B)) is amended by striking ‘‘vocational education’’ and inserting ‘‘career and technical education’’.
H. R. 803—252
(d) INTERAGENCY DISABILITY COORDINATING COUNCIL.—Section
507(a) (29 U.S.C. 794c(a)) is amended by inserting ‘‘the Chairperson of the National Council on Disability,’’ before ‘‘and such other’’.

SEC. 457. PROTECTION AND ADVOCACY OF INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS.

Section 509 (29 U.S.C. 794e) is amended—
(1) in subsection (c)(1)(A), by inserting ‘‘a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement for’’ before ‘‘training’’;
(2) in subsection (f)(2)—
(A) by striking ‘‘general’’ and all that follows through
‘‘records’’ and inserting ‘‘general authorities, including the authority to access records’’; and
(B) by inserting ‘‘of title I’’ after ‘‘subtitle C’’; and (3) in subsection (l), by striking ‘‘such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2003.’’ and inserting ‘‘$17,650,000 for fiscal year 2015, $19,013,000 for fiscal year 2016, $19,408,000 for fiscal year 2017,
$19,838,000 for fiscal year 2018, $20,305,000 for fiscal year
2019, and $20,735,000 for fiscal year 2020.’’.

SEC. 458. LIMITATIONS ON USE OF SUBMINIMUM WAGE.

(a) IN GENERAL.—Title V (29 U.S.C. 791 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

‘‘SEC. 511. LIMITATIONS ON USE OF SUBMINIMUM WAGE.

‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—No entity, including a contractor or subcon- tractor of the entity, which holds a special wage certificate as described in section 14(c) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 214(c)) may compensate an individual with a disability who is age 24 or younger at a wage (referred to in this section as a ‘subminimum wage’) that is less than the Federal minimum wage unless 1 of the following conditions is met:
‘‘(1) The individual is currently employed, as of the effective date of this section, by an entity that holds a valid certificate pursuant to section 14(c) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938.
‘‘(2) The individual, before beginning work that is com- pensated at a subminimum wage, has completed, and produces documentation indicating completion of, each of the following actions:
‘‘(A) The individual has received pre-employment transition services that are available to the individual under section 113, or transition services under the Individ- uals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.) such as transition services available to the individual under section 614(d) of that Act (20 U.S.C. 1414(d)).
‘‘(B) The individual has applied for vocational rehabilitation services under title I, with the result that—
‘‘(i)(I) the individual has been found ineligible for such services pursuant to that title and has documenta- tion consistent with section 102(a)(5)(C) regarding the determination of ineligibility; or
‘‘(II)(aa) the individual has been determined to be eligible for vocational rehabilitation services;
‘‘(bb) the individual has an individualized plan for employment under section 102;
‘‘(cc) the individual has been working toward an employment outcome specified in such individualized
H. R. 803—253
plan for employment, with appropriate supports and services, including supported employment services, for a reasonable period of time without success; and
‘‘(dd) the individual’s vocational rehabilitation case is closed; and
‘‘(ii)(I) the individual has been provided career counseling, and information and referrals to Federal and State programs and other resources in the individ- ual’s geographic area that offer employment-related services and supports designed to enable the individual to explore, discover, experience, and attain competitive integrated employment; and
‘‘(II) such counseling and information and referrals are not for employment compensated at a subminimum wage provided by an entity described in this subsection, and such employment-related services are not com- pensated at a subminimum wage and do not directly result in employment compensated at a subminimum wage provided by an entity described in this subsection.
‘‘(b) CONSTRUCTION.—
‘‘(1) RULE.—Nothing in this section shall be construed to—
‘‘(A) change the purpose of this Act described in section
2(b)(2), to empower individuals with disabilities to maxi- mize opportunities for competitive integrated employment; or
‘‘(B) preference employment compensated at a submin- imum wage as an acceptable vocational rehabilitation strategy or successful employment outcome, as defined in section 7(11).
‘‘(2) CONTRACTS.—A local educational agency (as defined in section 9101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801)) or a State educational agency (as defined in such section) may not enter into a contract or other arrangement with an entity described in subsection (a) for the purpose of operating a program for an individual who is age 24 or younger under which work is compensated at a subminimum wage.
‘‘(3) VOIDABILITY.—The provisions in this section shall be construed in a manner consistent with the provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 201 et seq.), as amended before or after the effective date of this Act.
‘‘(c) DURING EMPLOYMENT.—
‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The entity described in subsection (a) may not continue to employ an individual, regardless of age, at a subminimum wage unless, after the individual begins work at that wage, at the intervals described in paragraph (2), the individual (with, in an appropriate case, the individual’s parent or guardian)—
‘‘(A) is provided by the designated State unit career counseling, and information and referrals described in sub- section (a)(2)(B)(ii), delivered in a manner that facilitates independent decisionmaking and informed choice, as the individual makes decisions regarding employment and career advancement; and
‘‘(B) is informed by the employer of self-advocacy, self- determination, and peer mentoring training opportunities available in the individual’s geographic area, provided by
H. R. 803—254
an entity that does not have any financial interest in the individual’s employment outcome, under applicable Federal and State programs or other sources.
‘‘(2) TIMING.—The actions required under subparagraphs
(A) and (B) of paragraph (1) shall be carried out once every
6 months for the first year of the individual’s employment at a subminimum wage, and annually thereafter for the dura- tion of such employment.
‘‘(3) SMALL BUSINESS EXCEPTION.—In the event that the entity described in subsection (a) is a business with fewer than 15 employees, such entity can satisfy the requirements of subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) by referring the individual, at the intervals described in paragraph (2), to the designated State unit for the counseling, information, and referrals described in paragraph (1)(A) and the information described in paragraph (1)(B).
‘‘(d) DOCUMENTATION.—
‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The designated State unit, in consulta- tion with the State educational agency, shall develop a new process or utilize an existing process, consistent with guidelines developed by the Secretary, to document the completion of the actions described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of subsection (a)(2) by a youth with a disability who is an individual with a disability.
‘‘(2) DOCUMENTATION PROCESS.—Such process shall require that—
‘‘(A) in the case of a student with a disability, for documentation of actions described in subsection (a)(2)(A)—
‘‘(i) if such a student with a disability receives and completes each category of required activities in section 113(b), such completion of services shall be documented by the designated State unit in a manner consistent with this section;
‘‘(ii) if such a student with a disability receives and completes any transition services available for stu- dents with disabilities under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, including those provided under section 614(d)(1)(A)(i)(VIII) (20 U.S.C.
1414(d)(1)(A)(i)(VIII)), such completion of services shall be documented by the appropriate school official responsible for the provision of such transition services, in a manner consistent with this section; and
‘‘(iii) the designated State unit shall provide the final documentation, in a form and manner consistent with this section, of the completion of pre-employment transition services as described in clause (i), or transi- tion services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act as described in clause (ii), to the student with a disability within a reasonable period of time following the completion; and
‘‘(B) when an individual has completed the actions described in subsection (a)(2)(B), the designated State unit shall provide the individual a document indicating such completion, in a manner consistent with this section, within a reasonable time period following the completion of the actions described in this subparagraph.
‘‘(e) VERIFICATION.—
H. R. 803—255
‘‘(1) BEFORE EMPLOYMENT.—Before an individual covered by subsection (a)(2) begins work for an entity described in subsection (a) at a subminimum wage, the entity shall review such documentation received by the individual under subsection (d), and provided by the individual to the entity, that indicates that the individual has completed the actions described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of subsection (a)(2) and the entity shall maintain copies of such documentation.
‘‘(2) DURING EMPLOYMENT.—
‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In order to continue to employ an individual at a subminimum wage, the entity described in subsection (a) shall verify completion of the requirements of subsection (c), including reviewing any relevant docu- ments provided by the individual, and shall maintain copies of the documentation described in subsection (d).
‘‘(B) REVIEW OF DOCUMENTATION.—The entity described in subsection (a) shall be subject to review of individual documentation described in subsection (d) by a representa- tive working directly for the designated State unit or the Department of Labor at such a time and in such a manner as may be necessary to fulfill the intent of this section, consistent with regulations established by the designated State unit or the Secretary of Labor.
‘‘(f) FEDERAL MINIMUM WAGE.—In this section, the term ‘Fed- eral minimum wage’ means the rate applicable under section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 206(a)(1)).’’. (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—This section takes effect 2 years after
the date of enactment of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity
Act.

Subtitle G—Employment Opportunities for

Individuals With Disabilities

SEC. 461. EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES.

Title VI (29 U.S.C. 795 et seq.) is amended— (1) by striking part A;
(2) by striking the part heading relating to part B;
(3) by redesignating sections 621 through 628 as sections
602 through 609, respectively;
(4) in section 602, as redesignated by paragraph (3)— (A) by striking ‘‘part’’ and inserting ‘‘title’’; and
(B) by striking ‘‘individuals with the most significant disabilities’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘individuals with the most significant disabilities, including youth with the most significant disabilities, to enable such individuals to achieve an employment outcome of supported employ- ment in competitive integrated employment.’’;
(5) in section 603, as redesignated by paragraph (3)—
(A) in subsection (a)—
(i) in paragraph (1)—
(I) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘part’’ and inserting ‘‘title’’;
(II) in subparagraph (A), by inserting
‘‘amount’’ after ‘‘whichever’’; and
(III) in subparagraph (B)—
H. R. 803—256
(aa) by striking ‘‘part for the fiscal year’’
and inserting ‘‘title for the fiscal year’’;
(bb) by striking ‘‘this part in fiscal year
1992’’ and inserting ‘‘part B of this title (as in effect on September 30, 1992) in fiscal year
1992’’; and
(cc) by inserting ‘‘amount’’ after ‘‘which- ever’’; and
(ii) in paragraph (2)(B), by striking ‘‘one-eighth of one percent’’ and inserting ‘‘1⁄8 of 1 percent’’;
(B) in subsection (b)—
(i) by inserting ‘‘under subsection (a)’’ after ‘‘allot- ment to a State’’;
(ii) by striking ‘‘part’’ each place the term appears and inserting ‘‘title’’; and
(iii) by striking ‘‘one or more’’ and inserting ‘‘1 or more’’; and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(c) LIMITATIONS ON ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS.—A State that receives an allotment under this title shall not use more than
2.5 percent of such allotment to pay for administrative costs.
‘‘(d) SERVICES FOR YOUTH WITH THE MOST SIGNIFICANT DISABIL- ITIES.—A State that receives an allotment under this title shall reserve and expend half of such allotment for the provision of supported employment services, including extended services, to youth with the most significant disabilities in order to assist those youth in achieving an employment outcome in supported employ- ment.’’;
(6) by striking section 604, as redesignated by paragraph
(3), and inserting the following:

‘‘SEC. 604. AVAILABILITY OF SERVICES.

‘‘(a) SUPPORTED EMPLOYMENT SERVICES.—Funds provided under this title may be used to provide supported employment services to individuals who are eligible under this title.
‘‘(b) EXTENDED SERVICES.—
‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), funds provided under this title, or title I, may not be used to provide extended services to individuals under this title or title I.
‘‘(2) EXTENDED SERVICES FOR YOUTH WITH THE MOST SIGNIFICANT DISABILITIES.—Funds allotted under this title, or title I, and used for the provision of services under this title to youth with the most significant disabilities pursuant to sec- tion 603(d), may be used to provide extended services to youth with the most significant disabilities. Such extended services shall be available for a period not to exceed 4 years.’’;
(7) in section 605, as redesignated by paragraph (3)— (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1)—
(i) by inserting ‘‘, including a youth with a dis- ability,’’ after ‘‘An individual’’; and
(ii) by striking ‘‘this part’’ and inserting ‘‘this title’’; (B) in paragraph (1), by inserting ‘‘under title I’’ after
‘‘rehabilitation services’’;
(C) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘and’’ after the semi- colon;
(D) by redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph (4);
H. R. 803—257
(E) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
‘‘(3) for purposes of activities carried out with funds described in section 603(d), the individual is a youth with a disability, as defined in section (7)(42); and’’; and
(F) in paragraph (4), as redesignated by subparagraph (D), by striking ‘‘assessment of rehabilitation needs’’ and inserting ‘‘assessment of the rehabilitation needs’’;
(8) in section 606, as redesignated by paragraph (3)— (A) in subsection (a)—
(i) by striking ‘‘this part’’ and inserting ‘‘this title’’;
and
(ii) by inserting ‘‘, including youth with the most
significant disabilities,’’ after ‘‘individuals’’; (B) in subsection (b)—
(i) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘this part’’ and inserting ‘‘this title’’;
(ii) in paragraph (2), by inserting ‘‘, including youth,’’ after ‘‘rehabilitation needs of individuals’’;
(iii) in paragraph (3)—
(I) by inserting ‘‘, including youth with the most significant disabilities,’’ after ‘‘provided to individuals’’; and
(II) by striking ‘‘section 622’’ and inserting
‘‘section 603’’;
(iv) by striking paragraph (7);
(v) by redesignating paragraph (6) as paragraph
(7);
(vi) by inserting after paragraph (5) the following:
‘‘(6) describe the activities to be conducted pursuant to section 603(d) for youth with the most significant disabilities, including—
‘‘(A) the provision of extended services for a period not to exceed 4 years; and
‘‘(B) how the State will use the funds reserved in section 603(d) to leverage other public and private funds to increase resources for extended services and expand supported employment opportunities for youth with the most significant disabilities;’’;
(vii) in paragraph (7), as redesignated by clause
(v)—
(I) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘under this part’’ both places the term appears and inserting ‘‘under this title’’;
(II) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ‘‘, including youth with the most significant disabil- ities,’’ after ‘‘significant disabilities’’;
(III) in subparagraph (C)—
(aa) in clause (i), by inserting ‘‘, including, as appropriate, for youth with the most signifi- cant disabilities, transition services and pre- employment transition services’’ after ‘‘services to be provided’’;
(bb) in clause (ii), by inserting ‘‘, including the extended services that may be provided to youth with the most significant disabilities under this title, in accordance with an approved individualized plan for employment,
H. R. 803—258
for a period not to exceed 4 years’’ after ‘‘serv- ices needed’’; and
(cc) in clause (iii)—
(AA) by striking ‘‘identify the source of extended services,’’ and inserting ‘‘iden- tify, as appropriate, the source of extended services,’’;
(BB) by striking ‘‘or to the extent’’
and inserting ‘‘or indicate’’; and
(CC) by striking ‘‘employment is developed’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘employment is developed;’’
(IV) in subparagraph (D), by striking ‘‘under this part’’ and inserting ‘‘under this title’’;
(V) in subparagraph (F), by striking ‘‘and’’
after the semicolon;
(VI) in subparagraph (G), by striking ‘‘for the maximum number of hours possible’’; and
(VII) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(H) the State agencies designated under paragraph (1) will expend not more than 2.5 percent of the allotment of the State under this title for administrative costs of carrying out this title; and
‘‘(I) with respect to supported employment services pro- vided to youth with the most significant disabilities pursu- ant to section 603(d), the designated State agency will provide, directly or indirectly through public or private entities, non-Federal contributions in an amount that is not less than 10 percent of the costs of carrying out such services; and’’;
(9) by striking section 607, as redesignated by paragraph
(3), and inserting the following:

‘‘SEC. 607. RESTRICTION.

‘‘Each State agency designated under section 606(b)(1) shall collect the information required by section 101(a)(10) separately for—
‘‘(1) eligible individuals receiving supported employment services under this title;
‘‘(2) eligible individuals receiving supported employment services under title I;
‘‘(3) eligible youth receiving supported employment services under this title; and
‘‘(4) eligible youth receiving supported employment services under title I.’’;
(10) in section 608(b), as redesignated by paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘this part’’ both places the terms appears and inserting ‘‘this title’’; and
(11) by striking section 609, as redesignated by paragraph
(3), and inserting the following:

‘‘SEC. 609. ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON INCREASING COMPETITIVE INTEGRATED EMPLOYMENT FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES.

‘‘(a) ESTABLISHMENT.—Not later than 60 days after the date of enactment of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, the Secretary of Labor shall establish an Advisory Committee on
H. R. 803—259
Increasing Competitive Integrated Employment for Individuals with
Disabilities (referred to in this section as the ‘Committee’).
‘‘(b) APPOINTMENT AND VACANCIES.—
‘‘(1) APPOINTMENT.—The Secretary of Labor shall appoint
the members of the Committee described in subsection (c)(6),
in accordance with subsection (c).
‘‘(2) VACANCIES.—Any vacancy in the Committee shall not
affect its powers, but shall be filled in the same manner,
in accordance with the same paragraph of subsection (c), as
the original appointment or designation was made.
‘‘(c) COMPOSITION.—The Committee shall be composed of—
‘‘(1) the Assistant Secretary for Disability Employment
Policy, the Assistant Secretary for Employment and Training,
and the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, of the
Department of Labor;
‘‘(2) the Commissioner of the Administration on Intellectual
and Developmental Disabilities, or the Commissioner’s des-
ignee;
‘‘(3) the Director of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services of the Department of Health and Human Services,
or the Director’s designee;
‘‘(4) the Commissioner of Social Security, or the Commis-
sioner’s designee;
‘‘(5) the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services
Administration, or the Commissioner’s designee; and
‘‘(6) representatives from constituencies consisting of—
‘‘(A) self-advocates for individuals with intellectual or
developmental disabilities;
‘‘(B) providers of employment services, including those
that employ individuals with intellectual or developmental
disabilities in competitive integrated employment;
‘‘(C) representatives of national disability advocacy
organizations for adults with intellectual or developmental
disabilities;
‘‘(D) experts with a background in academia or research
and expertise in employment and wage policy issues for
individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities;
‘‘(E) representatives from the employer community or
national employer organizations; and
‘‘(F) other individuals or representatives of organiza-
tions with expertise on increasing opportunities for
competitive integrated employment for individuals with
disabilities.
‘‘(d) CHAIRPERSON.—The Committee shall elect a Chairperson
of the Committee from among the appointed members of the Com-
mittee.
‘‘(e) MEETINGS.—The Committee shall meet at the call of the
Chairperson, but not less than 8 times.
‘‘(f) DUTIES.—The Committee shall study, and prepare findings,
conclusions, and recommendations for the Secretary of Labor on—
‘‘(1) ways to increase the employment opportunities for
individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities or
other individuals with significant disabilities in competitive
integrated employment;
‘‘(2) the use of the certificate program carried out under
section 14(c) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29
H. R. 803—260
U.S.C. 214(c)) for the employment of individuals with intellec- tual or developmental disabilities, or other individuals with significant disabilities; and
‘‘(3) ways to improve oversight of the use of such certifi- cates.
‘‘(g) COMMITTEE PERSONNEL MATTERS.—
‘‘(1) TRAVEL EXPENSES.—The members of the Committee
shall not receive compensation for the performance of services
for the Committee, but shall be allowed reasonable travel
expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates
authorized for employees of agencies under subchapter I of
chapter 57 of title 5, United States Code, while away from
their homes or regular places of business in the performance
of services for the Committee. Notwithstanding section 1342
of title 31, United States Code, the Secretary may accept the
voluntary and uncompensated services of members of the Com-
mittee.
‘‘(2) STAFF.—The Secretary of Labor may designate such
personnel as may be necessary to enable the Committee to
perform its duties.
‘‘(3) DETAIL OF GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEES.—Any Federal
Government employee, with the approval of the head of the
appropriate Federal agency, may be detailed to the Committee
without reimbursement, and such detail shall be without
interruption or loss of civil service status or privilege.
‘‘(4) FACILITIES, EQUIPMENT, AND SERVICES.—The Secretary
of Labor shall make available to the Committee, under such
arrangements as may be appropriate, necessary equipment,
supplies, and services.
‘‘(h) REPORTS.—
‘‘(1) INTERIM AND FINAL REPORTS.—The Committee shall
prepare and submit to the Secretary of Labor, as well as the
Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the
Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce
of the House of Representatives—
‘‘(A) an interim report that summarizes the progress of the Committee, along with any interim findings, conclu- sions, and recommendations as described in subsection (f); and
‘‘(B) a final report that states final findings, conclu- sions, and recommendations as described in subsection (f).
‘‘(2) PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION.—The reports shall be prepared and submitted—
‘‘(A) in the case of the interim report, not later than
1 year after the date on which the Committee is established
under subsection (a); and
‘‘(B) in the case of the final report, not later than
2 years after the date on which the Committee is estab-
lished under subsection (a).
‘‘(i) TERMINATION.—The Committee shall terminate on the day
after the date on which the Committee submits the final report.

‘‘SEC. 610. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

‘‘There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this title
$27,548,000 for fiscal year 2015, $29,676,000 for fiscal year 2016,
$30,292,000 for fiscal year 2017, $30,963,000 for fiscal year 2018,
H. R. 803—261
$31,691,000 for fiscal year 2019, and $32,363,000 for fiscal year
2020.’’.

Subtitle H—Independent Living Services and Centers for Independent Living

CHAPTER 1—INDIVIDUALS WITH SIGNIFICANT DISABILITIES

Subchapter A—General Provisions

SEC. 471. PURPOSE.

Section 701 (29 U.S.C. 796) is amended, in paragraph (3)— (1) by striking ‘‘part B of title VI’’ and inserting ‘‘title
VI’’; and
(2) by inserting before the period the following: ‘‘, with the goal of improving the independence of individuals with disabilities’’.

SEC. 472. ADMINISTRATION OF THE INDEPENDENT LIVING PROGRAM.

Title VII (29 U.S.C. 796 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 701 the following:

‘‘SEC. 701A. ADMINISTRATION OF THE INDEPENDENT LIVING PRO- GRAM.

‘‘There is established within the Administration for Community Living of the Department of Health and Human Services, an Inde- pendent Living Administration. The Independent Living Adminis- tration shall be headed by a Director (referred to in this section as the ‘Director’) appointed by the Secretary of Health and Human Services. The Director shall be an individual with substantial knowledge of independent living services. The Independent Living Administration shall be the principal agency, and the Director shall be the principal officer, to carry out this chapter. In performing the functions of the office, the Director shall be directly responsible to the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living of the Department of Health and Human Services. The Secretary shall ensure that the Independent Living Administration has suffi- cient resources (including designating at least 1 individual from the Office of General Counsel who is knowledgeable about inde- pendent living services) to provide technical assistance and support to, and oversight of, the programs funded under this chapter.’’.

SEC. 473. DEFINITIONS.

Section 702 (29 U.S.C. 796a) is amended— (1) in paragraph (1)—
(A) in the matter before subparagraph (A), by inserting
‘‘for individuals with significant disabilities (regardless of age or income)’’ before ‘‘that—’’; and
(B) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period and inserting ‘‘, including, at a minimum, independent living core services as defined in section 7(17).’’;
(2) in paragraph (2), by striking the period and inserting the following: ‘‘, in terms of the management, staffing, decision- making, operation, and provisions of services, of the center.’’; (3) by redesignating paragraphs (1) and (2) as paragraphs
(2) and (3), respectively; and
H. R. 803—262
(4) by inserting before paragraph (2) the following:
‘‘(1) ADMINISTRATOR.—The term ‘Administrator’ means the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living of the Department of Health and Human Services.’’.

SEC. 474. STATE PLAN.

Section 704 (29 U.S.C. 796c) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)—
(A) in paragraph (1)—
(i) by inserting after ‘‘State plan’’ the following:
‘‘developed and signed in accordance with paragraph
(2),’’; and
(ii) by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’;
(B) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘developed and signed by’’; and
(ii) by striking subparagraphs (A) and (B) and inserting the following:
‘‘(A) developed by the chairperson of the Statewide Independent Living Council, and the directors of the cen- ters for independent living in the State, after receiving public input from individuals with disabilities and other stakeholders throughout the State; and
‘‘(B) signed by—
‘‘(i) the chairperson of the Statewide Independent Living Council, acting on behalf of and at the direction of the Council;
‘‘(ii) the director of the designated State entity described in subsection (c); and
‘‘(iii) not less than 51 percent of the directors of the centers for independent living in the State.’’;
(C) in paragraph (3)—
(i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘State inde- pendent living services’’ and inserting ‘‘independent living services in the State’’; and
(ii) by striking subparagraph (C) and inserting the following:
‘‘(C) working relationships and collaboration between—
‘‘(i) centers for independent living; and
‘‘(ii)(I) entities carrying out programs that provide independent living services, including those serving older individuals;
‘‘(II) other community-based organizations that provide or coordinate the provision of housing, transportation, employment, information and referral assistance, services, and supports for individuals with significant disabilities; and
‘‘(III) entities carrying out other programs pro- viding services for individuals with disabilities.’’.
(D) in paragraph (4), by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’; and
(E) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(5) STATEWIDENESS.—The State plan shall describe strate- gies for providing independent living services on a statewide basis, to the greatest extent possible.’’;
(2) in subsection (c)—
H. R. 803—263
(A) in the subsection heading, by striking ‘‘UNIT’’ and inserting ‘‘ENTITY’’;
(B) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking
‘‘the designated State unit of such State’’ and inserting
‘‘a State entity of such State (referred to in this title as the ‘designated State entity’)’’;
(C) in paragraphs (3) and (4), by striking ‘‘Commis- sioner’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’; (D) in paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
(E) in paragraph (4), by striking the period and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
(F) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(5) retain not more than 5 percent of the funds received by the State for any fiscal year under part B, for the perform- ance of the services outlined in paragraphs (1) through (4).’’; (3) in subsection (i), by striking paragraphs (1) and (2)
and inserting the following:
‘‘(1) the Statewide Independent Living Council;
‘‘(2) centers for independent living;
‘‘(3) the designated State entity; and
‘‘(4) other State agencies or entities represented on the Council, other councils that address the needs and issues of specific disability populations, and other public and private entities determined to be appropriate by the Council.’’;
(4) in subsection (m)—
(A) in paragraph (4), by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’; and
(B) in paragraph (5), by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’; and
(5) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(o) PROMOTING FULL ACCESS TO COMMUNITY LIFE.—The plan shall describe how the State will provide independent living services described in section 7(18) that promote full access to community life for individuals with significant disabilities.’’.

SEC. 475. STATEWIDE INDEPENDENT LIVING COUNCIL.

Section 705 (29 U.S.C. 796d) is amended—
(1) in subsection (a), by inserting ‘‘and maintain’’ after
‘‘shall establish’’;
(2) in subsection (b)—
(A) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in subparagraph (A)—
(I) by inserting ‘‘among its voting members,’’
before ‘‘at least’’; and
(II) by striking ‘‘one’’ and inserting ‘‘1’’; and
(ii) by striking subparagraphs (B) and (C) and inserting the following:
‘‘(B) among its voting members, for a State in which
1 or more centers for independent living are run by, or in conjunction with, the governing bodies of American Indian tribes located on Federal or State reservations, at least 1 representative of the directors of such centers; and
‘‘(C) as ex officio, nonvoting members, a representative of the designated State entity, and representatives from State agencies that provide services for individuals with disabilities.’’;
(B) in paragraph (3)—
H. R. 803—264
(i) by redesignating subparagraphs (C) through (F)
as subparagraphs (D) through (G), respectively;
(ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘parents and guardians of’’; and
(iii) by inserting after paragraph (B) the following:
‘‘(C) parents and guardians of individuals with disabil- ities;’’;
(C) in paragraph (5)(B), by striking ‘‘paragraph (3)’’
and inserting ‘‘paragraph (1)’’; and
(D) in paragraph (6)(B), by inserting ‘‘, other than a representative described in paragraph (2)(A) if there is only one center for independent living within the State,’’ after ‘‘the Council’’;
(3) by striking subsection (c) and inserting the following:
‘‘(c) FUNCTIONS.—
‘‘(1) DUTIES.—The Council shall—
‘‘(A) develop the State plan as provided in section
704(a)(2);
‘‘(B) monitor, review, and evaluate the implementation of the State plan;
‘‘(C) meet regularly, and ensure that such meetings of the Council are open to the public and sufficient advance notice of such meetings is provided;
‘‘(D) submit to the Administrator such periodic reports as the Administrator may reasonably request, and keep such records, and afford such access to such records, as the Administrator finds necessary to verify the information in such reports; and
‘‘(E) as appropriate, coordinate activities with other entities in the State that provide services similar to or complementary to independent living services, such as enti- ties that facilitate the provision of or provide long-term community-based services and supports.
‘‘(2) AUTHORITIES.—The Council may, consistent with the State plan described in section 704, unless prohibited by State law—
‘‘(A) in order to improve services provided to individuals with disabilities, work with centers for independent living to coordinate services with public and private entities;
‘‘(B) conduct resource development activities to support the activities described in this subsection or to support the provision of independent living services by centers for independent living; and
‘‘(C) perform such other functions, consistent with the purpose of this chapter and comparable to other functions described in this subsection, as the Council determines to be appropriate.
‘‘(3) LIMITATION.—The Council shall not provide inde- pendent living services directly to individuals with significant disabilities or manage such services.’’;
(4) in subsection (e)—
(A) in paragraph (1), in the first sentence, by striking
‘‘prepare’’ and all that follows through ‘‘a plan’’ and inserting ‘‘prepare, in conjunction with the designated State entity, a plan’’; and
(B) in paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘State agency’’ and inserting ‘‘State entity’’; and
H. R. 803—265
(5) in subsection (f)—
(A) by striking ‘‘such resources’’ and inserting ‘‘avail- able resources’’; and
(B) by striking ‘‘(including’’ and all that follows through
‘‘compensation’’ and inserting ‘‘(such as personal assistance services), and to pay reasonable compensation’’.

SEC. 475A. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR.

Section 706 (29 U.S.C. 796d–1) is amended—
(1) by striking the title of the section and inserting the following:

‘‘SEC. 706. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR.’’;

(2) in subsection (a)—
(A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’; and
(B) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘Commis- sioner’’ and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’; and
(ii) in subparagraph (B)— (I) in clause (i)—
(aa) by inserting ‘‘or the Commissioner’’
after ‘‘to the Secretary’’; and
(bb) by striking ‘‘to the Commissioner;
and’’ and inserting ‘‘to the Administrator;’’;
(II) by redesignating clause (ii) as clause (iii);
and
(III) by inserting after clause (i) the following:
‘‘(ii) to the State agency shall be deemed to be references to the designated State entity; and’’;
(3) by striking subsection (b) and inserting the following:
‘‘(b) INDICATORS.—Not later than 1 year after the date of enact- ment of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, the Administrator shall develop and publish in the Federal Register indicators of minimum compliance for centers for independent living (consistent with the standards set forth in section 725), and indica- tors of minimum compliance for Statewide Independent Living Councils.’’;
(4) in subsection (c)—
(A) in paragraph (1)—
(i) by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’; and
(ii) by striking the last sentence; (B) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ and inserting ‘‘Adminis- trator’’;
(ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘such a review’’ and inserting ‘‘a review described in paragraph
(1)’’; and
(iii) in subparagraphs (A) and (B), by striking
‘‘Department’’ each place it appears and inserting
‘‘Department of Health and Human Services’’; and
(5) by striking subsection (d) and inserting the following:
‘‘(d) REPORTS.—
‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Director described in section 701A shall provide to the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living and the Administrator shall include, in an
H. R. 803—266
annual report, information on the extent to which centers for independent living receiving funds under part C have complied with the standards and assurances set forth in section 725. The Director may identify individual centers for independent living in the analysis contained in that information. The Director shall include in the report the results of onsite compli- ance reviews, identifying individual centers for independent living and other recipients of assistance under part C.
‘‘(2) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—The Director shall ensure that the report described in this subsection is made publicly avail- able in a timely manner, including through electronic means, in order to inform the public about the administration and performance of programs under this Act.’’.

Subchapter B—Independent Living Services

SEC. 476. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) ALLOTMENTS.—Section 711 (29 U.S.C. 796e) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)—
(A) in paragraph (1)(A)—
(i) by striking ‘‘Except’’ and inserting ‘‘After the
reservation required by section 711A is made, and
except’’; and
(ii) by inserting ‘‘the remainder of the’’ before
‘‘sums appropriated’’; and
(B) in paragraph (2)(B), by striking ‘‘amounts made
available for purposes of this part’’ and inserting
‘‘remainder described in paragraph (1)(A)’’;
(2) in subsections (a), (b), and (c), by striking ‘‘Commis- sioner’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’; and
(3) by adding at the end the following:
‘‘(d) ADMINISTRATION.—Funds allotted or made available to a State under this section shall be administered by the designated State entity, in accordance with the approved State plan.’’.
(b) TRAINING AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—Part B of chapter
1 of title VII is amended by inserting after section 711 (29 U.S.C.
796e) the following:
‘‘TRAINING AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
‘‘SEC. 711A. (a) From the funds appropriated and made avail- able to carry out this part for any fiscal year, beginning with fiscal year 2015, the Administrator shall first reserve not less than 1.8 percent and not more than 2 percent of the funds to provide, either directly or through grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements, training and technical assistance to Statewide Inde- pendent Living Councils established under section 705 for such fiscal year.
‘‘(b) The Administrator shall conduct a survey of such Statewide Independent Living Councils regarding training and technical assistance needs in order to determine funding priorities for such training and technical assistance.
‘‘(c) To be eligible to receive a grant or enter into a contract or cooperative agreement under this section, an entity shall submit an application to the Administrator at such time, in such manner,
H. R. 803—267
containing a proposal to provide such training and technical assist- ance, and containing such additional information, as the Adminis- trator may require. The Administrator shall provide for peer review of applications by panels that include persons who are not govern- ment employees and who have experience in the operation of such Statewide Independent Living Councils.’’.
(c) PAYMENTS.—Section 712(a) (29 U.S.C. 796e–1(a)) is amended by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’.
(d) AUTHORIZED USES OF FUNDS.—Section 713 (29 U.S.C. 796e–
2) is amended—
(1) by striking the matter preceding paragraph (1) and
inserting the following:
‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—The State may use funds received under
this part to provide the resources described in section 705(e) (but
may not use more than 30 percent of the funds paid to the State
under section 712 for such resources unless the State specifies
that a greater percentage of the funds is needed for such resources in a State plan approved under section 706), relating to the State- wide Independent Living Council, may retain funds under section
704(c)(5), and shall distribute the remainder of the funds received under this part in a manner consistent with the approved State plan for the activities described in subsection (b).
‘‘(b) ACTIVITIES.—The State may use the remainder of the funds described in subsection (a)—’’; and
(2) in paragraph (1), by inserting ‘‘, particularly those in unserved areas of the State’’ after ‘‘disabilities’’.
(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Section 714 (29 U.S.C.
796e–3) is amended by striking ‘‘such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through 2003.’’ and inserting
‘‘$22,878,000 for fiscal year 2015, $24,645,000 for fiscal year 2016,
$25,156,000 for fiscal year 2017, $25,714,000 for fiscal year 2018,
$26,319,000 for fiscal year 2019, and $26,877,000 for fiscal year
2020.’’.

Subchapter C—Centers for Independent Living

SEC. 481. PROGRAM AUTHORIZATION.

Section 721 (29 U.S.C. 796f) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)—
(A) by striking ‘‘1999’’ and inserting ‘‘2015’’;
(B) by striking ‘‘Commissioner shall allot’’ and inserting
‘‘Administrator shall make available’’; and
(C) by inserting ‘‘, centers for independent living,’’ after
‘‘States’’;
(2) in subsection (b)—
(A) in paragraph (1)—
(i) in the paragraph heading, by striking ‘‘OTHER ARRANGEMENTS’’ and inserting ‘‘COOPERATIVE AGREE- MENTS’’;
(ii) by striking ‘‘For’’ and all that follows through
‘‘Commissioner’’ and inserting ‘‘From the funds appro- priated to carry out this part for any fiscal year, begin- ning with fiscal year 2015, the Administrator’’;
(iii) by striking ‘‘reserve from such excess’’ and inserting ‘‘reserve not less than 1.8 percent and not more than 2 percent of the funds’’; and
H. R. 803—268
(iv) by striking ‘‘eligible agencies’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘centers for independent living and eligible agencies for such fiscal year.’’;
(B) in paragraph (2)—
(i) by striking ‘‘Commissioner shall make grants to, and enter into contracts and other arrangements with,’’ and inserting ‘‘Administrator shall make grants to, or enter into contracts or cooperative agreements with,’’; and
(ii) by inserting ‘‘fiscal management of,’’ before
‘‘planning,’’;
(C) in paragraphs (3), (4), and (5), by striking ‘‘Commis- sioner’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’; and
(D) in paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘Statewide Inde- pendent Living Councils and’’;
(3) in paragraph (4), by striking ‘‘other arrangement’’ and inserting ‘‘cooperative agreement’’;
(4) in subsection (c), by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’; and
(5) in subsection (d), by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’.

SEC. 482. CENTERS.

(a) CENTERS IN STATES IN WHICH FEDERAL FUNDING EXCEEDS STATE FUNDING.—Section 722 (29 U.S.C. 796f–1) is amended— (1) in subsections (a), (b), and (c), by striking ‘‘Commis-
sioner’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’; (2) in subsection (c)—
(A) by striking ‘‘grants’’ and inserting ‘‘grants for a fiscal year’’; and
(B) by striking ‘‘by September 30, 1997’’ and inserting
‘‘for the preceding fiscal year’’; (3) in subsection (d)—
(A) in paragraph (1)—
(i) by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ and inserting
‘‘Administrator’’; and
(ii) by striking ‘‘region, consistent’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘region. The Administrator’s determination of the most qualified applicant shall be consistent with the provisions in the State plan setting forth the design of the State for establishing a state- wide network of centers for independent living.’’; and (B) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ and inserting ‘‘Adminis- trator’’; and
(ii) by striking subparagraph (A) and inserting the following:
‘‘(A) shall consider comments regarding the applica- tion—
‘‘(i) by individuals with disabilities and other interested parties within the new region proposed to be served; and
‘‘(ii) if any, by the Statewide Independent Living Council in the State in which the applicant is located;’’; and
H. R. 803—269
(4) in subsections (e) and (g) by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’
each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Administrator.’’.
(b) CENTERS IN STATES IN WHICH STATE FUNDING EXCEEDS FEDERAL FUNDING.—Section 723 (29 U.S.C. 796f–2) is amended— (1) in subsections (a), (b), (g), (h), and (i), by striking
‘‘Commissioner’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Adminis- trator’’;
(2) in subsection (a)—
(A) in paragraph (1)(A)(ii), by inserting ‘‘of a designated
State unit’’ after ‘‘director’’; and
(B) in the heading of paragraph (3), by striking
‘‘COMMISSIONER’’ and inserting ‘‘ADMINISTRATOR’’; and
(3) in subsection (c)—
(A) by striking ‘‘grants’’ and inserting ‘‘grants for a fiscal year’’; and
(B) by striking ‘‘by September 30, 1997’’ and inserting
‘‘for the preceding fiscal year’’.
(c) CENTERS OPERATED BY STATE AGENCIES.—Section 724 (29
U.S.C. 796f–3) is amended—
(1) in the matter preceding paragraph (1)—
(A) by striking ‘‘1993’’ and inserting ‘‘2015’’;
(B) by striking ‘‘Rehabilitation Act Amendments of
1998’’ and inserting ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Oppor- tunity Act’’; and
(C) by striking ‘‘1994’’ and inserting ‘‘2015’’; and
(2) by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’.

SEC. 483. STANDARDS AND ASSURANCES.

Section 725 (29 U.S.C. 796f–4) is amended— (1) in subsection (b)(1)(D)—
(A) by striking ‘‘access of’’ and inserting ‘‘access for’’;
and
(B) by striking ‘‘to society and’’ and inserting ‘‘, within
their communities,’’; and
(2) in subsection (c), by striking ‘‘Commissioner’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Administrator’’.

SEC. 484. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

Section 727 (29 U.S.C. 796f–6) is amended by striking ‘‘such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through
2003.’’ and inserting ‘‘$78,305,000 for fiscal year 2015, $84,353,000 for fiscal year 2016, $86,104,000 for fiscal year 2017, $88,013,000 for fiscal year 2018, $90,083,000 for fiscal year 2019, and
$91,992,000 for fiscal year 2020.’’.

CHAPTER 2—INDEPENDENT LIVING SERVICES FOR OLDER INDIVIDUALS WHO ARE BLIND

SEC. 486. INDEPENDENT LIVING SERVICES FOR OLDER INDIVIDUALS WHO ARE BLIND.

Chapter 2 of title VII (29 U.S.C. 796j et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 751 the following:
‘‘TRAINING AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
‘‘SEC. 751A. (a) From the funds appropriated and made avail- able to carry out this chapter for any fiscal year, beginning with
H. R. 803—270
fiscal year 2015, the Commissioner shall first reserve not less than 1.8 percent and not more than 2 percent of the funds to provide, either directly or through grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements, training and technical assistance to designated State agencies, or other providers of independent living services for older individuals who are blind, that are funded under this chapter for such fiscal year.
‘‘(b) The Commissioner shall conduct a survey of designated State agencies that receive grants under section 752 regarding training and technical assistance needs in order to determine funding priorities for such training and technical assistance.
‘‘(c) To be eligible to receive a grant or enter into a contract or cooperative agreement under this section, an entity shall submit an application to the Commissioner at such time, in such manner, containing a proposal to provide such training and technical assist- ance, and containing such additional information, as the Commis- sioner may require. The Commissioner shall provide for peer review of applications by panels that include persons who are not govern- ment employees and who have experience in the provision of serv- ices to older individuals who are blind.’’.

SEC. 487. PROGRAM OF GRANTS.

Section 752 (29 U.S.C. 796k) is amended— (1) by striking subsection (h);
(2) by redesignating subsections (i) and (j) as subsections
(h) and (i), respectively;
(3) in subsection (c)(2)—
(A) by striking ‘‘subsection (j)’’ and inserting ‘‘sub- section (i)’’; and
(B) by striking ‘‘subsection (i)’’ and inserting ‘‘sub- section (h)’’;
(4) in subsection (g), by inserting ‘‘, or contracts or coopera- tive agreements with,’’ after ‘‘grants to’’;
(5) in subsection (h), as redesignated by paragraph (2)— (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘subsection (j)(4)’’
and inserting ‘‘subsection (i)(4)’’; and
(B) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in subparagraph (A)(vi), by adding ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon;
(ii) in subparagraph (B)(ii)(III), by striking ‘‘; and’’
and inserting a period; and
(iii) by striking subparagraph (C); and
(6) in subsection (i), as redesignated by paragraph (2)— (A) in paragraph (2)(A)(ii), by inserting ‘‘, and not
reserved under section 751A,’’ after ‘‘section 753’’;
(B) in paragraph (3)(A), by inserting ‘‘, and not reserved under section 751A,’’ after ‘‘section 753’’; and
(C) in paragraph (4)(B)(i), by striking ‘‘subsection (i)’’
and inserting ‘‘subsection (h)’’.

SEC. 488. INDEPENDENT LIVING SERVICES FOR OLDER INDIVIDUALS WHO ARE BLIND AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

Section 753 (29 U.S.C. 796l) is amended by striking ‘‘such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1999 through
2003.’’ and inserting ‘‘$33,317,000 for fiscal year 2015, $35,890,000 for fiscal year 2016, $36,635,000 for fiscal year 2017, $37,448,000 for fiscal year 2018, $38,328,000 for fiscal year 2019, and
$39,141,000 for fiscal year 2020.’’.
H. R. 803—271

Subtitle I—General Provisions

SEC. 491. TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS REGARDING INDEPENDENT LIVING TO DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERV- ICES, AND SAVINGS PROVISIONS.

(a) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section, unless otherwise provided or indicated by the context—
(1) the term ‘‘Administration for Community Living’’ means the Administration for Community Living of the Department of Health and Human Services;
(2) the term ‘‘Federal agency’’ has the meaning given to the term ‘‘agency’’ by section 551(1) of title 5, United States Code;
(3) the term ‘‘function’’ means any duty, obligation, power, authority, responsibility, right, privilege, activity, or program; and
(4) the term ‘‘Rehabilitation Services Administration’’ means the Rehabilitation Services Administration of the Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services of the Depart- ment of Education.
(b) TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS.—There are transferred to the Administration for Community Living, all functions which the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services Administration exer- cised before the effective date of this section (including all related functions of any officer or employee of that Administration) under chapter 1 of title VII of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C.
796 et seq.).
(c) PERSONNEL DETERMINATIONS BY THE OFFICE OF MANAGE- MENT AND BUDGET.—The Office of Management and Budget shall— (1) ensure that this section does not result in any net
increase in full-time equivalent employees at any Federal agency impacted by this section; and
(2) not later than 1 year after the effective date of this section, certify compliance with this subsection to the Com- mittee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Rep- resentatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate.
(d) DELEGATION AND ASSIGNMENT.—Except where otherwise expressly prohibited by law or otherwise provided by this section, the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living may delegate any of the functions transferred to the Administrator of such Administration by subsection (b) and any function described in subsection (b) that was transferred or granted to such Adminis- trator after the effective date of this section to such officers and employees of such Administration as the Administrator may des- ignate, and may authorize successive redelegations of such functions described in subsection (b) as may be necessary or appropriate. No delegation of such functions by the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living under this subsection or under any other provision of this section shall relieve such Adminis- trator of responsibility for the administration of such functions. (e) REORGANIZATION.—Except where otherwise expressly prohibited by law or otherwise provided by this Act, the Adminis- trator of the Administration for Community Living is authorized to allocate or reallocate any function transferred under subsection (b) among the officers of such Administration, and to consolidate,
H. R. 803—272
alter, or discontinue such organizational entities in such Adminis- tration as may be necessary or appropriate.
(f) RULES.—The Administrator of the Administration for Community Living is authorized to prescribe, in accordance with the provisions of chapters 5 and 6 of title 5, United States Code, such rules and regulations as that Administrator determines nec- essary or appropriate to administer and manage the functions described in subsection (b) of that Administration.
(g) TRANSFER AND ALLOCATIONS OF APPROPRIATIONS AND PER- SONNEL.—Except as otherwise provided in this section, the per- sonnel employed in connection with, and the assets, liabilities, contracts, property, records, and unexpended balances of appropria- tions, authorizations, allocations, and other funds employed, used, held, arising from, available to, or to be made available in connec- tion with the functions transferred by subsection (b), subject to section 1531 of title 31, United States Code, shall be transferred to the Administration for Community Living. Unexpended funds transferred pursuant to this subsection shall be used only for the purposes for which the funds were originally authorized and appro- priated.
(h) INCIDENTAL TRANSFERS.—The Director of the Office of Management and Budget, at such time or times as the Director shall provide, is authorized to make such determinations as may be necessary with regard to the functions transferred by subsection (b), and to make such additional incidental dispositions of personnel, assets, liabilities, grants, contracts, property, records, and unex- pended balances of appropriations, authorizations, allocations, and other funds held, used, arising from, available to, or to be made available in connection with such functions, as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section. The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall provide for the termination of the affairs of all entities terminated by this section and for such further measures and dispositions as may be necessary to effectuate the purposes of this section, with respect to such func- tions.
(i) SAVINGS PROVISIONS.—
(1) CONTINUING EFFECT OF LEGAL DOCUMENTS.—All orders, determinations, rules, regulations, permits, agreements, grants, contracts, certificates, licenses, registrations, privileges, and other administrative actions—
(A) which have been issued, made, granted, or allowed to become effective by the President, any Federal agency or official thereof, or by a court of competent jurisdiction, in the performance of functions which are transferred under subsection (b); and
(B) which are in effect at the time this section takes effect, or were final before the effective date of this section and are to become effective on or after the effective date of this section,
shall continue in effect according to their terms until modified, terminated, superseded, set aside, or revoked in accordance with law by the President, the Administrator of the Administra- tion for Community Living or other authorized official, a court of competent jurisdiction, or by operation of law.
(2) PROCEEDINGS NOT AFFECTED.—The provisions of this section shall not affect any proceedings, including notices of proposed rulemaking, or any application for any license, permit,
H. R. 803—273
certificate, or financial assistance pending before the Rehabilitation Services Administration at the time this section takes effect, with respect to functions transferred by subsection (b) but such proceedings and applications shall be continued. Orders shall be issued in such proceedings, appeals shall be taken therefrom, and payments shall be made pursuant to such orders, as if this section had not been enacted, and orders issued in any such proceedings shall continue in effect until modified, terminated, superseded, or revoked by a duly author- ized official, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or by operation of law. Nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed to prohibit the discontinuance or modification of any such proceeding under the same terms and conditions and to the same extent that such proceeding could have been discontinued or modified if this section had not been enacted.
(3) SUITS NOT AFFECTED.—The provisions of this section shall not affect suits commenced (with respect to functions transferred under subsection (b)) before the effective date of this section, and in all such suits, proceedings shall be had, appeals taken, and judgments rendered in the same manner and with the same effect as if this section had not been enacted. (4) NONABATEMENT OF ACTIONS.—No suit, action, or other proceeding commenced by or against the Rehabilitation Services Administration (with regard to functions transferred under sub- section (b)), or by or against any individual in the official capacity of such individual as an officer of the Rehabilitation Services Administration (with regard to functions transferred under subsection (b)), shall abate by reason of the enactment
of this section.
(5) ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS RELATING TO PROMULGATION

OF REGULATIONS.—Any administrative action relating to the

preparation or promulgation of a regulation by the Rehabilita-
tion Services Administration (with regard to functions trans-
ferred under subsection (b)) may be continued by the Adminis-
tration for Community Living with the same effect as if this
section had not been enacted.
(j) SEPARABILITY.—If a provision of this section or its application
to any person or circumstance is held invalid, neither the remainder
of this section nor the application of the provision to other persons
or circumstances shall be affected.
(k) REFERENCES.—A reference in any other Federal law, Execu-
tive order, rule, regulation, or delegation of authority, or any docu-
ment of or relating to—
(1) the Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services
Administration (with regard to functions transferred under sub-
section (b)), shall be deemed to refer to the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living; and
(2) the Rehabilitation Services Administration (with regard to functions transferred under subsection (b)), shall be deemed to refer to the Administration for Community Living.
(l) TRANSITION.—The Administrator of the Administration for
Community Living is authorized to utilize—
(1) the services of such officers, employees, and other per-
sonnel of the Rehabilitation Services Administration with
regard to functions transferred under subsection (b); and
(2) funds appropriated to such functions,
H. R. 803—274
for such period of time as may reasonably be needed to facilitate the orderly implementation of this section.
(m) ADMINISTRATION FOR COMMUNITY LIVING.—
(1) TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS.—There are transferred to the
Administration for Community Living, all functions which the
Commissioner of the Rehabilitation Services Administration
exercised before the effective date of this section (including
all related functions of any officer or employee of that Adminis-
tration) under the Assistive Technology Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C.
3001 et seq.).
(2) ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS.—Subsections (d) through (l)
shall apply to transfers described in paragraph (1).
(n) NATIONAL INSTITUTE ON DISABILITY, INDEPENDENT LIVING,

AND REHABILITATION RESEARCH.—

(1) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this subsection, unless
otherwise provided or indicated by the context—
(A) the term ‘‘NIDILRR’’ means the National Institute
on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation
Research of the Administration for Community Living of
the Department of Health and Human Services; and
(B) the term ‘‘NIDRR’’ means the National Institute
on Disability and Rehabilitation Research of the Office
of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services of the
Department of Education.
(2) TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS.—There are transferred to the
NIDILRR, all functions which the Director of the NIDRR exer-
cised before the effective date of this section (including all
related functions of any officer or employee of the NIDRR).
(3) ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS.—
(A) IN GENERAL.—Subsections (d) through (l) shall
apply to transfers described in paragraph (2).
(B) REFERENCES.—For purposes of applying those sub-
sections under subparagraph (A), those subsections—
(i) shall apply to the NIDRR and the Director
of the NIDRR in the same manner and to the same
extent as those subsections apply to the Rehabilitation
Services Administration and the Commissioner of that
Administration; and
(ii) shall apply to the NIDILRR and the Director
of the NIDILRR in the same manner and to the same
extent as those subsections apply to the Administration
for Community Living and the Administrator of that
Administration.
(o) REFERENCES IN ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY ACT OF 1998.—
(1) SECRETARY.—Section 3(13) of the Assistive Technology
Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 3002(13)) is amended by striking ‘‘Edu- cation’’ and inserting ‘‘Health and Human Services’’.
(2) NATIONAL ACTIVITIES.—Section 6(d)(4) of the Assistive Technology Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 3005(d)(4)) is amended by striking ‘‘Education’’ and inserting ‘‘Health and Human Serv- ices’’.
(3) GENERAL ADMINISTRATION.—Section 7 of the Assistive
Technology Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 3006) is amended—
(A) in subsection (a)—
(i) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘the Assistant
Secretary’’ and all that follows through ‘‘Rehabilitation
H. R. 803—275
Services Administration,’’ and inserting ‘‘the Adminis- trator of the Administration for Community Living’’; (ii) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘The Assistant Secretary’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘The Administrator of the Administration for Community Living shall consult with the Office of Special Edu- cation Programs of the Department of Education, the Rehabilitation Services Administration of the Depart- ment of Education, the Office of Disability Employment Policy of the Department of Labor, the National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research, and other appropriate Federal
entities in the administration of this Act.’’; and
(iii) in paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘the Rehabilita- tion Services Administration’’ and inserting ‘‘the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living’’; and
(B) in subsection (c)(5), by striking ‘‘Education’’ and inserting ‘‘Health and Human Services’’.

SEC. 492. TABLE OF CONTENTS.

The table of contents in section 1(b) is amended—
(1) by striking the item relating to section 109 and inserting the following:

‘‘Sec. 109. Training and services for employers.’’;

(2) by inserting after the item relating to section 112 the following:

‘‘Sec. 113. Provision of pre-employment transition services.’’;

(3) by striking the item relating to section 202 and inserting the following:

‘‘Sec. 202. National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation

Research.’’;

(4) by striking the item relating to section 205 and inserting the following:

‘‘Sec. 205. Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research Advisory

Council.

‘‘Sec. 206. Definition of covered school.’’;

(5) by striking the items relating to sections 304, 305, and 306 and inserting the following:

‘‘Sec. 304. Measuring of project outcomes and performance.’’.

(6) by inserting after the item relating to section 509 the following:

‘‘Sec. 511. Limitations on use of subminimum wage.’’;

(7) by striking the items relating to title VI and inserting the following:

‘‘TITLE VI—EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DIS- ABILITIES

‘‘Sec. 601. Short title.

‘‘Sec. 602. Purpose.

‘‘Sec. 603. Allotments.

‘‘Sec. 604. Availability of services.

‘‘Sec. 605. Eligibility.

‘‘Sec. 606. State plan.

H. R. 803—276

‘‘Sec. 607. Restriction.

‘‘Sec. 608. Savings provision.

‘‘Sec. 609. Advisory Committee on Increasing Competitive Integrated Employment

for Individuals with Disabilities.

‘‘Sec. 610. Authorization of appropriations.’’; and

(8) in the items relating to title VII—
(A)(i) by inserting after the item relating to section
701 the following:

‘‘Sec. 701A. Administration of the independent living program.’’;

and
(ii) by striking the item relating to section 706 and inserting the following:

‘‘Sec. 706. Responsibilities of the Administrator.’’;

(B) by inserting after the item relating to section 711 the following:

‘‘Sec. 711A. Training and technical assistance.’’;

and
(C) by inserting after the item relating to section 751 the following:

‘‘Sec. 751A. Training and technical assistance.’’.

TITLE V—GENERAL PROVISIONS Subtitle A—Workforce Investment

SEC. 501. PRIVACY.

(a) SECTION 444 OF THE GENERAL EDUCATION PROVISIONS ACT.—Nothing in this Act (including the amendments made by this Act) shall be construed to supersede the privacy protections afforded parents and students under section 444 of the General Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 1232g).
(b) PROHIBITION ON DEVELOPMENT OF NATIONAL DATABASE.— (1) IN GENERAL.—Nothing in this Act (including the amend- ments made by this Act) shall be construed to permit the development of a national database of personally identifiable information on individuals receiving services under title I or
under the amendments made by title IV.
(2) LIMITATION.—Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be con- strued to prevent the proper administration of national pro- grams under subtitles C and D of title I, or the amendments made by title IV (as the case may be), or to carry out program management activities consistent with title I or the amend- ments made by title IV (as the case may be).

SEC. 502. BUY-AMERICAN REQUIREMENTS.

(a) COMPLIANCE WITH BUY AMERICAN ACT.—None of the funds made available under title I or II or under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.) may be expended by an entity unless the entity agrees that in expending the funds the entity will comply with sections 8301 through 8303 of title 41, United States Code (commonly known as the ‘‘Buy American Act’’).
(b) SENSE OF CONGRESS; REQUIREMENT REGARDING NOTICE.— (1) PURCHASE OF AMERICAN-MADE EQUIPMENT AND PROD- UCTS.—In the case of any equipment or product that may
H. R. 803—277
be authorized to be purchased with financial assistance pro- vided using funds made available under title I or II or under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.), it is the sense of Congress that entities receiving the assistance should, in expending the assistance, purchase only American-made equip- ment and products.
(2) NOTICE TO RECIPIENTS OF ASSISTANCE.—In providing financial assistance using funds made available under title I or II or under the Wagner-Peyser Act, the head of each Federal agency shall provide to each recipient of the assistance a notice describing the statement made in paragraph (1) by Congress.
(c) PROHIBITION OF CONTRACTS WITH PERSONS FALSELY LABELING PRODUCTS AS MADE IN AMERICA.—If it has been finally determined by a court or Federal agency that any person inten- tionally affixed a label bearing a ‘‘Made in America’’ inscription, or any inscription with the same meaning, to any product sold in or shipped to the United States that is not made in the United States, the person shall be ineligible to receive any contract or subcontract made with funds made available under title I or II or under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.), pursuant to the debarment, suspension, and ineligibility procedures described in sections 9.400 through 9.409 of title 48, Code of Federal Regula- tions, as such sections were in effect on August 7, 1998, or pursuant to any successor regulations.

SEC. 503. TRANSITION PROVISIONS.

(a) WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT SYSTEMS AND INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES.—The Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Education shall take such actions as the Secretaries determine to be appro- priate to provide for the orderly transition from any authority under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.) to any authority under subtitle A of title I. Such actions shall include the provision of guidance related to unified State planning, combined State planning, and the performance account- ability system described in such subtitle.
(b) WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES.—The Secretary of Labor shall take such actions as the Secretary determines to be appropriate to provide for the orderly transition from any authority under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 to any authority under subtitles B through E of title I.
(c) ADULT EDUCATION AND LITERACY PROGRAMS.—The Secretary of Education shall take such actions as the Secretary determines to be appropriate to provide for the orderly transition from any authority under the Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (20
U.S.C. 9201 et seq.), as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act, to any authority under the Adult Education and Family Literacy Act, as amended by this Act.
(d) EMPLOYMENT SERVICES ACTIVITIES.—The Secretary of Labor shall take such actions as the Secretary determines to be appro- priate to provide for the orderly transition from any authority under the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49 et seq.), as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act, to any authority under the Wagner-Peyser Act, as amended by this Act.
(e) VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION PROGRAMS.—The Secretary of Education and the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall take such actions as the Secretaries determine to be appropriate
H. R. 803—278
to provide for the orderly transition from any authority under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 701 et seq.), as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act, to any authority under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended by this Act.
(f) REGULATIONS.—
(1) PROPOSED REGULATIONS.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Education, and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, as appropriate, shall develop and publish in the Federal Register proposed regulations relating to the transition to, and implementation of, this Act (including the amendments made by this Act).
(2) FINAL REGULATIONS.—Not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretaries described in paragraph (1), as appropriate, shall develop and publish in the Federal Register final regulations relating to the transi- tion to, and implementation of, this Act (including the amend- ments made by this Act).
(g) EXPENDITURE OF FUNDS DURING TRANSITION.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to paragraph (2) and in accord- ance with regulations developed under subsection (f), States, grant recipients, administrative entities, and other recipients of financial assistance under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 may expend funds received under such Act in order to plan and implement programs and activities authorized under this Act.
(2) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.—Not more than 2 percent of any allotment to any State from amounts appropriated under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 for fiscal year 2014 may be made available to carry out activities authorized under paragraph (1) and not less than 50 percent of any amount used to carry out activities authorized under paragraph (1) shall be made available to local entities for the purposes of the activities described in such paragraph.

SEC. 504. REDUCTION OF REPORTING BURDENS AND REQUIREMENTS.

In order to simplify reporting requirements and reduce reporting burdens, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Edu- cation, and the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall establish procedures and criteria under which a State board and local board may reduce reporting burdens and requirements under this Act (including the amendments made by this Act).

SEC. 505. REPORT ON DATA CAPABILITY OF FEDERAL AND STATE DATABASES AND DATA EXCHANGE AGREEMENTS.

(a) IN GENERAL.—The Comptroller General of the United States shall prepare and submit an interim report and a final report to Congress regarding existing Federal and State databases and data exchange agreements, as of the date of the report, that contain job training information relevant to the administration of programs authorized under this Act and the amendments made by this Act. (b) REQUIREMENTS.—The report required under subsection (a)
shall—
(1) list existing Federal and State databases and data exchange agreements described in subsection (a) and, for each, describe—
(A) the purposes of the database or agreement;
H. R. 803—279
(B) the data elements, such as wage and employment outcomes, contained in the database or accessible under the agreement;
(C) the data elements described in subparagraph (B)
that are shared between States;
(D) the Federal and State workforce training programs
from which each Federal and State database derives the
data elements described in subparagraph (B);
(E) the number and type of Federal and State agencies
having access to such data;
(F) the number and type of private research organiza-
tions having access to, through grants, contracts, or other
agreements, such data; and
(G) whether the database or data exchange agreement
provides for opt-out procedures for individuals whose data
is shared through the database or data exchange agree-
ment;
(2) study the effects that access by State workforce agencies
and the Secretary of Labor to the databases and data exchange
agreements described in subsection (a) would have on efforts
to carry out this Act and the amendments made by this Act,
and on individual privacy;
(3) explore opportunities to enhance the quality, reliability,
and reporting frequency of the data included in such databases
and data exchange agreements;
(4) describe, for each database or data exchange agreement
considered by the study described in subsection (a), the number
of individuals whose data is contained in each database or
accessible through the data agreement, and the specific data
elements contained in each that could be used to personally
identify an individual;
(5) include the number of data breaches having occurred
since 2004 to data systems administered by Federal and State
agencies;
(6) include the number of data breaches regarding any
type of personal data having occurred since 2004 to private research organizations with whom Federal and State agencies contract for studies; and
(7) include a survey of the security protocols used for pro- tecting personal data, including best practices shared amongst States for access to, and administration of, data elements stored and recommendations for improving security protocols for the safe warehousing of data elements.
(c) TIMING OF REPORTS.—
(1) INTERIM REPORT.—Not later than 1 year after the date
of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall prepare
and submit to Congress an interim report regarding the initial
findings of the report required under this section.
(2) FINAL REPORT.—Not later than 18 months after the
date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall
prepare and submit to Congress the final report required under
this section.

SEC. 506. EFFECTIVE DATES.

(a) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided in this Act, this Act, including the amendments made by this Act, shall take
H. R. 803—280
effect on the first day of the first full program year after the date of enactment of this Act.
(b) APPLICATION DATE FOR WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM.—
(1) IN GENERAL.—Section 136 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2871), as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act, shall apply in lieu of section
116 of this Act, for the first full program year after the date of enactment of this Act.
(2) SPECIAL PROVISIONS.—For purposes of the application described in paragraph (1)—
(A) except as otherwise specified, a reference in section
136 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 to a provision in such Act (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.), other than to a provision in such section or section 112 of such Act, shall be deemed to refer to the corresponding provision of this Act;
(B) the terms ‘‘local area’’, ‘‘local board’’, ‘‘one-stop partner’’, and ‘‘State board’’ have the meanings given the terms in section 3 of this Act;
(C) except as provided in subparagraph (B), terms used in such section 136 shall have the meanings given the terms in section 101 of the Workforce Investment Act of
1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801);
(D) any agreement negotiated and reached under sec- tion 136(c)(2) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2871(c)(2)) shall remain in effect, until a new agreement is so negotiated and reached, for that first full program year;
(E) if a State or local area fails to meet levels of performance under subsection (g) or (h), respectively, of section 136 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 during that first full program year, the sanctions provided under such subsection shall apply during the second full program year after the date of enactment of this Act; and
(F) the Secretary shall use an amount retained, as a result of a reduction in an allotment to a State made under section 136(g)(1)(B) of such Act (29 U.S.C.
2871(g)(1)(B)), to provide technical assistance as described in subsections (f)(1) and (g)(1) of section 116 of this Act, in lieu of incentive grants under section 503 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (20 U.S.C. 9273) as provided in section 136(g)(2) of such Act (29 U.S.C.
2871(g)(2)).
(c) APPLICATION DATE FOR STATE AND LOCAL PLAN PROVI-

SIONS.—

(1) IMPLEMENTATION.—Sections 112 and 118 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2822, 2833), as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act, shall apply to implementation of State and local plans, in lieu of sections 102 and 103, and section 108, respectively, of this Act, for the first full program year after the date of enactment of this Act.
(2) SPECIAL PROVISIONS.—For purposes of the application described in paragraph (1)—
(A) except as otherwise specified, a reference in section
112 or 118 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 to
H. R. 803—281
a provision in such Act (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.), other than to a provision in or to either such section or to section 136 of such Act, shall be deemed to refer to the corresponding provision of this Act;
(B) the terms ‘‘local area’’, ‘‘local board’’, ‘‘one-stop partner’’, and ‘‘State board’’ have the meanings given the terms in section 3 of this Act;
(C) except as provided in subparagraph (B), terms used in such section 112 or 118 shall have the meanings given the terms in section 101 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801); and
(D) section 112(b)(18)(D) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2822(b)(18)(D)) shall not apply. (3) SUBMISSION.—Sections 102, 103, and 108 of this Act
shall apply to plans for the second full program year after the date of enactment, including the development, submission, and approval of such plans during the first full program year after such date.
(d) DISABILITY PROVISIONS.—Except as otherwise provided in title IV of this Act, title IV, and the amendments made by title IV, shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act.

Subtitle B—Amendments to Other Laws

SEC. 511. REPEAL OF THE WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACT OF 1998.

(a) WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACT OF 1998.—The Workforce
Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.) is repealed.
(b) GRANTS TO STATES FOR WORKPLACE AND COMMUNITY
TRANSITION TRAINING FOR INCARCERATED INDIVIDUALS.—Section
821 of the Higher Education Amendments of 1998 (20 U.S.C. 1151)
is repealed.

SEC. 512. CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.

(a) AMERICAN COMPETITIVENESS AND WORKFORCE IMPROVEMENT ACT OF 1998.—Section 414(c)(3)(C) of the American Competitiveness and Workforce Improvement Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2916a(3)(C)) is amended by striking ‘‘entities involved in administering the workforce investment system established under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘entities involved in administering the workforce development system, as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’. (b) ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY ACT OF 1998.—The Assistive Tech- nology Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 3001 et seq.) is amended as follows: (1) Section 3(1)(C) of such Act (29 U.S.C. 3002(1)(C)) is amended by striking ‘‘such as a one-stop partner, as defined
in section 101 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29
U.S.C. 2801)’’ and inserting ‘‘such as a one-stop partner, as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor- tunity Act’’.
(2) Section 4 of such Act (29 U.S.C. 3003) is amended— (A) in subsection (c)(2)(B)(i)(IV), by striking ‘‘a rep- resentative of the State workforce investment board estab- lished under section 111 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2821)’’ and inserting ‘‘a representative of the State workforce development board established under
H. R. 803—282
section 101 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity
Act’’; and
(B) in subsection (e)—
(i) in paragraph (2)(D)(i), by striking ‘‘such as one- stop partners, as defined in section 101 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801),’’ and inserting ‘‘such as one-stop partners, as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor- tunity Act,’’; and
(ii) in paragraph (3)(B)(ii)(I)(aa), by striking ‘‘with entities in the statewide and local workforce invest- ment systems established under the Workforce Invest- ment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.),’’ and inserting ‘‘with entities in the statewide and local workforce development systems established under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act,’’.
(c) ALASKA NATURAL GAS PIPELINE ACT.—Section 113(a)(2) of the Alaska Natural Gas Pipeline Act (15 U.S.C. 720k(a)(2)) is amended by striking ‘‘consistent with the vision and goals set forth in the State of Alaska Unified Plan, as developed pursuant to the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘consistent with the vision and goals set forth in the State of Alaska unified plan or combined plan, as appropriate, as developed pursuant to section 102 or 103, as appropriate, of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(d) ATOMIC ENERGY DEFENSE ACT.—Section 4604(c)(6)(A) of the Atomic Energy Defense Act (50 U.S.C. 2704(c)(6)(A)) is amended by striking ‘‘programs carried out by the Secretary of Labor under the Job Training Partnership Act or title I of the Workforce Invest- ment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘programs carried out by the Secretary of Labor under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(e) CARL D. PERKINS CAREER AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION ACT OF 2006.—The Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 et seq.) is amended as follows:
(1) Section 118(d)(2) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 2328(d)(2))
is amended—
(A) in the paragraph heading, by striking ‘‘PUBLIC LAW

105–220’’ and inserting ‘‘WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT’’; and

(B) by striking ‘‘functions and activities carried out under Public Law 105–220’’ and inserting ‘‘functions and activities carried out under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(2) Section 121(a)(4) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 2341(a)(4))
is amended—
(A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘activities under- taken by the State boards under section 111 of Public Law 105–220’’ and inserting ‘‘activities undertaken by the State boards under section 101 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘the service delivery system under section 121 of Public Law 105–
220’’ and inserting ‘‘the one-stop delivery system under section 121 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(3) Section 122 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 2342) is amended—
H. R. 803—283
(A) in subsection (b)(1)(A)(viii), by striking ‘‘entities participating in activities described in section 111 of Public Law 105–220’’ and inserting ‘‘entities participating in activities described in section 101 of the Workforce Innova- tion and Opportunity Act’’;
(B) in subsection (c)(20), by striking ‘‘the description and information specified in sections 112(b)(8) and 121(c) of Public Law 105–220 concerning the provision of services only for postsecondary students and school dropouts’’ and inserting ‘‘the description and information specified in sub- paragraphs (B) and (C)(iii) of section 102(b)(2), and, as appropriate, section 103(b)(3)(A), and section 121(c), of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act concerning the provision of services only for postsecondary students and school dropouts’’; and
(C) in subsection (d)(2)—
(i) in the paragraph heading, by striking ‘‘501 PLAN’’
and inserting ‘‘COMBINED PLAN’’; and
(ii) by striking ‘‘as part of the plan submitted under section 501 of Public Law 105–220’’ and inserting ‘‘as part of the plan submitted under section 103 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(4) Section 124(c)(13) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 2344(c)(13)) is amended by striking ‘‘such as through referral to the system established under section 121 of Public Law 105–220’’ and inserting ‘‘such as through referral to the system established under section 121 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(5) Section 134(b)(5) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 2354(b)(5)) is amended by striking ‘‘entities participating in activities described in section 117 of Public Law 105–220 (if applicable)’’ and inserting ‘‘entities participating in activities described in section 107 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (if applicable)’’.
(6) Section 135(c)(16) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 2355(c)(16)) is amended by striking ‘‘such as through referral to the system established under section 121 of Public Law 105–220 (29 U.S.C.
2801 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘such as through referral to the system established under section 121 of the Workforce Innova- tion and Opportunity Act’’.
(7) Section 321(b)(1) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 2411(b)(1)) is amended by striking ‘‘Chapters 4 and 5 of subtitle B of title I of Public Law 105–220’’ and inserting ‘‘Chapters 2 and
3 of subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Innovation and
Opportunity Act’’.
(f) COMMUNITY SERVICES BLOCK GRANT ACT.—Section 676(b)(5) of the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9908(b)(5)) is amended by striking ‘‘the eligible entities will coordinate the provision of employment and training activities, as defined in sec- tion 101 of such Act, in the State and in communities with entities providing activities through statewide and local workforce invest- ment systems under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘the eligible entities will coordinate the provision of employment and training activities, as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, in the State and in communities with entities providing activities through statewide and local workforce development systems under such Act’’.
H. R. 803—284
(g) COMPACT OF FREE ASSOCIATION AMENDMENTS ACT OF
2003.—The Compact of Free Association Amendments Act of 2003 (48 U.S.C. 1921 et seq.) is amended as follows:
(1) Section 105(f)(1)(B)(iii) of such Act (48 U.S.C.
1921d(f)(1)(B)(iii)) is amended by striking ‘‘title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.), other than subtitle C of that Act (29 U.S.C. 2881 et seq.) (Job Corps), title II of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (20 U.S.C. 9201 et seq.; commonly known as the Adult Edu- cation and Family Literacy Act),’’ and inserting ‘‘titles I (other than subtitle C) and II of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor- tunity Act,’’.
(2) Section 108(a) of such Act (48 U.S.C. 1921g(a)) is amended by striking ‘‘subtitle C of title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2881 et seq.; relating to Job Corps)’’ and inserting ‘‘subtitle C of title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (relating to Job Corps)’’.
(h) DOMESTIC VOLUNTEER SERVICE ACT OF 1973.—Section
103(d) of the Domestic Volunteer Service Act of 1973 (42 U.S.C.
4953(d)) is amended by striking ‘‘employment.’’ and all that follows and inserting the following: ‘‘employment. Whenever feasible, such efforts shall be coordinated with an appropriate local workforce development board established under section 107 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act.’’.
(i) ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY EDUCATION ACT OF 1965.— The Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
6301 et seq.) is amended as follows:
(1) Section 1203(c)(2)(A) of such Act (20 U.S.C.
6363(c)(2)(A)) is amended—
(A) by striking ‘‘, in consultation with the National
Institute for Literacy,’’; and
(B) by striking clause (ii); and
(C) by redesignating clauses (iii) and (iv) as clauses
(ii) and (iii), respectively.
(2) Section 1235(9)(B) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 6381d(9)(B)) is amended by striking ‘‘any relevant programs under the Adult Education and Family Literacy Act, the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, and title I of the Workforce Invest- ment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘any relevant programs under the Adult Education and Family Literacy Act, the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, and title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(3) Section 1423(9) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 6453(9)) is amended by striking ‘‘a description of how the program under this subpart will be coordinated with other Federal, State, and local programs, such as programs under title I of Public Law 105–220’’ and inserting ‘‘a description of how the program under this subpart will be coordinated with other Federal, State, and local programs, such as programs under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(4) Section 1425(9) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 6455(9)) is amended by striking ‘‘coordinate funds received under this sub- part with other local, State, and Federal funds available to provide services to participating children and youth, such as funds made available under title I of Public Law 105–220,’’ and inserting ‘‘coordinate funds received under this subpart with other local, State, and Federal funds available to provide
H. R. 803—285
services to participating children and youth, such as funds made available under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act,’’.
(5) Section 7202(13)(H) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 7512(13)(H)) is amended by striking ‘‘the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘the Workforce Innova- tion and Opportunity Act’’.
(j) ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS ASSISTANCE ACT OF 1984.—Sec- tion 2(a) of the Environmental Programs Assistance Act of 1984 (42 U.S.C. 4368a(a)) is amended by striking ‘‘Funding for such grants or agreements may be made available from such programs or through title V of the Older Americans Act of 1965 and subtitle D of title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting
‘‘Funding for such grants or agreements may be made available from such programs or through title V of the Older Americans Act of 1965 and subtitle D of title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(k) ENERGY CONSERVATION AND PRODUCTION ACT.—Section
414(b)(3) of the Energy Conservation and Production Act (42 U.S.C.
6864(b)(3)) is amended by striking ‘‘securing, to the maximum
extent practicable, the services of volunteers and training partici-
pants and public service employment workers, pursuant to title
I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘securing,
to the maximum extent practicable, the services of volunteers and
training participants and public service employment workers,
pursuant to title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity
Act’’.
(l) FOOD AND NUTRITION ACT OF 2008.—The Food and Nutrition
Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.) is amended as follows:
(1) Section 5(l) of such Act (7 U.S.C. 2014(l)) is amended
by striking ‘‘Notwithstanding section 181(a)(2) of the Workforce
Investment Act of 1998, earnings to individuals participating
in on-the-job-training under title I of the Workforce Investment
Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘Notwithstanding section 181(a)(2)
of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, earnings
to individuals participating in on-the-job training under title
I of such Act’’.
(2) Section 6 of such Act (7 U.S.C. 2015) is amended—
(A) in subsection (d)(4)(M), by striking ‘‘activities under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘activities under title I of the Workforce Innova- tion and Opportunity Act’’;
(B) in subsection (e)(3)(A), by striking ‘‘a program under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘a program under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(C) in subsection (o)(1)(A), by striking ‘‘a program under the title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘a program under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(3) Section 17(b)(2) of such Act (7 U.S.C. 2026(b)(2)) is amended by striking ‘‘a program carried out under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘a pro- gram carried out under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
H. R. 803—286
(m) FULL EMPLOYMENT AND BALANCED GROWTH ACT OF 1978.— Section 206 of the Full Employment and Balanced Growth Act of 1978 (15 U.S.C. 3116) is amended—
(1) in subsection (b), in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘the Secretary of Labor shall, as appropriate, fully utilize the authority provided under the Job Training Partnership Act and title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘the Secretary of Labor shall, as appro- priate, fully utilize the authority provided under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(2) in subsection (c)(1), by striking ‘‘the President shall, as may be authorized by law, establish reservoirs of public employment and private nonprofit employment projects, to be approved by the Secretary of Labor, through expansion of title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘the President shall, as may be authorized by law, establish res- ervoirs of public employment and private nonprofit employment projects, to be approved by the Secretary of Labor, through expansion of activities under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(n) HIGHER EDUCATION ACT OF 1965.—The Higher Education
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) is amended as follows:
(1) Section 418A of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1070d–2) is amended—
(A) in subsection (b)(1)(B)(ii), by striking ‘‘section 167 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting
‘‘section 167 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity
Act’’; and
(B) in subsection (c)(1)(A), by striking ‘‘section 167 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting
‘‘section 167 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity
Act’’.
(2) Section 479(d)(1) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1087ss(d)(1)) is amended by striking ‘‘The term ‘dislocated worker’ has the meaning given the term in section 101 of the Workforce Invest- ment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801)’’ and inserting ‘‘The term
‘dislocated worker’ has the meaning given the term in section
3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(3) Section 479A(a) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1087tt(a)) is amended by striking ‘‘a dislocated worker (as defined in section
101 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998)’’ and inserting
‘‘a dislocated worker (as defined in section 3 of the Workforce
Innovation and Opportunity Act)’’.
(4) Section 480(b)(1)(I) of such Act (20 U.S.C.
1087vv(b)(1)(I)) is amended by striking ‘‘benefits received through participation in employment and training activities under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29
U.S.C. 2801 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘benefits received through participation in employment and training activities under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(5) Section 803 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1161c) is amended— (A) in subsection (i)(1), by striking ‘‘for changes to
this Act and related Acts, such as the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 and the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (including titles I and II), to help create and sustain business and industry workforce partnerships at institutions of higher education’’
H. R. 803—287
and inserting ‘‘for changes to this Act and related Acts, such as the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Edu- cation Act of 2006 and the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (including titles I and II), to help create and sustain business and industry workforce partnerships at institutions of higher education’’; and
(B) in subsection (j)(1)—
(i) in subparagraph (A)(ii), by striking ‘‘local board (as such term is defined in section 101 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801))’’ and inserting
‘‘local board (as such term is defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act)’’; and (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘a State board
(as such term is defined in section 101 of the Workforce
Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801))’’ and inserting
‘‘a State board (as such term is defined in section
3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act)’’. (6) Section 861(c)(1)(B) of such Act (20 U.S.C.
1161q(c)(1)(B)) is amended by striking ‘‘local boards (as such term is defined in section 101 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801))’’ and inserting ‘‘local boards (as such term is defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act)’’.
(7) Section 872(b)(2)(E) of such Act (20 U.S.C.
1161s(b)(2)(E)) is amended by striking ‘‘local boards (as defined in section 101 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29
U.S.C. 2801))’’ and inserting ‘‘local boards (as defined in section
3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act)’’.
(o) HOUSING ACT OF 1949.—Section 504(c)(3) of the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1474(c)(3)) is amended by striking ‘‘an insufficient number of volunteers and training participants and public service employment workers, assisted pursuant to title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 or the Older American Community Service Employment Act,’’ and inserting ‘‘an insufficient number of volunteers and training participants and public service employment workers, assisted pursuant to title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act or the Community Service Senior Opportunities Act,’’.
(p) HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT ACT OF 1968.—Section
3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 (12 U.S.C.
1701u) is amended—
(1) in subsection (c)—
(A) in paragraph (1)(B)(iii), by striking ‘‘participants in YouthBuild programs receiving assistance under section
173A of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘participants in YouthBuild programs receiving assistance under section 171 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(B) in paragraph (2)(B), by striking ‘‘participants in
YouthBuild programs receiving assistance under section
173A of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘participants in YouthBuild programs receiving assistance under section 171 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(2) in subsection (d)—
(A) in paragraph (1)(B)(iii), by striking ‘‘To YouthBuild programs receiving assistance under section 173A of the
H. R. 803—288
Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘To
YouthBuild programs receiving assistance under section
171 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’;
and
(B) in paragraph (2)(B), by striking ‘‘to YouthBuild programs receiving assistance under section 173A of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘to YouthBuild programs receiving assistance under section
171 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’. (q) IMMIGRATION AND NATIONALITY ACT.—Section 245A(h)(4)(F)
of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1255a(h)(4)(F)) is amended by striking ‘‘Title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘Title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(r) INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986.—Section 7527(e)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by inserting ‘‘(as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act)’’ after ‘‘of 1998’’.
(s) MCKINNEY-VENTO HOMELESS ASSISTANCE ACT.—Section
103(c)(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C.
11302(c)(2)) is amended by striking ‘‘a homeless individual shall be eligible for assistance under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘a homeless individual shall be eligible for assistance under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor- tunity Act’’.
(t) MUSEUM AND LIBRARY SERVICES ACT.—The Museum and Library Services Act (20 U.S.C. 9101 et seq.) is amended as follows: (1) Section 204(f)(3) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 9103(f)(3)) is amended by striking ‘‘activities under the Workforce Investment
Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.) (including activities under section 134(c) of such Act) (29 U.S.C. 2864(c))’’ and inserting
‘‘activities under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (including activities under section 121(e) of such Act))’’. (2) Section 224(b)(6)(C) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 9134(b)(6)(C))
is amended—
(A) in clause (i), by striking ‘‘the activities carried out by the State workforce investment board under section
111(d) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C.
2821(d))’’ and inserting ‘‘the activities carried out by the State workforce development board under section 101 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(B) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘the State’s one-stop delivery system established under section 134(c) of such Act (29 U.S.C. 2864(c))’’ and inserting ‘‘the State’s one- stop delivery system established under section 121(e) of such Act’’.
(u) NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE ACT OF 1990.—The National and Community Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12501 et seq.) is amended as follows:
(1) Section 112(a)(3)(B) of such Act (42 U.S.C.
12523(a)(3)(B)) is amended by striking ‘‘or who may participate in a Youthbuild program under section 173A of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2918a)’’ and inserting ‘‘or who may participate in a Youthbuild program under section
171 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(2) Section 199L(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 12655m(a)) is amended by striking ‘‘coordinated with activities supported with
H. R. 803—289
assistance made available under programs administered by the heads of such agencies (including title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998)’’ and inserting ‘‘coordinated with activi- ties supported with assistance made available under programs administered by the heads of such agencies (including title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act)’’.
(v) NATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION POLICY ACT.—Section 233 of the National Energy Conservation and Policy Act (42 U.S.C.
6873) is amended, in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking
‘‘a sufficient number of volunteers and training participants and public service employment workers, assisted pursuant to title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 and the Older American Community Service Employment Act’’ and inserting ‘‘a sufficient number of volunteers and training participants and public service employment workers, assisted pursuant to title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and the Community Service Senior Opportunities Act’’.
(w) OLDER AMERICANS ACT OF 1965.—The Older Americans
Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3001 et seq.) is amended as follows:
(1) Section 203 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 3013) is amended— (A) in subsection (a)(2), by striking ‘‘In particular, the Secretary of Labor shall consult and cooperate with the Assistant Secretary in carrying out title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘In particular, the Secretary of Labor shall consult and cooperate with the Assistant Secretary in carrying out title I of the Workforce
Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(B) in subsection (b)(1), by striking ‘‘title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(2) Section 321(a)(12) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 3030d(a)(12)) is amended by striking ‘‘including programs carried out under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘including programs carried out under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(3) Section 502 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 3056) is amended— (A) in subsection (b)—
(i) in paragraph (1)—
(I) in subparagraph (H), by striking ‘‘will coordinate activities with training and other serv- ices provided under title I of the Workforce Invest- ment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.), including utilizing the one-stop delivery system of the local workforce investment areas involved’’ and inserting ‘‘will coordinate activities with training and other services provided under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, including utilizing the one-stop delivery system of the local workforce development areas involved’’;
(II) in subparagraph (O)—
(aa) by striking ‘‘through the one-stop delivery system of the local workforce invest- ment areas involved as established under sec- tion 134(c) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2864(c)),’’ and inserting
‘‘through the one-stop delivery system of the local workforce development areas involved as
H. R. 803—290
established under section 121(e) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act,’’; and
(bb) by striking ‘‘and will be involved in the planning and operations of such system pursuant to a memorandum of understanding with the local workforce investment board in accordance with section 121(c) of such Act (29
U.S.C. 2841(c))’’ and inserting ‘‘and will be involved in the planning and operations of such system pursuant to a memorandum of understanding with the local workforce development board in accordance with section
121(c) of such Act’’; and
(III) in subparagraph (Q)—
(aa) in clause (i), by striking ‘‘paragraph (8), relating to coordination with other Federal programs, of section 112(b) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2822(b))’’ and inserting ‘‘clauses (ii) and (viii) of para- graph (2)(B), relating to coordination with other Federal programs, of section 102(b) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(bb) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘paragraph (14), relating to implementation of one-stop delivery systems, of section 112(b) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘paragraph (2)(C)(i), relating to implementation of one-stop delivery systems, of section 102(b) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(ii) in paragraph (3)—
(I) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘An assessment and service strategy required by para- graph (1)(N) to be prepared for an eligible indi- vidual shall satisfy any condition for an assess- ment and service strategy or individual employ- ment plan for an adult participant under subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Investment Act of
1998 (29 U.S.C. 2811 et seq.), in order to determine whether such eligible individual also qualifies for intensive or training services described in section
134(d) of such Act (29 U.S.C. 2864(d)).’’ and inserting ‘‘An assessment and service strategy required by paragraph (1)(N) to be prepared for an eligible individual shall satisfy any condition for an assessment and service strategy or indi- vidual employment plan for an adult participant under subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Innova- tion and Opportunity Act, in order to determine whether such eligible individual also qualifies for career or training services described in section
134(c) of such Act.’’; and
(II) in subparagraph (B)—
(aa) in the subparagraph heading, by striking ‘‘WORKFORCE INVESTMENT ACT OF 1998’’
H. R. 803—291
and inserting ‘‘WORKFORCE INNOVATION AND OPPORTUNITY ACT’’; and
(bb) by striking ‘‘An assessment and service strategy or individual employment plan prepared under subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29
U.S.C. 2811 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘An assess- ment and service strategy or individual employment plan prepared under subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(B) in subsection (e)(2)(B)(ii), by striking ‘‘one-stop delivery systems established under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘one-stop delivery systems established under sec- tion 121(e) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(4) Section 503 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 3056a) is amended— (A) in subsection (a)—
(i) in paragraph (2)(A), by striking ‘‘the State and local workforce investment boards established under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29
U.S.C. 2801 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘the State and local workforce development boards established under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(ii) in paragraph (4)(F), by striking ‘‘plans for facili- tating the coordination of activities of grantees in the State under this title with activities carried out in the State under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.)’’ and inserting
‘‘plans for facilitating the coordination of activities of grantees in the State under this title with activities carried out in the State under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(B) in subsection (b)(2)(A), by striking ‘‘with the pro- gram carried out under the Workforce Investment Act of
1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘with the program carried out under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(5) Section 505(c)(1) (42 U.S.C. 3056c(c)(1)) of such Act is amended by striking ‘‘activities carried out under other Acts, especially activities provided under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.), including activities pro- vided through one-stop delivery systems established under sec- tion 134(c)) of such Act (29 U.S.C. 2864(c)),’’ and inserting
‘‘activities carried out under other Acts, especially activities provided under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, including activities provided through one-stop delivery systems established under section 121(e) of such Act,’’.
(6) Section 510 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 3056h) is amended— (A) by striking ‘‘by local workforce investment boards
and one-stop operators established under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘by local workforce development boards and one-stop operators established under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
H. R. 803—292
(B) by striking ‘‘such title I’’ and inserting ‘‘such title’’. (7) Section 511 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 3056i) is amended— (A) in subsection (a), by striking ‘‘Grantees under this
title shall be one-stop partners as described in subpara- graphs (A) and (B)(vi) of section 121(b)(1) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2841(b)(1)) in the one- stop delivery system established under section 134(c) of such Act (29 U.S.C. 2864(c)) for the appropriate local workforce investment areas’’ and inserting ‘‘Grantees under this title shall be one-stop partners as described in subpara- graphs (A) and (B)(v) of section 121(b)(1) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act in the one-stop delivery system established under section 121(e) of such Act for the appropriate local workforce development areas’’; and (B) in subsection (b)(2), by striking ‘‘be signatories
of the memorandum of understanding established under section 121(c) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2841(c))’’ and inserting ‘‘be signatories of the memorandum of understanding established under section
121(c) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’. (8) Section 518(b)(2)(F) of such Act (42 U.S.C.
3056p(b)(2)(F)) is amended by striking ‘‘has failed to find employment after utilizing services provided under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘has failed to find employment after utilizing services provided under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(x) PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY AND WORK OPPORTUNITY REC- ONCILIATION ACT OF 1996.—Section 403(c)(2)(K) of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1613(c)(2)(K)) is amended by striking ‘‘Benefits under the title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting
‘‘Benefits under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity
Act’’.
(y) PATIENT PROTECTION AND AFFORDABLE CARE ACT.—Section
5101(d)(3)(D) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 294q(d)(3)(D)) is amended by striking ‘‘other health care workforce programs, including those supported through the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.),’’ and inserting ‘‘other health care workforce programs, including those supported through the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act,’’. (z) PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE ACT.—The Public Health Service
Act (42 U.S.C. 201 et seq.) is amended as follows:
(1) Section 399V(e) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 280g–11(e)) is amended by striking ‘‘one-stop delivery systems under section
134(c) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting
‘‘one-stop delivery systems under section 121(e) of the Workforce
Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(2) Section 751(c)(1)(A) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 294a(c)(1)(A)) is amended by striking ‘‘the applicable one-stop delivery system under section 134(c) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998,’’ and inserting ‘‘the applicable one-stop delivery system under section 121(e) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act,’’.
(3) Section 799B(23) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 295p(23)) is amended by striking ‘‘one-stop delivery system described in section 134(c) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29
H. R. 803—293
U.S.C. 2864(c))’’ and inserting ‘‘one-stop delivery system described in section 121(e) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(aa) RUNAWAY AND HOMELESS YOUTH ACT.—Section 322(a)(7) of the Runaway and Homeless Youth Act (42 U.S.C. 5714–2(a)(7)) is amended by striking ‘‘(including services and programs for youth available under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998)’’ and inserting ‘‘(including services and programs for youth available under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act)’’.
(bb) SECOND CHANCE ACT OF 2007.—The Second Chance Act of 2007 (42 U.S.C. 17501 et seq.) is amended as follows:
(1) Section 212 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 17532) is amended— (A) in subsection (c)(1)(B), by striking ‘‘in coordination
with the one-stop partners and one-stop operators (as such terms are defined in section 101 of the Workforce Invest- ment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801)) that provide services at any center operated under a one-stop delivery system established under section 134(c) of the Workforce Invest- ment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2864(c)),’’ and inserting ‘‘in coordination with the one-stop partners and one-stop opera- tors (as such terms are defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act) that provide services at any center operated under a one-stop delivery system estab- lished under section 121(e) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act,’’; and
(B) in subsection (d)(1)(B)(iii), by striking ‘‘the local workforce investment boards established under section 117 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2832)),’’ and inserting ‘‘the local workforce development boards established under section 107 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act,’’.
(2) Section 231(e) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 17541(e)) is amended by striking ‘‘the one-stop partners and one-stop opera- tors (as such terms are defined in section 101 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801)) that provide services at any center operated under a one-stop delivery system estab- lished under section 134(c) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2864(c))’’ and inserting ‘‘the one-stop partners and one-stop operators (as such terms are defined in section
3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act) that pro- vide services at any center operated under a one-stop delivery system established under section 121(e) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(cc) SMALL BUSINESS ACT.—Section 7(j)(13)(E) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(j)(13)(E)) is amended by striking ‘‘an institution eligible to provide skills training or upgrading under
title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting
‘‘an institution eligible to provide skills training or upgrading under
title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(dd) SOCIAL SECURITY ACT.—The Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
301 et seq.) is amended as follows:
(1) Section 403(a)(5) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 603(a)(5)) is
amended—
(A) in subparagraph (A)(vii)(I), by striking ‘‘chief
elected official (as defined in section 101 of the Workforce
Investment Act of 1998)’’ and inserting ‘‘chief elected official
H. R. 803—294
(as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and
Opportunity Act)’’; and
(B) in subparagraph (D)(ii), by striking ‘‘local workforce investment board established for the service delivery area pursuant to title I of the Workforce Investment Act of
1998, as appropriate’’ and inserting ‘‘local workforce development board established for the local workforce development area pursuant to title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, as appropriate’’.
(2) Section 1148(f)(1)(B) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–
19(f)(1)(B)) is amended by striking ‘‘a one-stop delivery system established under subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Invest- ment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2811 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘a one-stop delivery system established under section 121(e) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(3) Section 1149(a)(3) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–20(a)(3)) is amended by striking ‘‘a one-stop delivery system established under subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2811 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘a one-stop delivery system established under section 121(e) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(4) Section 2008(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1397g(a)) is amended—
(A) in paragraph (2)(B), by striking ‘‘the State workforce investment board established under section 111 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting
‘‘the State workforce development board established under section 101 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and
(B) in paragraph (4)(A), by striking ‘‘a local workforce investment board established under section 117 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998,’’ and inserting ‘‘a local workforce development board established under section 107 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act,’’.
(ee) TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE.—Section 665 of title 18 of the United States Code is amended—
(1) in subsection (a), by striking ‘‘Whoever, being an officer, director, agent, or employee of, or connected in any capacity with any agency or organization receiving financial assistance or any funds under the Job Training Partnership Act or title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘Who- ever, being an officer, director, agent, or employee of, or con- nected in any capacity with any agency or organization receiving financial assistance or any funds under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act or title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’;
(2) in subsection (b), by striking ‘‘a contract of employment in connection with a financial assistance agreement or contract under the Job Training Partnership Act or title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘a contract of employment in connection with a financial assistance agree- ment or contract under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act or title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’; and
(3) in subsection (c), by striking ‘‘Whoever willfully obstructs or impedes or willfully endeavors to obstruct or impede, an investigation or inquiry under the Job Training
H. R. 803—295
Partnership Act or title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998,’’ and inserting ‘‘Whoever willfully obstructs or impedes or willfully endeavors to obstruct or impede, an investigation or inquiry under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor- tunity Act or title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998,’’. (ff) TITLE 31 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE.—Section 6703(a)(4)
of title 31 of the United States Code is amended by striking ‘‘Pro- grams under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998.’’ and inserting ‘‘Programs under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act.’’.
(gg) TITLE 38 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE.—Title 38 of the
United States Code is amended as follows:
(1) Section 4101(9) of title 38 of the United States Code
is amended by striking ‘‘The term ‘intensive services’ means
local employment and training services of the type described
in section 134(d)(3) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’
and inserting ‘‘The term ‘career services’ means local employ-
ment and training services of the type described in section
134(c)(2) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(2) Section 4102A of title 38 of the United States Code
is amended—
(A) in subsection (d), by striking ‘‘participation of quali-
fied veterans and eligible persons in employment and
training opportunities under title I of the Workforce Invest-
ment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘participation of qualified
veterans and eligible persons in employment and training
opportunities under title I of the Workforce Innovation
and Opportunity Act’’; and
(B) in subsection (f)(2)(A), by striking ‘‘be consistent
with State performance measures applicable under section
136(b) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and
inserting ‘‘be consistent with State performance account-
ability measures applicable under section 116(b) of the
Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(3) Section 4104A of title 38 of the United States Code
is amended—
(A) in subsection (b)(1)(B), by striking ‘‘the appropriate
State boards and local boards (as such terms are defined
in section 101 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998
(29 U.S.C. 2801))’’ and inserting ‘‘the appropriate State
boards and local boards (as such terms are defined in
section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity
Act)’’; and
(B) in subsection (c)(1)(A), by striking ‘‘the appropriate
State boards and local boards (as such terms are defined
in section 101 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801))’’ and inserting ‘‘the appropriate State boards and local boards (as such terms are defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act)’’.
(4) Section 4110B of title 38 of the United States Code is amended by striking ‘‘enter into an agreement with the Secretary regarding the implementation of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 that includes the description and information described in paragraphs (8) and (14) of section
112(b) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C.
H. R. 803—296
2822(b))’’ and inserting ‘‘enter into an agreement with the Sec- retary regarding the implementation of the Workforce Innova- tion and Opportunity Act that includes the descriptions described in sections 102(b)(2)(B)(ii) and 103(b)(3)(A) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and a description of how the State board will carry out the activities described in section 101(d)(3)(F) of such Act’’.
(5) Section 4213(a)(4) of title 38 of the United States Code is amended by striking ‘‘Any employment or training program carried out under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of
1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.)’’ and inserting ‘‘Any employment or training program carried out under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
(hh) TRADE ACT OF 1974.—The Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C.
2101 et seq.) is amended as follows:
(1) Section 221(a) of such Act (19 U.S.C. 2271) is amended— (A) in paragraph (1)(C)—
(i) by striking ‘‘, one-stop operators or one-stop partners (as defined in section 101 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801)) including State employment security agencies,’’ and inserting ‘‘, one-stop operators or one-stop partners (as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act) including State employment security agencies,’’; and
(ii) by striking ‘‘or the State dislocated worker unit established under title I of such Act,’’ and inserting ‘‘or a State dislocated worker unit,’’; and
(B) in subsection (a)(2)(A), by striking ‘‘rapid response activities and appropriate core and intensive services (as described in section 134 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2864)) authorized under other Federal laws’’ and inserting ‘‘rapid response activities and appro- priate career services (as described in section 134 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act) authorized under other Federal laws’’.
(2) Section 222(d)(2)(A)(iv) of such Act (19 U.S.C.
2272(d)(2)(A)(iv)) is amended by striking ‘‘one-stop operators or one-stop partners (as defined in section 101 of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801))’’ and inserting ‘‘one- stop operators or one-stop partners (as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act)’’.
(3) Section 236(a)(5) of such Act (19 U.S.C. 2296(a)(5))
is amended—
(A) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘any training pro- gram provided by a State pursuant to title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘any training program provided by a State pursuant to title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’; and (B) in the flush text following subparagraph (H), by striking ‘‘The Secretary may not limit approval of a training program under paragraph (1) to a program provided pursu- ant to title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C. 2801 et seq.).’’ and inserting ‘‘The Secretary may not limit approval of a training program under para- graph (1) to a program provided pursuant to title I of
the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act.’’.
H. R. 803—297
(4) Section 239 of such Act (19 U.S.C. 2311) is amended— (A) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘Any agreement entered into under this section shall provide for the coordination of the administration of the provisions for employment services, training, and supplemental assist- ance under sections 235 and 236 of this Act and under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘Any agreement entered into under this section shall provide for the coordination of the administration of the provisions for employment services, training, and supplemental assistance under sections 235 and 236 of this Act and under title I of the Workforce Innovation
and Opportunity Act’’; and
(B) in subsection (h), by striking ‘‘the description and information described in paragraphs (8) and (14) of section
112(b) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (29 U.S.C.
2822(b))’’ and inserting ‘‘the descriptions described in sec- tions 102(b)(2)(B)(ii) and 103(b)(3)(A) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act, a description of how the State board will carry out the activities described in section
101(d)(3)(F) of such Act,’’.
(ii) UNITED STATES HOUSING ACT OF 1937.—Section 23 of the United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437u) is amended— (1) in subsection (b)(2)(A), by striking ‘‘lack of supportive
services accessible to eligible families, which shall include insufficient availability of resources for programs under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting ‘‘lack of supportive services accessible to eligible families, which shall include insufficient availability of resources for programs under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’;
(2) in subsection (f)(2), by striking ‘‘the local agencies (if any) responsible for carrying out programs under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 or the Job Opportunities and Basic Skills Training Program under part F of title IV of the Social Security Act,’’ and inserting ‘‘the local agencies (if any) responsible for carrying out programs under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act or the Job Opportunities and Basic Skills Training Program under part F of title IV of the Social Security Act,’’; and
(3) in subsection (g)—
(A) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘any local agencies responsible for programs under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 or the Job Opportunities and Basic Skills Training Program under part F of title IV of the Social Security Act’’ and inserting ‘‘any local agencies responsible for programs under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act or the Job Opportunities and Basic Skills Training Program under part F of title IV of the Social Security Act’’; and
(B) in paragraph (3)(H), by striking ‘‘programs under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 and any other relevant employment, child care, transportation, training, and education programs in the applicable area’’ and inserting ‘‘programs under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and any other relevant employment, child care, transportation, training, and edu- cation programs in the applicable area’’.
H. R. 803—298
(jj) VIOLENT CRIME CONTROL AND LAW ENFORCEMENT ACT OF
1994.—Section 31113(a)(4)(C) of the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994 (42 U.S.C. 13823(a)(4)(C)) is amended by striking ‘‘job training programs authorized under title I of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 or the Family Support Act of
1988 (Public Law 100–485)’’ and inserting ‘‘job training programs authorized under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Oppor- tunity Act or the Family Support Act of 1988 (Public Law 100–
485)’’.
(kk) WORKER ADJUSTMENT AND RETRAINING NOTIFICATION ACT.—Section 3(a)(2) of the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (29 U.S.C. 2102(a)(2)) is amended by striking ‘‘the State or entity designated by the State to carry out rapid response activities under section 134(a)(2)(A) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998,’’ and inserting ‘‘the State or entity designated by the State to carry out rapid response activities under section
134(a)(2)(A) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act,’’.